QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 12, 2004.

Registration No. 333-115173



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 1
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Assured Guaranty Ltd.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Bermuda   6351   Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM08 Bermuda
Telephone: (441) 296-4004
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)
  CT Corporation System
111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor
New York, New York 10011
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)

Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware   6351   Applied For
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
1325 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Telephone: (212) 974-0100
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)
  Geraldine Egler
Assured Guaranty Corp.
1325 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Telephone: (212) 974-0100
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

James M. Michener
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM08 Bermuda
(441) 296-4004
  Edward S. Best
Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP
190 South LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60603
(312) 782-0600
  Michael Groll
LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P.
125 West 55th Street
New York, NY 10019-5389
(212) 424-8000

         Approximate date of commencement of the proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.


        If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  o

        If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.  o


         The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek any offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 12, 2004.

$200,000,000
Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.
      % Senior Notes due
Fully and Unconditionally Guaranteed by
Assured Guaranty Ltd.


        The notes will be issued by Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., or the issuer. The notes will bear interest at the rate of      % per year. Interest on the notes is payable on            and            of each year, beginning on            , 2004. The notes will mature on            ,             . The issuer may redeem some or all of the notes at any time at the redemption price discussed under the caption "Description of Notes and Guarantees—Optional Redemption." In addition, the issuer may redeem all of the notes under the circumstances described under "Description of Notes and Guarantees—Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes." The notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Assured Guaranty Ltd., or the guarantor, the parent corporation of the issuer.

        The notes will be unsecured senior obligations of the issuer and will rank equally with all other unsecured senior indebtedness of the issuer from time to time outstanding. The guarantees will be unsecured senior obligations of the guarantor and will rank equally with all other unsecured senior indebtedness of the guarantor from time to time outstanding.


         Investing in the notes involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 12.


 
  Per Note
  Total
Public offering price (1)                 %   $              
Underwriting discount                 %   $              
Proceeds, before expenses, to the issuer                 %   $              

(1)
Plus accrued interest from                    , 2004, if settlement occurs after that date.

         The Securities and Exchange Commission, state securities regulators, the Minister of Finance and the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda and the Bermuda Monetary Authority have not approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


        The underwriters expect to deliver the notes to purchasers in book-entry form only through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company on or about            , 2004.


Banc of America Securities LLC   JPMorgan

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2004.



Table of Contents

Prospectus Summary   1
Risk Factors   13
Forward-Looking Statements   26
Formation Transactions   27
Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.   28
Use of Proceeds   28
Capitalization of Assured Guaranty   29
Selected Combined Financial Information   30
Pro Forma Combined Financial Information of Assured Guaranty   32
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   33
Business   65
Management   103
Beneficial Ownership of Common Shares   117
Relationship with ACE   118
Material Tax Considerations   124
Description of Notes and Guarantees   129
Underwriting   142
Legal Matters   144
Experts   144
Where You Can Find More Information   144
Enforceability of Civil Liabilities under United States Federal Securities Laws and Other Matters   145
Index to Financial Statements   F-1

         You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We and the underwriters have not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the notes offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

i



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read all of the information in this prospectus, including the combined financial statements and related notes, and the risks of investing in the notes discussed under "Risk Factors," before making an investment decision.

         References in this prospectus to "Assured Guaranty," the "guarantor," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Assured Guaranty Ltd. and, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise stated, its subsidiaries. Reference in this prospectus to "Holdings" or the "issuer" are to Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., the issuer of the notes and a wholly owned subsidiary of Assured Guaranty. The notes are being offered by Holdings. For purposes of the offering of notes, Assured Guaranty Ltd. is not, and will not be, acting as agent for Holdings and nothing in this prospectus should be read as implying that it is, or will be, so acting. When we refer to net par in this prospectus, we mean the par value of an obligation for which we have provided credit support, net of any amounts that we have ceded or retroceded to reinsurers. Our executive offices are located at 30 Woodbourne Avenue, Hamilton HM08 Bermuda, and our telephone number is 441-296-4004.

Overview

        Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., the issuer of the notes, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Assured Guaranty and was formed as a holding company to hold the shares of Assured Guaranty Corp. and Assured Guaranty Financial Products. Assured Guaranty is a Bermuda-based company providing credit enhancement products to the municipal finance, structured finance and mortgage markets. We apply our credit expertise, risk management skills and capital markets experience to develop insurance, reinsurance and derivative products that meet the credit enhancement needs of our customers. We market our products directly and through financial institutions. We serve the U.S. and international markets.

        Our financial results include three operating segments:

        Our other segment includes businesses that we have exited. The following table sets forth gross written premiums and the combined ratio for each of our segments for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 
  Gross Written Premiums (1)
   
 
 
  Combined
Ratio (2)

 
 
  Amount
  Percent
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Financial guaranty direct   $ 71.2   27.0 % 58.0 %
Financial guaranty reinsurance     168.7   63.8   73.3  
Mortgage guaranty     24.4   9.2   58.7  
   
 
     
  Total operating segments   $ 264.3   100.0 % 65.6 %
   
 
     
Other     84.9       112.6  
   
         
  Total   $ 349.2       83.7 %
   
         

1


(1)
Gross written premiums represents total premiums for insurance and credit derivatives written and reinsurance assumed during the period.

(2)
The combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio (the ratio calculated by dividing net losses and loss adjustment expenses by net premiums earned) and the expense ratio (the ratio calculated by dividing profit commission expense, acquisition costs and operating expenses by net premiums earned). A combined ratio under 100% generally indicates an underwriting profit; a combined ratio over 100% generally indicates an underwriting loss.

        Our businesses have a history of strong income generation, producing cumulative net income of $444.1 million since January 1, 2000. As of December 31, 2003, we had cash and invested assets of $2.2 billion, total assets of $2.9 billion and shareholder's equity of $1.4 billion ($1.3 billion on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the transactions described under "Formation Transactions"). Our invested assets as of December 31, 2003 consisted entirely of cash and fixed maturity securities with an average rating of AA+. Our past performance may not be indicative of future results.

        Assured Guaranty Corp., our principal U.S. insurance subsidiary, maintains financial strength ratings of "AAA" (Extremely Strong) from Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P"), the highest of its 21 ratings categories, and "Aa1" (Excellent) from Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), the second highest of its 21 ratings categories. Our principal Bermuda insurance subsidiary maintains financial strength ratings of "AA" (Very Strong) from S&P, its third highest ratings category, "Aa2" (Excellent) from Moody's, its third highest ratings category, and "AA" (Very Strong) from Fitch, Inc. ("Fitch"), the third highest of its 24 ratings categories. A financial strength rating is an opinion with respect to an insurer's ability to pay under its insurance policies and contracts and is not a recommendation to buy, hold or sell any security issued by an insurer, including the notes.

        We have approximately 110 employees in offices located in the United States, Bermuda and the United Kingdom.

Business Fundamentals

        We believe the credit enhancement markets offer attractive growth opportunities and financial returns over the long term. In recent years, new issuance volumes in the municipal and structured finance sectors have been increasing. From 1997 to 2002, insured U.S. asset-backed finance volume increased at a compound annual growth rate of 16%, and insured U.S. municipal finance volume increased at a compound annual growth rate of 10%. Asset-backed finance is a commonly-used technique in which debt instruments are issued that are backed by loans or accounts receivable (other than mortgage loans) originated by banks, credit card companies or other providers of credit. While growth rates may fluctuate from year to year, we believe demand for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance will continue to be strong as a result of: (1) continuing demand for asset securitization, or the process of aggregating similar instruments, such as loans or mortgages, into a negotiable security, in the United States, (2) continued development of new structured products and expansion into new asset classes, (3) continued high level of issuances of U.S. municipal finance obligations and (4) increasing privatization initiatives and growing use of asset securitization in Europe. We cannot assure you that these circumstances will persist or that demand for financial guaranty insurance or reinsurance will continue to be strong.

        We believe our business offers attractive and recurring revenues as a result of the stable nature of our earned premiums (that portion of written premiums that applies to the expired portion of the policy term and is therefore recognized as revenue under generally accepted accounting principles), the significant contribution of net investment income and the low frequency of loss associated with our businesses. A significant portion of our premiums are received up front and recognized as earned

2



premiums over the life of the contract. As of December 31, 2003, we had $625.4 million of unearned premiums (that portion of written premiums that is allocable to the unexpired portion of the policy term) recorded on our balance sheet. The remainder of our premiums are received on an installment basis and earned over each installment period. As of December 31, 2003, our estimate of the net present value of future premiums, discounted at 6% per year, expected to be earned under existing installment contracts was $309.8 million. In addition, our invested assets, which were $2.2 billion at December 31, 2003, generate recurring investment income.

Competitive Strengths

        We believe that our competitive strengths enable us to capitalize on the opportunities in the credit enhancement markets. These strengths include:

        Underwriting discipline and financial structuring expertise.     We have a disciplined approach to underwriting that emphasizes profitability over market share. We have substantial experience in developing innovative credit enhancement solutions to satisfy the diverse risk and financial management demands of our customers.

        Established market relationships.     Over the past 15 years we have developed strong relationships with key participants in our markets, including issuers, investors, financial guarantors and financial institutions. We seek to distinguish ourselves from our competitors by providing innovative credit enhancement solutions and superior execution and client service.

        Experienced management and underwriting team.     Our senior management has an average of more than 16 years of experience in the insurance, credit or financial guaranty markets. We also have a team of 15 senior underwriters with an average of approximately 12 years of financial guaranty or similar credit experience.

        Multiple locations and licenses.     We have operations in Bermuda, the United States and the United Kingdom. We have a range of licenses that allows us to participate in many sectors of the credit enhancement market.

Corporate Strategy

        Our objective is to build long-term shareholder value by achieving strong profitability through disciplined underwriting, proactive risk management and the growth of our business. Our goal is to improve our return on average equity (excluding the impact of realized gains and losses on investments and unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments) to approximately 11% in 2004. In addition, our medium-term goal is to generate returns consistent with those of the leading performers in the financial guaranty industry. The major elements of our strategy are:

        Expand our direct financial guaranty business.     We intend to expand our direct financial guaranty business beyond our historical focus on credit derivatives by substantially increasing the amount of traditional financial guaranty insurance we write in U.S. and international markets. We believe the market for financial guaranty insurance will grow as the issuance of municipal and structured finance obligations continues to be strong, as capital providers continue to seek to reduce risk exposures and as the market for credit enhancement products develops further. We intend to write business in a manner consistent with achieving our goal of obtaining a "Aaa" rating from Moody's to match our "AAA" rating from S&P.

3



        Expand our financial guaranty reinsurance business.     Our commitment to the financial guaranty reinsurance market, readiness to execute transactions and financial strength afford us a significant opportunity to profitably gain market share. We intend to utilize the benefits of our Bermuda license to improve our returns in this business.

        Transition our mortgage guaranty business.     We intend to write investment grade mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance that is consistent with our ratings objectives. Our industry experience and licenses enable us to provide mortgage credit enhancement in the form of either financial guaranty insurance or mortgage guaranty insurance to meet the specific needs of mortgage lenders and investors.

        Expand our position in international markets.     We intend to capitalize on significant growth opportunities in international markets. Our initial focus for international expansion is privatization finance initiatives ("PFI") in the United Kingdom, the largest market for financial guaranty insurance outside the United States, and public/private partnerships ("PPP") in the rest of Europe.

        Maintain our commitment to financial strength.     We recognize the importance of our excellent financial strength ratings and intend to write business in a manner consistent with achieving our goal of obtaining a "Aaa" rating from Moody's to match our "AAA" rating from S&P. We will maintain our financial strength through disciplined risk selection, prudent operating and financial leverage and a conservative investment posture.

        Manage our capital efficiently.     We will monitor rating agency capital adequacy requirements to appropriately deploy capital to optimize the execution of our business plan and our return on capital.

Risks Relating to Our Company

        As part of your evaluation of us, you should take into account the risks we face in our business. These risks include:

        Possibility of Ratings Downgrade.     The ratings assigned to our insurance subsidiaries are subject to periodic review and may be downgraded by one or more of the rating agencies as a result of changes in the views of the rating agencies or adverse developments in our or our subsidiaries' financial conditions or results of operations. Any such downgrade could have an adverse effect on the affected subsidiary's results of operations or financial condition.

        New Business Strategy.     Because our new strategy emphasizes financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance and deemphasizes certain other lines of business in which we have historically operated, we cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully implement this strategy. Recent employee layoffs and resignations may adversely affect our ability to implement our new strategy. Any failure to implement all or any part of our strategy could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

        Dependence on Customers.     We have derived a substantial portion of our revenues from financial guaranty reinsurance premiums. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, 45%, 21% and 31%, respectively, of our gross written premiums were provided by four ceding companies. A significant reduction in the amount of reinsurance ceded by one or more of our principal ceding companies could have a material adverse effect upon our results of operations.

        Business Subject to General Economic and Capital Markets Factors.     Our business, and the risks associated with our business, depend in large measure on general economic conditions and capital markets activity. Prevailing interest rate levels also affect demand for financial guaranty insurance.

4



        Adequacy of Loss Reserves.     We establish liabilities, or loss reserves, to reflect the estimated cost of claims incurred that we will ultimately be required to pay in respect of insurance and reinsurance we have written. If our loss reserves at any time are determined to be inadequate, we will be required to increase loss reserves at the time of such determination. This could cause a material increase in our liabilities and a reduction in our profitability, or possibly an operating loss and reduction of capital.

        Competition.     We face significant competition in our business, and our revenues and profitability could decline as a result of competition. Four companies accounted for the vast majority of the gross written premiums for the entire financial guaranty industry in 2003. We also face competition from other forms of credit enhancement. There are also a relatively limited number of financial guaranty reinsurance companies and mortgage guaranty companies.

        Taxation.     We manage our business so that we and our non-U.S. subsidiaries (other than Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd.) will not be subject to U.S. income tax. However, we cannot be certain that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will not contend successfully that we or any of our foreign subsidiaries is/are engaged in a trade or business in the United States and thus subject to additional taxation in the United States.

        For more information about these and other risks, see "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11. You should carefully consider these risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus before making an investment decision.

5



Corporate Structure

        Assured Guaranty was incorporated in Bermuda in August 2003 as a subsidiary of ACE Limited, our former parent ("ACE"), for the sole purpose of becoming a holding company for ACE's subsidiaries conducting its financial and mortgage guaranty businesses, which we refer to as the transferred businesses, in connection with our initial public offering, or IPO. Certain of the transferred businesses were originally conducted by subsidiaries of Capital Re Corporation ("Capital Re"), which was acquired by ACE in December 1999.

        Following our IPO, ACE beneficially owns 26,000,000 of our common shares, or approximately 35% of our outstanding common shares (18,650,000 common shares, or 25% of our outstanding common shares if the underwriters' option to purchase additional common shares as part of the IPO is exercised in full). We have a number of continuing agreements with ACE, including reinsurance agreements pursuant to which we have ceded or will cede to ACE certain risks and services agreements pursuant to which ACE will provide us with various administrative services. All of these agreements and arrangements are more fully described under "Relationship with ACE."

        Each of our operating subsidiaries conducted business under names including "ACE," "AGR" and/or "Capital Re." As part of the formation transactions described under "Formation Transactions," we have changed, or are in the process of changing, the names of each of these subsidiaries to the respective names set forth below (or derivations of these names).

        The following organization chart illustrates the corporate relationships among us and our principal subsidiaries (all ownership interests are 100% except where noted):

GRAPHIC

6



The Offering

Issuer   Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.

Guarantor

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Securities Offered

 

$200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of      % Senior Notes due            

Maturity Date

 

            ,            

Interest

 

The issuer will pay interest on the notes semi-annually on            and            of each year, beginning            , 2004. The notes will bear interest at the rate of      % per year.

Ranking

 

The notes will be unsecured senior obligations of the issuer and will rank equally with all other unsecured senior indebtedness of the issuer from time to time outstanding. The guarantees of the guarantor will be unsecured senior obligations of the guarantor and will rank equally with all other unsecured senior indebtedness of the guarantor from time to time outstanding. The notes will be structurally subordinated to all obligations of the issuer's subsidiaries from time to time outstanding, including claims with respect to trade payables. The guarantees will be structurally subordinated to all obligations of the guarantors' subsidiaries from time to time outstanding, including claims with respect to trade payables. As of March 31, 2004, the issuer's subsidiaries had $0 of indebtedness outstanding and the guarantor's subsidiaries had $202 million of indebtedness outstanding (after giving effect to the transactions described under "Formation Transactions").

Covenants

 

The indenture governing the notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the guarantor and its subsidiaries to (1) incur indebtedness secured by the capital stock of designated subsidiaries, (2) dispose of the capital stock of designated subsidiaries or (3) engage in mergers, consolidations, amalgamations and sales of all or substantially all of their assets. See "Description of Notes and Guarantees—Covenants."

Optional Redemption

 

The issuer may, at its option, redeem some or all of the notes at any time, at the "make-whole" price described in this prospectus, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. See "Description of Notes and Guarantees—Optional Redemption." In addition, the issuer may redeem all of the notes under the circumstances described under "Description of Notes and Guarantees—Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes."

Use of Proceeds

 

To repay indebtedness owed to a subsidiary of ACE incurred in connection with the formation transactions described under "Formation Transactions."
     

7



No Public Market

 

The notes will be a new issue of securities and will not be listed on any securities exchange or included in any automated quotation system. The underwriters have advised us that they intend to make a market for the notes, but they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue their market-making activities at any time without notice.

Additional Notes

 

The issuer may, without notice to or the consent of the then existing holders of the notes, issue additional notes ranking equally and ratably with the notes in all respects except for the issue price, issue date and the payment of interest accruing prior to the issue date of the additional notes or the first payment of interest following the issue date of the additional notes. The additional notes will be consolidated and form a single series with the notes offered hereby and will have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the notes offered hereby.

8



Recent Developments

Results for the Quarter ended March 31, 2004

        On May 11, 2004, we reported our results for the three-months ended March 31, 2004. We reported net income of $46.9 million for the first quarter ended March 31, 2004, an increase of 48% compared with net income of $31.8 million for the first quarter of 2003.


Gross Written Premiums by Segment

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in millions)

Financial guaranty direct   $ 25.6   $ 14.0
Financial guaranty reinsurance     52.4     29.8
Mortgage guaranty     14.0     8.1
   
 
  Sub-total   $ 92.0   $ 51.9
Other     (93.6 )   60.9
  Total   $ (1.5 ) $ 112.7

        Gross premiums written were a negative $1.5 million in the quarter. Gross premiums written in our other segment (which represents our exited lines of business) were reduced by $97.8 million in the quarter due to the accounting for the unwinding of equity layer credit protection products. Partially offsetting this premium reduction was the recognition of $10.4 million of gross premiums written in the financial guaranty direct segment due to the closing out of transactions in which we no longer participate; excluding this amount, gross premiums written in the financial guaranty direct segment grew 9%.


Net Premiums Earned by Segment

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in millions)

Financial guaranty direct   $ 40.7   $ 14.7
Financial guaranty reinsurance     20.4     16.9
Mortgage guaranty     8.4     9.6
   
 
  Sub-total   $ 69.5   $ 41.2
Other     17.2     22.4
  Total     86.7     63.6
Municipal refunding premiums     2.9     3.3
   
 
  Sub-total   $ 83.8   $ 60.3

9


        Net premiums earned were $86.7 million in the first quarter of 2004, up 36% compared with $63.6 million in the first quarter of 2003. Financial guaranty direct net premiums earned included $24.2 million associated with the closing out of transactions types that we do not expect to underwrite in the future. Financial guaranty reinsurance net premiums earned were $20.4 million, up 21% from $16.9 million in the first quarter of 2003. Included in this amount were $2.9 million of municipal bond refunding premiums, compared with $3.3 million in the first quarter of 2003. Mortgage guaranty net premiums earned were $8.4 million, compared with $9.6 million in the first quarter of 2003, reflecting the run-off of our quota share mortgage guaranty reinsurance business.

        Investment income in the quarter was $24.4 million, up modestly compared with $24.1 million in the first quarter of 2003. The average portfolio yield was 4.8%, compared with 5.3% in the prior year on an investment portfolio of $2.2 billion at March 31, 2004. The portfolio's average credit quality remained at AA+/Aa2. As a result of IPO-related transactions in the other segment, we expect a $163 million reduction in the investment portfolio in the second quarter.


Combined Ratio

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Loss ratio   27.3 % 36.5 %
Expense ratio   35.9   41.6  
   
 
 
Combined ratio   63.2 % 78.1 %

        Loss and loss adjustment expenses in the quarter were $23.7 million, or 27% of net premiums earned ("loss ratio"), compared with $23.2 million or a 36.5% loss ratio in the first quarter of 2003. Both loss ratios are significantly affected by the other segment and the closing out of transactions in the financial guaranty direct segment in preparation for our IPO.

        Our profit commission expense, acquisition costs and other operating expenses were $31.2 million in the quarter and 35.9% as a percent of net premiums earned ("expense ratio"), as compared to $26.4 million or a 41.6% expense ratio in the first quarter of 2003. The increase in expenses reflects the addition of IPO-related and holding company expenses as well as $1.5 million of severance expenses in the quarter.

        Our shareholder's equity as of March 31, 2004 was $1,510 million. On a pro forma basis giving effect to the formation transactions described under "Formation Transactions" and the transactions described under "Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information (Unaudited)" our shareholder's equity as of March 31, 2004 was $1,385 million.

Resignation of Senior Officer

        On March 31, 2004, Joseph W. Swain III, who until December 2003 had been the chief executive officer of ACE's financial guaranty business and was thereafter the President-Reinsurance of Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., resigned. In his resignation, Mr. Swain cited differences with management over our new business strategy and our ability to execute this strategy as a result of his concerns about the relevant experience of certain members of management, staffing levels and corporate culture. Management believes these concerns are unfounded. We have promoted Robbin Conner, a senior executive of Assured Guaranty Corp., to replace Mr. Swain as the head of our financial guaranty reinsurance business. Please see "Management" for a discussion of Mr. Conner's business experience.

10



Summary Combined Financial Information of Assured Guaranty

        The following table sets forth summary combined financial and other information of Assured Guaranty. The summary combined statement of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 and the summary combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 are derived from our audited combined financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP") and appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2001 are derived from our audited combined financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.

        These historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period. You should read the following summary combined financial information together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millons)

 
Statement of operations data:                    
  Gross written premiums   $ 349.2   $ 417.2   $ 442.9  
  Net written premiums (1)     491.5     352.5     206.6  
 
Net earned premiums

 

$

310.9

 

$

247.4

 

$

293.5

 
  Net investment income     96.3     97.2     99.5  
  Net realized investment gains     5.5     7.9     13.1  
  Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments     98.4     (54.2 )   (16.3 )
  Other income     1.2     3.6     2.9  
   
 
 
 
  Total revenues     512.3     302.0     392.9  
   
 
 
 
  Loss and loss adjustment expenses     144.6     120.3     177.5  
  Profit commission expense     9.8     8.5     9.0  
  Acquisition costs     64.9     48.4     51.1  
  Operating expenses     41.0     31.0     29.8  
  Goodwill amortization             3.8  
  Interest expense     5.7     10.6     11.5  
   
 
 
 
  Total expenses     266.1     218.8     282.8  
   
 
 
 
  Income before income taxes     246.2     83.2     110.1  
  Provision (benefit) for income taxes     31.7     10.6     22.2  
   
 
 
 
  Net income before cumulative effect of new accounting standard     214.5     72.6     87.9  
  Cumulative effect of new accounting standard, net of taxes             (24.1 )
   
 
 
 
  Net income   $ 214.5   $ 72.6   $ 63.8  
   
 
 
 

Balance sheet data (end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Investments and cash   $ 2,222.1   $ 2,061.9   $ 1,710.8  
  Prepaid reinsurance premiums     11.0     179.5     171.5  
  Total assets     2,857.9     2,719.9     2,322.1  
  Unearned premium reserve     625.4     613.3     500.3  
  Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses     522.6     458.8     401.1  
  Long-term debt     75.0     75.0     150.0  
  Total liabilities     1,420.2     1,462.6     1,260.4  
  Accumulated other comprehensive income     81.2     89.0     43.3  
  Shareholder's equity     1,437.6     1,257.2     1,061.6  
 
Pro forma information: (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    Debt   $ 200.0              
    Shareholder's equity     1,311.6              
    Book value per share (3)     17.27              

11


 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millons)

 

GAAP financial information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio (4)     46.5 %   48.6 %   60.5 %
  Expense ratio (5)     37.2     35.5     30.6  
   
 
 
 
  Combined ratio     83.7 %   84.1 %   91.1 %
   
 
 
 

Statutory financial information (end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Contingency reserve (6)   $ 410.5   $ 315.5   $ 228.9  
  Policyholders' surplus     980.5     835.4     833.2  

Additional financial guaranty information (end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Net in-force business (principal and interest)   $ 130,047   $ 124,082   $ 117,909  
  Net in-force business (principal only)     87,524     80,394     75,249  
  Present value of gross premiums written (7)     238.8     215.5     195.0  
  Net present value of installment premiums in-force (8)     309.8     260.2     159.7  

(1)
Net written premiums exceeded gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2003 due to $154.8 million of return premium from two terminated ceded reinsurance contracts.

(2)
The pro forma information reflects adjustments to give effect to the transactions described under "Formation Transactions" and "Pro Forma Combined Financial Information."

(3)
Based on 75,937,417 shares outstanding.

(4)
The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses by net earned premiums.

(5)
The expense ratio is calculated by dividing the sum of profit commission expense, acquisition costs and operating expenses by net earned premiums.

(6)
Under statutory accounting principles, financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty insurers are required to establish contingency reserves based on a specified percentage of premiums. A contingency reserve is an additional liability reserve established to protect policyholders against the effects of adverse economic developments or cycles or other unforeseen circumstances.

(7)
Represents gross premiums related to financial guaranty contracts written in the current period, including the full amount of upfront premiums received and the present value of all installment premiums, discounted at 6% per year. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Segment Results of Operations" for a reconciliation to gross written premiums.

(8)
Represents the present value of installment premiums on all in-force financial guaranty business, net of reinsurance ceded and ceding commissions, discounted at 6% per year.

12



RISK FACTORS

         An investment in the notes involves a number of risks. You should carefully consider the following information about these risks, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before investing in the notes. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. However, these are the risks our management believes are material. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business or results of operations. Any of the risks described below could result in a significant or material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition and consequently our ability to make payments in respect of the notes and the guarantees. You could lose all or part of your investment.

         This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this prospectus. See "Forward-Looking Statements."

Risks Related to Our Company

A downgrade of the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of any of our insurance subsidiaries could adversely affect our business and prospects and, consequently, our results of operations and financial condition.

        Financial strength ratings have become an increasingly important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance and reinsurance companies. The objective of these ratings is to provide an opinion of an insurer's financial strength and ability to meet ongoing obligations to its policyholders. Ratings reflect the rating agencies' opinions of our financial strength, and are neither evaluations directed to investors in the notes nor recommendations to buy, sell or hold the notes. As of the date of this prospectus, Assured Guaranty Corp. has been assigned a "AAA" (Extremely Strong) rating from S&P, the highest of the 21 ratings categories used by S&P, and a "Aa1" (Excellent) rating from Moody's, the second highest of the 21 ratings categories used by Moody's. All of our other insurance company subsidiaries have been assigned "AA" (Very Strong) ratings from S&P, the third highest ratings category used by S&P, "Aa2" (Excellent) ratings from Moody's, the third highest ratings category used by Moody's, and "AA" (Very Strong) ratings from Fitch, the third highest of the 24 ratings categories used by Fitch. A financial strength rating is an opinion with respect to an insurer's ability to pay under its insurance policies and contracts in accordance with their terms. The opinion is not specific to any particular policy or contract. Financial strength ratings do not refer to an insurer's ability to meet non-insurance obligations and are not a recommendation to purchase or discontinue any policy or contract issued by an insurer or to buy, hold, or sell any security issued by an insurer, including the notes. Assured Guaranty Corp.'s S&P ratings outlook is "Negative." While an S&P outlook is not necessarily a precursor to a ratings change, a "Negative" outlook means a rating may be lowered.

        In addition, AGRI and AGRO carry financial enhancement ratings from S&P of "AA" (Very Strong).

        The ratings assigned by S&P, Moody's and Fitch to our insurance subsidiaries are subject to periodic review and may be downgraded by one or more of the rating agencies as a result of changes in the views of the rating agencies or adverse developments in our or our subsidiaries' financial conditions or results of operations due to underwriting or investment losses or other factors. We are in ongoing discussions with S&P and Moody's regarding our ratings, including the impact on our ratings of the formation transactions described under "Formation Transactions", the IPO and our new business strategy. As a result, the ratings assigned to our insurance subsidiaries by either or both of S&P and Moody's may change at any time. In the case of AGRO and Assured Guaranty Mortgage, their ratings are dependent upon contractual support provided by AGRI.

13



        If the ratings of any of our insurance subsidiaries were reduced below current levels by any of the rating agencies, it could have an adverse effect on the affected subsidiary's competitive position and its prospects for future business opportunities. A downgrade may also reduce the value of the reinsurance we offer, which may no longer be of sufficient economic value for our customers to continue to cede to our subsidiaries at economically viable rates.

        With respect to a significant portion of our in-force financial guaranty reinsurance business, in the event of certain downgrades, the ceding company has the right to recapture business ceded to the affected subsidiary and assets representing substantially all of the statutory unearned premium and loss reserves (if any) associated with that business, with a corresponding negative impact to earnings, which could be significant. Alternatively, the ceding company can increase the commissions it charges us for cessions. Any such increase may be retroactive to the date of the cession, requiring the affected subsidiary to refund a portion of related premium previously earned, with a corresponding negative impact to earnings, which could be significant. In the event of a downgrade of any of our subsidiaries that write or insure exposures relating to contracts that allow for the use of derivative instruments to transfer credit risk, or credit derivatives, a downgrade below negotiated levels may allow a counterparty to terminate its agreements, resulting in the possible payment of a settlement amount. A downgrade also will increase the possibility that we may have to pledge collateral for the benefit of a counterparty.

        A downgrade may also negatively impact the affected company's ability to write new business or negotiate favorable terms on new business.

Our success depends on our ability to successfully execute our new business strategy.

        Our strategy is to focus on two core businesses: (1) financial and mortgage guaranty insurance and (2) financial guaranty reinsurance.

        The fact that Assured Guaranty Corp., through which we write financial guaranty insurance, carries a triple-A rating from S&P but not from Moody's places it at a competitive disadvantage against companies rated triple-A by both S&P and Moody's. The absence of a triple-A rating from Moody's may adversely affect the desirability of our financial guaranty insurance, and in fact may preclude us from successfully marketing our financial guaranty insurance in certain markets. Furthermore, while we have a substantial in-force book of financial guaranty direct business, the majority of that exposure was written in the credit derivatives market rather than in the more traditional third-party financial guaranty insurance market. We may not be able to successfully expand relationships with issuers, servicers and other parties that are necessary to generate business in the traditional financial guaranty insurance market. Finally, Assured Guaranty Corp. presently is licensed in 45 states and the District of Columbia, and is seeking licenses in those U.S. jurisdictions where it is not presently licensed. Assured Guaranty Corp. may not be able to obtain those licenses, or may face delays in obtaining those licenses.

        We are combining our mortgage guaranty business and our financial guaranty business. We intend to write mortgage guaranty insurance that is rated investment grade. We may not be able to source mortgage guaranty insurance business of this type in sufficient amounts or at adequate premium rates.

        We intend to write more of our financial guaranty reinsurance through AGRI, which is rated in the double-A category by both S&P and Moody's, and less of this business through Assured Guaranty Corp., which is rated AAA/Aa1. The absence of a triple-A rating from S&P or Moody's places AGRI at a competitive disadvantage against companies rated triple-A by S&P or Moody's.

        Because our strategy includes focusing on new lines of business in which we and our senior management have less experience, we cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully implement this strategy. In addition, recent employee layoffs and resignations have resulted in the loss of some experienced employees and reduced staff levels generally, which could adversely affect our ability to

14



successfully implement our new strategy. Any failure to implement all or any part of our strategy could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We are dependent on a small number of ceding companies to provide us with a substantial part of our reinsurance business.

        Historically, we have derived a substantial portion of our revenues from financial guaranty reinsurance premiums. Ambac Assurance Corporation ("Ambac"), Financial Guaranty Insurance Company ("FGIC"), Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("FSA") and MBIA Insurance Corporation ("MBIA") in the aggregate accounted for 45%, 21% and 31% of our gross written premiums for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. For the year ended December 31, 2003, 25% and 11% of our gross written premiums were ceded by FSA and MBIA, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2002, 11% of our gross written premiums was paid by Dresdner Bank and in 2001, FSA and Credit Suisse provided 13% and 10%, respectively, of our gross written premiums. Gross written premiums from Dresdner Bank and Credit Suisse were paid with respect to equity layer credit protection, a business that we have exited.

        A significant reduction in the amount of reinsurance ceded by one or more of our principal ceding companies could have a material adverse effect upon our results of operations. A number of factors could cause such a reduction. For example, there is likely to be some reluctance among our principal ceding companies to cede business to us as a result of our intent to compete with them in the direct financial guaranty business. In addition, primary insurers may retain higher levels of risk. Also, the volume of municipal bond and structured securities new issuances, together with the levels of and changes in interest rates and investor demand, may significantly affect the new business activities of primary financial guaranty insurers and, consequently, their use of reinsurance.

        Additionally, our ability to receive profitable pricing for our reinsurance depends largely on prices charged by the primary insurers for their insurance coverage and the amount of ceding commissions paid by us to these primary insurers.

General economic factors, including fluctuations in interest rates and housing prices, may adversely affect our loss experience and the demand for our products.

        Our business, and the risks associated with our business, depend in large measure on general economic conditions and capital markets activity. Our loss experience could be materially adversely affected by extended national or regional economic recessions, business failures, rising unemployment rates, interest rate changes or volatility, changes in investor perceptions regarding the strength of financial guaranty providers and the policies or guaranties offered by such providers, investor concern over the credit quality of municipalities or corporations, terrorist attacks, acts of war, or combinations of such factors. These events could also materially decrease demand for financial guaranty insurance. In addition to exposure to general economic factors, we are exposed to the specific risks faced by the particular businesses, municipalities or pools of assets covered by our financial guaranty products.

        Prevailing interest rate levels affect capital markets activity which in turn affects demand for financial guaranty insurance. Higher interest rates may result in declines in new issue and refunding volume which may reduce demand for our financial guaranty products. Lower interest rates generally are accompanied by narrower interest rate spreads between insured and uninsured obligations. The purchase of insurance during periods of narrower interest rate spreads generally will provide lower cost savings to the issuer than during periods of wider spreads. These lower cost savings could be accompanied by a corresponding decrease in demand for financial guaranty insurance. However, the increased level of refundings during periods of lower interest rates historically has increased the demand for insurance.

15



        Under the standard mortgage insurance policies that we reinsure, a default on the underlying mortgage generally will give the insurer the option to pay the entire loss amount and take title to the mortgaged property or pay the coverage percentage in full satisfaction of its obligations under the policy. Due to a strong housing market in recent years, insurers have been able to take advantage of paying the entire loss amount and selling properties quickly. If housing values depreciate or fail to appreciate, the primary insurers' ability to recover amounts paid on defaulted mortgages may be reduced or delayed, which in turn may lead to increased losses under our related reinsurance contracts and have a material adverse affect on our results of operations or our financial condition in general.

If claims exceed our loss reserves, our financial results could be significantly adversely affected.

        Our results of operations and financial condition depend upon our ability to assess accurately and manage the potential loss associated with the risks that we insure and reinsure. We establish loss and loss adjustment expense reserves based on estimates involving actuarial and statistical projections of our expectations of the ultimate settlement and administration costs of claims on the policies we write. We use actuarial models as well as historical insurance industry loss development patterns as estimates of future trends in claims severity, frequency and other factors to establish our estimate of loss reserves. Establishing loss reserves is an inherently uncertain process. Accordingly, actual claims and claim expenses paid may deviate, perhaps materially, from the reserve estimates reflected in our combined financial statements.

        If our loss reserves at any time are determined to be inadequate, we will be required to increase loss reserves at the time of such determination. This could cause a material increase in our liabilities and a reduction in our profitability, or possibly an operating loss and reduction of capital.

Adverse selection by ceding companies may adversely affect our financial results.

        A portion of our reinsurance business is written under treaties, which generally give the ceding company some ability to select the risks ceded to us as long as they are covered by the terms of the treaty. There is a risk under these treaties that the ceding companies will adversely select the risks ceded to us by ceding those exposures that have higher rating agency capital charges or that the ceding companies expect to be less profitable. We attempt to mitigate this risk in a number of ways, including requiring ceding companies to retain a minimum amount, which varies by treaty, of the ceded business. If we are unsuccessful in mitigating this risk, our financial results may be adversely affected.

Our financial guaranty products may subject us to significant risks from individual or correlated credits.

        The breadth of our business exposes us to potential losses in a variety of our products as a result of a credit problem at one company ("single name" exposure). For example, we could have direct exposure to a corporate credit for which we write and/or insure a credit derivative. We could also be exposed to the same corporate credit risk if the credit's securities are contained in a portfolio of collateralized debt obligations ("CDOs") we insure, or if it is the originator or servicer of loans or other assets backing structured securities that we have insured. A CDO is a debt security backed by a pool of debt obligations. While we track our aggregate exposure to single names in our various lines of business and have established underwriting criteria to manage risk aggregations, there can be no assurance that our ultimate exposure to a single name will not exceed our underwriting guidelines, or that an event with respect to a single name will not cause a significant loss. In addition, because we insure or reinsure municipal bonds, we can have significant exposures to single municipal risks. While the risk of a complete loss, where we pay the entire principal amount of an issue of bonds and interest thereon with no recovery, is generally lower than for corporate credits as most municipal bonds are backed by tax or other revenues, there can be no assurance that a single default by a municipality would not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

16



Some of our direct financial guaranty products may be riskier than traditional financial guaranty insurance.

        Unlike our triple-A monoline financial guaranty competitors, a substantial portion of our financial guaranty direct exposures have been assumed as credit derivatives. Traditional financial guaranty insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a municipal finance or structured finance obligation against non-payment of principal and interest, while credit derivatives provide protection from the occurrence of specified credit events, including non-payment of principal and interest. Credit derivative products generally also provide for settlement of an entire exposure, rather than a missed payment obligation as in traditional financial guaranty, upon the occurrence of a credit event, which could require us to sell assets or otherwise generate liquidity in advance of any potential recoveries.

Competition in our industry may adversely affect our revenues.

        We face significant competition in our business, and our revenues and profitability could decline as a result of competition.

        The financial guaranty industry is highly competitive. The principal sources of direct and indirect competition are other financial guaranty insurance companies, most of which have greater financial resources and superior financial strength ratings than we do. Four companies, Ambac, FGIC, FSA and MBIA, accounted for the vast majority of the gross written premiums for the entire financial guaranty industry in 2003. We also face competition from other forms of credit enhancement, including structural enhancement incorporated in structured and other obligations and letters of credit, guaranties and credit derivatives provided primarily by foreign and domestic banks and other financial institutions, some of which are governmental enterprises or have been assigned the highest ratings awarded by one or more of the major rating agencies.

        There are also a relatively limited number of financial guaranty reinsurance companies. As a result, the industry is particularly vulnerable to swings in capacity based on the entry or exit of one or a small number of financial guaranty reinsurers.

        New entrants into the financial guaranty industry could have an adverse effect on our prospects either by furthering price competition or by reducing the aggregate demand for our reinsurance as a result of additional insurance capacity. The most significant barriers to entry for new financial guaranty competitors are rating agency requirements and regulatory capital requirements, as well as the limited availability of experienced management. New entrants or additional reinsurance capacity would likely have an adverse effect on our business. An investor group, which includes MBIA, recently announced the formation of a new Bermuda-based triple-A rated financial guaranty reinsurer, and we cannot assure you what impact, if any, such entity may have on the financial guaranty reinsurance market.

        With respect to mortgage guaranty reinsurance, we compete with a number of other reinsurance companies as well as with alternatives to reinsurance, including risk-sharing arrangements with affiliates of the mortgage insurers and lender-owned captives. Many of these competitors have greater experience and relationships in these markets. See also "Business—Competition."

We are dependent on key executives and the loss of any of these executives, or our inability to retain other key personnel, could adversely affect our business.

        Our success substantially depends upon our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and upon the ability of our senior management and other key employees to implement our business strategy. We believe there are only a limited number of available qualified executives in the business lines in which we compete. Although we are not aware of any planned departures, we rely substantially upon the services of Dominic J. Frederico, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Michael J.

17



Schozer, the President of Assured Guaranty Corp. Although each of these individuals will have employment agreements with us, we cannot assure you that we will be able to retain their services. The loss of the services of either of these individuals or other key members of our management team could adversely affect the implementation of our business strategy, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. We do not currently maintain key man life insurance policies with respect to any of our employees. The inability to attract and retain other talented personnel could also adversely affect our business.

Reduction in staffing levels could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement our new business strategy.

        In connection with the IPO and the implementation of our new business strategy, we are reducing our total headcount to approximately 100 people through reductions in force and attrition. Some of our employees who have left or who have been terminated had relevant experience and their loss could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement our new business strategy. In addition, if our new business strategy is successful in generating a substantial amount of new business, we may be required to seek additional staff. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify and hire experienced new staff on a timely basis.

Our business could be adversely affected by Bermuda employment restrictions.

        Our location in Bermuda may serve as an impediment to attracting and retaining experienced personnel. Special considerations apply to our Bermuda operations. Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians, other than spouses of Bermudians and individuals holding permanent resident certificates or working resident certificates, are not permitted to engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without a work permit issued by the Bermuda government. A work permit is only granted or extended if the employer can show that, after a proper public advertisement, no Bermudian, spouse of a Bermudian or individual holding a permanent resident certificate or working resident certificate is available who meets the minimum standards for the position. The Bermuda government has announced a policy that places a six-year term limit on individuals with work permits, subject to specified exemptions for persons deemed to be key employees. All of our Bermuda-based employees who require work permits have been granted provisional permits by the Bermuda government, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel and Secretary and Chief Actuary. It is possible that we could lose the services of one or more of our key employees if we are unable to obtain or renew their work permits, which could have a material adverse affect on our business.

We may be adversely affected by interest rate changes affecting the performance of our investment portfolio.

        Our operating results are affected, in part, by the performance of our investment portfolio. Changes in interest rates could also have an adverse effect on our investment income. For example, if interest rates decline, funds reinvested will earn less than expected. Our investment portfolio contains interest rate-sensitive instruments, such as bonds, which may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Valuation of Investments."

        In addition, our investment portfolio includes mortgage-backed securities. As of December 31, 2003, mortgage-backed securities constituted approximately 25% of our invested assets. As with other fixed maturity investments, the fair market value of these securities fluctuates depending on market and other general economic conditions and the interest rate environment. Changes in interest rates can expose us to significant prepayment risks on these investments. In periods of declining interest rates, mortgage prepayments generally increase and mortgage-backed securities are prepaid more quickly,

18



requiring us to reinvest the proceeds at then-current market rates. During periods of rising interest rates, the frequency of prepayments generally decreases. Mortgage-backed securities having an amortized value less than par ( i.e. , purchased at a discount) may incur a decrease in yield or a loss as a result of slower prepayment.

        Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control. We do not engage in active management, or hedging, of interest rate risk, and may not be able to mitigate interest rate sensitivity effectively.

The performance of our invested assets affects our results of operations and cash flows.

        Income from our investment portfolio is one of the primary sources of cash flows supporting our operations and claim payments. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, our net investment income was $96.3 million, $97.2 million and $99.5 million, respectively, in each case exclusive of net realized gains on investments. If our calculations with respect to our policy liabilities are incorrect, or if we improperly structure our investments to meet these liabilities, we could have unexpected losses, including losses resulting from forced liquidation of investments before their maturity. The investment policies of our insurance subsidiaries are subject to insurance law requirements, and may change depending upon regulatory, economic and market conditions and the existing or anticipated financial condition and operating requirements, including the tax position, of our businesses.

        We have retained Lazard Freres Asset Management and Hyperion Capital Management, Inc. to manage our investment portfolio. The performance of our invested assets is subject to their performance in selecting and managing appropriate investments. These investment managers have discretionary authority over our investment portfolio within the limits of our investment guidelines.

Our net income may be volatile because a portion of the credit risk we assume is in the form of credit derivatives that are accounted for under FAS 133, which requires that these instruments be marked-to-market quarterly.

        Any event causing credit spreads ( i.e. , the difference in interest rates between comparable securities having different credit risk) on an underlying security referenced in a credit derivative in our portfolio either to widen or to tighten will affect the fair value of the credit derivative and may increase the volatility of our earnings. Credit derivatives are classified as derivatives under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133. Derivatives must be accounted for either as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and measured at fair market value. Although there is no cash flow effect from this "marking to market," net changes in the fair market value of the derivative are reported in our statement of operations and therefore will affect our reported earnings. If the derivative is held to maturity and no credit loss is incurred, any gains or losses previously reported would be offset by corresponding gains or losses at maturity. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Valuation of Derivative Financial Instruments."

        Common events that may cause credit spreads on an underlying municipal or corporate security referenced in a credit derivative to fluctuate include changes in the state of national or regional economic conditions, industry cyclicality, changes to a company's competitive position within an industry, management changes, changes in the ratings of the underlying security, movements in interest rates, default or failure to pay interest, or any other factor leading investors to revise expectations about the issuer's ability to pay principal and interest on its debt obligations. Similarly, common events that may cause credit spreads on an underlying structured security referenced in a credit derivative to fluctuate may include the occurrence and severity of collateral defaults, changes in demographic trends

19



and their impact on the levels of credit enhancement, rating changes, changes in interest rates or prepayment speeds, or any other factor leading investors to revise expectations about the risk of the collateral or the ability of the servicer to collect payments on the underlying assets sufficient to pay principal and interest.

An increase in our subsidiaries' risk-to-capital ratio or leverage ratio may prevent them from writing new insurance.

        Rating agencies and insurance regulatory authorities impose capital requirements on our insurance subsidiaries. These capital requirements, which include risk-to-capital ratios, leverage ratios and surplus requirements, limit the amount of insurance that our subsidiaries may write. Our insurance subsidiaries have several alternatives available to control their risk-to-capital ratios and leverage ratios, including obtaining capital contributions from us, purchasing reinsurance or entering into other loss mitigation agreements, or reducing the amount of new business written. However, a material reduction in the statutory capital and surplus of a subsidiary, whether resulting from underwriting or investment losses or otherwise, or a disproportionate increase in the amount of risk in force, could increase a subsidiary's risk-to-capital ratio or leverage ratio. This in turn could require that subsidiary to obtain reinsurance for existing business (which may not be available, or may be available on terms that we consider unfavorable), or add to its capital base to maintain its financial strength ratings. Failure to maintain such ratings could limit that subsidiary's ability to write new business, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms.

        Our capital requirements depend on many factors, including our in-force book of business and rating agency capital requirements. To the extent that our existing capital is insufficient to meet these requirements and/or cover losses, we may need to raise additional funds through financings or curtail our growth and reduce our assets. Any equity or debt financing, if available at all, may be on terms that are not favorable to us. If our need for capital arises because of significant losses, the occurrence of these losses may make it more difficult for us to raise the necessary capital. If we cannot obtain adequate capital on favorable terms or at all, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Adequate soft capital support may not be available.

        Financial guaranty insurers and reinsurers typically rely on providers of lines of credit, credit swap facilities and similar capital support mechanisms (often referred to as "soft capital") to supplement their "hard capital." The ratings of soft capital providers directly affect the level of capital credit which the rating agencies attribute to the financial guaranty insurer or reinsurer when rating its financial strength. We intend to maintain soft capital facilities with providers having ratings adequate to provide the desired capital credit, although no assurance can be given that one or more of the rating agencies will not downgrade or withdraw the applicable ratings of such providers in the future. In addition, we cannot assure you that an acceptable replacement provider would be available in that event.

We may require additional liquidity in the future, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms.

        We require liquidity in order to pay our operating expenses, interest on our debt and dividends on our common shares, and to make capital investments in our operating subsidiaries. We anticipate that our need for liquidity will be met by (1) the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make other payments to us, (2) external financings, and (3) income from our investment portfolio. Some of our subsidiaries are subject to legal and rating agency restrictions on their ability to pay dividends and

20



make other permitted payments, and external financing may or may not be available to us in the future on satisfactory terms. Our other subsidiaries are subject to legal restrictions on their ability to pay dividends and distributions. See "Dividend Policy" and "Business—Regulation." While we believe that we will have sufficient liquidity to satisfy our needs over the next 12 months, there can be no assurance that adverse market conditions, changes in insurance regulatory law or changes in general economic condition that adversely affect our liquidity will not occur. Similarly, there can be no assurance that adequate liquidity will be available to us on favorable terms in the future.

        Liquidity at our operating subsidiaries is used to pay operating expenses, claims, reinsurance premiums and dividends to us, as well as, where appropriate, to make capital investments in their own subsidiaries. Liquidity at the issuer is also used to make payments under the Tax Allocation Agreement with ACE Financial Services, described under "Relationship with ACE—Tax Allocation Agreement." While we believe that the operating cash flows of our subsidiaries will be sufficient to meet their needs, we cannot assure you that this will be the case, nor can we assure you that existing liquidity facilities will prove adequate to their needs, or be available to them on favorable terms in the future.

Changes in tax laws could reduce the demand or profitability of financial guaranty insurance, or negatively impact our investment portfolio.

        Any material change in the U.S. tax treatment of municipal securities, the imposition of a "flat tax," the imposition of a national sales tax in lieu of the current federal income tax structure in the United States, or changes in the treatment of dividends, could adversely affect the market for municipal obligations and, consequently, reduce the demand for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance of such obligations.

        The Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003, enacted in May 2003, significantly reduces in certain situations the federal income tax rate for individuals on dividends and long-term capital gains through 2008. This tax change may adversely affect the market for municipal obligations and, consequently, reduce the demand for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance of these obligations, which could reduce our revenue and profitability from the writing of such insurance and reinsurance. Future potential changes in U.S. tax laws might also affect demand for municipal securities and for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance of those obligations.

        Changes in U.S. federal, state or local laws that materially adversely affect the tax treatment of municipal securities or the market for those securities, or other changes negatively affecting the municipal securities market, also may adversely impact our investment portfolio, a significant portion of which is invested in tax-exempt instruments. These adverse changes may adversely affect the value of our tax-exempt portfolio, or its liquidity.

Legislative and regulatory changes and interpretations could harm our business.

        Changes in laws and regulations affecting insurance companies, the municipal and structured securities markets, the financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance markets and the credit derivatives markets, as well as other governmental regulations, may subject us to additional legal liability, or affect the demand for the products that we provide. For example, recent uncertainty regarding the accounting for structured securities significantly, though temporarily, reduced new issuances of certain types of structured securities.

Our ability to meet our obligations, including in respect of the notes and the guarantees, may be constrained by our holding company structure.

        Assumed Guaranty and Holdings are both holding companies and, as such, have no direct operations of their own. They do not expect to have any significant operations or assets other than their ownership of the shares of their subsidiaries. Dividends and other permitted payments from their

21



operating subsidiaries are expected to be their primary source of funds to meet ongoing cash requirements, including debt service payments and other expenses. Their insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulatory and rating agency restrictions limiting their ability to declare and to pay dividends and make other payments to Assured Guaranty or Holdings, as applicable. The inability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay sufficient dividends and make other permitted payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to satisfy our ongoing cash requirements, including in respect of the notes and the guarantees, and on our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders. For more information regarding these limitations, see "Business—Regulation."

        Our insurance subsidiaries have no obligation to pay interest or principal due on the notes or to make funds available to us for that purpose, whether in the form of loans, dividends or other distributions. Accordingly, our ability to repay the notes at maturity or otherwise may de dependent upon our ability to refinance the notes, which will in turn depend, in large part, upon factors beyond our control.

ACE has the ability to exert significant influence over our operations.

        ACE beneficially owns approximately 35% of our common shares (approximately 25% if the underwriters' option to purchase additional common shares in the IPO is exercised in full). In addition, two of our directors, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, are also directors of ACE. Prior to the IPO, our Chairman, Donald Kramer, was Vice Chairman and a director of ACE and, though he is no longer a director of ACE, remains employed by ACE. ACE will have the ability to exert significant influence over our policies and affairs, the election of our board of directors and any action requiring a shareholder vote, including amendments to our Bye-Laws and approval of business combinations. The interests of ACE may differ from the interests of our other shareholders in some respects. See "Relationship with ACE."

ACE may have conflicts of interest with us.

        ACE has entered into agreements with us which may give rise to conflicts of interest. See "Formation Transactions" and "Relationship with ACE." In addition, ACE has invested in, and may in the future invest in, other entities engaged in or intending to engage in financial or mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance, some of which may compete with us. ACE has also entered into, or may in the future enter into, agreements with companies that may compete with us. We do not have any agreement or understanding with ACE regarding the resolution of potential conflicts of interest. In addition, we may not be in a position to influence ACE's decision to engage in activities that would give rise to a conflict of interest. ACE may take actions that are not in our best interests.

22


We are dependent on certain contractual arrangements with ACE and we may be unable to replace these arrangements with similar or more favorable agreements upon their expiration.

        In connection with the IPO and the transactions described under "Formation Transactions" and "Relationships with ACE," we and our insurance subsidiaries have entered into a series of agreements with ACE and its affiliates. See "Formation Transactions" and "Relationship with ACE." The board of directors existing prior to the IPO has approved the terms of these agreements, but the agreements will not be reviewed or approved by the independent directors who have joined our board upon completion of the IPO. These agreements became effective shortly after the completion of the IPO. Several of these agreements govern our relationship with ACE and its affiliates with respect to various services that ACE and its affiliates have agreed to provide to us following the completion of the IPO. After the expiration of these agreements, we may not be able to replace these services and arrangements in a timely manner or on terms and conditions, including cost, as favorable as those we have with ACE. In addition, we have entered into reinsurance arrangements and other transactions with ACE with respect to the businesses that we have exited in connection with the IPO. These arrangements and other transactions have been approved by our board existing prior to the IPO but have not been and will not be approved by the independent directors that have joined our board since completion of the IPO. See "Relationship with ACE" and "Business—Other."

We will have significant reinsurance recoverables from ACE.

        As previously described, we have entered into reinsurance arrangements and other transactions with ACE with respect to the businesses that we have exited in connection with the IPO. As a result, we expect to have substantial reinsurance recoverables from ACE and therefore will be subject to the risk that ACE cannot or will not pay amounts owed to us under these reinsurance arrangements. In connection with the IPO, we entered into several reinsurance agreement with subsidiaries of ACE described under "Relationships with ACE—Reinsurance Transactions" that are considered retroactive reinsurance contracts. Under applicable accounting rules related to retroactive reinsurance, we would not be able recognize a reinsurance recoverable on future adverse loss development, if applicable, until we pay the underlying loss and we are reimbursed by ACE. This difference in timing will cause our results of operations to otherwise be lower during the period in which we recognize a loss for adverse development on one of these agreements, notwithstanding the reinsurance, and will be recaptured through income in the period in which we actually pay the underlying loss.

Assured Guaranty is a Bermuda company and it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against Assured Guaranty or against its directors and executive officers.

        Assured Guaranty is incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda and its business is based in Bermuda. In addition, certain of Assured Guaranty's directors and officers reside outside the United States, and a portion of its assets and the assets of such persons may be located in jurisdictions outside the United States. As such, it may be difficult or impossible to effect service of process within the United States upon Assured Guaranty or those persons, or to recover against Assured Guaranty or them on judgments of U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Further, no claim may be brought in Bermuda against Assured Guaranty or its directors and officers in the first instance for violation of U.S. federal securities laws because these laws have no extraterritorial application under Bermuda law and do not have force of law in Bermuda; however, a Bermuda court may impose civil liability, including the possibility of monetary damages, on it or its directors and officers if the facts alleged in a complaint constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law.

        Assured Guaranty has been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman, our special Bermuda counsel, that there is doubt as to whether the courts of Bermuda would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against Assured Guaranty or its directors and officers, as well as the experts named

23



herein, predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, or original actions brought in Bermuda against Assured Guaranty or such persons predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws. Further, Assured Guaranty has been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman that there is no treaty in effect between the United States and Bermuda providing for the enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, and there are grounds upon which Bermuda courts may not enforce the judgments of U.S. courts. Some remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including some remedies available under the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be allowed in Bermuda courts as contrary to public policy in Bermuda. Because judgments of U.S. courts are not automatically enforceable in Bermuda, it may be difficult for you to recover against Assured Guaranty based upon such judgments.

A newspaper quote from a proposed member of the underwriting syndicate in the IPO could result in Securities Act liability to us.

        Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement covering our IPO, an analyst of Fox-Pitt, Kelton, Inc, a proposed member of the underwriting syndicate in the IPO, was quoted in a newspaper article expressing an opinion as to the expected trading value of our common shares relative to other companies in our industry. We did not have any involvement in the preparation of the article nor did we ask the analyst to express any opinion regarding this offering or the expected trading value of our common shares. Fox-Pitt, Kelton, Inc. elected not to participate in the IPO.

        An investor in our IPO might assert that the newspaper article constitutes a prospectus that does not meet the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. If the newspaper article were to be found to be a prospectus that did not meet the requirements of the Securities Act, persons who read the newspaper article and who purchased our common shares in the IPO may have the right, for a period of one year from the date of the violation, to obtain recovery of the consideration paid in connection with their purchase of our common shares or, if they had already sold their common shares, attempt to recover losses resulting from their purchase of our common shares. Any liability would depend on the number of common shares purchased by the recipients.

Risks Relating to the Notes and the Guarantees

The terms of the notes and the guarantees do not restrict our ability to incur additional unsecured debt, pay dividends or repurchase our securities.

        Neither the guarantor nor its subsidiaries, including the issuer, are restricted under the terms of the indenture governing the notes from incurring additional unsecured debt. If the guarantor or the issuer were to incur additional debt or liabilities, their ability to pay their obligations in respect of the guarantees and the notes, as the case may be, could be adversely affected. In addition, we are not restricted from paying dividends or issuing or repurchasing our securities under the indenture.

The notes will be effectively subordinated to the debts and obligations of our subsidiaries.

        Since both the guarantor and the issuer are holding companies, their rights and the rights of their creditors (including the holders of the notes) to participate in any distribution of the assets of any subsidiary upon such subsidiary's liquidation or reorganization or otherwise would be subject to prior claims of the subsidiary's creditors, except to the extent that the guarantor or the issuer, as the case may be, may itself be a creditor with recognized claims against the subsidiary. The right of creditors of the issuer (including the holders of the notes) and the guarantor (including the holders of the notes who are creditors of the guarantor by virtue of the guarantees) to participate in the distribution of the stock owned by them in certain of their respective subsidiaries, including their insurance subsidiaries, may also be subject to approval by certain insurance regulatory and other authorities having jurisdiction over such subsidiaries.

24



        None of our subsidiaries will guarantee the notes. As a result of the foregoing, the notes will effectively be subordinated to the prior payment of all of the existing and future liabilities and obligations (including trade payables) of our subsidiaries (other than the issuer). The notes do not limit the ability of any of our subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, liabilities and obligations.

Our option to redeem the notes in certain circumstances may adversely affect your return on the notes.

        The notes will be redeemable at our option under the circumstances and on the terms described under "Description of Notes and Guarantees." Redemption may occur at a time when prevailing interest rates are relatively low. If this happens, you generally will not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as that of the redeemed notes.

Absence of a public market for the notes could cause purchasers of the notes to be unable to resell them for an extended period of time.

        There is no established public trading market for the notes. The notes will not be listed on any securities exchange or included in any automated quotation system. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for the notes will develop or, if such market develops, how liquid it will be. If a trading market does not develop or is not maintained, holders of the notes may experience difficulty in reselling, or an inability to sell, the notes. If a market for the notes develops, any such market may be discontinued at any time. If a public trading market develops for the notes, future trading prices of the notes will depend on many factors, including, among other things, prevailing interest rates, our operating results and the market for similar securities. Depending on prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and other factors, including our financial condition, the notes may trade at a discount from their principal amount.

25



FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        Some of the statements under "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in this prospectus may include forward-looking statements which reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. These statements include forward-looking statements both with respect to us specifically and the insurance and reinsurance industries in general. Statements which include the words "expect," "intend," "plan," "believe," "project," "anticipate," "may," "will," "continue," "further," "seek," and similar words or statements of a future or forward-looking nature identify forward-looking statements for purposes of the federal securities laws or otherwise.

        All forward-looking statements address matters that involve risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. We believe that these factors include but are not limited to those described under "Risk Factors" above and the following:

        The foregoing review of important factors should not be construed as exhaustive, and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation publicly to update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

        If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may vary materially from what we projected. Any forward-looking statements you read in this prospectus reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, results of operations, growth strategy and liquidity. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or to individuals acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by this paragraph. You should specifically consider the factors identified in this prospectus that could cause actual results to differ before making an investment decision.

26



FORMATION TRANSACTIONS

        Assured Guaranty Corp., our financial guaranty insurance subsidiary, was organized in 1985 and has been writing financial guaranty coverages since January 1988. In April 1992, Assured Guaranty Corp.'s parent, Capital Re, became a public company. In February 1994, Capital Re entered the mortgage business with the formation of Assured Guaranty Mortgage, a New York domiciled insurance company. Shortly thereafter, AGRO was formed as a Bermuda-domiciled insurance company. In December 1999, ACE acquired Capital Re.

        Assured Guaranty was incorporated in Bermuda in August 2003 for the sole purpose of becoming a holding company for ACE's subsidiaries conducting its financial and mortgage guaranty businesses, which we refer to as the "transferred businesses," in connection with our IPO. Certain of the transferred businesses were originally conducted by subsidiaries of Capital Re.

        As part of the overall plan of formation of Assured Guaranty, the following formation transactions occurred:

        Subsequent to entering into the underwriting agreement with respect to the IPO, ACE transferred its common shares to ACE Bermuda and caused:

        Each of our operating subsidiaries conducted business under names including "ACE," "AGR" and/or "Capital Re." As part of the formation transactions we have changed, or are in the process of changing, the names of each of these subsidiaries to the respective names set forth in this prospectus (or derivations of these names).

        ACE and its subsidiaries also entered into a number of transactions with our subsidiaries in order to reinsure or otherwise assume certain risks related to the businesses reported in our other segment. See "Relationship with ACE."

        We also entered into a number of other agreements with ACE and its subsidiaries that govern certain aspects of our relationship with ACE after the IPO, including services agreements under which ACE and its subsidiaries have agreed to provide certain services to us for a period of time after the IPO.

        ACE beneficially owns 26,000,000 common shares, or approximately 35% of our outstanding common shares (18,650,000 common shares, or approximately 25% of our outstanding common shares if the underwriters' option to purchase additional common shares in the IPO is exercised in full).

        In addition, upon completion of these formation transactions and completion of the IPO, unvested stock options to purchase ACE ordinary shares held by our officers or employees immediately vested and any unvested restricted ACE ordinary shares held by these individuals were forfeited. We expect to incur an after-tax charge in the second quarter of 2004 of approximately $9.5 million relating to the accelerated vesting of stock options and additional compensation we are providing to our officers or employees in exchange for their forfeiture of their restricted shares. See "Management—Transaction from ACE to Assured Guaranty Plans."

27



ASSURED GUARANTY US HOLDINGS INC.

        Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., the issuer of the notes, was formed in connection with the transactions described under "Formation Transactions" as a holding company to hold the shares of Assured Guaranty Corp. and Assured Guaranty Financial Products. It is a wholly owned subsidiary of Assured Guaranty and was formed under the laws of the State of Delaware in February 2004. Its principal executive offices are at 1325 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York, and its telephone number is (212) 974-0100.


USE OF PROCEEDS

        The net proceeds from the issue of the notes are estimated to be approximately $            (after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses) and will be used to repay indebtedness owed to a subsidiary of ACE that was incurred in connection with the formation transactions described under "Formation Transactions." This indebtedness matures at the earlier of (i) September 30, 2004 and (ii) the closing of this offering. The indebtedness bears interest at 1.5% per year.

28



CAPITALIZATION OF ASSURED GUARANTY

        The table below shows Assured Guaranty's combined capitalization as of December 31, 2003, on a pro forma basis giving effect to the formation transactions described under "Formation Transactions," the transactions described under "Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information (Unaudited)" beginning on page F-49 and as further adjusted to give effect to issuance of the notes in this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering.

        You should read this table in conjunction with "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Combined Financial Information" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the combined financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of December 31, 2003
   
 
 
  Actual
  Pro forma
  Pro forma As
Adjusted

 
 
  ($ in millions, except per share amounts)

 
Debt:                    
 
Monthly income preferred securities of affiliate (1)

 

$

75.0

 

 


 

$


 
 
Promissory note to ACE

 

 


 

$

200.0

 

 


 
 
Notes offered hereby

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

200.0

 
   
 
 
 
   
Total debt

 

$

75.0

 

$

200.0

 

$

200.0

 
   
 
 
 

Shareholder's equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Common shares, $0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 75,937,417 shares issued and outstanding pro forma

 

$

16.4

 

$

0.8

 

$

0.8

 
 
Additional paid-in capital

 

 

955.5

 

 

1,247.5

 

 

1,247.5

 
 
Unearned stock grant compensation

 

 

(5.5

)

 

(17.8

)

 

(17.8

)
 
Retained earnings

 

 

390.0

 

 


 

 


 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

81.2

 

 

81.2

 

 

81.2

 
   
 
 
 
 
Total shareholder's equity

 

 

1,437.6

 

 

1,311.6

 

 

1,311.6

 
   
 
 
 
   
Total capitalization

 

$

1,512.6

 

$

1,511.6

 

$

1,511.6

 
   
 
 
 

Ratio of total debt to total capitalization

 

 

5.0

%

 

13.2

%

 

13.2

%

(1)
Represents $75 million of Monthly Income Preferred Securities of Capital Re LLC. Capital Re LLC remains a subsidiary of ACE.

29



SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         The following table sets forth selected combined financial and other information of Assured Guaranty. The selected combined statement of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 and the selected combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 are derived from Assured Guaranty's audited combined financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected combined statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2000 and the selected combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2001 are derived from Assured Guaranty's audited combined financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The selected combined statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 1999 and the selected combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2000 and 1999 are derived from Assured Guaranty's unaudited combined financial statements.

         You should read the following selected combined financial information together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999 (1)
 
 
  ($ in millions)

   
 
Statement of operations data:                                
  Gross written premiums   $ 349.2   $ 417.2   $ 442.9   $ 206.0   $ 203.5  
  Net written premiums (2)     491.5     352.5     206.6     188.6     198.9  
 
Net earned premiums

 

$

310.9

 

$

247.4

 

$

293.5

 

$

140.7

 

$

192.6

 
  Net investment income     96.3     97.2     99.5     98.1     73.3  
  Net realized investment gains (losses)     5.5     7.9     13.1     8.6     (6.5 )
  Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments     98.4     (54.2 )   (16.3 )        
  Other income     1.2     3.6     2.9     2.5     5.0  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total revenues     512.3     302.0     392.9     249.9     264.4  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Loss and loss adjustment expenses     144.6     120.3     177.5     30.4     201.8  
  Profit commission expense     9.8     8.5     9.0     10.8     11.0  
  Acquisition costs     64.9     48.4     51.1     49.1     42.3  
  Operating expenses     41.0     31.0     29.8     26.2     24.1  
  Goodwill amortization             3.8     3.8      
  Interest expense     5.7     10.6     11.5     11.5     11.5  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total expenses     266.1     218.8     282.8     131.8     290.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Income (loss) before income taxes     246.2     83.2     110.1     118.1     (26.4 )
  Provision (benefit) for income taxes     31.7     10.6     22.2     24.9     (10.6 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income before cumulative effect of new accounting standard     214.5     72.6     87.9     93.2     (15.7 )
  Cumulative effect of new accounting standard, net of taxes             (24.1 )        
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income (loss)   $ 214.5   $ 72.6   $ 63.8   $ 93.2   $ (15.7 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 

Balance sheet data (end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Investments and cash   $ 2,222.1   $ 2,061.9   $ 1,710.8   $ 1,549.6   $ 1,292.3  
  Prepaid reinsurance premiums     11.0     179.5     171.5     28.8     28.6  
  Total assets     2,857.9     2,719.9     2,322.1     1,913.7     1,622.2  
  Unearned premium reserve     625.4     613.3     500.3     444.6     396.8  
  Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses     522.6     458.8     401.1     171.0     195.4  
  Long-term debt     75.0     75.0     150.0     150.0     150.0  
  Total liabilities     1,420.2     1,462.6     1,260.4     919.2     840.7  
  Accumulated other comprehensive income     81.2     89.0     43.3     42.3      
  Shareholder's equity     1,437.6     1,257.2     1,061.6     994.5     781.6  
Per share data: (3)                                
  Earnings per share:                                
    Basic   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.85   $ 1.24   $ (0.21 )
    Diluted     2.86     0.97     0.85     1.24     (0.21 )
  Book value per share     19.17     16.76     14.15     13.26     10.42  

GAAP financial information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio (4)     46.5 %   48.6 %   60.5 %   21.6 %   104.8 %
  Expense ratio (5)     37.2     35.5     30.6     61.2     40.2  
                                 

30


   
 
 
 
 
 
  Combined ratio     83.7 %   84.1 %   91.1 %   82.8 %   145.0 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (6)     36.49 x   8.18 x   9.90 x   10.89 x    
Pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges (6)     19.18 x                

Statutory financial information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Contingency reserve (7)   $ 410.5   $ 315.5   $ 228.9   $ 183.8   $ 155.1  
  Policyholders' surplus     980.5     835.4     833.2     786.0     464.6  

Additional financial guaranty information (end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Net in-force business (principal and interest)   $ 130,047   $ 124,082   $ 117,909   $ 102,744   $ 94,035  
  Net in-force business (principal only)     87,524     80,394     75,249     65,756     59,073  
  Present value of gross premiums written (8)     238.8     215.5     195.0     139.5        
  Net present value of installment premiums in-force (9)     309.8     260.2     159.7     94.0        

(1)
ACE purchased the entities comprising Assured Guaranty as part of its purchase of Capital Re on December 30, 1999. The selected combined statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 1999 reflects the financial position and results of operations of the entities as included in Capital Re's financial statements during those periods. The remaining selected combined financial information represents the financial position and results of operations of the entities comprising Assured Guaranty based on ACE's purchase accounting basis in the entities. The principal differences are $94.6 million of goodwill at December 31, 1999 and related goodwill amortization of $3.8 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000.

(2)
Net written premiums exceeded gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2003 due to $154.8 million of return premium from two terminated ceded reinsurance contracts.

(3)
Based on 75,000,000 shares outstanding immediately prior to the IPO.

(4)
The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses by net earned premiums.

(5)
The expense ratio is calculated by dividing the sum of profit commission expense, acquisition costs and operating expenses by net earned premiums.

(6)
For purposes of computing these ratios, earnings consist of net income before income tax expense (excluding interest costs capitalized) plus fixed charges to the extent that such charges are included in the determination of earnings. Fixed charges consist of interest costs (including interest costs capitalized) plus one-third of minimum rental payments under operating leases (estimated by management to be the interest factor of such rentals). Due to our loss in 1999, our fixed charges exceeded our earnings (as computed under applicable SEC rules for this purpose) by $26.4 million. Pro forma ratio is calculated by assuming the sale of $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of notes in this offering bearing an interest rate of 6.00%, the net proceeds of which are applied as discussed under "Use of Proceeds."

(7)
Under statutory accounting principles, financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty insurers are required to establish contingency reserves based on a specified percentage of premiums. A contingency reserve is an additional liability reserve established to protect policyholders against the effects of adverse economic developments or cycles or other unforeseen circumstances.

(8)
Represents gross premiums related to financial guaranty contracts written in the current period, including the full amount of upfront premiums received and the present value of all installment premiums, discounted at 6% per year. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Segment Results of Operations" for a reconciliation to gross written premiums. Information for years prior to 2000 is unavailable.

(9)
Represents the present value of installment premiums on all in-force financial guaranty business, net of reinsurance ceded and ceding commissions, discounted at 6% per year. Information for years prior to 2000 is unavailable.

31



PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF ASSURED GUARANTY

        As a newly formed company, Assured Guaranty has no actual results of operations. In this prospectus, we therefore are presenting pro forma combined financial information with respect to the businesses that ACE has transferred to us as described under "Formation Transactions," upon the completion of the IPO. This pro forma combined financial information is intended to illustrate the performance of our business following completion of the IPO and as if we had commenced our operations as of the beginning of the year presented.

        The pro forma adjustments include (a) the estimated incremental operating costs that we will incur as a stand-alone public company, primarily a holding company executive management team, board of directors' fees, directors' and officers' liability insurance, independent auditors' fees, and the cost of changes in vendors or payment terms related to certain services currently provided by ACE, (b) long-term debt included in the historical combined financial statements that will be excluded from the transactions described under "Formation Transactions," and interest thereon, (c) the estimated effects of debt expected to be issued (and related interest expense at 6% per year) and related return of capital to ACE as described under "Formation Transactions," (d) the incremental cost of separate executive stock option and restricted stock programs, and (e) related U.S. income taxes at 35%, where applicable.

        We caution that the pro forma condensed combined balance sheet and pro forma condensed combined statement of operations presented herein are not indicative of the actual results that we will achieve once we commence operations. Many factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from the pro forma condensed combined balance sheet and statement of operations, including our exit from the lines of business included in our other segment, our underwriting results, the amount of our investment income, and other factors.

        The following table summarizes the pro forma effects on historical combined net income for the year ended December 31, 2003 and on historical combined shareholder's equity as of December 31, 2003. Further details on the pro forma adjustments and the individual financial statement line items that will be affected are included in our supplemental pro forma condensed combined financial information (unaudited) included elsewhere in this prospectus. See "Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information (Unaudited)" beginning on page F-49.

 
   
  Year Ended
December 31, 2003

  As of
December 31, 2003

 
 
   
  ($ in millions)

 
Historical combined net income   $ 214.5        
Historical combined shareholder's equity         $ 1,437.6  

(a)

 

Estimated incremental operating costs

 

 

(14.0

)

 

 

 
(b)   Interest on long-term debt retained by ACE     5.7        
    Long-term debt retained by ACE           75.0  
(c)   Interest on long-term debt to be issued     (12.0 )      
    Return of capital to ACE           (200.0 )
(d)   Stock option and restricted stock programs     (1.6 )   (2.8 )
(e)   Related income tax benefit     5.0     1.8  
       
       
Pro forma net income   $ 197.6        
       
 
 
Pro forma shareholder's equity         $ 1,311.6  
             
 

32



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our combined financial statements and accompanying notes which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. It contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see "Forward-Looking Statements" for more information. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly under the headings "Risk Factors" and "Forward-Looking Statements."

Executive Summary

        We are a Bermuda-based company providing credit enhancement products to the municipal finance, structured finance and mortgage markets. We apply our credit expertise, risk management skills and capital markets experience to develop insurance, reinsurance and credit derivative products that meet the credit enhancement needs of our customers. We market our products directly and through financial institutions. We serve the U.S. and international markets.

        Our financial results include three operating segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance and mortgage guaranty. For financial reporting purposes, we have a fourth segment, which we refer to as other. The other segment consists of a number of businesses that we have exited including equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, life, accident and health reinsurance ("LA&H") and auto residual value reinsurance. Because we exited some of these businesses after December 31, 2003, our results of operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 will reflect the results of operations of these businesses through the date as of which we exited them.

        We derive our revenues principally from premiums from our insurance, reinsurance and credit derivative businesses, net investment income, net realized gains and losses from our investment portfolio and unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments. Our premiums are a function of the amount and type of contracts we write as well as prevailing market prices. We receive premiums on an upfront basis when the policy is issued or the contract is executed and/or on an installment basis over the life of the applicable transaction.

        Our investment income is a function of our invested assets and the yield that we earn on those assets. The investment yield will be a function of market interest rates at the time of investment as well as the type, credit quality and maturity of our invested assets. In addition, we could realize capital gains or losses on securities in our investment portfolio as a result of changing market conditions, including changes in market interest rates, and changes in the credit quality of our invested assets.

        Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are a function of changes in the estimated fair value of our credit derivative contracts. We expect these unrealized gains and losses to fluctuate primarily based on changes in credit spreads and the credit quality of the referenced entities. We generally hold these derivative contracts to maturity. Where we hold a derivative contract to maturity, the cumulative unrealized gains and losses will net to zero if we incur no credit losses on that contract.

        We expect that our expenses will primarily consist of losses and loss adjustment expenses ("LAE"), profit commission expense, acquisition costs, operating expenses, interest expense and income taxes. Losses and LAE will be a function of the amount and types of business we write. Losses and LAE are based upon estimates of the ultimate aggregate losses inherent in the portfolio. The risks that we will take have a low expected frequency of loss and generally will be investment grade at the time we accept the risk. Profit commission expense represents payments made to ceding companies generally based on the profitability of the business reinsured by us. Acquisition costs are related to the

33



production of new business. Certain acquisition costs are deferred and recognized over the period in which the related premiums are earned. Operating expenses consist primarily of salaries and other employee-related costs. These costs will not vary with the amount of premiums written. We estimate that our incremental expenses in connection with becoming a public company are approximately $14.0 million per year, primarily attributable to the salaries of our executive officers and other public company expenses. In November 2003 and February 2004, we reduced our personnel and other expenses and, as a result, expect to save approximately $16.0 million of operating expenses per year on an annualized basis. Interest expense will be a function of outstanding debt and the contractual interest rate related to that debt. Income taxes will be a function of our profitability and the applicable tax rate in the various jurisdictions in which we do business.

        In connection with the IPO, we entered into several reinsurance agreement with subsidiaries of ACE described under "Relationship with ACE—Reinsurance transactions" that are considered retroactive reinsurance contracts. Under applicable accounting rules related to retroactive reinsurance, we would not be able to recognize a reinsurance recoverable on future adverse loss development, if applicable, until we pay the underlying loss and we are reimbursed by ACE. This difference in timing will cause our results of operations to otherwise be lower during the period in which we recognize a loss for adverse development on one of these agreements, notwithstanding the reinsurance, and will be recaptured through income in the period in which we actually pay the underlying loss.

Critical Accounting Policies

        Our combined financial statements include amounts that, either by their nature or due to requirements of GAAP, are determined using estimates and assumptions. The actual amounts realized could ultimately be materially different from the amounts currently provided for in our combined financial statements. We believe the items requiring the most inherently subjective and complex estimates to be reserves for losses and LAE, valuation of derivative financial instruments, valuation of investments, other than temporary impairments of investments, premium revenue recognition, deferred acquisition costs and deferred income taxes. An understanding of our accounting policies for these items is of critical importance to understanding our combined financial statements. The following discussion provides more information regarding the estimates and assumptions used for these items and should be read in conjunction with the notes to our combined financial statements.

        Reserve for losses and LAE includes case reserves, incurred but not reported reserves ("IBNR") and portfolio reserves.

        Case reserves are established when specific insured obligations are in or near default. Case reserves represent the present value of expected future loss payments and LAE, net of estimated recoveries but before considering ceded reinsurance from insured obligations that are in or near default. Financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance case reserves are discounted at 6.0%, which is the approximate taxable equivalent yield on the investment portfolio in all periods presented.

        IBNR is an estimate of the amount of losses where the insured event has occurred but the claim has not yet been reported to us. In establishing IBNR, we use traditional actuarial methods to estimate the reporting lag of such claims based on historical experience, claim reviews and information reported by ceding companies. We record IBNR for mortgage guaranty reinsurance within our mortgage guaranty segment and for title reinsurance, auto residual value reinsurance and trade credit reinsurance within our other segment.

        We also record portfolio reserves for our financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance, credit derivatives and mortgage guaranty reinsurance. Portfolio reserves are established with respect to the portion of our business for which case reserves have not been established. Portfolio reserves are

34



established in an amount equal to the portion of actuarially estimated ultimate losses related to premiums earned to date as a percentage of total expected premiums for that in-force business. Actuarially estimated ultimate losses of financial guaranty exposures are developed considering the net par outstanding of each insured obligation, taking account of the probability of future default, the expected timing of the default and the expected recovery following default. These factors vary by type of issue (for example municipal, structured finance or corporate), current credit rating and remaining term of the underlying obligation and are principally based on historical data obtained from rating agencies. Actuarially estimated ultimate losses on mortgage guaranty reinsurance are principally determined based on the historical industry loss experience, net of expected recoveries. During an accounting period, portfolio reserves principally increase or decrease based on changes in the aggregate net amount at risk and the probability of default resulting from changes in credit quality of insured obligations, if any.

        We update our estimates of loss and LAE reserves quarterly. Loss assumptions used in computing loss and LAE reserves are updated periodically for emerging experience, and any resulting changes in reserves are recorded as a charge or credit to earnings in the period such estimates are changed. Due to the inherent uncertainties of estimating loss and LAE reserves, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in our combined financial statements, and the differences may be material.

        The following tables summarize our reserve for losses and LAE by segment, by type of reserve and by segment and type of reserve as of the dates presented. For an explanation of changes in these reserves see "—Combined Results of Operations."

 
  As of December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

By segment:                  
Financial guaranty direct   $ 29.9   $ 26.0   $ 8.9
Financial guaranty reinsurance     72.8     47.2     65.3
Mortgage guaranty     24.1     28.7     31.4
Other     395.7     356.9     295.4
   
 
 
  Total   $ 522.6   $ 458.8   $ 401.1
   
 
 
 
  As of December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

By type of reserve:                  
Case basis   $ 128.9   $ 122.1   $ 53.5
IBNR     319.0     281.1     269.0
Portfolio     74.6     55.6     78.5
   
 
 
  Total   $ 522.6   $ 458.8   $ 401.1
   
 
 

35


 
  As of December 31, 2003
 
  Financial
Guaranty
Direct

  Financial
Guaranty
Reinsurance

  Mortgage
Guaranty

  Other
  Total
 
  ($ in millions)

By segment and type of reserve:                              
Case basis   $ 2.0   $ 35.3   $ 1.8   $ 89.8   $ 128.9
IBNR             13.1     305.9     319.0
Portfolio     27.9     37.5     9.2         74.6
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 29.9   $ 72.8   $ 24.1   $ 395.7   $ 522.6
   
 
 
 
 

        The following table sets forth the financial guaranty in-force portfolio by underlying rating:

 
  As of December 31, 2003
 
Ratings

  Net Par
Outstanding

  % of Net Par
Outstanding

 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
AAA   $ 26.2   29.9 %
AA     17.6   20.1  
A     29.9   34.2  
BBB     12.3   14.1  
Below investment grade     1.5   1.7  
   
 
 
  Total exposures   $ 87.5   100.0 %
   
 
 

        Our risk management department is responsible for monitoring our portfolio of credits and maintains a list of closely monitored credits. The closely monitored credits are divided into four categories: Category 1 (low priority; fundamentally sound, greater than normal risk); Category 2 (medium priority; weakening credit profile, may result in loss); Category 3 (high priority; losses likely, case reserve established); Category 4 (claim paid or incurred). Credits that are not included in the closely monitored credit list are categorized as fundamentally sound, normal risk. See "Business—Risk Management" for further definition and discussion of closely monitored credits. The following table provides financial guaranty net par outstanding by credit monitoring category as of December 31, 2003:

 
  As of December 31, 2003
 
Description:

  Net Par
Outstanding

  % of Net Par
Outstanding

 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Fundamentally sound, normal risk   $ 85,794.8   98.0 %
Closely monitored:            
  Category 1     1,309.5   1.5  
  Category 2     251.8   0.3  
  Category 3     131.1   0.1  
  Category 4     36.8   0.0  
   
 
 
  Sub total     1,729.2   2.0  
   
 
 
Total   $ 87,524.0   100 %
   
 
 

36


        On January 1, 2001, we adopted FAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("FAS 133"), which established accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments. FAS 133 requires recognition of all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value.

        We issue credit derivative financial instruments, including a few index-based derivative financial instruments, that we view as an extension of our financial guaranty business but which do not qualify for the financial guaranty insurance scope exception under FAS 133 and therefore are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value included in our earnings.

        Since we view these derivative contracts as an extension of our financial guaranty business, we believe that the most meaningful presentation of these derivatives is to reflect revenue as earned premium, to record estimates of losses and LAE on specific credit events as incurred and to record changes in fair value as incurred. When we determine that a loss on a derivative contract is probable, we establish reserves for the loss. Other changes in fair value are included in unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments. We generally hold derivative contracts to maturity. However, in certain circumstances such as for risk management purposes or as a result of a decision to exit a line of business, we may decide to terminate a derivative contract prior to maturity. Where we hold a derivative to maturity, the cumulative unrealized gains and losses will net to zero if we incur no credit losses on that contract. However, in the event that we terminate a derivative contarct prior to maturity the unrealized gain or loss will be realized through premiums earned and loss incurred.

        The fair value of these instruments depends on a number of factors including credit spreads, changes in interest rates, recovery rates and the credit ratings of referenced entities. Where available, we use quoted market prices to determine the fair value of these credit derivatives. If the quoted prices are not available, particularly for senior layer CDOs and equity layer credit protection, the fair value is estimated using valuation models for each type of credit protection. These models may be developed by third parties, such as rating agencies, or developed internally based on market conventions for similar transactions, depending on the circumstances. These models and the related assumptions are continuously reevaluated by management and enhanced, as appropriate, based upon improvements in modeling techniques and availability of more timely market information. The majority of our single name credit derivatives are valued using third-party market quotes. Our exposures to CDOs are typically valued using a combination of rating agency models and internally developed models.

        Valuation models include the use of management estimates and current market information. Management is also required to make assumptions on how the fair value of derivative instruments are affected by current market conditions. Management considers factors such as current prices charged for similar agreements, performance of underlying assets, and our ability to obtain reinsurance for our insured obligations. Due to the inherent uncertainties of the assumptions used in the valuation models to determine the fair value of these derivative products, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in our combined financial statements, and the differences may be material.

        The fair value adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2003 was a $98.4 million gain as compared to a $54.2 million loss for the year ended December 31, 2002. The change in fair value is related to many factors but primarily due to changes in credit spreads. For example, the 2003 gain of $98.4 million primarily relates to an approximate 60-65% tightening in investment grade corporate spreads over that period, and the 2002 loss of $54.2 million primarily relates to an approximate 20-25% widening.

37



        As of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we had total investments of $2.2 billion, $2.1 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively. The fair values of all of our investments are calculated from independent market quotations.

        As of December 31, 2003, approximately 94% of our investments were long-term fixed maturity securities, and our portfolio had an average duration of 5.4 years. Changes in interest rates affect the value of our fixed maturity portfolio. As interest rates fall, the fair value of fixed maturity securities increases and as interest rates rise, the fair value of fixed maturity securities decreases. The following table summarizes the estimated change in fair value net of related income taxes on our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2003 based upon assumed changes in interest rates:

Change in Interest Rates

  Estimated
Increase
(Decrease) in
Fair Value

 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
300 basis point rise   $ (244.7 )
200 basis point rise     (167.9 )
100 basis point rise     (86.3 )
100 basis point decline     76.0  
200 basis point decline     155.2  
300 basis point decline     230.0  

        We have a formal review process for all securities in our investment portfolio, including a review for impairment losses. Factors considered when assessing impairment include:

        If we believe a decline in the value of a particular investment is temporary, we record the decline as an unrealized loss on our balance sheet in "accumulated other comprehensive income" in shareholder's equity. If we believe the decline is "other than temporary," we write down the carrying value of the investment and record a realized loss in our statement of operations. Our assessment of a decline in value includes management's current assessment of the factors noted above. If that assessment changes in the future, we may ultimately record a loss after having originally concluded that the decline in value was temporary.

        Other than temporary declines in the fair value of fixed maturity securities were $0.1 million and $5.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The 2002 impairment loss as a percentage of the total fair value of our investments at the beginning of 2002 was 0.3%.

38



        The following table summarizes the unrealized losses in our investment portfolio by type of security and the length of time such securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of the dates indicated:

 
  As of December 31, 2003
  As of December 31, 2002
 
Length of Time in Continuous Unrealized Loss

  Estimated
Fair
Value

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

  Estimated
Fair
Value

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Municipal securities                          
0-6 months   $ 56.2   $ (1.0 ) $ 8.6      
7-12 months     8.3     (0.2 )   0.2      
Greater than 12 months             0.7   $ (0.1 )
   
 
 
 
 
      64.5     (1.2 )   9.5     (0.1 )

Corporate securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
0-6 months     35.1     (0.5 )        
7-12 months     9.5     (0.7 )   4.7     (1.8 )
Greater than 12 months             4.7     (0.2 )
   
 
 
 
 
      44.6     (1.2 )   9.4     (2.0 )

U.S. Government obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
0-6 months     16.2     (0.2 )        
7-12 months                  
Greater than 12 months                  
   
 
 
 
 
      16.2     (0.2 )        

Mortgage and asset-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
0-6 months     125.2     (1.6 )   18.1     (0.1 )
7-12 months     29.8     (0.5 )   12.0     (0.1 )
Greater than 12 months             0.6      
   
 
 
 
 
      155.0     (2.1 )   30.7     (0.2 )
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 280.3   $ (4.7 ) $ 49.6   $ (2.3 )
   
 
 
 
 

39


        The following table summarizes the unrealized losses in our investment portfolio by type of security and remaining time to maturity as of the dates indicated:

 
  As of December 31, 2003
  As of December 31, 2002
 
Remaining Time to Maturity

  Estimated
Fair
Value

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

  Estimated
Fair
Value

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Municipal securities                          
Due in one year or less                          
Due after one year through five years   $ 9.2   $ (0.1 )        
Due after five years through ten years     10.6     (0.1 )        
Due after ten years     44.7     (1.0 ) $ 9.5   $ (0.1 )
   
 
 
 
 
      64.5     (1.2 )   9.5     (0.1 )

Corporate securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Due in one year or less             0.3      
Due after one year through five years     10.2     (0.1 )   5.3      
Due after five years through ten years     8.5     (0.4 )        
Due after ten years     25.9     (0.7 )   3.8     (2.0 )
   
 
 
 
 
      44.6     (1.2 )   9.4     (2.0 )

U.S. Government obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Due in one year or less                  
Due after one year through five years     0.1              
Due after five years through ten years     9.3                
Due after ten years     6.8     (0.2 )        
   
 
 
 
 
      16.2     (0.2 )        

Mortgage and asset-backed securities

 

 

155.0

 

 

(2.1

)

 

30.7

 

 

(0.2

)
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 280.3   $ (4.7 ) $ 49.6   $ (2.3 )
   
 
 
 
 

40


        The following table summarizes, for all securities sold at a loss through December 31, 2003 and 2002, the fair value and realized loss by length of time such securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position prior to the date of sale:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2003
  2002
 
Length of Time in Continuous Unrealized Loss Prior to Sale

  Estimated
Fair
Value

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

  Estimated
Fair
Value

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Corporate securities                          
0-6 months   $ 12.4   $ (0.4 ) $ 51.8   $ (2.0 )
7-12 months             14.5     (0.7 )
Greater than 12 months                  
   
 
 
 
 
      12.4     (0.4 )   66.3     (2.7 )

U.S. Government securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
0-6 months     9.4     (0.4 )   20.5     (0.1 )
7-12 months                  
Greater than 12 months                  
   
 
 
 
 
      9.4     (0.4 )   20.5     (0.1 )

Mortgage and asset-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
0-6 months     5.7     (0.1 )   39.6     (0.4 )
7-12 months                  
Greater than 12 months                  
   
 
 
 
 
      5.7     (0.1 )   39.6     (0.4 )
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 27.5   $ (0.9 ) $ 126.4   $ (3.2 )
   
 
 
 
 

        Premiums are received either upfront or in installments. Upfront premiums are earned in proportion to the expiration of the related risk. Each installment premium is earned ratably over its installment period, generally one year or less. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, approximately 34.0%, 50.8% and 61.9%, respectively, of our gross written premiums were received upfront, and 66.0%, 49.2% and 38.1%, respectively, were received in installments. For the financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty reinsurance segments, earned premiums related to upfront premiums are greater in the earlier periods of an upfront transaction when there is a higher amount of risk outstanding. The premiums are allocated in accordance with the principal amortization schedule of the related bond issue and are earned ratably over the amortization period. When an insured issue is retired early, is called by the issuer, or is in substance paid in advance through a refunding accomplished by placing U.S. Government securities in escrow, the remaining unearned premium reserve is earned at that time. Unearned premium reserve represents the portion of premiums written that is applicable to the unexpired amount at risk of insured bonds.

        In our reinsurance businesses, we estimate the ultimate written and earned premiums to be received from a ceding company at the end of each quarter and the end of each year because some of our ceding companies report premium data anywhere from 30 to 90 days after the end of the relevant period. Written premiums reported in our statement of operations are based upon reports received by ceding companies supplemented by our own estimates of premium for which ceding company reports have not yet been received. As of December 31, 2003, the assumed premium estimate and related

41



ceding commissions included in our combined financial statements are $31.7 million and $9.1 million, respectively. Key assumptions used to arrive at management's best estimate of assumed premium are premium amounts reported historically and informal communications with ceding companies. Differences between such estimates and actual amounts are recorded in the period in which the actual amounts are determined. Historically, the differences have not been material. We do not record a provision for doubtful accounts related to our assumed premium estimate. Historically there have not been any material issues related to the collectibility of assumed premium. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, we recorded a provision for doubtful accounts related to our premium receivable of $0 million, $0.3 million and $0 million, respectively.

        Acquisition costs incurred that vary with and are directly related to the production of new business are deferred. These costs include direct and indirect expenses such as ceding commissions, brokerage expenses and the cost of underwriting and marketing personnel. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, we had deferred acquisition costs of $178.7 million and $157.3 million, respectively. Ceding commissions paid to primary insurers are the largest component of deferred acquisition costs, constituting 80.2% and 77.7% of total deferred acquisition costs as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Management uses its judgment in determining what types of costs should be deferred, as well as what percentage of these costs should be deferred. We periodically conduct a study to determine which operating costs vary with, and are directly related to, the acquisition of new business and qualify for deferral. Acquisition costs other than those associated with our credit derivative products are deferred and amortized in relation to earned premiums. Ceding commissions received on premiums we cede to other reinsurers reduce acquisition costs. Anticipated losses, LAE and the remaining costs of servicing the insured or reinsured business are considered in determining the recoverability of acquisition costs. Acquisition costs associated with credit derivative products are expensed as incurred.

        As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, we had a net deferred income tax liability of $55.6 million and $43.0 million, respectively. Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to U.S. income tax. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are established for the temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Such temporary differences relate principally to deferred acquisition costs, reserve for losses and LAE, unearned premium reserves, net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs"), unrealized gains and losses on investments and derivative financial instruments and statutory contingency reserves. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce a deferred tax asset to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

        As of December 31, 2003, AGRO had a stand-alone NOL of $89.0 million, which is available to offset its future U.S. taxable income. Substantially all of this NOL will be available until 2017, and the remainder will be available until 2023. AGRO's stand-alone NOL is not permitted to offset income of any other members of AGRO's consolidated group due to certain tax regulations. Under applicable accounting rules, we are required to establish a valuation allowance for NOLs that we believe are more likely than not to expire before utilized. Management believes it is more likely than not that $20.0 million of AGRO's $89.0 million NOL will not be utilized before it expires and has established a $7.0 million valuation allowance related to the NOL deferred tax asset. The valuation allowance is subject to considerable judgment and will be adjusted to the extent actual taxable income differs from estimates of future taxable income that may be used to realize NOLs.

42


Combined Results of Operations

        The following table presents summary combined statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Revenues:                    
Gross written premiums   $ 349.2   $ 417.2   $ 442.9  
Net written premiums     491.5     352.5     206.6  

Net earned premiums

 

$

310.9

 

$

247.4

 

$

293.5

 
Net investment income     96.3     97.2     99.5  
Net realized investment gains     5.5     7.9     13.1  
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments     98.4     (54.2 )   (16.3 )
Other income     1.2     3.6     2.9  
   
 
 
 
  Total revenues     512.3     302.0     392.9  
   
 
 
 
Expenses:                    
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     144.6     120.3     177.5  
Profit commission expense     9.8     8.5     9.0  
Acquisition costs     64.9     48.4     51.1  
Operating expenses     41.0     31.0     29.8  
Other expenses     5.7     10.6     15.3  
   
 
 
 
  Total expenses     266.1     218.8     282.8  
   
 
 
 
Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes     246.2     83.2     110.1  
   
 
 
 
Provision for income taxes     31.7     10.6     22.2  
Net income before cumulative effect of new accounting standard     214.5     72.6     87.9  
Cumulative effect of new accounting standard, net of taxes             (24.1 )
   
 
 
 
  Net income   $ 214.5   $ 72.6   $ 63.8  
   
 
 
 

Underwriting gain (loss) by segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Financial guaranty direct   $ 29.5   $ 3.6   $ 17.0  
Financial guaranty reinsurance     24.8     39.6     26.0  
Mortgage guaranty     11.4     16.2     14.6  
Other     (15.2 )   (20.3 )   (31.5 )
   
 
 
 
Total   $ 50.5   $ 39.2   $ 26.1  
   
 
 
 

        The summary combined statements of operations provided above are based on historical financial statement information. This information is not necessarily representative of the net income we will have going forward. We organize our business around four financial reporting segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance, mortgage guaranty and other. There are a number of lines of business that we have exited, which are included in the other segment. However, the results of these businesses are reflected in the above numbers. These businesses include equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, LA&H and auto residual value reinsurance.

        Included in our results of operations are three significant transactions entered into with affiliated entities (see "Relationship with ACE—Reinsurance Transactions"):

43


        Net income was $214.5 million, $72.6 million and $63.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The increase of $141.9 million in 2003 as compared with 2002 is primarily due to the significant increase in unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments due primarily to the tightening of credit spreads on our derivative financial instruments. Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments increased from an after-tax loss of $48.9 million in 2002 to an after-tax gain of $83.4 million in 2003, an increase of $132.3 million. In addition, underwriting income increased from $39.2 million in 2002 to $50.5 million in 2003. Most of this increase is attributable to the growth and improved profitability of the financial guaranty direct segment. The $8.8 million increase in net income for 2002 as compared to 2001 is primarily related to improved underwriting results in our financial guaranty reinsurance, mortgage guaranty and other segments, offset by the decline in underwriting gain in the financial guaranty direct segment.

    Gross Written Premiums

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Gross Written Premiums

  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

Financial guaranty direct   $ 71.2   $ 47.4   $ 46.0
Financial guaranty reinsurance     168.7     84.6     70.4
Mortgage guaranty     24.4     47.6     47.4
Other     84.9     237.6     279.1
   
 
 
  Total   $ 349.2   $ 417.2   $ 442.9
   
 
 

        Gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $349.2 million compared to $417.2 million the year ended December 31, 2002. In 2003, we achieved strong results in the financial guaranty reinsurance segment and financial guaranty direct segment as gross written premiums increased $84.1 million, or 99.4%, and $23.8 million, or 50.2%, respectively, over 2002. The increase in

44



the financial guaranty reinsurance segment was mainly driven by the municipal finance reinsurance business, which increased due to large cessions on European project finance transactions as well as an increase in the volume of new issues of insured municipal bonds. In the financial guaranty direct segment, the growth in gross written premiums was mainly attributable to an increase in structured finance premiums. These gains were offset by a decline in gross written premiums of $152.7 million in the other segment and a $23.2 million reduction in the mortgage guaranty segment. Gross written premiums in the other segment decreased $152.7 million due to our decision to cease writing new equity layer credit protection business in 2003. The decline in gross written premiums in the mortgage guaranty segment in 2003 is primarily due to the continued runoff of our quota share business.

        Gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2002 were $417.2 million, a decrease of $25.7 million, or 5.8%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2001. This decrease is primarily due to large nonrecurring transactions recognized in 2001, the AGRO Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction and a large auto residual value reinsurance transaction, both of which impact the other segment. This decline was partially offset by increases in the other financial guaranty reinsurance segment as well as modest increases in the mortgage guaranty and financial guaranty direct segments.

    Net Written Premiums

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Net Written Premiums

  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

Financial guaranty direct   $ 70.0   $ 46.3   $ 43.5
Financial guaranty reinsurance     162.1     82.6     68.6
Mortgage guaranty     24.4     47.6     47.6
Other     235.0     175.9     46.9
   
 
 
  Total   $ 491.5   $ 352.5   $ 206.6
   
 
 

        Net written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased by $139.0 million, despite the 16.3% decline in gross written premiums. This increase is due to the termination of the Assured Guaranty Corp. Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction at June 30, 2003 and the AGRI Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction at December 31, 2003, described previously in the "—Summary of Significant Affiliate Transactions," reflected in the other segment. The termination of these contracts contributed $154.8 million in net written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2003. Excluding the other segment, growth in net written premiums in the financial guaranty reinsurance, financial guaranty direct and mortgage segments was consistent with the growth of gross written premiums.

        For the year ended December 31, 2002, net written premiums were $352.5 million, an increase of $145.9 million, or 70.6%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2001, despite a $25.7 million, or 5.8%, decline in gross written premiums for 2002 compared to 2001. Net written premiums grew at a faster pace than gross written premium primarily due to the purchase of reinsurance in 2001 (see "—Summary of Significant Affiliate Transactions"), reflected in the other segment. Net written premiums in the other segment increased $129.0 million due to cessions of $125.0 million related to the AGRI Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction in 2001, as well as positive trends in the equity layer credit protection line in 2002 compared to 2001. Excluding the other segment, net written premiums increased consistent with the increase in gross written premiums in the financial guaranty reinsurance, financial guaranty direct and mortgage guaranty segments.

45



    Net Earned Premiums

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Net Earned Premiums

  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

Financial guaranty direct   $ 70.2   $ 43.9   $ 30.0
Financial guaranty reinsurance     92.9     79.3     62.2
Mortgage guaranty     27.6     45.3     39.7

Other

 

 

120.2

 

 

78.9

 

 

161.6
   
 
 
  Total   $ 310.9   $ 247.4   $ 293.5
   
 
 

        Net earned premiums for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased by $63.5 million, or 25.7%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. Net earned premiums increased $26.3 million, $13.6 million and $41.3 million in the financial guaranty direct segment, financial guaranty reinsurance segment and the other segment, respectively. The increase of $26.3 million in the financial guaranty direct segment is primarily due to the growth in our structured finance portfolio. In the financial guaranty reinsurance segment, net earned premiums increased from $79.3 million to $92.9 million due to municipal finance refunding activity and an increase in par insured outstanding. The increase in the other segment is mainly attributable to our decision to exit the LA&H business, which resulted in a reduction in earned premiums of $32.2 million in 2002 as a result of transferring this book of business to an affiliate of ACE. Net earned premiums declined in the mortgage segment from $45.3 million to $27.6 million related to a reduction in our treaty book of business.

        Net earned premiums decreased by $46.1 million, or 15.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to the year ended December 31, 2001. Net earned premiums in 2002 grew in all segments except the other segment, which decreased $82.7 million. Net earned premiums increased 46.3%, 27.5% and 14.1% in the financial guaranty direct segment, financial guaranty reinsurance segment and mortgage guaranty segment, respectively. The increase in the financial guaranty direct segment is attributable to an increase in structured finance premiums. In 2002, net earned premiums increased in the financial guaranty reinsurance segment largely due to municipal finance refunding activity. The growth in net premiums earned in these segments was partially offset by a $82.7 million decrease in the other segment. This decrease included an $89.0 million decrease in the auto residual value reinsurance business and a $56.8 million decrease in the LA&H business, partially offset by a $63.0 million increase in the equity layer credit protection business.

        Net investment income was $96.3 million, $97.2 million and $99.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Net investment income has remained relatively level across the periods as declining investment yields offset increasing investment balances. Pre-tax yields to maturity were 4.9%, 5.5% and 5.9% for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The decrease in investment yields is due to declining market interest rates as well as a more conservative investment profile in AGRI. Over this period the yield to maturity of the Lehman Aggregate Index, a commonly used benchmark for investment yields, declined from 5.7% as of December 31, 2001 to 4.2% as of December 31, 2003.

46


        Net realized investment gains, principally from the sale of fixed maturity securities, were $5.5 million, $7.9 million and $13.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, net of $0.1 million, $5.8 million and $9.3 million of other than temporary impairment losses for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Net realized investment gains, net of related income taxes, were $3.8 million, $5.8 million and $9.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

        Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value as required by FAS 133. However, as explained under "—Critical Accounting Policies," we record part of the change in fair value in the loss and LAE reserves as well as unearned premium reserve. The fair value adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2003 was a $98.4 million gain as compared to a $54.2 million loss for the same period in 2002. The change in fair value is related to many factors but primarily due to tightening credit spreads. For example, the 2003 gain of $98.4 million primarily corresponds to an approximate 60-65% tightening in investment grade corporate spreads over that period, and the 2002 loss of $54.2 million corresponds to an approximate 20-25% widening of such spreads.

        The gain or loss created by the estimated fair value adjustment will rise or fall based on estimated market pricing and may not be an indication of ultimate claims. Fair value is defined as the amount at which an asset or liability could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties. We generally plan to hold derivative financial instruments to maturity. Where we hold derivative financial instruments to maturity, these fair value adjustments would generally be expected to reverse resulting in no gain or loss over the entire term of the contract.

    Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses

  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

Financial guaranty direct   $ 16.3   $ 25.4   $ 3.0
Financial guaranty reinsurance     25.7     5.3     5.1
Mortgage guaranty     (0.7 )   8.9     6.2
Other     103.3     80.6     163.2
   
 
 
  Total   $ 144.6   $ 120.3   $ 177.5
   
 
 

        Loss and loss adjustment expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $144.6 million, an increase of $24.3 million, or 20.2%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. The increase is attributable to a $20.4 million increase in the financial guaranty reinsurance segment and a $22.7 million increase in the other segment, and is partly offset by a $9.1 million decrease in the financial guaranty direct segment and $9.6 million decrease in the mortgage guaranty segment. Loss and loss adjustment expenses increased in the financial guaranty reinsurance segment due to an increase in case activity associated with CDOs assumed through treaties. The increase in loss and loss adjustment expenses for the other segment is primarily due to the increase in a case reserve related to one auto residual value reinsurance contract. The $9.6 million decline in loss and loss adjustment expenses in the mortgage guaranty segment is due to favorable loss development on older contracts. The $9.1 million decline in the financial guaranty direct segment is due to the improved credit environment as compared to 2002. See "—Segment Results of Operations" for further explanations of these changes.

47



        Loss and loss adjustment expenses for the year ended December 31, 2002 were $120.3 million, a decrease of $57.2 million, or 32.2%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2001. The $57.2 million reduction in 2002 compared to 2001 is due to an increase in loss and loss adjustment expenses in the financial guaranty direct and mortgage guaranty segments due to a deteriorating credit environment, offset by an $82.6 million decrease in the other segment due to the change in the mix of business, as we exited the auto residual value reinsurance and LA&H businesses. See "—Segment Results of Operations" for further explanations of these changes.

        Profit commissions allow the reinsured to share favorable experience on a reinsurance contract due to lower than expected losses. Profit commissions primarily relate to our mortgage guaranty segment. Profit commissions for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $9.8 million, $8.5 million and $9.0 million, respectively. In 2003 profit commission expense related to the mortgage segment declined due to a reduction in net earned premiums, offset by an increase in profit commission related to the financial guaranty reinsurance segment. Profit commission expense declined from $9.0 million in 2001 to $8.5 million in 2002 as a result of higher losses resulting in lower profit commission expense in the mortgage segment.

        Acquisition costs primarily consist of ceding commissions, brokerage fees and operating expenses that are related to the acquisition of new business. Acquisition costs that vary with and are directly related to the acquisition of new business are deferred and are amortized in relation to earned premium. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, acquisition costs were $64.9 million, $48.4 million and $51.1 million, respectively. The increase of $16.5 million in 2003 is consistent with the increase in earned premium. In 2002, acquisition costs decreased by $2.7 million, primarily due to the transfer of our LA&H business to an affiliate. Acquisition costs as a percentage of net earned premiums were 20.9%, 19.6% and 17.4% in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

    Operating Expenses

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, operating expenses were $41.0 million, $31.0 million and $29.8 million, respectively. The increases are principally due to changes in staffing levels and other resources as we focused on growing the financial guaranty direct segment.

    Other Expenses

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, other expenses were $5.7 million, $10.6 million and $15.3 million, respectively. The $4.9 million decrease in 2003 is due to the reduction in interest expense related to the repayment of $100.0 million of debt in 2002. The decrease in 2002 is principally due to the absence of goodwill amortization, which was $3.8 million in 2001 and 2000. Effective January 1, 2002, goodwill is no longer amortized.

    Income Tax

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, income tax expense was $31.7 million, $10.6 million and $22.2 million, respectively. Our effective tax rate was 12.9%, 12.7% and 20.2% for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Our effective tax rates reflect the proportion of income recognized by each of our operating subsidiaries, with U.S. subsidiaries taxed at the U.S. marginal corporate income tax rate of 35%, UK subsidiaries taxed at the UK marginal corporate tax rate of 30%, and with no taxes for our Bermuda holding company and subsidiaries.

48


Accordingly, our overall corporate effective tax rate fluctuates based on the distribution of taxable income across these jurisdictions.

    Cumulative Effect of New Accounting Standard

        On January 1, 2001, we adopted FAS 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." FAS 133 requires that all derivatives be recognized in the combined balance sheet at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in earnings. In 2001, we recorded an expense of $24.1 million for the cumulative effect of adopting this standard, net of $12.3 million of deferred income taxes.

Segment Results of Operations

        Our financial results include three operating segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance and mortgage guaranty. For financial reporting purposes, we have a fourth segment, which we refer to as other. As we implement our new mortgage guaranty strategy, we will consider whether to continue to report the results of our mortgage guaranty business as a separate segment. Management uses underwriting gains and losses as the primary measure of each segment's financial performance. Underwriting gain (loss) includes net premiums earned, loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses, profit commission expense and other operating expenses that are directly related to the operations of our insurance businesses. This measure excludes certain revenue and expense items, such as investment income, realized gains and losses, unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments, goodwill amortization and interest expense, that are not directly related to the underwriting performance of our insurance operations, but are included in net income.

    Financial Guaranty Direct Segment

        The financial guaranty direct segment consists of our primary financial guaranty insurance business and our credit derivative business. Our financial guaranty direct segment began as a means to diversify our financial guaranty business's historical focus on reinsurance. We have been building our market presence in the financial guaranty direct market over the past seven years, beginning with our single-name credit default swap business in 1996. In 2000, we expanded our direct product offerings to include credit protection on CDOs and asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities, and began to build a primary monoline infrastructure, beginning a licensing program in the United States.

        Financial guaranty insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due. Financial guaranty insurance may be issued to the holders of the insured obligations at the time of issuance of those obligations, or may be issued in the secondary market to holders of municipal bonds and structured securities. As an alternative to traditional financial guaranty insurance, credit protection on a particular security or issuer can also be provided through a credit derivative, such as a credit default swap. Under a credit default swap, the seller of protection makes a specified payment to the buyer of protection upon the occurrence of one or more specified credit events with respect to a reference obligation or a particular reference entity. Credit derivatives typically provide protection to a buyer rather than credit enhancement of an issue as in traditional financial guaranty insurance.

49



        The table below summarizes the financial results of our financial guaranty direct segment for the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Gross written premiums   $ 71.2   $ 47.4   $ 46.0  
Net written premiums     70.0     46.3     43.5  

Net earned premiums

 

$

70.2

 

$

43.9

 

$

30.0

 
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     16.3     25.4     3.0  
Profit commission expense         (0.1 )   (0.1 )
Acquisition costs     2.8     2.4     0.9  
Operating expenses     21.6     12.5     9.2  
   
 
 
 
Underwriting gain   $ 29.5   $ 3.6   $ 17.0  
   
 
 
 
Losses and loss adjustment expense ratio     23.2 %   57.9 %   10.0 %
Expense ratio     34.8     33.7     33.3  
   
 
 
 
Combined ratio     58.0 %   91.6 %   43.3 %
   
 
 
 

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the financial guaranty direct segment contributed $71.2 million, $47.4 million and $46.0 million to gross written premiums, respectively, which represent an increase of $23.8 million and $1.4 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively. Of the $23.8 million increase in 2003, $21.1 million was written as credit derivatives and $2.7 million was written as financial guaranty insurance, which we began writing in 2003. We began writing financial guaranty insurance in 2003, writing $1.5 million of municipal finance business and $1.2 million of structured finance business, of which $1.1 million was home equity loan securitizations issued in the public markets.

        Gross and net written premiums in this segment generally have been received on an installment basis, reflecting our focus on the structured finance and credit derivatives markets. In 2003, 2002 and 2001, installment premiums represented 94.9%, 95.6% and 67.8% of gross written premiums in this segment, or $67.6 million, $45.3 million and $31.2 million, respectively. The contribution of upfront premiums to gross written premiums were $3.6 million, $2.1 million and $14.8 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Although premiums are typically received on an installment basis on credit derivatives, in 2001, $14.8 million of upfront premiums were written, primarily related to two transactions. Gross written premiums in 2002 were flat compared to 2001 due to these transactions.

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, net written premiums were $70.0 million, $46.3 million and $43.5 million, respectively. The growth in net written premiums is primarily due to growth in gross written premiums as we typically retain a substantial portion of this business.

        Management uses the "present value of gross premiums written" to evaluate new business production for our financial guaranty business, including both financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance and credit derivative contracts. This measure consists of upfront premiums plus the present value of installment premiums (discounted at 6%) for contracts entered into during the reporting period. Management uses this measure to provide a meaningful summary of new business production in our financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty reinsurance segments, as both upfront and installment premiums are included in our revenues. The present value of gross premiums written differs from gross written premiums as shown in our financial statements and should not be considered as a substitute for gross written premiums determined in accordance with GAAP.

        Management also uses the "net present value of installment premiums in-force" in our financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty reinsurance segments as a measure of our future premiums on our in-force book of installment premium business. It is calculated net of reinsurance ceded and using a discount rate of 6%. There is no GAAP measure that is comparable to the net present value of installment premiums in-force.

50


        The following table reconciles gross written premiums as presented in our statement of operations to the present value of gross premiums written and presents the net present value of installment premiums in-force, as well as gross par written and net par outstanding:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Gross written premiums   $ 71.2   $ 47.4   $ 46.0  
Less installment premiums included above     (67.6 )   (45.3 )   (31.2 )
   
 
 
 
Upfront gross premiums     3.6     2.1     14.8  
Present value of installment premiums related to contracts written in current period     90.2     93.9     101.8  
   
 
 
 
Present value of gross premiums written   $ 93.8   $ 96.0   $ 116.6  
   
 
 
 
Gross par written:                    
  Municipal finance   $ 48   $ 113   $ 209  
  Structured finance     6,980     6,734     7,481  
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 7,028   $ 6,847   $ 7,690  
   
 
 
 

As of period end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net present value of installment premiums in-force   $ 217.1   $ 187.3   $ 113.4  
Net present value of installment premiums in-force, net of related income taxes     151.9     134.8     77.0  
Net par outstanding:                    
  Municipal finance   $ 2,138   $ 1,869   $ 1,873  
  Structured finance     21,561     18,575     13,649  
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 23,699   $ 20,444   $ 15,522  
   
 
 
 

        The present value of gross premiums written in a period is the result of the gross par written, the annual premium rate charged and the duration of the underlying security. The annual premium rate fluctuates based on credit spreads, asset category, credit rating and other security-specific characteristics, as well as market conditions, competition and other broader economic and market factors. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the present value of gross premiums written was $93.8 million, $96.0 million and $116.6 million, respectively. In 2003, the present value of gross premiums written declined 2.3%, although gross par written grew 2.6%, due to lower credit spreads in the market as well as a change in the mix of asset categories we underwrote. For example, during 2003 we stopped underwriting single name credit default swaps, underwriting only $150 million of gross par, whereas we underwrote $547 million and $422 million of gross par in 2002 and 2001, respectively. In 2002, the present value of gross premiums written declined 17.7%, compared to an 11% decline in gross par written, from $7.7 billion to $6.8 billion. In the challenging credit environment we were more stringent in our underwriting standards and pricing, which reduced overall volumes in 2002.

        The change in net present value of installment premiums in-force is a measurement used by management to evaluate the future net earned premium on business that has already been underwritten. The net present value of installment premiums in-force was $217.1 million, $187.3 million and $113.4 million as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. In 2003, the net present value of installment premiums in-force was up 15.9% versus the prior year, reflecting the addition of $90.2 million in present value of installment premiums related to contracts written in the period, partially offset by reported net earned premiums of $70.2 million. In 2002, the net present value of installment premiums in-force was up 65.2% to $187.3 million, reflecting the strong level of production

51



related to contracts written in the period, compared to a relatively low starting level, as we began to expand our financial guaranty direct operations.

        Net earned premiums for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, were $70.2 million, $43.9 million and $30.0 million, respectively, an increase of $26.3 million, or 59.9%, in 2003, and $13.9 million, or 46.3%, in 2002. The increase in net earned premiums across these periods reflects the amortization of upfront premiums and the growing volume of installment premiums generated in the growing book of contracts, as evidenced by the increase in net par outstanding and net present value of installment premiums in-force. Net par outstanding grew from $15.5 billion at year-end 2001 to $20.4 billion at year-end 2002, up 31.7%, to $23.7 billion at year-end 2003, up 15.9%.

        Loss and loss adjustment expenses were $16.3 million, $25.4 million and $3.0 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. Our loss and loss adjustment expenses are affected by changes in the mix, size and credit trends in our book of business, and by changes in our reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses for prior periods. Our loss ratio is principally affected by the mix of business in our net earned premiums, credit events in our net par outstanding, market credit spreads and premium rates, among other factors. The loss ratios for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were 23.2%, 57.9% and 10.0%, respectively. The decline in the loss ratio in 2003 was due to an improvement in the credit environment compared to 2002. Additionally, in 2003 we substantially reduced the new single name corporate credit derivatives business we write; this business generates a higher loss ratio than our other financial guaranty direct businesses. The increase in the loss ratio in 2002 as compared with 2001 reflected a deterioration in the credit environment, as we incurred $15.8 million of loss and loss adjustment expenses for three specific credit events. Two of these three events related to single name credit default swaps on which we were given notice of default in the fourth quarter of 2002 and the third credit event related to a total rate of return swap on Argentine mortgage bonds, which were impacted by currency devaluation and failed attempts to remedy the impairments to the bonds. In addition to these credit events, loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred also increased as a result of an increase in the portfolio reserve in 2002, precipitated by the stressed corporate credit environment resulting in an unprecedented level of corporate defaults in 2002 and 2001.

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, acquisition costs were $2.8 million, $2.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively. The year over year increases in acquisition costs are primarily due to an increase in transaction rating agency fees related to the growth in gross written premiums as well as the increase in the proportion of such premiums subject to premium taxes.

        Operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $21.6 million, $12.5 million and $9.2 million, respectively. These increases were primarily due to the increase in required staff levels to support the growth in this segment as well as an increase in costs to establish the required platforms and infrastructure to enter the financial guaranty insurance business. Expense ratios were generally consistent at 34.8%, 33.7% and 33.3% for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

    Financial Guaranty Reinsurance Segment

        In our financial guaranty reinsurance business, we assume all or a portion of risk undertaken by other insurance companies that provide financial guaranty protection. A decline in reinsurance capacity due to two significant competitors exiting this market has created opportunities for growth in this business segment. The financial guaranty reinsurance business consists of structured finance and municipal finance reinsurance lines. Premiums on municipal finance are typically written upfront and earned over the life of the policy, and premiums on structured finance are typically written on an installment basis and earned ratably over the installment period.

52


        The table below summarizes the financial results of our financial guaranty reinsurance segment for the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Gross written premiums   $ 168.7   $ 84.6   $ 70.4  
Net written premiums     162.1     82.6     68.6  

Net earned premiums

 

$

92.9

 

$

79.3

 

$

62.2

 
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     25.7     5.3     5.1  
Profit commission expense     1.5     0.5      
Acquisition costs     33.9     29.0     24.7  
Operating expenses     7.0     4.9     6.4  
   
 
 
 
Underwriting gain   $ 24.8   $ 39.6   $ 26.0  
   
 
 
 

Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio

 

 

27.7

%

 

6.7

%

 

8.2

%
Expense ratio     45.6     43.4     50.0  
   
 
 
 
Combined ratio     73.3 %   50.1 %   58.2 %
   
 
 
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
Gross Written Premiums

  2003
  2002
  2001
Municipal finance   $ 117.1   $ 48.1   $ 37.0
Structured finance     51.6     36.5     33.4
   
 
 
  Total   $ 168.7   $ 84.6   $ 70.4
   
 
 

        Gross written premiums for our financial guaranty reinsurance segment include upfront premiums on transactions underwritten during the period, plus installment premiums on business primarily underwritten in prior periods. Consequently, this amount is affected by changes in the business mix between municipal finance, which tends to be upfront premium, and structured finance, which tends to be installment premium. For the year ended December 31, 2003, 62.2% of gross written premiums in this segment were upfront premiums and 37.8% were installment premiums.

        In 2002 and 2001, upfront premiums were 56.4% and 52.7%, respectively, of gross written premiums of this segment. Gross written premiums for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $168.7 million, $84.6 million and $70.4 million, respectively, which represent an increase of $84.1 million and $14.2 million in 2003 and 2002, or 99.4% and 20.2%, respectively. The principal driver of gross written premium growth over the period has been the strong growth in municipal finance premiums, which grew 143.4% and contributed 69.4% of the segment's gross written premiums in 2003 and grew 30.0% and contributed 56.8% of segment gross written premiums in 2002. Structured finance gross written premiums also grew, increasing 41.3% in 2003 and 9.3% in 2002.

        Our municipal finance reinsurance growth has been driven by strong growth in insured U.S. municipal bond issuance over the period as well as the several European PFI transactions ceded to us in 2003. Premium rates on European transactions are typically higher than premium rates on U.S. municipal finance transactions. In 2003, we assumed $503.7 million of gross par written from European project finance transactions.

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, gross written premiums in our structured finance line of business were $51.6 million, $36.5 million and $33.4 million, respectively. The $15.1 million increase in gross written premiums from 2002 to 2003 and the $3.1 million increase in

53



gross written premiums from 2001 to 2002 was due to changes in the business mix and volume of installment premiums received in these periods.

        The following table reconciles gross premiums written as presented in our statement of operations to the present value of gross premiums written and presents the net present value of installment premiums in-force:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Gross written premiums   $ 168.7   $ 84.6   $ 70.4  
Less installment premiums included above     (63.8 )   (36.9 )   (33.3 )
   
 
 
 
Upfront gross written premiums     104.9     47.7     37.1  
Present value of installment premiums related to contracts written in current period     40.1     71.8     41.3  
   
 
 
 
Present value of gross premiums written   $ 145.0   $ 119.5   $ 78.4  
   
 
 
 

Gross par written: (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Municipal finance   $ 6,720   $ 7,486   $ 4,661  
  Structured finance     3,295     5,563     3,425  
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 10,015   $ 13,049   $ 8,086  
   
 
 
 

As of period end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net present value of installment premiums in-force (1)   $ 92.7   $ 72.9   $ 46.3  
Net present value of installment premiums in-force, net of taxes (1)     61.9     47.4     30.1  
Net par outstanding: (1)                    
  Municipal finance   $ 50,538   $ 47,509   $ 46,436  
  Structured finance     13,287     12,441     13,291  
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 63,825   $ 59,950   $ 59,727  
   
 
 
 

(1)
This data is reported on a one-quarter lag due to the timing of receipt of reports prepared by our ceding companies.

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the present value of gross premiums written was $145.0 million, $119.5 million and $78.4 million, respectively. The increase in 2003 of $25.5 million, or 21.3%, is primarily due to an increase in volume in the U.S. municipal finance business and large cessions on European project finance transactions. In 2002, the present value of gross premiums written increased $41.1 million, or 52.4%, as a result of an increase in gross par written in this period from $8.1 billion to $13.0 billion, an increase of 61.4%.

        The net present value of installment premiums in-force for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $92.7 million, $72.9 million and $46.3 million, respectively. The increase in the net present value of installment premiums in-force was driven by increases in the present value of installment premiums related to contracts written in the current period, offset principally by installment premiums received on contracts written in previous periods.

        Gross par written has fluctuated over the periods presented, rising 61.4% to $13.0 billion in 2002 from $8.1 billion in 2001 and declining 23.3% in 2003 to $10.0 billion. The growth in 2002 reflects growth in cessions from the primary financial guaranty companies and reflects growth in insured par U.S. municipal and structural finance markets. See "Business." In 2003, we underwrote less gross par,

54



reflecting lower cessions from our ceding companies of U.S. municipal and structural finance business. This decline was partially offset by $503.7 million in gross par written on 2003 European PFI deals.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Net Written Premiums

  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

Municipal finance   $ 116.5   $ 46.6   $ 35.2
Structured finance     45.6     36.0     33.4
   
 
 
Total   $ 162.1   $ 82.6   $ 68.6
   
 
 

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, net written premiums were $162.1 million, $82.6 million and $68.6 million, respectively. The year over year increase of $79.5 million and $14.0 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively, is consistent with the increases in gross written premium described above. Of this increase, $69.9 million and $11.4 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively, was attributable to our municipal finance line, which is consistent with the year over year increase in municipal gross written premiums, explained above. The increase of $9.6 million and $2.6 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively, in our structured finance line of business also follows the pace of gross written premiums described above.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Net Earned Premiums

  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

Municipal finance   $ 52.9   $ 42.7   $ 31.1
Structured finance     40.0     36.6     31.1
   
 
 
Total   $ 92.9   $ 79.3   $ 62.2
   
 
 

Included in municipal reinsurance net premiums are refundings of:

 

$

19.2

 

$

14.0

 

$

4.5

        Growth in our net earned premiums over the period has been driven by growth in both the municipal and structured finance lines of business, as evidenced by the growth in net par outstanding, unearned premium reserves and the net present value of installment premiums in-force. However, the municipal finance business's contribution also includes an increase in refunding premiums, which reflect the unscheduled pre-payment or refundings of underlying municipal bonds due to lower interest rates. These unscheduled refunding premiums are sensitive to market interest rates and we evaluate our net earned premiums both including and excluding these premiums.

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, net earned premiums were $92.9 million, $79.3 million and $62.2 million, respectively, an increase of $13.6 million, or 17.2%, in 2003, and $17.1 million, or 27.5%, in 2002. The municipal finance line accounted for $10.2 million of the $13.6 million increase in 2003, reflecting higher earned premium and gross par insured as well as a $5.2 million increase in refunding related premiums. In 2002, refundings in our municipal finance line accounted for $9.5 million of the $17.1 million increase, largely due to $14.0 million of refundings driven by the continued decline in interest rates as compared to $4.5 million in 2001, an increase of $9.5 million. Structured finance net earned premiums increased by $3.4 million in 2003 and $5.5 million in 2002.

        Losses and LAE were $25.7 million, $5.3 million and $5.1 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. Our loss and LAE ratios for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were 27.7%, 6.7% and 8.2%, respectively. The increase in the loss ratio from 6.7% to 27.7% in 2003 is primarily attributable to an increase in losses and LAE incurred in the structured finance line of business due to credit deterioration in collateralized debt obligations assumed through reinsurance treaties. Case reserves related to these collateralized debt obligations were increased in the

55



fourth quarter after completion of risk management's credit analysis, which included discussions with ceding companies. In 2002 and 2001, the level of loss experience was relatively consistent.

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, acquisition costs were $33.9 million, $29.0 million and $24.7 million, respectively. The increases in acquisition costs over the periods are directly related to the increases in earned premium.

        Operating expenses for the years ended December 2003, 2002 and 2001, were $7.0 million, $4.9 million and $6.4 million. Operating expenses in 2003 increased by $2.1 million as compared to 2002 as a result of the entry of our Bermuda subsidiary, Assured Guaranty Re International, into the financial guaranty reinsurance market. The decline in operating expenses in 2002 as compared to 2001 is primarily due to the change in business mix as we increased our focus on our financial guaranty direct operations. The expense ratios were 45.6%, 43.4% and 50.0% in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

    Mortgage Guaranty Segment

        The mortgage guaranty segment consists primarily of reinsurance. Mortgage guaranty insurance provides protection to mortgage lending institutions against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans that, at the time of the advance, had a loan-to-value ("LTV") ratio in excess of a specified ratio. We primarily function as a reinsurer in this industry and assume all or a portion of the risks undertaken by primary mortgage insurers. We intend to use our mortgage guaranty platform to write investment grade rated mortgage guaranty business.

        The table below summarized the financial results of our mortgage guaranty segment for the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Gross written premiums   $ 24.4   $ 47.6   $ 47.4  
Net written premiums     24.4     47.6     47.6  

Net earned premiums

 

$

27.6

 

$

45.3

 

$

39.7

 
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     (0.7 )   8.9     6.2  
Profit commission expense     7.3     8.3     9.2  
Acquisition costs     5.0     8.0     7.2  
Operating expenses     4.6     3.9     2.5  
   
 
 
 
Underwriting gain   $ 11.4   $ 16.2   $ 14.6  
   
 
 
 

Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio

 

 

(2.5

)%

 

19.6

%

 

15.6

%
Expense ratio     61.2     44.6     47.6  
   
 
 
 
Combined ratio     58.7 %   64.2 %   63.2 %
   
 
 
 

        Gross written premiums for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $24.4 million, $47.6 million and $47.4 million, respectively. The decline in gross written premiums is due to the continued runoff of our quota share business, as well as significant refinancing activity due to the low interest rate environment. Results for 2002 include $10.4 million of gross written premiums from one non-recurring transaction.

        Net written premiums for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $24.4 million, $47.6 million and $47.6 million, respectively. The change is consistent with the trend in gross written premiums, as we do not cede a significant amount of our mortgage guaranty business.

56



        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, net earned premiums were $27.6 million, $45.3 million and $39.7 million, respectively. In each of the three years there were decreases in net earned premiums related to our quota share business. In 2002, this decline was offset by the non-recurring transaction described above, which generated $10.4 million of earned premium.

        Loss and loss adjustment expenses were $(0.7) million, $8.9 million and $6.2 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. The loss and loss adjustment expense ratios for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were (2.5%), 19.6% and 15.6%, respectively. The negative loss ratio for 2003 is primarily a result of favorable loss experience related to older contracts, which are running off. This decrease was also attributable to higher than expected appreciation in real estate values, resulting in both lower frequency of claims and lower severity of losses. In 2002, the increase in the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio was primarily due to a single contract that was written during 2002 that had $2.8 million of net earned premiums and was reserved at a 100% loss and loss adjustment expense ratio.

        Profit commission expense for the year ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $7.3 million, $8.3 million and $9.2 million, respectively. The decline in profit commission expense on a year-over-year basis is due to the decline in net earned premiums related to business that has a profit commission element, including our quota share business.

        Acquisition costs for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $5.0 million, $8.0 million and $7.2 million, respectively. The decline in acquisition costs in 2003 as compared to 2002 is primarily due to the shift in business from quota share reinsurance to excess of loss reinsurance, as ceding commissions generally are not paid on excess of loss reinsurance. The increase in acquisition costs from 2001 to 2002 is commensurate with the increase in earned premiums.

        Operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $4.6 million, $3.9 million and $2.5 million, respectively. The expense ratio, which includes profit commission expense, was 61.2%, 44.6% and 47.6% for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The increase in the expense ratio in 2003 from 2002 is primarily due to the steady level of operating expenses required to support the business, as compared to a declining earned premium base, as discussed above.

    Other Segment

        Our other segment consists of certain non-core businesses that we have exited prior to, or in connection with, the IPO including equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, LA&H reinsurance and auto residual value reinsurance. Also included in the other segment is the impact of the affiliate reinsurance transactions described under "—Combined Results of Operations—Summary of Significant Affiliate Transactions" above. These reinsurance contracts were purchased for the benefit of all of our operating segments. We do not allocate the costs nor the related benefits of these transactions to each of the segments but rather record the impact of these transactions in the other segment.

        Due to our decision to exit the above businesses, the following discussion focuses on net earned premiums and underwriting results of each business within this segment.

57



        The following table provides details of net earned premiums and underwriting results by line of business:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Net earned premiums:                    
  Equity layer credit protection   $ 61.8   $ 84.0   $ 21.0  
  Trade credit reinsurance     51.2     27.8     23.5  
  Title reinsurance     10.7     7.3     6.5  
  LA&H         (32.2 )   24.6  
  Auto residual value reinsurance     4.2     2.3     91.3  
  Affiliate reinsurance     (7.7 )   (10.3 )   (5.3 )
   
 
 
 
    Total   $ 120.2   $ 78.9   $ 161.6  
   
 
 
 

Underwriting gain (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Equity layer credit protection   $ (1.0 ) $ (19.7 ) $ (18.4 )
  Trade credit reinsurance     (3.3 )   (0.3 )   (0.3 )
  Title reinsurance     6.8     3.3     1.1  
  LA&H     (0.6 )   (1.3 )   1.2  
  Auto residual value reinsurance     (24.5 )   (8.1 )   (10.1 )
  Affiliate reinsurance     7.4     5.8     (5.1 )
   
 
 
 
    Total   $ (15.2 ) $ (20.3 ) $ (31.5 )
   
 
 
 

        In 2001, we entered the equity layer credit protection market with $21.0 million of net earned premiums. In 2002, net earned premiums increased by $63.0 million, reflecting favorable pricing for such transactions in the capital markets. We ceased writing new equity layer credit protection business during 2003, and net earned premiums declined from $84.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 to $61.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The unprecedented level of corporate defaults in 2001 and 2002 along with expenses associated with our entry into the business resulted in underwriting losses of $18.4 million in 2001 and $19.7 million in 2002. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the underwriting loss in equity layer credit protection decreased to $1.0 million as a result of the termination of three trades, which produced an underwriting gain of $16.5 million.

        Trade credit reinsurance net earned premiums were $23.5 million, $27.8 million and $51.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The growth in earned premium is a result of steadily increasing writings in this line over the periods as a result of several competitors exiting this market. Underwriting losses for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 were $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $3.3 million, respectively. We intend to cease writing new trade credit business in 2004.

        Net earned premiums for the title reinsurance business grew steadily, from $6.5 million to $7.3 million and $10.7 million for years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. This business has made modest contributions to underwriting results, with gains of $1.1 million, $3.3 million and $6.8 million in 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The $6.8 million of underwriting gain for the year ended December 31, 2003 was primarily due to favorable prior year loss reserve development. In connection with the IPO, ACE Capital Title was sold to ACE or one of its subsidiaries and our other title reinsurance business was reinsured by, or assigned to, a subsidiary of ACE.

        LA&H had net earned premiums of $24.6 million in 2001 and negative $32.2 million in 2002. The fluctuation in net earned premium was related to the timing of new business written and novations and commutations of in-force business in early 2002, in connection with our exiting the LA&H business.

58



LA&H generated a $1.2 million underwriting gain in 2001. The underwriting losses of $1.3 million in 2002 and of $0.6 million in 2003 were related to the litigation and settlement of a disputed contract.

        Auto residual value reinsurance net earned premiums were $91.3 million, $2.3 million and $4.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The decrease in earned premium in 2002 was due to a non-recurring transaction in 2001 with net earned premiums of $86 million. Underwriting losses were $10.1 million, $8.1 million and $24.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The underwriting loss of $24.5 million in 2003 is a result of an increase in reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses related to a dispute with World Omni (see note 15 of notes to combined financial statements for further discussion). We ceased writing new business in this line in 2001.

        Net earned premiums related to affiliate reinsurance were negative $5.3 million, $10.3 million and $7.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, and primarily represent the cost of the Assured Guaranty Corp. Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction and AGRI Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction for these periods. As a result of losses of $15.0 million and $14.4 million ceded under these contracts in 2002 and 2003, respectively, affiliate reinsurance generated an underwriting gain of $5.8 million and $7.4 million, respectively. The underwriting loss of $5.1 million in 2001 was approximately equal to the cost of the affiliate reinsurance for this period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our liquidity, both on a short-term basis (for the next twelve months) and a long-term basis (beyond the next twelve months), is largely dependent upon: (1) the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to us; (2) external financings; and (3) investment income on our invested assets. Our liquidity requirements include the payment of our operating expenses, interest on our debt, and dividends on our common shares. We may also require liquidity to make periodic capital investments in our operating subsidiaries. In the ordinary course of our business, we evaluate our liquidity needs and capital resources in light of holding company expenses, debt-related expenses and our dividend policy, as well as rating agency considerations. Based on the amount of dividends we expect to receive from our subsidiaries and the income we expect to receive on our invested assets, management believes that we will have sufficient liquidity to satisfy our needs over the next twelve months, including the ability to pay our obligations on the notes. Beyond the next twelve months, the ability of our subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends may be influenced by a variety of factors including market conditions, insurance regulations and general economic conditions. Consequently, although management believes that we will continue to have sufficient liquidity to meet our debt service and other obligations over the long term, no guaranty can be given that we will not be required to seek external debt or equity financing in order to meet our operating expenses or debt service obligations.

        We anticipate that a major source of our liquidity, for the next twelve months and for the longer term, will be amounts paid by our operating subsidiaries as dividends. Certain of our operating subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on their ability to pay dividends. See "Business—Regulation." The amount available at Assured Guaranty Corp. to pay dividends in 2004 with notice to, but without the prior approval of, the Maryland Insurance Commissioner is approximately $25.6 million. Dividends paid by a U.S. company to a Bermuda holding company presently are subject to withholding tax at a rate of 30%. The amount available at AGRI to pay dividends in 2004 in compliance with Bermuda law is $569.1 million. Each of Assured Guaranty Corp. and AGRI has committed to S&P and Moody's that it will not pay more than $10.0 million per year in dividends.

        Liquidity at our operating subsidiaries is used to pay operating expenses, claims, payment obligations with respect to credit derivatives, reinsurance premiums and dividends to us, as well as, where appropriate, to make capital investments in their own subsidiaries. In addition, certain of our

59



operating companies may be required to post collateral in connection with credit derivatives and reinsurance transactions. Management believes that these subsidiaries' operating needs generally can be met from operating cash flow, including gross written premium and investment income on their respective investment portfolios. ACE currently maintains certain letters of credit on behalf of our subsidiaries in an aggregate amount of approximately $26 million. We are currently negotiating with a third party for replacement letters of credit.

        Net cash provided by operating activities was $203.2 million, $278.3 million and $159.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. These cash flows were primarily provided by premium received and investment income. Net cash provided by operating activities was $203.2 million compared to $278.3 million in 2002. The net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $75.1 million despite the increase of $142.0 million in net income in 2003 compared to 2002. The increase in net income is primarily due to the change in the market value of derivative financial instruments as the unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments increased from a loss of $54.2 million in 2002 to income of $98.4 million in 2003. This change had no cash flow impact. Operating cash flow was negatively impacted by the decrease in cash received on written premiums of approximately $70 million in 2003 compared to 2002 primarily driven by the decreased premium writings of equity layer credit protection in 2003, which is reflected in the change in unearned premium reserves in the statement of cash flows.

        In 2002, net cash provided by operating activities increased by $118.4 million compared to 2001. This increase was driven primarily by the $152.5 million of premium paid in 2001 by us to an affiliate for the Assured Guaranty Corp. Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction and the AGRI Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction.

        Net cash used in financing activities was $35.0 million, $6.0 million and $5.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, ACE contributed capital of $3.7 million, $84.2 million and $8.2 million, respectively, to us. These capital contributions were utilized to pay interest on long-term debt. The capital contribution in 2002 also included $75.0 million for the purpose of the repayment of our long-term debt. In all years, these were non-cash contributions. Dividends paid to ACE were $35.0 million, $8.0 million and $5.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

        The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2003:

 
  As of December 31, 2003
 
  Less Than
One Year

  1-3
Years

  4-5
Years

  After
5 Years

  Total
 
  ($ in millions)

Long-term debt               $ 75.0   $ 75.0
Lease obligations   $ 3.3   $ 10.0   $ 6.4         19.7
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 3.3   $ 10.0   $ 6.4   $ 75.0   $ 94.7
   
 
 
 
 

    Credit Facilities

        Assured Guaranty Corp. is party to a non-recourse credit facility with a syndicate of banks including Deutsche Bank AG which provides up to $175 million specifically designed to provide rating agency-qualified capital to further support Assured Guaranty Corp.'s claims paying resources. The facility expires in November of 2010 and is subject to annual extension for an additional term of one year in order to maintain its term at seven years.

        Assured Guaranty has entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of banks, for which ABN AMRO Incorporated is acting as lead arranger and sole bookrunner providing for a $250 million

60



unsecured credit facility to which each of Assured Guaranty, Assured Guaranty Corp. and Assured Guaranty (UK) is a party, as borrower. Banc of America Securities LLC acts as co-arranger for the facility, and Bank of America (an affiliate of Banc of America Securities LLC) participates as a lender. As of the date of this prospectus, no amounts were outstanding under this facility.

        The $250 million unsecured credit facility is a 364-day facility available for general corporate purposes, and any amounts outstanding under the facility at its expiration will be due and payable one year following the facility's expiry. Under the facility, Assured Guaranty has a borrowing limit not to exceed $50 million, and Assured Guaranty (UK) has a borrowing limit not to exceed $12.5 million. The facility's financial covenants require that Assured Guaranty (a) maintain a minimum net worth of 75% of its pro forma net worth (determined as of the first required reporting date under the facility), (b) maintain an interest coverage ratio of at least 2.5:1.0, and (c) maintain a maximum debt-to-capital ratio of 30%. In addition, the facility will require that Assured Guaranty Corp. (a) maintain qualified statutory capital of at least 80% of its statutory capital as of the fiscal quarter prior to the closing date of the facility, (b) maintain a ratio of aggregate net par outstanding to qualified statutory capital of not more than 150:1, and (c) maintain a maximum debt-to-capital ratio of 35%. While the obligations of the borrowers under the facility are several, a default by one borrower will give rise to a right of the lenders to terminate the facility and accelerate all amounts then outstanding.

    Investment Portfolio

        Our investment portfolio consisted of $2,052.2 million of fixed maturity securities, $137.5 million of short-term investments and had a duration of 5.4 years as of December 31, 2003. Our fixed maturity securities are designated as available for sale in accordance with FAS 115 "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." Fixed maturity securities are reported at fair value in accordance with FAS 115, and the change in fair value is reported as part of accumulated other comprehensive income.

        The following table summarizes our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2003:

 
  Amortized Cost
  Unrealized
Gain

  Unrealized
Loss

  Estimated Fair Value
 
  ($ in millions)

U.S. government and agencies   $ 255.2   $ 16.3   $ (0.4 ) $ 271.1
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     788.4     65.4     (1.0 )   852.8
Corporate securities     268.1     21.5     (1.1 )   288.6
Mortgage-backed securities     538.9     13.2     (2.1 )   549.9
Structured securities     75.8     2.3     (0.1 )   77.9
Foreign government and agencies     11.4     0.5         11.9
   
 
 
 
  Total available for sale     1,937.7     119.2     (4.7 )   2,052.2
Short-term investments     137.5             137.5
   
 
 
 
  Total investments   $ 2,075.3   $ 119.2   $ (4.7 ) $ 2,189.7
   
 
 
 

        As of December 31, 2003, we held the following investments denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars:

Currency

  Amortized Cost
  Estimated Fair Value
 
  ($ in millions)

Sterling   $ 30.6   $ 31.7
Euro     3.7     3.7
Australian Dollar     0.6     0.6
   
 
    $ 34.9   $ 36.0
   
 

61


        The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturity securities available for sale as of December 31, 2003, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. See note 9 of the notes to our combined financial statements for information on our fixed maturity securities available for sale as of December 31, 2003 and 2002.

 
  Amortized Cost
  Estimated Fair Value
 
  ($ in millions)

Due within one year   $ 21.8   $ 22.2
Due after one year through five years     229.1     242.6
Due after five years through ten years     299.2     323.6
Due after ten years     848.7     913.9
Mortgage-backed securities     538.9     549.9
   
 
Total   $ 1,937.7   $ 2,052.2
   
 

        Fair value of the fixed maturity securities is based upon quoted market prices provided by either independent pricing services or, when such prices are not available, by reference to broker or underwriter bid indications. Our investment portfolio does not include any non-publicly traded securities. For a detailed description of our valuation of investments see "—Critical Accounting Policies."

        We review our investment portfolio for possible impairment losses. For additional information, see "—Critical Accounting Policies."

        The following table summarizes the ratings distributions of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2003 and 2002. Ratings are represented by the lower of the Moody's and S&P classifications.

 
  As of
December 31,

 
 
  2003
  2002
 
AAA or equivalent   74.6 % 78.0 %
AA   13.9   12.1  
A   10.7   9.1  
BBB   0.8   0.8  
   
 
 
Total   100.0 % 100.0 %
   
 
 

        As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, our investment portfolio did not contain any securities that were not rated or rated below investment grade.

        Short-term investments include securities with maturity dates equal to or less than one year from the original issue date. Our short-term investments are composed of money market funds, discounted notes and certain time deposits for foreign cash portfolios. Short-term investments are reported at cost, which approximates the fair value of these securities due to the short maturity of these investments.

        Under agreements with our cedents and in accordance with statutory requirements, we maintain fixed maturity securities in trust accounts for the benefit of reinsured companies and for the protection of policyholders, generally in states where we or our subsidiaries, as applicable, are not licensed or accredited. The carrying value of such restricted balances as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 was $370.0 million and $355.2 million, respectively.

        Under certain derivative contracts, we are required to post eligible securities as collateral, generally cash or U.S. government or agency securities. The need to post collateral under these transactions is

62



generally based on marked to market valuations in excess of contractual thresholds. The fair market values of our pledged securities totalled $154.8 million as of December 31, 2003 and $194.7 million as of December 31, 2002.

Market Risk

        Market risk represents the potential for losses that may result from changes in the value of a financial instrument as a result of changes in market conditions. The primary market risks that impact the value of our financial instruments are interest rate risk, basis risk, such as taxable interest rates relative to tax-exempt interest rates, and credit spread risk. Each of these risks and the specific types of financial instruments impacted are described below. Senior managers in our risk management department are responsible for monitoring risk limits and applying risk measurement methodologies. The estimation of potential losses arising from adverse changes in market conditions is a key element in managing market risk. We use various systems, models and stress test scenarios to monitor and manage market risk. These models include estimates made by management that use current and historic market information. The valuation results from these models could differ materially from amounts that actually are realized in the market. See "—Critical Accounting Policies—Valuation of Investments."

        Financial instruments that may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates consist primarily of investment securities. The primary objective in managing our investment portfolio is generation of an optimal level of after-tax investment income while preserving capital and maintaining adequate liquidity. Investment strategies are based on many factors, including our tax position, fluctuation in interest rates, regulatory and rating agency criteria and other market factors. Two external investment managers, Hyperion Capital Management and Lazard Freres, manage our fixed maturity investment portfolio in accordance with investment guidelines approved by our Board of Directors.

New Accounting Pronouncements

        In May 2003, FASB issued FAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity" ("FAS 150"), which establishes standards for classifying and measuring certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. FAS 150 requires the classification of a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances). FAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of FAS 150 did not have a material impact on the combined financial statements.

        In April 2003, FASB issued FAS No. 149, "Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." This Statement amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under FAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." This Statement improves financial reporting by requiring that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly. For example, this Statement requires that financial guaranty insurance for which the underlying risk is linked to a derivative be accounted for as a derivative. This Statement is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, except for the provisions of this Statement that relate to FAS No. 133 implementation issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. All provisions are to be applied prospectively, except for the provisions of this Statement that relate to FAS No. 133 implementation issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003. These provisions are to be applied in accordance with their respective effective dates. The adoption of FAS 149 did not have a material impact on the combined financial statements.

63



        In December 2002, FASB issued FAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—
Transition and Disclosure" ("FAS 148"). FAS 148 provides alternative methods of transitioning for a voluntary change to the fair-value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. FAS 148 amends the disclosure requirements of FAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("FAS 123"), to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. FAS 148 is effective for companies with fiscal year ending after December 15, 2002. We continue to account for stock-based compensation plans in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25").

        Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted FAS No. 141, "Business Combinations" and FAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." FAS No. 141, which supercedes APB 16, "Business Combinations," requires business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and provides specific criteria for initial recognition of intangible assets apart from goodwill. FAS No. 142, which supercedes APB 17, "Intangible Assets," requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives no longer be amortized but instead tested for impairment at least annually. FAS No. 142 established new accounting and reporting standards for acquired goodwill and other intangible assets. It requires that an entity determine if the goodwill or other intangible assets has an indefinite or a finite useful life. Those with indefinite useful lives will not be subject to amortization and must be tested annually for impairment. See note 5 of the notes to our combined financial statements for further information.

        In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities" ("FIN 46"), as an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, "Consolidated Financial Statements." FIN 46 addresses consolidation of variable interest entities ("VIEs") by business enterprises. An entity is considered a VIE subject to consolidation if the equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or if the equity investors lack one of three characteristics of a controlling financial interest. First, the equity investors lack the ability to make decisions about the entity's activities through voting rights or similar rights. Second, they do not bear the obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity if they occur. Lastly, they do not claim the right to receive expected returns of the entity if they occur, which are the compensation for the risk of absorbing the expected losses. FIN 46 requires that VIEs be consolidated by the entity that maintains the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership. This interpretation applies immediately to VIEs created after January 31, 2003 and to VIEs in which an enterprise obtains interest after that date. FASB deferred the effective date of FIN 46 until the end of the first interim or annual period ending after December 15, 2003 for VIEs created before February 1, 2003. The adoption of FIN 46 did not have a material impact on our combined financial statements.

        In November 2002, FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others" ("FIN 45"). FIN 45 outlines certain accounting guidelines, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2002, from which our insurance transactions and derivative contracts are excluded. In addition, FIN 45 expands the disclosures required by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements regarding obligations under certain guaranties. These disclosure requirements are effective for the year ended December 31, 2002. Our financial position and results of operations did not change as a result of the adoption of FIN 45.

64



BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a Bermuda-based company providing credit enhancement products to the municipal finance, structured finance and mortgage markets. We apply our credit expertise, risk management skills and capital markets experience to develop insurance, reinsurance and derivative products that meet the credit enhancement needs of our customers. We market our products directly and through financial institutions. We serve the U.S. and international markets.

        Our financial results include three operating segments:

    Financial guaranty direct, which protects the holder against an issuer's failure to pay principal and interest when due or other credit events.

    Financial guaranty reinsurance, which indemnifies another financial guarantor, the "ceding company," against part or all of the loss the ceding company may sustain under financial guaranty policies it has reinsured to us.

    Mortgage guaranty, which protects mortgage lenders and investors against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans, and provides reinsurance to mortgage guaranty insurers.

        Our other segment includes businesses we have exited. The following table sets forth information for each of our segments for the year ended December 31, 2003:

 
  Gross Written Premiums
   
 
 
  Combined
Ratio

 
 
  Amount
  Percent
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Financial guaranty direct   $ 71.2   27.0 % 58.0 %
Financial guaranty reinsurance     168.7   63.8   73.3  
Mortgage guaranty     24.4   9.2   58.7  
   
 
     
  Total operating segments   $ 264.3   100.0 % 65.6 %
   
 
     
Other     84.9       112.6  
   
         
  Total   $ 349.2       83.7 %
   
         

        Our businesses have a history of strong income generation, producing cumulative net income of $444.1 million since January 1, 2000. As of December 31, 2003, we had cash and invested assets of $2.2 billion, total assets of $2.9 billion and shareholder's equity of $1.4 billion ($1.3 billion on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the transactions described under "Formation Transactions"). Our invested assets as of December 31, 2003 consisted entirely of cash and fixed maturity securities with an average rating of AA+. Our past performance may not be indicative of future results.

        Financial strength ratings are an important factor in establishing our competitive position in the markets in which we compete. The objective of these ratings is to provide an independent opinion of our financial strength and ability to meet our ongoing obligations to our policyholders. Ratings reflect the rating agencies' opinions of our financial strength, and are neither evaluations directed to investors

65


in the notes nor recommendations to buy, sell or hold the notes. As of the date of this prospectus, our insurance company subsidiaries have been assigned the following insurance financial strength ratings:

 
  Moody's
  S&P
  Fitch
 
Assured Guaranty Corp.   Aa1(Excellent ) AAA(Extremely Strong) * Not rated **
AGRI   Aa2(Excellent ) AA(Very strong)   AA(Very strong)  
AGRO   Aa2(Excellent ) AA(Very strong)   AA(Very strong)  
Assured Guaranty Mortgage   Aa2(Excellent ) AA(Very strong)   AA(Very strong)  

*
Assured Guaranty Corp.'s S&P ratings outlook is "Negative."

**
ACE and Fitch both agreed to withdraw Assured Guaranty Corp.'s Fitch rating.

Competitive Strengths

        We believe that our competitive strengths enable us to capitalize on the opportunities in the credit enhancement markets. These strengths include:

        Underwriting discipline and financial structuring expertise.     We have a disciplined approach to underwriting that emphasizes profitability over market share. We have substantial experience in developing innovative credit enhancement solutions to satisfy the diverse risk and financial management demands of our customers. We emphasize an analytical underwriting process organized around integrated teams consisting of credit and quantitative analysts, risk management professionals and lawyers.

        Established market relationships.     Over the past 15 years we have developed strong relationships with key participants in our markets, including issuers, investors, financial guarantors and financial institutions. We seek to distinguish ourselves from our competitors by providing innovative credit enhancement solutions and superior execution and client service. We intend to capitalize on our long-standing relationships as we expand our presence in financial guaranty insurance and international markets.

        Experienced management, underwriting team and board.     Our senior management has an average of more than 16 years experience in the insurance, credit and financial guaranty markets. Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Dominic Frederico, has 29 years of insurance industry experience and has been the senior ACE executive supervising our business; and Michael Schozer, President of Assured Guaranty Corp., has 13 years of financial guaranty and banking experience. We also have a team of 15 senior underwriters with an average of approximately 12 years of financial guaranty or similar credit experience. Our board of directors also has substantial financial services industry experience.

        Multiple locations and licenses.     We have operations in Bermuda, the United States and the United Kingdom. We have a range of licenses that allows us to participate in many sectors of the credit enhancement market.

Corporate Strategy

        Our objective is to build long-term shareholder value by achieving strong profitability through disciplined underwriting, proactive risk management and the growth of our business. Our goal is to improve our return on average equity (excluding the impact of realized gains and losses on investments and unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments) to be consistent with the returns of the leading performers in the financial guaranty industry. The major elements of our strategy are:

        Expand our direct financial guaranty business.     We intend to expand our direct financial guaranty business beyond our historical focus on credit derivatives by substantially increasing the amount of

66



traditional financial guaranty insurance we write in U.S. and international markets. We believe the market for financial guaranty insurance will grow as the issuance of municipal and structured finance obligations continues to be strong, as capital providers continue to seek to reduce risk exposures and as the market for credit enhancement products develops further. We believe that we have an opportunity to expand our market position as investors seek to diversify their exposure to the small group of primary financial guarantors. We intend to write business in a manner consistent with achieving our goal of obtaining a "Aaa" rating from Moody's to match our "AAA" rating from S&P.

        Expand our financial guaranty reinsurance business.     Our commitment to the financial guaranty reinsurance market, readiness to execute transactions and financial strength afford us a significant opportunity to profitably gain market share. Decisions by two major competitors to exit this market have significantly reduced reinsurance capacity at a time when we believe demand for financial guaranty reinsurance is growing. We intend to utilize our flexible operating platform to improve our returns in this business.

        Transition our mortgage guaranty business.     We intend to write investment grade mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance that is consistent with our ratings objectives. Our industry experience and licenses enable us to provide mortgage credit enhancement in the form of either financial guaranty insurance or mortgage guaranty insurance to meet the specific needs of mortgage lenders and investors.

        Expand our position in international markets.     We intend to capitalize on significant growth opportunities in international markets. Our initial focus for international expansion is privatization finance initiatives in the United Kingdom, the largest market for financial guaranty insurance outside the United States, and public/private partnerships in the rest of Europe.

        Maintain our commitment to financial strength.     We recognize the importance of our excellent financial strength ratings and intend to write business in a manner consistent with achieving our goal of obtaining a "Aaa" rating from Moody's to match our "AAA" rating from S&P. We will maintain our financial strength through disciplined risk selection, prudent operating and financial leverage and a conservative investment posture.

        Manage our capital efficiently.     We will monitor rating agency capital adequacy requirements to appropriately deploy capital to optimize the execution of our business plan and our return on capital.

Industry Overview

    Financial Guaranty Insurance

        Financial guaranty insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due. Financial guaranty insurance may be issued to the holders of the insured obligations at the time of issuance of those obligations, or may be issued in the secondary market to holders of municipal bonds and structured securities. Both issuers of and investors in financial instruments may benefit from financial guaranty insurance. Issuers benefit because the insurance may have the effect of lowering an issuer's cost of borrowing to the extent that the insurance premium is less than the value of the difference between the yield on the insured obligation (carrying the credit rating of the insurer) and the yield on the obligation if sold on the basis of its uninsured credit rating. Financial guaranty insurance also increases the marketability of obligations issued by infrequent or unknown issuers, as well as obligations with complex structures or backed by asset classes new to the market. Investors benefit from increased liquidity in the secondary market, added protection against loss in the event of the obligor's default on its obligation, and reduced exposure to price volatility caused by changes in the credit quality of the underlying insured issue.

67


        As an alternative to traditional financial guaranty insurance, credit protection relating to a particular security or issuer can be provided through a credit derivative, such as a credit default swap. Under the terms of a credit default swap, the seller of credit protection makes a specified payment to the buyer of credit protection upon the occurrence of one or more specified credit events with respect to a reference obligation or entity. Credit derivatives typically provide protection to a buyer rather than credit enhancement of an issue as in traditional financial guaranty insurance. Credit derivatives may be preferred by some customers because they generally offer ease of execution, standardized terms and greater liquidity.

        We believe that demand for financial guaranty insurance will remain strong over the long term as a result of the strength of the asset securitization and municipal bond new issuance markets. Internationally, we believe demand for financial guaranty insurance will increase due to the expansion of privatization initiatives and the project finance and securitization markets in Europe.

        Financial guaranty insurance is generally provided for structured finance and municipal finance obligations in the U.S. and international markets.

        Structured Finance —Structured finance obligations are generally backed by pools of assets, such as residential mortgage loans, consumer or trade receivables, securities or other assets having an ascertainable cash flow or market value, which are generally held by a special purpose issuing entity. Structured finance obligations can be "funded" or "synthetic." Funded structured finance obligations generally have the benefit of one or more forms of credit enhancement, such as over-collateralization and excess cash flow, to cover credit risks associated with the related assets. Synthetic structured finance obligations generally take the form of credit derivatives or credit-linked notes that reference a pool of securities or loans, with a defined deductible to cover credit risks associated with the referenced securities or loans.

        The following table sets forth the par amount of certain funded structured obligations issued in the United States, including securities distributed under Rule 144A under the Securities Act, for the periods indicated, and the par amount of structured finance obligations insured during the same period:

U.S. Asset-Backed Market

 
  New Issues of
Funded Structured
Finance Obligations (1)

  Insured U.S. Structured
Finance Obligations (2)

 
  ($ in billions)

1997   $ 215.4   $  79.8  
1998     256.6   103.6
1999     263.9   117.9
2000     275.5   116.1
2001     331.6   167.1
2002     413.1   165.5
2003     505.8   Not available

(1)
Source: Asset-Backed Alert, January 11, 2002, January 10, 2003 and January 9, 2004. Includes U.S. asset-backed securities, other than commercial mortgage-backed securities, residential mortgage-backed securities (prime jumbo and Alt-A) and CDOs.

(2)
Source: Association of Financial Guaranty Insurers, April 17, 2002 and April 23, 2003. Includes all funded and synthetic primary-market and secondary-market U.S. insured transactions, except municipal obligations.

        As summarized in the foregoing table, the U.S. structured finance market has experienced strong growth in recent years. U.S. structured finance obligations insured by financial guarantors have also

68



risen over this period. More recently, however, the amount of new par insured has stabilized. This stabilization has occurred for several reasons, including greater investor acceptance of uninsured structured finance transactions, growing issuer preference for alternate forms of credit enhancement such as overcollateralization and reduced appetite among financial guarantors for certain asset classes or servicers due to risk aggregation concerns.

        Municipal Finance —Municipal finance obligations consist primarily of debt obligations issued by or on behalf of states or their political subdivisions (counties, cities, towns and villages, utility districts, public universities and hospitals, public housing and transportation authorities), other public and quasi-public entities (including non-U.S. sovereigns and subdivisions thereof), private universities and hospitals, and investor-owned utilities. These obligations generally are supported by the taxing authority of the issuer, the issuer's or underlying obligor's ability to collect fees or assessments for certain projects or public services or revenues from operations. Recently, this market has expanded to include project finance obligations, as well as other structured obligations supporting infrastructure and other public works projects.

        The following table sets forth the volume of new issues of long-term (longer than 12 months) municipal bonds and the volume of new issues of insured long-term municipal bonds over the past seven years in the United States:

U.S. Municipal Long-Term Market

 
  New
Money
and Combined
Financings

  Refundings
  Total
Volume

  Refundings as a
Percentage of
Total Volume

  Insured
Bonds
Volume

  Insured Bonds
as a Percentage
of Total Volume

 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
1997   $ 160.5   $ 60.2   $ 220.7   27.3 % $ 107.5   48.7 %
1998     204.8     81.9     286.7   28.6     145.1   50.8  
1999     189.3     38.3     227.6   16.8     105.6   46.4  
2000     181.2     19.5     200.7   9.7     79.3   39.6  
2001     223.6     64.7     288.2   22.4     143.3   46.6  
2002     266.6     92.1     358.8   25.7     178.9   49.9  
2003     289.9     93.8     383.7   24.5     189.7   49.4  

Source:
Amounts are based upon estimated data reported by The Bond Buyer's 2003 Yearbook and The Bond Buyer's database as of February 9, 2004. Amounts represent gross par amounts issued or insured, respectively, during such year.

        Changes in volume of municipal bond issuance since 1997 are primarily attributable to changes in the financing needs of municipalities and refunding activity related to the then-current interest rate environment. The percentage of municipal long-term bonds that are insured varies from period to period for several reasons, including the mix of credit ratings of the issuers, interest rates and market credit spreads, financial guaranty price competition and investor demand for insured versus uninsured obligations.

69


         International— We believe PFI currently provides the single largest opportunity for international expansion of financial guaranty products. UK government investment in essential public infrastructure has increased significantly in recent years. Since 1997, the aggregate value of issuances has increased from £2,187.6 million to £7,639.3 million in 2002. Financial guarantors have been important contributors to the growth of this market, with par insured increasing from £75.8 million in 1997 to £997.8 million in 2002. We believe UK issuance volume will continue to increase, as financed projects move from construction to operation and equity investors seek refinancing.

        The following table sets forth the volume of PFI issuance in the period from 1997 to 2002 and the portion of such issuance that was insured:


U.K. Private Finance Initiative Issuance

 
  Aggregate
Issuance (1)

  Par
Insured (2)

  Insured Penetration
 
 
  (£ in millions)

 
1997   £ 2,187.6   £ 75.8   3.5 %
1998     2,694.9     426.6   15.8  
1999     2,385.0     241.2   10.1  
2000     3,661.0     482.8   13.2  
2001     2,083.1     712.7   34.2  
2002     7,639.3     997.8   13.1  

(1)
Source: H.M. Treasury PFI Signed Projects List database—July 2003.

(2)
Source: Standard & Poor's Credit Survey of the UK Private Finance Initiative and Public Private Partnerships (April 2003).

        The following table sets forth international par insured by financial guaranty insurance companies that are members of the Association of Financial Guaranty Insurers for the period from 1997 to 2002:


International Financial Guaranty Insurance

 
  Municipal
Finance
Par Insured

  Structured
Finance
Par Insured

  Total
Par Insured

  Percent
Change
From Prior
Year

 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
1997   $ 3.9   $ 12.8   $ 16.7      
1998     3.1     16.4     19.5   17 %
1999     2.5     24.2     26.7   37  
2000     4.1     55.2     59.3   122  
2001     6.0     51.4     57.4   (3 )
2002     8.1     63.2     71.3   24  

Source:
Association of Financial Guaranty Insurers, April 17, 2002 and April 23, 2003.

    Financial Guaranty Reinsurance

        Financial guaranty reinsurance indemnifies the primary insurance company against part or all of the loss that the latter may sustain under a policy that it has issued. The reinsurer may itself purchase reinsurance protection ("retrocessions") from other reinsurers, thereby syndicating its own exposure.

70


        Reinsurance agreements take two major forms: "treaty" and "facultative." Treaty reinsurance requires the reinsured to cede, and the reinsurer to assume, specific classes of risk underwritten by the ceding company over a period of time, typically one year. Facultative reinsurance is the reinsurance of part or all of one or more policies, and is subject to separate negotiation for each cession.

        The size and growth of the financial guaranty reinsurance market is dependent on (1) the size of the primary insurance market, (2) the percentage of aggregate risk that the primary insurers cede to reinsurers, (3) regulatory, rating agency and other external risk retention limitations imposed on the primary insurers, (4) the credit allowed primary insurers by their regulators and rating agencies for ceded reinsurance, and (5) the price and availability of substitute highly rated capital facilities. As a result of expected growth in the primary financial guaranty market, rating agency capital adequacy and risk diversification requirements and the recent contraction in the availability of financial guaranty reinsurance capacity, we believe that there are growth opportunities in this market.

    Mortgage Guaranty

        Mortgage guaranty insurance is a specialized class of credit insurance that provides protection to mortgage lending institutions against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans that, at the time of the advance, had an LTV in excess of a specified ratio. In the United States, governmental agencies and private mortgage guaranty insurance compete in this market, while some lending institutions choose to self-insure against the risk of loss on high LTV mortgage loans.

        Reinsurance in the mortgage guaranty insurance industry is used to increase the insurance capacity of the ceding company, to assist the ceding company in meeting applicable regulatory and rating agency requirements, to augment the financial strength of the ceding company, and to manage the ceding company's risk profile.

        The U.S. private mortgage guaranty insurance industry, composed of only monoline insurance companies as required by law, provides two basic types of coverage: primary insurance, which protects lenders against default on individual residential mortgage loans by covering losses on such loans to a stated percentage, and pool insurance, which protects lenders against loss on an underlying pool of individual mortgages by covering the full amount of the loss (less the proceeds from any applicable primary coverage) on individual residential mortgage loans in the pool, with an aggregate limit usually expressed as a percentage of the initial loan balances in the pool. Primary and pool insurance are used to facilitate the sale of mortgage loans in the secondary mortgage market, principally to the Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae") and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac"). Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac provide indirect funding for approximately half of all mortgage loans originated in the United States. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are prohibited by their charters from purchasing mortgage loans with LTV's of greater than 80% unless the loans are insured by a designated mortgage guaranty insurer or some other form of credit enhancement is provided. In addition, pool insurance is often used to provide credit support for mortgage-backed securities and other secondary mortgage market transactions.

        The following table sets forth the volume of new mortgage loan originations (including refinancings) in the United States and the volume of such loans covered by private mortgage insurance over the past seven years. Changes in origination volume during this period are primarily related to the

71



then-current interest rate and general economic environments. Volume increased dramatically in 2001 and 2002 as low interest rates drove refinancings to record levels.

Year

  Total Originations
  New Private Mortgage
Insurance Written

  New Private Mortgage Insurance Written as a Percentage of Total Originations
 
 
   
  ($ in billions)

   
 
1997   $ 859   $ 121   14.1 %
1998     1,450     187   12.9  
1999     1,310     189   14.4  
2000     1,048     163   15.6  
2001     2,058     283   13.7  
2002     2,680     337   12.6  
2003     3,760     404   10.7  

        Source: Inside Mortgage Finance, January 30, 2004 and February 13, 2004 editions.

        Private mortgage insurance in the United Kingdom is called mortgage indemnity guarantee ("MIG") and provides coverage for mortgages originated above a specified loan to value percentage, typically 75% to 80%. Most residential mortgages originated in the United Kingdom are held by the originating lender rather than sold to a third party as is common in the United States. As a result, UK lenders utilize MIG as a risk management tool to mitigate potential losses on their residential lending portfolios. Due to a severe housing recession in the early 1990s, most third party insurance providers of MIG ceased writing the product. As a result, many lenders set up captive insurers to write MIG.

        The following table sets forth the volume of new mortgage loan originations (including refinancings) in the United Kingdom over the past seven years:

Year

  Total Originations
 
  (£ in billions)

1997   £ 77.3
1998   89.4
1999   114.3
2000   119.5
2001   160.2
2002   218.7
2003   271.0

        Source: CML Housing Finance No. 61, Spring 2004.

72


Our Operating Segments

        Our historical financial results include three operating segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance and mortgage guaranty. The following table sets forth our gross written premiums by segment for the periods presented:

Gross Written Premiums By Segment

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

Financial guaranty direct:                  
  Municipal finance   $ 3.4   $ 1.5   $ 1.9
  Structured finance     67.8     45.9     44.1
   
 
 
    Total financial guaranty direct     71.2     47.4     46.0
   
 
 
Financial guaranty reinsurance:                  
  Municipal finance     117.1     48.1     37.0
  Structured finance     51.6     36.5     33.4
   
 
 
    Total financial guaranty reinsurance     168.7     84.6     70.4
   
 
 

Mortgage guaranty

 

 

24.4

 

 

47.6

 

 

47.4
   
 
 
    Total operating segments   $ 264.3   $ 179.7   $ 163.8

Other

 

 

84.9

 

 

237.6

 

 

279.1
   
 
 
    Total   $ 349.2   $ 417.2   $ 442.9
   
 
 

        We primarily conduct our business in the United States; however, some of our clients are companies located in the United Kingdom, Europe and Australia. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, gross written premium in currencies other than U.S. dollars was $67.1 million, $48.5 million and $29.9 million, respectively.

    Financial Guaranty Direct

        Management uses the present value of gross premiums written to evaluate new business production for our direct financial guaranty business. The following table sets forth this measure by product line for each of the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

Municipal finance   $ 1.5   $ 1.4   $ 3.1
Structured finance     92.3     94.6     113.5
   
 
 
  Total   $ 93.8   $ 96.0   $ 116.6
   
 
 

        We entered the direct financial guaranty market in 1996 as a means to diversify our historical focus on reinsurance, initially focusing on our single-name credit default swap business. In 2000, we expanded our direct product offerings to include credit protection on CDOs and asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities. We have made significant progress in developing the operational, underwriting, risk management, business development, investor relations and legal capabilities necessary to support a primary financial guaranty insurance business. We began a primary financial guaranty insurance licensing program in the United States, receiving our first license in 2000. In 2003, we launched a

73



program to insure municipal obligations in the secondary market. We currently have licenses in 45 U.S. states and the District of Columbia.

        Since 2001, we have executed approximately 125 direct financial guaranty transactions, primarily the insurance of credit derivatives (other than single-name exposures). We expect to make greater use of insurance to deliver credit protection as we expand our direct financial guaranty business. In 2003, we executed eight direct financial guaranty insurance transactions, five in the municipal secondary markets and three new issue asset-backed transactions. We issued another direct financial guaranty insurance policy on a new issue of asset-backed securities in January 2004. Additionally, we see opportunities to expand this business internationally, particularly in project finance and structured finance. Our underwriting and business development professionals have extensive market relationships with issuers, investors, bankers and other professionals, which are crucial to this effort. We intend to capitalize on these relationships as we continue to expand our financial guaranty insurance business.

    Financial Guaranty Reinsurance

        The following table sets forth our financial guaranty reinsurance new business volume, as measured by the present value of gross premiums written by product line, for each of the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

Municipal finance   $ 116.8   $ 68.6   $ 44.3
Structured finance     28.2     50.9     34.1
   
 
 
  Total   $ 145.0   $ 119.5   $ 78.4
   
 
 

        We began reinsuring financial guaranty obligations in 1988. Over the past fifteen years, we have established our presence as a leading provider of financial guaranty reinsurance. We reinsure business on both a treaty and facultative basis. Our treaties cover the full range of sectors in which our customers participate, including municipal finance, structured finance and international obligations. Historically, our net par outstanding has consisted primarily of municipal finance obligations reflecting the mix of business of our ceding company clients.

        We intend to maintain our leading position in this market and grow our financial guaranty reinsurance business. Decisions by two major competitors to exit the market have significantly reduced reinsurance capacity at a time when we believe demand for financial guaranty reinsurance for this product is increasing due to strong growth in the primary market. We believe our commitment to this market, readiness to execute transactions, and financial and ratings strength afford us a significant opportunity to gain market share profitably.

74


    Financial Guaranty Portfolio

        The principal types of obligations covered by our financial guaranty direct and our financial guaranty reinsurance businesses are structured finance obligations and municipal finance obligations. Because both businesses involve similar risks, we analyze and monitor our financial guaranty direct portfolio and our financial guaranty reinsurance portfolio on a combined basis. In the tables that follow, our reinsurance par is reported on a one quarter lag due to the timing of receipt of reports prepared by our ceding companies. The following table sets forth our financial guaranty net par outstanding by product line as of December 31 for the years presented:


Net Par Outstanding By Product Line

 
  As of December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in billions)

Structured Finance:                  
  Direct   $ 21.6   $ 18.6   $ 13.6
  Reinsurance     13.3     12.4     13.3
   
 
 
    Total structured finance     34.9     31.0     26.9

Municipal Finance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Direct     2.1     1.9     1.9
  Reinsurance     50.5     47.5     46.4
   
 
 
    Total municipal finance     52.6     49.4     48.3
   
 
 
    Total net par outstanding   $ 87.5   $ 80.4   $ 75.2
   
 
 

        Structured Finance Obligations —We insure and reinsure a number of different types of structured finance obligations, including the following:

            Senior Layer CDOs —These include securities primarily backed by pooled corporate debt obligations, such as corporate bonds, bank loans or loan participations, asset-backed securities, residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities and trust preferred securities. These securities are often issued in "tranches," with subordinated tranches providing credit support to the more senior tranches. Our financial guaranty exposures generally are to the more senior tranches of these issues. We have also written equity layer credit protection on CDOs, which exposures are reported in our other segment.

            Consumer Receivables —These include obligations backed by consumer receivables, such as residential mortgages, home equity loans and lines of credit, automobile loans and leases, credit card receivables and other consumer receivables. Credit support is generally derived from the cash flows generated by the underlying obligations, as well as property, automobile or equipment values as applicable. Additional credit protection to our exposure may be in the form of over-collateralization, excess spread, cash reserves, first loss letters of credit, subordinated securities or a combination of the foregoing.

            Commercial Receivables —These include obligations backed by commercial mortgages, equipment leases, business loans and trade receivables. Credit support is derived from the cash flows generated by the underlying obligations, as well as property or equipment values as applicable. Additional credit protection to our exposure may be in the form of over-collateralization, excess spread, cash reserves, first loss letters of credit, subordinated

75



    securities or a combination of the foregoing. The properties backing commercial real estate-backed obligations include hotel properties, office buildings and warehouse properties.

            Other Structured Finance —Other structured finance exposures in our portfolio include bonds or other securities backed by assets not generally described in any of the other four categories.

            Single Name Corporate Credit Derivatives —These include credit derivative obligations wherein the underlying exposure is to the corporate debt, bank loan participations, trade receivables or other "borrowed money" obligations of a single corporate "reference entity." In early 2003, we substantially reduced the new single name corporate credit derivatives business we write and, in late 2003, we stopped writing this business. The remaining portfolio of single name corporate credit derivatives has an average remaining life of 1.7 years as of December 31, 2003.

        The following table sets forth our new structured finance direct and reinsurance net par by bond type (stated as a percentage of total new structured finance direct and reinsurance net par) for the periods presented:

New Structured Finance Net Par by Bond Type

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
Collateralized debt obligations     40.1 %   42.5 %   67.9 %
Consumer receivables     33.3     35.6     20.0  
Commercial receivables     19.6     11.7     3.0  
Other structured finance     5.5     5.7     5.1  
Single name corporate credit derivatives     1.5     4.5     4.0  
   
 
 
 
  Total     100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
  Total new structured finance net par   $ 10.2   $ 12.3   $ 10.7  

        The following table sets forth our structured finance direct and reinsurance net par outstanding by bond type (stated as a percentage of total structured finance direct and reinsurance net par outstanding) as of the dates indicated:

Structured Finance Net Par Outstanding by Bond Type

 
  As of December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
Collateralized debt obligations     46.1 %   39.1 %   32.2 %
Consumer receivables     26.9     27.4     30.1  
Commercial receivables     15.1     11.0     5.8  
Other structured finance     5.3     7.0     12.0  
Single name corporate credit derivatives     6.6     15.5     19.9  
   
 
 
 
  Total     100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
  Total structured finance net par outstanding   $ 34.9   $ 31.0   $ 26.9  

76


        The table below shows our ten largest financial guaranty structured finance direct and reinsurance exposures by revenue source as a percentage of total financial guaranty net par outstanding as of December 31, 2003:

Ten Largest Structured Finance Exposures

 
  Net Par Amount
Outstanding

  Percent of Total
Net Par Amount
Outstanding

  Internal
Rating (1)

 
  ($ in millions)

SALS 2002-6 (CDO)   $ 740   0.9 % AAA
Triplas CDO of ABS     625   0.7   AAA
Absolute CDO of ABS     594   0.7   AAA
Taurus 2001-06 (CDO)     554   0.6   A+
Sears Credit Card Master Trust 2002-3 Class A—Credit Cards     550   0.6   AAA
Dresdner 2001-1 (CDO)     500   0.6   AAA
Houston CDO Portfolio 2000-1     470   0.5   AA
Bistro 2001-09—AAA Tranche (CDO)     450   0.5   AAA
Stars 2001-3 (CDO)     440   0.5   AAA
Merrill Lynch Synthetic CDO Taurus 8     440   0.5   AAA
   
 
   
  Total of top ten exposures   $ 5,363   6.1 %  
   
 
   

(1)
These ratings represent our internal assessment of the underlying credit quality of the insured obligations.

        Municipal Finance Obligations —We insure and reinsure a number of different types of municipal obligations, including the following:

            Tax-Backed Bonds —These include full faith and credit general obligations of municipalities and governmental authorities, as well as a variety of obligations that are supported by the issuer from specific and discrete sources of taxation, and include tax-backed revenue bonds and general fund obligations, such as lease revenue bonds. Tax-backed obligations may be secured by a lien on specific pledged tax revenues, such as a gasoline or excise tax, or incrementally from growth in property tax revenue associated with growth in property values. These obligations also include obligations secured by special assessments levied against property owners and often benefit from issuer covenants to enforce collections of such assessments and to foreclose on delinquent properties. Lease revenue bonds typically are general fund obligations of a municipality or other governmental authority that are subject to annual appropriation or abatement; projects financed and subject to such lease payments ordinarily include real estate or equipment serving an essential public purpose. Bonds in this category also include moral obligations of municipalities or governmental authorities.

            Municipal Utility Bonds —These include the obligations of all forms of municipal utilities, including electric, water and sewer utilities and resource recovery revenue bonds. These utilities may be organized in various forms, including municipal enterprise systems, authorities or joint-action agencies.

            Special Revenue Bonds —These include college and university revenue bonds and housing revenue bonds relating to both single and multi-family housing, issued by states and localities, supported by cash flow and, in some cases, insurance from such entities as the Federal Housing Administration.

77



            Healthcare Bonds —These include both obligations for capital construction or improvement of healthcare facilities and obligations providing funds for equipment purchase, in both cases typically secured by an underlying note of the not-for-profit corporation that owns or is to own and/or operate the related healthcare facility or healthcare system. In addition to healthcare facilities, obligors in this category include a small number of health maintenance organizations and long-term care facilities.

            Structured Municipal Bonds —These are two risk-remote, excess of loss exposures to portfolios of healthcare and investor-owned utility municipal obligations generally described under "Healthcare Bonds" and "Other Municipal Bonds."

            Other Municipal Bonds —These include other debt issued, guaranteed or otherwise supported by U.S. national or local governmental authorities, as well as student loans, revenue bonds, investor-owned utility obligations and obligations of some not-for-profit organizations. Also included in this category are international municipal obligations, including the obligations of sovereign and sub-sovereign non-U.S. issuers, project finance transactions involving projects leased to or supported by payments from non-U.S. governmental or quasi-governmental entities, as well as other obligations having international aspects, but which otherwise would fall within the other described categories.

        The following table sets forth our new municipal finance direct and reinsurance net par by bond type (stated as a percentage of total new municipal finance direct and reinsurance net par) for the years presented:

New Municipal Finance Net Par by Bond Type

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
Tax-backed     39.2 %   49.7 %   52.2 %
Municipal utilities     24.8     17.6     17.1  
Special revenue     19.1     19.7     22.4  
Healthcare     8.6     7.2     6.7  
Structured municipal             0.1  
Other municipal     8.3     5.8     1.5  
   
 
 
 
  Total     100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
  Total new municipal finance net par   $ 6.8   $ 7.6   $ 4.4  

78


        The following table sets forth our municipal finance direct and reinsurance net par outstanding by bond type (stated as a percentage of total municipal finance direct and reinsurance net par outstanding) as of the dates indicated:

Municipal Finance Net Par Outstanding by Bond Type

 
  As of December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
Tax-backed     40.1 %   39.5 %   39.0 %
Municipal utilities     21.1     21.1     22.5  
Special revenues     17.1     17.2     17.4  
Healthcare     10.9     11.5     11.6  
Structured municipal     6.4     7.1     5.9  
Other municipal     4.4     3.6     3.6  
   
 
 
 
  Total     100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
  Total municipal finance net par outstanding   $ 52.6   $ 49.4   $ 48.3  

        The table below shows our ten largest financial guaranty municipal finance direct and reinsurance exposures by revenue source as a percentage of total financial guaranty net par outstanding as of December 31, 2003:

Ten Largest Municipal Finance Exposures

 
  Net Par Amount
Outstanding

  Percent of Total
Net Par Amount
Outstanding

  Internal Rating (1)
 
  ($ in millions)

California State General Obligation & Leases   $ 900   1.0 % BBB
New Jersey State General Obligation & Leases     724   0.8   AA-
Long Island Power Authority     721   0.8   A-
New York City General Obligation     697   0.8   A
Denver Colorado Airport System     632   0.7   A
Chicago Illinois General Obligation     595   0.7   A+
Jefferson County Alabama Sewer     567   0.7   A
Puerto Rico Electric Power Authority     555   0.7   A-
New York City Municipal Water Finance Authority     548   0.6   AA
New York State Metro Trans Auth—Trans Revenue     539   0.6   A
   
 
   
Total of top ten exposures   $ 6,478   7.4 %  
   
 
   

(1)
These ratings represent our internal assessment of the underlying credit quality of the insured obligations.

79


    Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Internal Rating

        The following table sets forth our financial guaranty portfolio as of December 31, 2003 by internal rating:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Internal Rating

Rating Category (1)

  Net Par Amount
Outstanding

  Percent of Total Net Par Amount
Outstanding

 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
AAA   $ 26.2   29.9 %
AA     17.6   20.1  
A     29.9   34.2  
BBB     12.3   14.1  
Below investment grade     1.5   1.7  
   
 
 
  Total   $ 87.5   100.0 %
   
 
 

(1)
These ratings represent our internal assessment of the underlying credit quality of the insured obligations.

    Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Geographic Area

        We are licensed to write financial guaranty coverage in 45 U.S. states and the District of Columbia. We have established a subsidiary in the United Kingdom and have applied to the Financial Services Authority for authorization for that subsidiary to write financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance. We intend to seek further authorization for this subsidiary to write financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance elsewhere in the European Union.

        The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of our financial guaranty portfolio as of December 31, 2003:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Geographic Area

 
  Net Par Amount
Outstanding

  Percent of Total Net Par Amount
Outstanding

 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
United States:            
  California   $ 7.2   8.2 %
  New York     5.6   6.4  
  Texas     3.2   3.6  
  Illinois     2.8   3.2  
  Florida     2.8   3.2  
  Pennsylvania     2.2   2.5  
  New Jersey     2.0   2.3  
  Massachusetts     1.7   1.9  
  Puerto Rico     1.5   1.7  
  Washington     1.3   1.5  
  Other states     18.2   20.8  
  Mortgage and structured     32.2   36.8  
   
 
 
    Total U.S.     80.7   92.1  
  International     6.8   7.9  
   
 
 
      Total   $ 87.5   100.0 %
   
 
 

80


    Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Issue Size

        We seek broad coverage of the market by insuring and reinsuring small and large issues alike. The following table sets forth the distribution of our portfolio as of December 31, 2003 by original size of our exposure:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Issue Size

Original Par Amount Per Issue

  Number of
Issues

  Percent of Total
Number of
Issues

  Net Par Amount
Outstanding

  % of Total Net Par Amount Outstanding
 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
Less than $10.0 million   8,889   81.9 % $ 5.0   5.7 %
$10.0 through $24.9 million   883   8.1     9.6   11.0  
$25.0 through $49.9 million   507   4.7     12.2   14.0  
$50.0 million and above   570   5.3     60.7   69.3  
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   10,849   100.0 % $ 87.5   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 

    Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Source

        The following table sets forth our financial guaranty portfolio as of and for the nine months ended December 31, 2003 by source:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Source

 
  Gross Par
In Force

  Gross Par
Written

 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
Direct   $ 25.3   $ 7.0  
FSA     22.5     4.8  
MBIA     19.8     3.0  
FGIC     12.6     0.6  
Ambac     8.0     1.5  
Other ceding companies     2.2     0.1  
   
 
 
  Total   $ 90.4   $ 17.0
   
 
 

    Mortgage Guaranty

        Mortgage guaranty reinsurance comprises the bulk of our in-force mortgage business. We have provided reinsurance of primary mortgage insurance and pool insurance in the United States on a quota share and excess of loss basis. Quota share reinsurance describes all forms of reinsurance in which the reinsurer shares in a proportional part of the original premiums and losses of the business ceded by the primary company (subject to a ceding commission). Excess of loss reinsurance refers to reinsurance which indemnifies the ceding company for that portion of the loss that exceeds an agreed-upon "retention." There has been a decrease in demand for our quota share mortgage guaranty reinsurance products over the last five years, as primary mortgage insurers have rebuilt their capital bases. This trend has not impacted our excess of loss business, which has remained relatively stable.

        In the United Kingdom, we have been a leading provider of excess of loss reinsurance to lender captives and third-party insurers. The demand for MIG reinsurance in the United Kingdom has remained stable for the past several years. We have entered into multi-year reinsurance arrangements with several lenders and third-party insurers.

81



        We have also participated in the mortgage reinsurance markets in Ireland, Hong Kong and Australia. We have participated in these markets on an excess of loss basis with high attachment points and believe that our risk of loss on these transactions is remote.

        We have also written a small amount of U.S. commercial real estate residual value insurance and intend to expand this product line commencing in 2005. Commercial real estate residual value insurance guarantees payment at maturity of the balloon portion of a note secured by a mortgage on commercial property.

        We are transitioning to a mortgage guaranty strategy that is consistent with our ratings objectives and that utilizes both our mortgage guaranty and our financial guaranty platforms to meet the specific needs of mortgage lenders and investors. As a result of this transition, we expect our mortgage guaranty business to be managed in a manner similar to our direct financial guaranty business.

    Mortgage Portfolio

        The following table sets forth our mortgage insurance and reinsurance risk in force by geographic region as of December 31, 2003:


Mortgage Guaranty Risk In Force By Geographic Region

 
  Risk In Force
  Percent
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
United States   $ 452.2   20.6 %
United Kingdom     1,329.5   60.4  
Ireland     187.5   8.5  
Hong Kong     198.7   9.0  
Australia     32.6   1.5  
   
 
 
  Total   $ 2,200.5   100.0 %
   
 
 

        The following tables set forth, for each geographic region (other than Australia, for which this information is not reported), details regarding our mortgage insurance and reinsurance risk in force as of December 31, 2003 based upon LTV:


Mortgage Guaranty LTV by Geographic Region

United States

  Risk In Force
  Percent
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Greater than 95%   $ 22.3   5.0 %
Greater than 90% but less than or equal to 95%     185.7   41.1  
Greater than 85% but less than or equal to 90%     127.6   28.2  
Greater than 80% but less than or equal to 85%     11.6   2.6  
Less than or equal to 80%     9.2   2.0  
LTV not reported     95.8   21.2  
   
 
 
  Total   $ 452.2   100.0 %
   
 
 

82


United Kingdom

  Risk In Force
  Percent
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Greater than 95%   $ 92.3   6.9 %
Greater than 90% but less than or equal to 95%     464.0   34.9  
Greater than 85% but less than or equal to 90%     321.7   24.2  
Greater than 80% but less than or equal to 85%     189.9   14.3  
Less than or equal to 80%     52.8   4.0  
LTV not reported     208.8   15.7  
   
 
 
  Total   $ 1,329.5   100.0 %
   
 
 
Ireland

  Risk In Force
  Percent
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Greater than 95%   $ 3.3   1.7 %
Greater than 90% but less than or equal to 95%     92.1   49.1  
Greater than 85% but less than or equal to 90%     33.3   17.8  
Greater than 80% but less than or equal to 85%     34.4   18.3  
Less than or equal to 80%     24.4   13.0  
   
 
 
  Total   $ 187.5   100.0 %
   
 
 
Hong Kong

  Risk In Force
  Percent
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Greater than 95%   $ 0.2   0.1 %
Greater than 90% but less than or equal to 95%     68.6   34.5  
Greater than 85% but less than or equal to 90%     77.1   38.8  
Greater than 80% but less than or equal to 85%     29.6   14.9  
Less than or equal to 80%     23.2   11.7  
   
 
 
  Total   $ 198.7   100.0 %
   
 
 

        The following table sets forth our mortgage guaranty risk in force as of December 31, 2003 by U.S. jurisdictions:


Mortgage Guaranty Insurance and Reinsurance Risk in Force by U.S. Jurisdictions

 
  Percent of U.S.
Risk In Force

 
New York   8.3 %
Florida   8.0  
California   7.1  
Texas   6.4  
Georgia   4.2  
Pennsylvania   4.1  
New Jersey   3.5  
Arizona   2.6  
Maryland   2.4  
North Carolina   2.2  
Other   51.1  
   
 
    Total   100.0 %
   
 

83


Other

        We have participated in several lines of business that are reflected in our historical financial statements but that we have exited or are exiting in connection with the IPO, including equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, LA&H and auto residual value reinsurance. Also included in this segment is the impact of the affiliate reinsurance transactions described under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Summary of Significant Affiliate Transactions."

        Our equity layer credit protection business generally consists of first loss and mezzanine layer participations in credit derivatives or total rate of return swaps written on portfolios of primarily investment grade corporate credits and highly-rated classes of structured securities. We stopped writing new business in this line in early 2003. We have terminated a substantial portion of these transactions as of March 1, 2004.

        Trade credit insurance protects sellers of goods and services from the risk of non-payment of trade receivables. We participated in this market as a reinsurer. We intend to cease writing new trade credit business in 2004. Subject to approval by the Maryland and Pennsylvania insurance departments, all of our trade credit business will be retroceded to ACE American Insurance Company, a subsidiary of ACE, effective April 1, 2004.

        We have offered title reinsurance products derived from excess of loss and quota share reinsurance products, on both a treaty and facultative basis, in the United States. We have also provided reinsurance of legal indemnity insurance in the United Kingdom. ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company, the company through which we have written U.S. title reinsurance business, has been sold to ACE Bermuda, and our other title reinsurance business has been reinsured or transferred to a subsidiary of ACE in connection with the IPO.

        We participated in a limited number of LA&H reinsurance transactions, all of which were transferred, through assignment or retrocession, to subsidiaries of ACE. We stopped writing this business in late 2001.

        Auto residual value reinsurance protects automobile lessors and balloon note lenders against the risk that the actual value of an automobile at lease end or loan maturity will be less than the projected residual value of the automobile. We stopped writing new business in this line in 2001. All of this business will be retroceded to ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd., a subsidiary of ACE, effective April 1, 2004 or commuted effective April 1, 2004.

Underwriting

        The underwriting, operations and risk management guidelines, policies and procedures of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are tailored to their respective businesses, providing multiple levels of credit review and analysis.

        Exposure limits and underwriting criteria are established, as appropriate, for sectors and asset classes. Critical risk factors for proposed municipal finance exposures include, for example, the credit quality of the issuer, the type of issue, the repayment source, security pledged, the presence of restrictive covenants, and the issue's maturity. Underwriting consideration for exposures include (1) class, reflecting economic and social factors affecting that bond type, including the importance of the proposed project, (2) the financial management of the project and of the issuer, and (3) various legal and administrative factors.

        Structured finance obligations generally present three distinct forms of risk: (1) asset risk, pertaining to the amount and quality of assets underlying an issue; (2) structural risk, pertaining to the extent to which an issue's legal structure provides protection from loss; and (3) execution risk, which is the risk that poor performance by a servicer contributes to a decline in the cash flow available to the transaction. Each risk is addressed in turn through our underwriting process. Generally, the amount and quality of asset coverage required with respect to a structured finance exposure is dependent upon the historic performance of the subject asset class, or those assets actually underlying the risk proposed

84



to be insured or reinsured. Future performance expectations are developed from this history, taking into account economic, social and political factors affecting that asset class as well as, to the extent feasible, the subject assets themselves. Conclusions are then drawn about the amount of over-collateralization or other credit enhancement necessary in a particular transaction in order to protect investors (and therefore the insurer or reinsurer) against poor asset performance. In addition, structured securities usually are designed to protect investors (and therefore the guarantor) from the bankruptcy or insolvency of the entity which originated the underlying assets, as well as the bankruptcy or insolvency of the servicer of those assets.

        Each insurance, facultative reinsurance and credit derivative transaction passing an initial underwriting "review," intended to test the desirability of the proposed exposure, is assigned to a team including relevant underwriting and legal personnel. Finance personnel review the proposed exposure for compliance with applicable accounting standards and investment guidelines. The team reviews the structure of the transaction, and the underwriter reviews credit issues pertinent to the particular line of business. In our structured financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty lines, underwriters generally apply computer models to stress cash flows in their assessment of the risk inherent in a particular transaction. For reinsurance transactions, stress model results may be provided by the primary insurer. Stress models may also be developed internally by our underwriting department and reflect both empirical research as well as information gathered from third parties, such as rating agencies, investment banks or servicers. Where warranted to assess a particular credit risk properly, we may perform a due diligence audit in connection with a transaction. A due diligence review will include, among other things, meetings with management, review of underwriting and operational procedures, file reviews, and review of financial procedures and computer systems. The structure of a transaction is also scrutinized from a legal perspective by in-house and, where appropriate, external counsel, and specialty legal expertise is consulted when our legal staff deems it appropriate.

        Upon completion of underwriting analysis, the underwriter prepares a formal credit report that is submitted to an underwriting committee for review. We will not commit to assume any risk until the risk has been approved by the appropriate underwriting committee.

        The procedures for underwriting treaty business differ somewhat from those for facultative reinsurance, as we make a forward commitment to reinsure business from a ceding company for a specified period of time. Although we have the ability to exclude certain classes or categories of risk from a treaty, we have a limited ability to control the individual risks ceded pursuant to the terms of the treaty. As a result, we enter into reinsurance treaties only with ceding companies with proven track records and after extensive underwriting due diligence with respect to the proposed cedent. Prior to entering into a reinsurance treaty, we meet with senior management, underwriters, risk managers, and accounting and systems personnel of the proposed cedent. We evaluate the ceding company's underwriting expertise and experience, capital position, in-force book of business, reserves, cash flow, profitability and financial strength. We actively monitor ceded treaty exposures. Collected data is evaluated regularly to detect ceded risks that are inconsistent with our expectations. If appropriate and permitted under the terms of the treaty, we add exclusions in response to risks identified during our evaluations. Our risk management department conducts periodic surveillance audits of each ceding company. The audits entail review of both underwriting and surveillance files, as well as meetings with management. Information gathered during these audits is used to re-evaluate treaties at the time of renewal.

Risk Management

        Our risk management personnel are responsible for transactional and treaty surveillance, insured portfolio management, risk syndication and claims administration. Risk management, in consultation with the chief underwriting officer, sets risk limits for each line of business and designates those risks

85



which are to be excluded from our reinsurance treaty assumptions. Tailored surveillance strategies have been developed for each type of exposure, depending upon the credit risk inherent in the exposure, with a view to determining credit trends in the insured book and making recommendations on portfolio management and risk mitigation strategies, to the extent appropriate.

        We may also seek to mitigate the risk inherent in our exposures through the purchase of third party reinsurance or retrocessions, and also periodically purchase derivative contracts to alleviate all or a portion of this risk.

        We conduct surveillance procedures to closely track risk aggregations and monitor performance of each risk. For municipal risk, we have review schedules for each credit dependent on the underlying rating of the credit and the revenue type. Credits perceived to have greater risk profiles are reviewed more frequently than other credits or classes of credits which historically have had few defaults. In the event of credit deterioration of a particular exposure, we review the credit more frequently and take remedial action as permitted by the terms of the transaction.

        For structured securities and certain mortgage risks, we generally collect data, often monthly or quarterly, and compare actual default and delinquency statistics to those generated by our models. To the extent that a transaction is performing materially below expectations, we seek to take steps to mitigate the potential for loss. Such steps include meetings with servicers, re-evaluation of loan files and, in the most extreme cases, removal of the servicer.

        We have created computerized models to track performance of certain other large direct business lines including CDOs and credit derivatives on corporate debt. These systems incorporate risk tracking tools such as credit spreads and ratings which are obtained from third parties and incorporated into computerized risk tracking systems.

        Our risk management personnel take steps to ensure that the primary insurer is managing risk pursuant to the terms of the applicable reinsurance agreement. To this end, we conduct periodic audits of ceding companies. We may conduct additional surveillance audits during the year, at which time underwriting, surveillance and claim files of the ceding company are reviewed.

        The risk management department maintains a list of closely monitored credits ("CMC") to track those credits that we believe have a heightened risk of claim. The list includes both reinsurance and insurance business. Credits on the CMC are reviewed on an on-going basis, while the CMC itself is updated on a monthly basis and distributed to the risk management committee and to senior management. The CMC is divided into four categories: low priority (Category 1), medium priority (Category 2), high priority (Category 3), and claim paid or incurred (Category 4). Category 1 credits are fundamentally sound credits characterized by greater than normal risk. Additional risk may result from adverse circumstances at companies affiliated with an issuer, unfavorable market conditions or a manageable degree of financial deterioration. Category 2 credits exhibit a weakening credit profile which may result in a loss. These credits may require active management by us or, in the case of reinsurance, the ceding company. The risk of further deterioration in the credit, combined with the uncertain amount and timing of possible loss, necessitate very close monitoring of the situation. Category 3 credits are those for which losses are likely to occur soon or are already in process. Within this category, claims are considered both probable and estimable and, as such, usually require the posting of case reserves. Category 4 credits are those for which all or substantially all of the claim has been paid or incurred. For these exposures we undertake to maximize recoveries and salvage.

Losses and Reserves

        Reserve for losses and LAE includes case reserves, IBNR reserves and portfolio reserves. Case reserves are established when specific insured obligations are in or near default. Case reserves

86



represent the present value of expected future loss payments and LAE, net of estimated recoveries but before considering ceded reinsurance from insured obligations that are in or near default. Financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance case reserves are discounted at 6%, which is the approximate taxable equivalent yield on our investment portfolio in all periods presented.

        IBNR is an estimate of losses for which the insured event has occurred but the claim has not yet been reported to us. In establishing IBNR, we use traditional actuarial methods to estimate the reporting lag of such claims based on historical experience, claim reviews and information reported by ceding companies. We record IBNR for mortgage guaranty reinsurance within our mortgage guaranty segment and for title reinsurance, auto residual value reinsurance and trade credit reinsurance within our other segment.

        We record portfolio reserves for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance, credit derivatives and mortgage guaranty reinsurance. Portfolio reserves are established with respect to the portion of our business for which case reserves have not been established. Portfolio reserves are established in an amount equal to the portion of actuarially estimated ultimate losses related to premiums earned to date as a percentage of total expected premiums for that in-force business. Actuarially estimated ultimate losses on financial guaranty exposures are developed considering the net par outstanding of each insured obligation, taking account of the probability of future default, the expected timing of the default and the expected recovery following default. These factors vary by type of issue (for example municipal, structured finance or corporate), current credit rating and remaining term of the underlying obligation and are principally based on historical data obtained from rating agencies. Actuarially estimated ultimate losses on mortgage guaranty reinsurance are principally determined based on historical industry loss experience, net of expected recoveries. During an accounting period, portfolio reserves increase or decrease based on changes in the aggregate net amount at risk and the probability of default resulting from changes in credit quality of insured obligations, if any.

        We update our estimates of loss and LAE reserves quarterly. Loss assumptions used in computing loss and LAE reserves are updated periodically for emerging experience, and any resulting changes in reserves are recorded as a charge or credit to earnings in the period such estimates are changed. Due to the inherent uncertainties of estimating loss and LAE reserves, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in our combined financial statements, and the differences may be material.

        The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the reserve for losses and LAE, including case, IBNR and portfolio reserves:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in thousands)

 
Balance as of January 1   $ 458,831   $ 401,079   $ 170,973  
Less reinsurance recoverable     (100,826 )   (70,092 )   (14,836 )
   
 
 
 
Net balance as of January 1     358,005     330,987     156,137  
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses:                    
  Current year     105,623     156,626     164,881  
  Prior years     38,987     (7,546 )   12,661  
Transfer/novation of life, accident and health reinsurance reserves         (28,820 )    
   
 
 
 
      144,610     120,260     177,542  
Loss and loss adjustment expenses paid and recovered                    
  Current year     30,702     69,157     6,726  
  Prior years     69,133     20,633     22,349  
   
 
 
 
      99,835     89,790     29,075  
Value of reinsurance business assumed     (6,096 )   (6,097 )   26,419  
Unrealized foreign exchange gain/(loss) on reserves revaluation     (3,785 )   (2,645 )   36  

Net balance as of December 31

 

 

400,469

 

 

358,005

 

 

330,987

 
Plus reinsurance recoverable     122,124     100,826     70,092  
   
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31   $ 522,593   $ 458,831   $ 401,079  
   
 
 
 

87


Ratings

        As of the date of this prospectus, our insurance company subsidiaries have been assigned the following insurance financial strength ratings:

 
  Moody's
  S&P
  Fitch
 
Assured Guaranty Corp.   Aa1(Excellent ) AAA(Extremely Strong )* Not rated **
AGRI   Aa2(Excellent ) AA(Very Strong ) AA(Very Strong )
AGRO   Aa2(Excellent ) AA(Very Strong ) AA(Very Strong )
Assured Guaranty Mortgage   Aa2(Excellent ) AA(Very Strong ) AA(Very Strong )

*
Assured Guaranty Corp.'s S&P ratings outlook is "Negative."

**
ACE and Fitch both agreed to withdraw Assured Guaranty Corp.'s Fitch rating.

        A "AAA" (Extremely Strong) rating is the highest and "AA" (Very Strong) is the third highest ranking of the 21 ratings categories used by S&P. "Aa1" (Excellent) is the second highest ranking and "Aa2" (Excellent) is the third highest ranking of 21 ratings categories used by Moody's. "AA" (Very Strong) is the third highest ranking of the 24 ratings categories used by Fitch. A financial strength rating is an opinion with respect to an insurer's ability to pay under its insurance policies and contracts in accordance with their terms. The opinion is not specific to any particular policy or contract. Financial strength ratings do not refer to an insurer's ability to meet non-insurance obligations and are not a recommendation to purchase or discontinue any policy or contract issued by an insurer or to buy, hold, or sell any security issued by an insurer, including the notes.

        In addition, AGRI and AGRO carry financial enhancement ratings ("FER") from S&P of AA. A financial enhancement rating reflects not only an insurer's perceived ability to pay claims but also its perceived willingness to pay claims. The ratings of AGRO and Assured Guaranty Mortgage are dependent upon support in the form of keepwell agreements. AGRI provides a keepwell to its subsidiary, AGRO. AGRO provides a keepwell to its subsidiary, Assured Guaranty Mortgage. Pursuant to the terms of these agreements, each of AGRI and AGRO agrees to provide funds to their respective subsidiaries sufficient for those subsidiaries to meet their obligations.

        The major rating agencies have developed and published rating guidelines for rating financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty insurers and reinsurers. The financial strength ratings assigned by S&P, Moody's and Fitch are based upon factors relevant to policyholders and are not directed toward the protection of investors in the notes. The rating criteria used by the rating agencies in establishing these ratings include consideration of the sufficiency of capital resources to meet projected growth (as well as access to such additional capital as may be necessary to continue to meet applicable capital adequacy standards), the company's overall financial strength, and demonstrated management expertise in financial guaranty and traditional reinsurance, credit analysis, systems development, marketing, capital markets and investment operations. Obligations insured by Assured Guaranty Corp. generally are rated AAA and Aa1 by S&P and Moody's, respectively, by virtue of such insurance. These ratings reflect only the views of the respective rating agencies and are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time. We are in discussions with S&P regarding our ratings, including the impact on our ratings of the Formation Transactions, the IPO and our new business strategy. As a result, the ratings assigned to our insurance subsidiaries by S&P may change at any time.

        The ratings agencies will grant credit to primary companies in their calculations of required capital and single risk limits for reinsurance ceded. The amount of credit is a function of the financial strength

88



rating of the reinsurer. For example, S&P has established the following reinsurance credit for business ceded to a monoline reinsurer:

 
  Monoline Reinsurer Rating
 
Ceding Company Rating

 
  AAA
  AA
  A
  BBB
 
AAA   100 % 70 % 50 % n/a  
AA   100   75   70   50 %
A   100   80   75   70  
Below A: Not applicable.                  

        For reinsurance ceded to a multiline reinsurer, S&P recently has re-examined its methodology for the determination of reinsurance credit. In the course of its examination, S&P considered the effect of having both monoline and multiline companies in the industry, determining that multiline reinsurers had not demonstrated sufficient commitment to participation in the industry and occasionally had handled claims for financial guaranty reinsurance as they handle claims in their other business lines. S&P therefore determined that no rating agency reinsurance credit would be accorded cessions to multiline reinsurance companies that had not demonstrated their willingness and ability to make timely payment, which willingness and ability is measured by a FER from S&P. Both of AGRI and AGRO, as multiline reinsurers, have requested and received FERs of "AA." FERs are assigned by S&P to multiline insurers requesting the rating who meet stringent criteria identifying the company's capacity and willingness to pay claims on a timely basis. S&P has established the following reinsurance credit for business ceded to a multiline reinsurer carrying an FER:

 
  Multiline Reinsurer Rating
 
Ceding Company Rating

 
  AAA
  AA
  A
  BBB
 
AAA   95 % 65 % 45 % n/a  
AA   95   70   65   45 %
A   95   75   70   65  
Below A: Not applicable.                  

Investments

        Our principal objectives in managing our investment portfolio are: (1) to preserve our subsidiaries' financial strength ratings; (2) to maximize total after-tax return in a risk controlled investment approach; (3) to maintain sufficient liquidity to cover unexpected stress in the insurance portfolio; and (4) to manage investment risk within the context of the underlying portfolio of insurance risk. Investment guidelines at each of our operating subsidiaries are tailored to the needs of the subsidiary, and seek to meet applicable regulatory requirements, to maintain an asset mix consistent with the subsidiary's financial strength ratings, to maximize after-tax return in a risk-controlled manner and to maintain sufficient liquidity to cover unexpected stress in the applicable insurance portfolio.

        We have a formal review process for all securities in our investment portfolio, including a review for impairment losses. Factors considered when assessing impairment include: (1) securities whose market values have declined by 20% or more below amortized cost for a continuous period of at least six months; (2) recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer by rating agencies; (3) the financial condition of the applicable issuer; (4) whether scheduled interest payments are past due; and (5) whether we have the ability and intent to hold the security for a sufficient period of time to allow for anticipated recoveries in fair value. If we believe a decline in the value of a particular investment is temporary, we record the decline as an unrealized loss in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholder's equity on our combined balance sheets. If we believe the decline is "other than temporary," we write down the carrying value of the investment and record a

89



loss on our statements of operations. Our assessment of a decline in value includes management's current judgment of the factors noted above. If that judgment changes in the future, we may ultimately record a loss after having originally concluded that the decline in value was temporary.

        As of December 31, 2003, we had $0 of below investment grade securities or non-rated securities in our investment portfolio. For additional information regarding our investments, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Investment Portfolio."

        We have retained Lazard Freres Asset Management and Hyperion Capital Management, Inc. to manage our investment portfolio. These investment managers have discretionary authority over our investment portfolio within the limits of our investment guidelines. We compensate each of these managers based upon a fixed percentage of the market value of our portfolio. During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we paid aggregate investment management fees of $1.8 million, $1.6 million and $1.5 million to these managers.

Competition

        Our principal competitors in the market for financial guarantees are Ambac, FGIC, FSA and MBIA, which are larger than we are, as well as recent entrants XL Capital and CDC IXIS, all of which have AAA and Aaa ratings from S&P and Moody's. Based on shareholders' equity, we are larger than XL Capital and CDC IXIS. Banks, smaller and lower rated financial guaranty insurance companies and multiline insurers and reinsurers also participate in the broader credit enhancement market. The principal competitive factors are: (1) premium rates; (2) conditions precedent to the issuance of a policy related to the structure and security features of a proposed bond issue; (3) the financial strength ratings of the guarantor; and (4) the quality of service and execution provided to issuers, investors and other clients of the issuer. Financial guaranty insurance also competes domestically and internationally with other forms of credit enhancement, including the use of senior and subordinated tranches of a proposed structured finance obligation and/or overcollateralization or cash collateral accounts, as well as more traditional forms of credit support.

        There are relatively few companies providing financial guaranty reinsurance. Our principal competitors in the financial guaranty reinsurance market are Radian Reinsurance Inc., RAM Reinsurance Company Ltd., Swiss Reinsurance Company, Tokio Marine & Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. and XL Financial Assurance Ltd. AXA Reinsurance Finance, S.A., discontinued its financial guaranty reinsurance business in 2002 and is currently in runoff. In 2002, American Reinsurance Company announced its decision to exit the financial guaranty reinsurance market. In Febuary 2004, MBIA, RenaissanceRe Holdings Ltd., Koch Financial Corporation and PartnerRe Ltd. formed a new Bermuda-based financial guaranty reinsurance company, Channel Reinsurance Ltd., which has been rated "Aaa" by Moody's and "AAA" by S&P. Competition in the financial guaranty reinsurance business is based upon many factors, including overall financial strength, pricing, service and evaluation of claims-paying ability by the major rating agencies.

        The U.S. private mortgage insurance industry consists of eight active mortgage guaranty insurers: CMG Mortgage Insurance Company, General Electric Mortgage Insurance Company, Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Company, PMI Mortgage Insurance Co., United Guaranty Residential Insurance Company, Radian Guaranty Inc., Republic Mortgage Insurance Company and Triad Mortgage Insurance Company. These mortgage guaranty insurers do not use a material amount of third-party reinsurance. They do, however, employ various risk-sharing arrangements with their affiliated companies. In addition, lender-owned "captive" companies are a significant source of reinsurance capacity for the industry. In the United Kingdom, we face competition from affiliates of U.S. private mortgage guaranty insurers, which primarily write excess of loss reinsurance for MIG captives.

90



Regulation

    General

        The business of insurance and reinsurance is regulated in most countries, although the degree and type of regulation varies significantly from one jurisdiction to another. Reinsurers are generally subject to less direct regulation than primary insurers. We are subject to extensive regulation under applicable statutes in the United States and the United Kingdom. In Bermuda, we operate under a relatively less intensive regulatory regime.

    United States

        Assured Guaranty has three operating insurance subsidiaries domiciled in the United States, which we refer to collectively as the "Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries."

        Assured Guaranty Corp. is a Maryland-domiciled insurance company licensed to write financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance (and in some states casualty, surety and other lines) in 45 U.S. states and the District of Columbia jurisdictions. Assured Guaranty Corp. has license applications pending, or intends to file an application, in each of those states in which it is not currently licensed. Assured Guaranty Corp. is also licensed as a Class 3 insurer in Bermuda (Assured Guaranty Corp. is subject to certain Bermuda laws including restrictions on payment of dividends, return of capital and distributions). Assured Guaranty Risk Assurance Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Assured Guaranty Corp., is a Maryland-domiciled and licensed insurance company. It is licensed to conduct surety business. To date, it has not transacted any business. Assured Guaranty (UK) is also a wholly-owned subsidiary of Assured Guaranty Corp.

        Assured Guaranty Mortgage is a New York corporation licensed as a mortgage guaranty insurer in the State of New York and in the District of Columbia and thereby is authorized solely to transact the business of mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance. Assured Guaranty Mortgage is an approved or accredited reinsurer in the States of California, Illinois and Wisconsin.

    Insurance Holding Company Regulation

        Assured Guaranty and the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries are subject to the insurance holding company laws of Maryland and New York. These laws generally require each of the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries to register with its respective domestic state insurance department and annually to furnish financial and other information about the operations of companies within their holding company system. Generally, all transactions among companies in the holding company system to which any of the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries is a party (including sales, loans, reinsurance agreements and service agreements) must be fair and, if material or of a specified category, such as service agreements, require prior notice and approval or non-disapproval by the insurance department where the applicable subsidiary is domiciled.

    Change of Control

        Before a person can acquire control of a U.S. domestic insurance company, prior written approval must be obtained from the insurance commissioner of the state where the domestic insurer is domiciled. Generally, state statutes provide that control over a domestic insurer is presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing, 10% or more of the voting securities of the domestic insurer. Prior to granting approval of an application to acquire control of a domestic insurer, the state insurance commissioner will consider such factors as the financial strength of the applicant, the integrity and management of the applicant's board of directors and executive officers, the acquiror's plans for the management of the

91


applicant's board of directors and executive officers, the acquiror's plans for the future operations of the domestic insurer and any anti-competitive results that may arise from the consummation of the acquisition of control. These laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control involving us that some or all of our stockholders might consider to be desirable, including in particular unsolicited transactions.

    State Insurance Regulation

        State insurance authorities have broad regulatory powers with respect to various aspects of the business of U.S. insurance companies, including licensing these companies to transact business, accreditation of reinsurers, admittance of assets to statutory surplus, regulating unfair trade and claims practices, establishing reserve requirements and solvency standards, regulating investments and dividends, and, in certain instances, approving policy forms and related materials and approving premium rates. State insurance laws and regulations require the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries to file financial statements with insurance departments everywhere they are licensed, authorized or accredited to conduct insurance business, and their operations are subject to examination by those departments at any time. The Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with Statutory Accounting Practices, or SAP, and procedures prescribed or permitted by these departments. State insurance departments also conduct periodic examinations of the books and records, financial reporting, policy filings and market conduct of insurance companies domiciled in their states, generally once every three to five years. Market conduct examinations generally are carried out in cooperation with the insurance departments of other states under guidelines promulgated by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

        Financial examinations are conducted by the state of domicile of the insurer. The Maryland Insurance Administration conducts a periodic examination of insurance companies domiciled in Maryland every five years. During 2003, the Maryland Insurance Administration completed its field work in connection with a five-year examination of Assured Guaranty for the period from 1997 through 2001. The Report on Financial Examination, issued by the Maryland Insurance Administration on October 10, 2003 in connection with such examination, did not contain any materially adverse findings. The New York Insurance Department, the regulatory authority of the domiciliary jurisdiction of Assured Guaranty Mortgage, conducts a periodic examination of insurance companies domiciled in New York, also at five-year intervals. During 2003, the New York Insurance Department completed its field work in connection with its examination of Assured Guaranty Mortgage for the period from 1997 though 2002. The report on the examination, which is currently in draft form, does not contain any materially adverse findings.

        The terms and conditions of reinsurance agreements generally are not subject to regulation by any U.S. state insurance department with respect to rates. As a practical matter, however, the rates charged by primary insurers do have an effect on the rates that can be charged by reinsurers.

    State Dividend Limitations

        Maryland.     The principal source of cash for the payment of debt service and dividends by Assured Guaranty is the receipt of dividends from Assured Guaranty Corp. Under current Maryland insurance law, as it applies to Assured Guaranty Corp., any proposed payment of a dividend or distribution may only be paid out of "earned surplus." "Earned surplus" is defined as the part of surplus that, after deduction of all losses, represents the net earnings, gains or profits that have not been distributed to shareholders as dividends, transferred to stated capital, transferred to capital surplus, or applied to other purposes permitted by law, but does not include unrealized capital gains or reevaluation of assets. If a dividend or distribution is an "extraordinary dividend," it must be reported to, and approved by, the Insurance Commissioner prior to payment. An "extraordinary dividend" is defined to be any

92


dividend or distribution to stockholders, such as Assured Guaranty, which together with dividends paid during the preceding twelve months exceeds the lesser of 10% of an insurance company's policyholders' surplus at the preceding December 31 or 100% of Assured Guaranty Corp.'s adjusted net investment income during that period. Further, an insurer may not pay any dividend or make any distribution to its shareholders unless the insurer notifies the Insurance Commissioner of the proposed payment within five business days following declaration and at least ten days before payment. The Insurance Commissioner may declare that such dividend not be paid if the Commissioner finds that the insurer's policyholders' surplus would be inadequate after payment of the dividend or could lead the insurer to a hazardous financial condition. As of December 31, 2003, the maximum amount available during 2004 for the payment of dividends by Assured Guaranty Corp. which would not be characterized as "extraordinary dividends" was approximately $25.6 million.

        New York.     Under the New York Insurance Law, Assured Guaranty Mortgage may declare or pay any dividend only out of "earned surplus," which is defined as that portion of the company's surplus that represents the net earnings, gains or profits (after deduction of all losses) that have not been distributed to shareholders as dividends or transferred to stated capital, capital surplus or contingency reserves, or applied to other purposes permitted by law, but does not include unrealized appreciation of assets. Additionally, no dividend may be declared or distributed in an amount which, together with all dividends declared or distributed by it during the preceding twelve months, exceeds the lesser of 10% of Assured Guaranty Mortgage's statutory surplus as shown on its latest statutory financial statement on file with the New York Superintendent of Insurance, or 100% of Assured Guaranty Mortgage's adjusted net investment income during that period, unless, upon prior application, the Superintendent approves a greater dividend or distribution after finding that the company will retain sufficient surplus to support its obligations and writings. As of December 31, 2003, Assured Guaranty Mortgage had negative unassigned funds and therefore cannot pay dividends during 2004.

    Contingency Reserves

        In accordance with Maryland law and regulations, Assured Guaranty Corp. maintains a contingency reserve for the protection of policyholders against the effect of adverse economic cycles. The contingency reserve is maintained for each obligation and is equal to the greater of 50% of the premiums written or a percentage of principal guaranteed (which percentage varies from 0.55% to 2.5% depending on the nature of the asset). The contingency reserve is put up over a period of either 15 or 20 years, depending on the nature of the obligation, and then taken down over the same period of time. The contingency reserve may be maintained net of reinsurance.

        Under the New York Insurance Law, Assured Guaranty Mortgage must establish a contingency reserve to protect policyholders against the effect of adverse economic cycles. This reserve is established out of net premiums (gross premiums less premiums returned to policyholders) remaining after the statutory unearned premium reserve is established. Contributions to the contingency reserve must equal 50% of remaining earned premiums and, except as otherwise approved by the Superintendent of Insurance, must be maintained in the contingency reserve for a period of 120 months. Reinsurers are required to establish a contingency reserve equal to their proportionate share of the reserve established by the ceding company. Assured Guaranty Mortgage's contingency reserve as of December 31, 2003 met these requirements.

    Risk-to-Capital Requirements

        Under the New York Insurance Law, Assured Guaranty Mortgage's total liability, net of applicable reinsurance, under its aggregate insurance policies may not exceed 25 times its total policyholders' surplus, commonly known as the "risk-to-capital" requirement. As of December 31, 2003, the consolidated risk-to-capital ratio for Assured Guaranty Mortgage was below the limit.

93


    Investments

        The Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries are subject to laws and regulations that require diversification of their investment portfolio and limit the amount of investments in certain asset categories, such as below investment grade fixed maturity securities, equity real estate, other equity investments, and derivatives. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause investments exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring surplus, and, in some instances, would require divestiture of such non-qualifying investments. We believe that the investments made by the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries complied with such regulations as of December 31, 2003. In addition, any investment must be approved by the insurance company's board of directors or a committee thereof that is responsible for supervising or making such investment.

    Operations of Our Non-U.S. Insurance Subsidiaries

        The insurance laws of each state of the United States and of many other countries regulate or prohibit the sale of insurance and reinsurance within their jurisdictions by unlicensed or non-accredited insurers and reinsurers. None of Assured Guaranty (UK), AGRI or AGRO is admitted to do business in the United States. We do not intend that Assured Guaranty (UK), AGRI or AGRO will maintain offices or solicit, advertise, settle claims or conduct other insurance activities in any jurisdiction in the United States where the conduct of such activities would require it to be admitted or authorized.

        In addition to the regulatory requirements imposed by the jurisdictions in which they are licensed, reinsurers' business operations are affected by regulatory requirements in various states of the United States governing "credit for reinsurance" which are imposed on their ceding companies. In general, a ceding company which obtains reinsurance from a reinsurer that is licensed, accredited or approved by the ceding company's state of domicile is permitted to reflect in its statutory financial statements a credit in an aggregate amount equal to the ceding company's liability for unearned premiums (which are that portion of premiums written which applies to the unexpired portion of the policy period), loss reserves and loss expense reserves ceded to the reinsurer. The great majority of states, however, permit a credit on the statutory financial statement of a ceding insurer for reinsurance obtained from a non-licensed or non-accredited reinsurer to the extent that the reinsurer secures its reinsurance obligations to the ceding insurer by providing a letter of credit, trust fund or other acceptable security arrangement. A few states do not allow credit for reinsurance ceded to non-licensed reinsurers except in certain limited circumstances and others impose additional requirements that make it difficult to become accredited.

    Bermuda

        Each of AGRI and AGRO, our "Bermuda Subsidiaries," is an insurance company registered and licensed as a "Class 3 insurer" and a "long-term insurer" under the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda. Assured Guaranty Corp. is permitted under a revocable permit granted under the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda (the "Companies Act") to engage in and carry on trade and business limited to engaging in certain non-U.S. financial guarantee insurance and reinsurance outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda, subject to compliance with the conditions attached to the permit and relevant provisions of the Companies Act (including having a Bermuda principal representative for the Companies Act purposes, restrictions on activities in Bermuda, publication and filing of prospectuses on public offerings of securities, registration of charges against its assets and certain winding up provisions). Assured Guaranty Corp. is also licensed as a Class 3 insurer in Bermuda. The Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda, amendments thereto and related regulations (collectively, the "Insurance Act") impose on insurance companies certain solvency and liquidity standards; certain restrictions on the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions; certain restrictions on the reduction of statutory capital; certain restrictions on the winding up of long-term insurers; and certain auditing and

94


reporting requirements and also the need to have a principal representative and a principal office (as understood under the Insurance Act) in Bermuda. The Insurance Act grants to the Bermuda Monetary Authority the power to cancel licenses, supervise, investigate and intervene in the affairs of insurance companies and in certain circumstances share information with foreign regulators. Class 3 insurers are authorized to carry on general insurance business (as understood under the Insurance Act), subject to conditions attached to the license and to compliance with minimum capital and surplus requirements, solvency margin, liquidity ratio and other requirements imposed by the Insurance Act. Long-term insurers are permitted to carry on long-term business (as understood under the Insurance Act) subject to conditions attached to the license and to similar compliance requirements and the requirement to maintain its long-term business fund (a segregated fund). Each of AGRI and AGRO is required annually to file statutorily mandated financial statements and returns, audited by an independent auditor approved by the Bermuda Monetary Authority, together with an annual loss reserve opinion of a Bermuda Monetary Authority-approved loss reserve specialist and the required actuary's certificate with respect to the long-term business. Assured Guaranty Corp. has an exemption from such filings for certain financial years, subject to conditions and the current exemption expiring for the 2003 financial year ending December 31, 2003.

    Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions

        The Insurance Act limits the declaration and payment of dividends and other distributions by AGRI, AGRO and Assured Guaranty Corp.

        Under the Insurance Act:

    The minimum share capital must be always issued and outstanding and cannot be reduced (for a company registered both as a Class 3 insurer and a long-term insurer the minimum share capital is US$370,000 and for a company registered as a Class 3 insurer only, the minimum share capital is US$120,000).

    With respect to the distribution (including repurchase of shares) of any share capital, contributed surplus or other statutory capital, certain restrictions under the Insurance Act 1978 may apply if the proposal is to reduce its total statutory capital. Before reducing its total statutory capital by 15% or more of the insurer's total statutory capital as set out in its previous year's financial statements, a Class 3 insurer or a long-term insurer must obtain the prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

    With respect to the declaration and payment of dividends:

    (a)
    the insurer may not declare or pay any dividends during any financial year if it would cause the insurer to fail the applicable solvency margin or liquidity ratio (the "relevant margins");

    (b)
    if the insurer failed to meet any of its relevant margins on the last day of any financial year the insurer may not without the prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority declare or pay any dividends during the next financial year; and

95


    (c)
    a Class 3 insurer which at any time fails to meet its general business solvency margin may not declare or pay any dividend until the failure is rectified, and also in such circumstances the Class 3 insurer must report, within 30 days after becoming aware of its failure or having reason to believe that such failure has occurred, to the Bermuda Monetary Authority giving particulars of the circumstances leading to the failure and the manner and time in which the Class 3 insurer intends to rectify the failure.

    A long-term insurer may not:

    (a)
    use the funds allocated to its long-term business fund, directly or indirectly, for any purpose other than a purpose of its long-term business except in so far as such payment can be made out of any surplus certified by the insurer's approved actuary to be available for distribution otherwise than to policyholders; and

    (b)
    declare or pay a dividend to any person other than a policyholder unless the value of the assets of its long-term business fund, as certified by the insurer's approved actuary, exceeds the extent (as so certified) of the liabilities of the insurer's long-term business, and the amount of any such dividend shall not exceed the aggregate of (1) that excess; and (2) any other funds properly available for the payment of dividends being funds arising out of the business of the insurer other than its long-term business.

        Under the Companies Act, a Bermuda company (such as Assured Guaranty, AGRI and AGRO) may only declare and pay a dividend or make a distribution out of contributed surplus (as understood under the Companies Act) if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is and after the payment will be able to meet and pay its liabilities as they become due and the realizable value of the company's assets will not be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts. The Companies Act also regulates and restricts the reduction and return of capital and paid-in share premium, including repurchase of shares and imposes minimum issued and outstanding share capital requirements.

    Certain Other Bermuda Law Considerations

        Although Assured Guaranty is incorporated in Bermuda, it is classified as a non-resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes by the Bermuda Monetary Authority. Pursuant to its non-resident status, Assured Guaranty may engage in transactions in currencies other than Bermuda dollars and there are no restrictions on its ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to make payments to U.S. residents in respect of its guaranty of the notes.

        Under Bermuda law, "exempted" companies are companies formed for the purpose of conducting business outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda. As an "exempted" company, Assured Guaranty (as well as each of AGRI and AGRO) may not, without the express authorization of the Bermuda legislature or under a license or consent granted by the Minister of Finance, participate in certain business and other transactions, including: (1) the acquisition or holding of land in Bermuda (except that held by way of lease or tenancy agreement which is required for its business and held for a term not exceeding 50 years, or which is used to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its officers and employees and held with the consent of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, for a term not exceeding 21 years), (2) the taking of mortgages on land in Bermuda to secure a principal amount in excess of $50,000 unless the Minister of Finance consents to a higher amount, and (3) the carrying on of business of any kind or type for which it is not duly licensed in Bermuda, except in certain limited circumstances, such as doing business with another exempted undertaking in furtherance of Assured Guaranty's business carried on outside Bermuda.

96



        The Investment Business Act 2003 of Bermuda (the "IBA") regulates investment business carried on by persons in or from Bermuda. Any person carrying on investment business in or from Bermuda is required to obtain a licence from the Bermuda Monetary Authority unless that person is exempted from this requirement to obtain a licence. A person carries on investment business in or from Bermuda only if he maintains a place of business in Bermuda or is otherwise deemed to be carrying on investment business in or from Bermuda pursuant to an order made by the Minister of Finance. No such orders have yet been made. Holdings does not maintain a place of business in Bermuda and accordingly our special Bermuda counsel, Conyers Dill & Pearman, has advised us that the offering of the notes by Holdings is not investment business for the purposes of the IBA. Assured Guaranty does maintain a place of business in Bermuda, but Conyers Dill & Pearman has also advised us that the guarantee of the notes by Assured Guaranty is not investment business for the purposes of the IBA. As such, no permission or licence from the Bermuda Monetary Authority is required pursuant to the IBA either for the offering of the notes by Holdings or the giving of the guarantee by Assured Guaranty.

        The Bermuda government actively encourages foreign investment in "exempted" entities like Assured Guaranty that are based in Bermuda, but which do not operate in competition with local businesses. Assured Guaranty is not currently subject to taxes computed on profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation. Bermuda companies and permit companies, such as Assured Guaranty Corp., pay, as applicable, annual government fees, business fees, payroll tax and other taxes and duties.

        Special considerations apply to our Bermuda operations. Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians, other than spouses of Bermudians and individuals holding permanent resident certificates or working resident certificates, are not permitted to engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without a work permit issued by the Bermuda government. A work permit is only granted or extended if the employer can show that, after a proper public advertisement, no Bermudian, spouse of a Bermudian or individual holding a permanent resident certificate is available who meets the minimum standards for the position. The Bermuda government has announced a policy that places a six-year term limit on individuals with work permits, subject to specified exemptions for persons deemed to be key employees. Currently, all of our Bermuda-based professional employees who require work permits have been granted provisional permits by the Bermuda government. This includes the following key employees: Messrs. Frederico, Mills, Michener and Samson, each of whom has received a provisional work permit.

    United Kingdom

    General

        Since December 1, 2001, the regulation of the financial services industry in the United Kingdom has been consolidated under the Financial Services Authority ("FSA UK"). In addition, the regulatory regime in the United Kingdom must comply with certain European Union ("EU") directives binding on all EU member states.

        The FSA UK is the single statutory regulator responsible for regulating the financial services industry in the U.K., having the authority to oversee the carrying on of "regulated activities" (including deposit taking, insurance and reinsurance, investment management and most other financial services), with the purpose of maintaining confidence in the U.K. financial system, providing public understanding of the system, securing the proper degree of protection for consumers and helping to reduce financial crime. It is a criminal offense for any person to carry on a regulated activity in the U.K. unless that person is authorized by the FSA UK and has been granted permission to carry on that regulated activity, or otherwise falls under an exemption to such regulation.

        Insurance business in the United Kingdom falls into two main categories: long-term insurance (which is primarily investment-related) and general insurance. It is not possible for an insurance company to be authorized in both long-term and general insurance business. These two categories are

97



both divided into "classes" (for example: permanent health and pension fund management are two classes of long-term insurance; damage to property and motor vehicle liability are two classes of general insurance). Under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 ("FSMA"), effecting or carrying out contracts of insurance, within a class of general or long-term insurance, by way of business in the U.K., constitutes a "regulated activity" requiring authorization. An authorized insurance company must have permission for each class of insurance business it intends to write.

        Assured Guaranty (UK) has applied to the FSA UK for authorization to effect and carry out certain classes of non-life insurance, specifically: classes 14 (credit), 15 (suretyship) and 16 (miscellaneous financial loss). If granted, this scope of permission will be sufficient to enable Assured Guaranty (UK) to effect and carry out financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance.

        Assuming that Assured Guaranty (UK) becomes an authorized insurer, the insurance and reinsurance businesses of Assured Guaranty (UK) will be subject to close supervision by the FSA UK. The FSA UK currently is seeking to strengthen its requirements for senior management arrangements, systems and controls of insurance and reinsurance companies under its jurisdiction and intends to place an increased emphasis on risk identification and management in relation to the prudential regulation of insurance and reinsurance business in the United Kingdom. There are a number of proposed changes to the FSA UK's rules that will affect insurance and reinsurance companies authorized in the U.K. For example, the FSA UK currently is in consultation on a number of proposals, including the regulation of the sale of general insurance, insurance mediation, capital adequacy and proposals aimed at ensuring adequate diversification of an insurer's or reinsurer's exposures to any credit risks of its reinsurers. Changes in the scope of the FSA UK's regulation may have an adverse impact on the potential business operations of Assured Guaranty (UK).

        Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas is not authorized as an insurer. It is authorized by the FSA UK as a "Category D" company to carry out designated investment business activities in that it may "advise on investments (except on pension transfers and pension opt outs)" relating to most investment instruments. In addition, it may arrange or bring about transactions in investments and make "arrangements with a view to transactions in investments." It should be noted that Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas does not itself take risk in the transactions it arranges or places, and may not hold funds on behalf of its customers.

    Supervision

        The FSA UK carries out the prudential supervision of insurance companies through a variety of methods, including the collection of information from statistical returns, review of accountants' reports, visits to insurance companies and regular formal interviews.

        The FSA UK has adopted a risk-based approach to the supervision of insurance companies. Under this approach, the FSA UK periodically performs a formal risk assessment of insurance companies or groups carrying on business in the U.K. which varies in scope according to the risk profile of the insurer. The FSA UK performs its risk assessment by analyzing information which it receives during the normal course of its supervision, such as regular prudential returns on the financial position of the insurance company, or which it acquires through a series of meetings with senior management of the insurance company. After each risk assessment, the FSA UK will inform the insurer of its views on the insurer's risk profile. This will include details of any remedial action that the FSA UK requires and the likely consequences if this action is not taken.

    Solvency Requirements

        The Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers requires that insurance companies maintain a margin of solvency at all times in respect of any general insurance undertaken by the insurance company, the calculation of which depends on the type and amount of insurance business a company

98


writes. The method of calculation of the solvency margin is set out in the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers, and for these purposes, all of the insurer's assets and liabilities are subject to specified valuation rules. Failure to maintain the required solvency margin is one of the grounds on which the wide powers of intervention conferred upon the FSA UK may be exercised.

        To the extent that the amount of premiums for such classes exceed certain specified minimum thresholds, each insurance company writing property, credit and other specified categories of insurance or reinsurance business is required by the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers to maintain an equalization reserve for the financial years ending on or after December 23, 1996 calculated in accordance with the provisions of the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers.

        These solvency requirements have recently been amended in order to implement the European Union's "Solvency I" directives. These new rules come into effect on January 1, 2004.

        In addition, an insurer (other than a company conducting only reinsurance business) is required to perform and submit to the FSA UK a solvency margin calculation return in respect of its ultimate parent. This return is not part of an insurer's own solvency return and hence will not be publicly available. Although there is no requirement that the parent solvency calculation show a positive result, the FSA UK is required to take action where it considers that the solvency of the insurance company is or may be jeopardized due to the group solvency position. Further, an insurer is required to report in its annual returns to the FSA UK all material related party transactions (e.g., intragroup reinsurance, whose value is more than 5% of the insurer's general insurance business amount). However, the FSA UK has published proposals for the implementation of the EU's Financial Groups Directive which includes a requirement for insurance groups to hold an amount of capital indicated in the calculation of the parent company's solvency margin at the European Economic Area parent level for the financial years beginning in 2005. The purpose of these proposals is to prevent leveraging of capital arising from involvements in other group insurance firms. The FSA UK has stated that it will phase in these proposals. Given the current structure of the group of which Assured Guaranty (UK) will be a member, this proposed regulatory obligation would not apply to Assured Guaranty (UK)'s parent, because it is incorporated in Bermuda.

    Restrictions on Dividend Payments

        U.K. company law prohibits Assured Guaranty (UK) from declaring a dividend to its shareholders unless it has "profits available for distribution." The determination of whether a company has profits available for distribution is based on its accumulated realized profits less its accumulated realized losses. While the U.K. insurance regulatory laws impose no statutory restrictions on a general insurer's ability to declare a dividend, the FSA UK requires the maintenance of each insurance company's solvency margin within its jurisdiction. The FSA UK's rules require Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas, and will require Assured Guaranty (UK) once authorized, to notify the FSA UK of any proposed or actual payment of a dividend that is greater than forecast in the business plans submitted with their respective applications for authorization. Any such payment or proposal could result in regulatory intervention. In addition, the FSA UK requires authorized insurance companies to notify it in advance of any significant dividend payment.

    Reporting Requirements

        U.K. insurance companies must prepare their financial statements under the Companies Act of 1985 (as amended), which requires the filing with Companies House of audited financial statements and related reports. In addition, U.K. insurance companies are required to file regulatory returns with the FSA UK, which include a revenue account, a profit and loss account and a balance sheet in prescribed forms. Under the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers, audited regulatory returns

99


must be filed with the FSA UK within two months and 15 days of the financial year end (or three months where the delivery of the return is made electronically).

    Supervision of Management

        The FSA UK closely supervises the management of insurance companies through the approved persons regime, by which any appointment of persons to perform certain specified "controlled functions" within a regulated entity must be approved by the FSA UK.

    Change of Control

        FSMA regulates the acquisition of "control" of any U.K. insurance company authorized under FSMA. Any company or individual that (together with its or his associates) directly or indirectly acquires 10% or more of the shares in a U.K. authorized insurance company or its parent company, or is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power in such authorized insurance company or its parent company, would be considered to have acquired "control" for the purposes of the relevant legislation, as would a person who had significant influence over the management of such authorized insurance company or its parent company by virtue of his shareholding or voting power in either.

        Under FSMA, any person proposing to acquire "control" of a U.K. authorized insurance company must give prior notification to the FSA UK of its intention to do so. The FSA UK then has three months to consider that person's application to acquire "control." In considering whether to approve such application, the FSA UK must be satisfied that both the acquirer is a "fit and proper" person to have "control" and that the interests of consumers would not be threatened by such acquisition of "control." "Consumers" in this context includes all persons who may use the services of the authorized insurance company. Failure to make the relevant prior application could result in action being taken by the FSA UK.

    Intervention and Enforcement

        The FSA UK has extensive powers to intervene in the affairs of an authorized person, culminating in the ultimate sanction of the removal of authorization to carry on a regulated activity. FSMA imposes on the FSA UK statutory obligations to monitor compliance with the requirements imposed by FSMA, and to enforce the provisions of FSMA related rules made by the FSA UK. The FSA UK has power, among other things, to enforce and take disciplinary measures in respect of breaches of both the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers and breaches of the conduct of business rules generally applicable to authorized persons.

        The FSA UK also has the power to prosecute criminal offenses arising under FSMA, and to prosecute insider dealing under Part V of the Criminal Justice Act of 1993, and breaches of money laundering regulations. The FSA UK's stated policy is to pursue criminal prosecution in all appropriate cases.

    "Passporting"

        EU directives allow Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas, and will allow Assured Guaranty (UK), once authorized, to conduct business in EU states other than the United Kingdom in compliance with the scope of permission granted these companies by FSA UK without the necessity of additional licensing or authorization in other EU jurisdictions. This ability to operate in other jurisdictions of the EU on the basis of home state authorization and supervision is sometimes referred to as "passporting." Insurers may operate outside their home member state either on a "services" basis or on an "establishment" basis. Operating on a "services" basis means that the company conducts permitted businesses in the host state without having a physical presence there, while operating on an

100


establishment basis means the company has a branch or physical presence in the host state. In both cases, a company remains subject to regulation by its home regulator, and not by local regulatory authorities, although the company nonetheless may have to comply with certain local rules. In addition to EU member states, Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein (members of the broader European Economic Area) are jurisdictions in which this passporting framework applies. Assured Guaranty (UK) intends to seek to operate on a passport basis throughout the European Union; Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas operates on a services basis in Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, the Republic of Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain and Sweden.

    Fees and Levies

        Assuming it becomes an authorized insurer in the United Kingdom, Assured Guaranty (UK) will be subject to FSA UK fees and levies based on Assured Guaranty (UK)'s gross written premiums. The FSA UK also requires authorized insurers to participate in an investors' protection fund, known as the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (the "FSCS"). The FSCS was established to compensate consumers of financial services, including the buyers of insurance, against failures in the financial services industry. Individual policyholders and small businesses may be compensated by the FSCS when an authorized insurer is unable, or likely to be unable, to satisfy policyholder claims. Assured Guaranty (UK) does not expect to write any insurance business that is protected by the FSCS.

Properties

        We and our subsidiaries currently lease office space in Bermuda, New York and London.

Employees

        As of April 19, 2004, we had approximately 110 employees. None of our employees is subject to collective bargaining agreements.

Legal Proceedings

        In the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of our subsidiaries have become subject to certain legal proceedings and claims, none of which have been finally adjudicated. We believe, based upon the information available, that the expected outcome of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity, although an adverse resolution of any one or more of these items during any quarter or fiscal year could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or liquidity in that particular quarter or fiscal year.

        On January 18, 2002, World Omni Financial Corp. ("World Omni") filed an action against ACE Capital Re Inc. (which was renamed Assured Guaranty Inc. in connection with the IPO) in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York entitled World Omni Financial Corp. v. ACE Capital Re Inc. , Case no. 02 CV 0476 (RO). On September 20, 2002, World Omni amended its complaint to add AGRO as a defendant. The dispute arises out of a quota share reinsurance agreement between AGRO and JCJ Insurance Company ("JCJ"), an affiliate of World Omni, and an underlying residual value insurance policy issued by JCJ to World Omni, which insured residual value losses of World Omni with respect to a portfolio of automobile leases. Subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, the residual value insurance policy insures World Omni against losses (as defined in the policy) resulting from the value of leased vehicles at the end of the applicable lease term being less than what such value was assumed to have been at the inception of the applicable lease term. In the District Court action, World Omni has sought a declaratory judgment regarding AGRO's coverage obligations, if any, for such alleged losses, as well as damages for breach of contract based

101



upon AGRO's refusal to pay claims asserted by World Omni. World Omni seeks $157 million, which is the limit of liability under the quota share reinsurance agreement, plus interest.

        AGRO and Assured Guaranty Inc. have denied World Omni's claims, and intend to contest them vigorously. On March 1, 2004, all parties submitted a joint motion to the District Court seeking to stay the litigation in favor of arbitration. No formal discovery has been taken, and it is too early in the litigation to predict its ultimate outcome. In connection with the IPO, AGRO retroceded its reinsurance obligations under its agreement with JCJ to a subsidiary of ACE pursuant to a 100% quota share retrocession agreement. In addition, ACE assumed the defense of the World Omni action and agreed to indemnify and hold us harmless from any damages or expenses in connection with this action. See "Relationship with ACE."

        On January 27, 2004, Olympic Title Insurance Company ("OTIC") and certain of its principals and affiliates filed an action against ACE, ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company, Assured Guaranty Inc., Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc., Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (collectively, the "defendants") in Ohio State Court. The dispute concerns discussions between ACE Capital Title, on the one hand, and OTIC and OTIC's new principals, on the other hand, regarding a potential transaction whereby ACE Capital Title would reinsure title insurance risks in certain residential markets and issue title insurance policies in certain commercial markets. The specific relief sought in the complaint includes specific performance of an alleged reinsurance agreement, an injunction preventing any of the defendants from taking certain actions in relation to, among other things, ACE's title business and damages.

        The court issued a temporary restraining order that restrains the defendants from (i) contacting the Ohio Department of Insurance regarding a change of control application filed by OTIC, and (ii) changing or affecting ACE Capital Title's insurance licenses in four states. By agreement of the parties, the temporary restraining order will stay in effect until the preliminary injunction hearing is concluded and a decision is rendered by the court. The preliminary injunction hearing has been put off until after May 1, 2004.

        ACE Capital Title has been sold to ACE Bermuda in connection with the formation transactions. ACE Capital Title intends to continue to contest the case vigorously. As the case has just commenced, no formal discovery has been taken and it is too early in the litigation to predict its ultimate disposition with any reasonable degree of certainty. In connection with the IPO, ACE assumed the defense of the OTIC action and agreed to indemnify and hold us harmless from any damages or expenses in connection with this action.

102



MANAGEMENT

Directors, Executive Officers and Key Employees

        The following table provides information regarding our directors, executive officers and key employees as of May 1, 2004:

Name

  Age

  Position(s)


Donald Kramer

 

66

 

Chairman of the Board (4)

Dominic J. Frederico

 

51

 

President and Chief Executive Officer; Deputy Chairman

Michael J. Schozer

 

46

 

President of Assured Guaranty Corp.

Robbin Conner

 

43

 

Executive Vice President of Assured Guaranty Corp.

Robert B. Mills

 

54

 

Chief Financial Officer

James M. Michener

 

51

 

General Counsel and Secretary

Pierre A. Samson

 

39

 

Chief Actuary; President of AGRI

Neil Baron

 

60

 

Director (2)(3)

G. Lawrence Buhl

 

57

 

Director (1)(4)

Stephen A. Cozen

 

64

 

Director (2)(3)

John G. Heimann

 

74

 

Director (3)(4)

Patrick W. Kenny

 

61

 

Director (1)(4)

Walter A. Scott

 

66

 

Director (1)(2)

(1)
Member of the Audit Committee. Mr. Buhl serves as Chairman of the Audit Committee.

(2)
Member of Compensation Committee. Mr. Scott serves as Chairman of the Compensation Committee.

(3)
Member of the Nominating/Governance Committee. Mr. Baron serves as Chairman of the Nominating/Governance Committee.

(4)
Member of the Finance Committee. Mr. Kramer serves as Chairman of the Finance Committee.

         Donald Kramer has been non-executive Chairman of the Board of Assured Guaranty since December 2003. Mr. Kramer has been a Vice Chairman of ACE since July 1996 following ACE's acquisition of ACE Tempest Reinsurance Company Limited ("ACE Tempest Re"), and was President of ACE Tempest Re from July 1996 until 1999. Mr. Kramer served as Chairman or Co-Chairman of the Board of ACE Tempest Re from its formation in September 1993 until July 1996. Prior to the formation of ACE Tempest Re, Mr. Kramer was President of Kramer Capital Corporation (venture capital investments) from March to September 1993 and Chairman of the Board of NAC Re Corporation (reinsurance) from June 1985 to June 1993. Mr. Kramer is a director of National Benefit Life Insurance Company of New York, a wholly owned subsidiary of Citigroup, a member of the Board of Trustees of the Brooklyn College Foundation and Chairman, National Dance Foundation of Bermuda. Mr. Kramer is also a director of ACE. Upon completion of the IPO, Mr. Kramer resigned his position as an executive officer and a director of ACE though he remains employed by ACE.

         Dominic J. Frederico has been President, Chief Executive Officer and Deputy Chairman of Assured Guaranty since December 2003. Mr. Frederico has served as Vice Chairman of ACE since June 2003 and served as President and Chief Operating Officer of ACE and Chairman of ACE INA Holdings, Inc. ("ACE INA") from November 1999 to June 2003. Mr. Frederico has also served as

103



Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of ACE INA from May 1999 through November 1999. Mr. Frederico previously served as President of ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. ("ACE Bermuda") from July 1997 to May 1999, Executive Vice President, Underwriting from December 1996 to July 1997, and as Executive Vice President, Financial Lines from January 1995 to December 1996. Prior to joining ACE, Mr. Frederico spent 13 years working for various subsidiaries of the American International Group ("AIG"). Mr. Frederico completed his employment at AIG after serving as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of AIG Risk Management. Before that, Mr. Frederico was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of UNAT, a wholly owned subsidiary of AIG headquartered in Paris, France. Upon completion of the IPO, Mr. Frederico resigned his position as a Vice Chairman of ACE though he continues to serve as a director of ACE.

         Michael J. Schozer was appointed President of Assured Guaranty Corp. in December 2003. Mr. Schozer was Managing Director—Structured Finance and Credit Derivatives of Ambac Assurance Corporation from 1996 to December 2003 where he was also a member of Ambac's senior credit committee.

         Robbin Conner has been a senior executive of Assured Guaranty Corp. since July 2003 and from April 2000 to June 2003 he was the chief operating officer of AGRI. From 1995 to April 2000, Mr. Conner was employed by Moody's, most recently as a managing director managing a team in London responsible for securitizations of all asset classes. Prior to his employment at Moody's, Mr. Conner was an attorney with Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom in New York for approximately six years, ultimately specializing in structured finance transactions.

         Robert B. Mills was appointed Chief Financial Officer of Assured Guaranty in January 2004. Mr. Mills was Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer—Americas of UBS AG and UBS Investment Bank from April 1994 to January 2004 where he was also a member of the Investment Bank Board of Directors. Previously, Mr. Mills was with KPMG from 1971 to 1994 where his responsibilities included being partner-in-charge of the Investment Banking and Capital Markets practice.

         James M. Michener was appointed General Counsel and Secretary of Assured Guaranty in February 2004. Mr. Michener was General Counsel and Secretary of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. from January 2002 to February 2004. From April 2001 to January 2002, Mr. Michener served as general counsel of Citigroup's Emerging Markets business. Prior to joining Citigroup's Emerging Markets business, Mr. Michener was General Counsel of Travelers Insurance from April 2000 to April 2001 and General Counsel of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. from May 1996 to April 2000.

         Pierre A. Samson was appointed Chief Actuary of Assured Guaranty and President of AGRI in January 2004. Mr. Samson was President and Chief Executive Officer of ACE Global Financial Solutions from September 2003 to January 2004, President and Chief Executive Officer of ACE Financial Solutions International from June 2000 to September 2003 and Senior Vice President, Financial Lines of ACE Bermuda from January 1998 to June 2000. Prior to joining ACE in 1995, Mr. Samson worked for eight years as an actuary for Tillinghast Towers Perrin in offices in Bermuda and London. He is a Fellow of the Casualty Actuarial Society and a Member of the American Academy of Actuaries.

         Neil Baron has served as a director of Assured Guaranty since the completion of the IPO on April 28, 2004. He has been Chairman of Criterion Research Group, LLC, an independent securities research firm since March 2002. From July 1998 to March 2002, Mr. Baron was a private investor. Mr. Baron was Vice Chairman and General Counsel of Fitch Inc., a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, from April 1989 to August 1998.

         G. Lawrence Buhl , CPA, has served as a director of Assured Guaranty since the completion of the IPO on April 28, 2004. He was a partner of Ernst & Young LLP and its predecessors. During his 35-year accounting career, Mr. Buhl served as the Regional Director for Insurance Services in

104



Ernst & Young's Philadelphia, New York and Baltimore offices and as audit engagement partner for more than 40 insurance companies, including Capital Re and FGIC.

         Stephen A. Cozen has served as a director of Assured Guaranty since the completion of the IPO on April 28, 2004. He is the founder and Chairman of Cozen O'Connor, a Philadelphia-based law firm where he has practiced law for more than 30 years.

         John G. Heimann has served as a director of Assured Guaranty since the completion of the IPO on April 28, 2004. He was the founding Chairman of the Financial Stability Institute, which was founded in 1999, and has served as Senior Advisor to this organization since 2002. The Financial Stability Institute is a joint initiative of the Switzerland-based Bank for International Settlements and the Basle Committee on Banking Supervision whose mission is to promote better and more independent supervision of the banking, capital markets and insurance industries by supervisory authorities around the globe. From 1984 to February 2003, Mr. Heimann was employed by Merrill Lynch & Co. in various capacities, most recently serving as Chairman of that firm's global financial institutions practice. From 1977 to 1981, Mr. Heimann served as Comptroller of the Currency. From 1975 to 1977, Mr. Heimann was Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York.

         Patrick W. Kenny has served as a director of Assured Guaranty since the completion of the IPO on April 28, 2004. He has served as the president and chief executive officer of the International Insurance Society in New York, an organization dedicated to fostering the exchange of ideas through a program of international seminars and sponsored research, since June 2001. From 1998 to June 2001 Mr. Kenny served as executive vice president of Frontier Insurance Group, Inc. From 1995 to 1998, Kenny served as senior vice president of SS&C Technologies, where he was responsible for mergers and acquisitions, and relationships with banking and regulatory institutions. From 1988 to 1994, Mr. Kenny served as Group Executive, Finance & Administration and Chief Financial Officer of Aetna Life & Casualty.

         Walter A. Scott has served as a director of Assured Guaranty since the completion of the IPO on April 28, 2004. He has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Green Mountain Beverage, a Vermont-based hard-cider company. Mr. Scott served as a consultant to ACE from October 1994 until September 1996. Prior to that he served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of ACE from March 1991 until his retirement in September 1994 and as President and Chief Executive Officer from September 1989 to March 1991. Mr. Scott is a director of ACE and a trustee of Lafayette College.

Board Of Directors

        Our directors are divided into three classes and serve for staggered three-year terms. Our Class I directors, whose terms expire in 2005, are Messrs. Kramer and Kenny. Our Class II directors, whose terms expire in 2006, are Messrs. Cozen, Heimann and Scott. Our Class III directors, whose terms expire in 2007, are Messrs. Baron, Buhl and Frederico.

        We have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating/governance committee, all of which consist exclusively of members who qualify as independent directors under the applicable requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. We also have a finance committee.

        The audit committee was established to assist the board of directors in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements and financial reporting process, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the system of internal controls, the audit process, the performance of our internal auditors and the performance, qualification and independence of our independent auditors. Each proposed member of the audit committee is "independent" within the meaning of the rules of the New

105


York Stock Exchange. At least one proposed member of the audit committee has the attributes of an "audit committee financial expert" as defined by the SEC.

        The duties and responsibilities of the audit committee are set forth in the committee's charter, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and include:

        The compensation committee was established to discharge the board's responsibilities relating to compensation of our employees. Each proposed member of the compensation committee is "independent" within the meaning of the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

106


        The duties and responsibilities of the compensation committee are set forth in the committee's charter, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and include:


        The nominating and governance committee was established by the board to assist the board in (1) identifying individuals qualified to become board members, and recommending to the board director nominees for the next annual general meeting of shareholders or to fill vacancies; and (2) developing and recommending to the board appropriate corporate governance guidelines. Each proposed member of the compensation committee is "independent" within the meaning of the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

        The duties and responsibilities of the nominating and governance committee are set forth in the committee's charter, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and include:

107


        The finance committee was established to assist the board in its oversight of the investment of our investible assets, our capital structure, our financing arrangements and any corporate development activities.

        The duties and responsibilities of the finance committee are set forth in the committee's charter, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and include


Director Compensation

        Non-management directors will receive an annual retainer of $150,000 per year, $60,000 of which will be paid in cash and $90,000 of which will be paid in stock units or restricted stock (as described below), though a director may elect to receive all of his compensation in stock units. Non-management directors also received a one-time cash award of $25,000 upon their election, concurrent with the closing of the IPO. The chairman of the board will receive an additional $15,000 annual retainer, the chairman of the audit committee will receive an additional $20,000 annual retainer, the chairman of the compensation committee will receive an additional $10,000 annual retainer and the chairman of the nominating and governance committee will receive an additional $5,000 annual retainer. Members of the audit committee will receive an additional $10,000 annual retainer and members of the compensation committee will receive an additional $5,000 annual retainer. We will generally not pay a fee for attendance at board or committee meetings, though the chief executive officer has the discretion to pay attendance fees of $2,000 for extraordinary or special meetings.

108



        An initial (one-time) grant of restricted shares with a value of $100,000 was awarded to each non-management director upon his or her initial election. These restricted shares will vest on the day immediately prior to the third annual shareholders meeting at which directors are elected following the grant of the shares.

        Retainer equity awards were granted upon completion of the IPO and will be granted annually thereafter (usually on the date of our annual shareholders' meeting) in the form of stock units until the share ownership guidelines set forth in the next paragraph have been met. The first 10,000 stock units awarded to each director will become non-forfeitable on the day immediately prior to the first annual shareholders meeting at which directors are elected following the grant of the units. The issuance of common shares for these units will be mandatorily deferred until six months after termination of the director's service on our board. After the share ownership guidelines discussed below are met, directors may elect to receive their annual retainer equity award in the form of either restricted shares that vest on the day immediately prior to the first annual shareholders meeting at which directors are elected following the grant of the units or stock units that become non-forfeitable on the day immediately prior to the first annual shareholders meeting at which directors are elected following the grant of the units with the issuance of common shares deferred to a later date chosen by the director. Stock units cannot be sold or transferred until the common shares are issued. Dividend equivalents will be credited to stock units and reinvested as additional stock units.

        The board has recommended that each director own at least 10,000 common shares within three years after joining the board. Common shares represented by stock units will count toward that guideline, though restricted shares awarded upon a director's initial election will not.

109


Executive Compensation

        The following table sets forth the compensation earned during the years indicated by our current chief executive officer, by the former chief executive officer of ACE's financial guaranty business that will be transferred to us, by two former executive officers of ACE's financial guaranty business that will be transferred to us and by the other executive officers of ACE's financial guaranty business as of December 31, 2003. All information set forth in this table reflects compensation earned by the named individuals for services with ACE and its subsidiaries.


Summary Compensation Table

 
   
   
   
   
  Long-Term Compensation
 
   
  Annual Compensation
 
   
   
  Securities
Underlying
Options/
SARs (3)

   
Name and
Principal Position

  Year
  Salary
  Bonus
  Other Annual
Compensation (1)

  Restricted
Stock
Awards (2)(3)(4)

  All Other
Compensation (5)


Dominic J. Frederico
President and Chief
Executive Officer,
Assured Guaranty

 

2003
2002
2001

 

$


975,000
850,000
800,427

 

$


1,000,000
600,000
800,000

(6)


$


483,906
329,246
180,398

 

$


1,516,350
1,317,000
1,197,900

 

100,000
232,500
82,500

 

$


273,750
245,795
307,530

Jerome Jurschak (7)
Former Chief Executive Officer,
ACE Financial Services, Inc.

 

2003
2002
2001

 

 

550,000
550,000
525,000

 

 


600,000
600,000

 

 




 

 

620,325
658,500
399,300

 

28,000
35,000
33,000

 

 

98,582
106,433
126,097

Joseph Swain
Former President—Reinsurance
Assured Guaranty US Holdings

 

2003
2002
2001

 

 

470,000
410,000
380,000

 

 

350,000
625,000
475,000

 

 




 

 

551,400
658,500
301,290

 

40,000
30,000
22,000

 

 

84,528
110,560
84,999

Laurence Donnelly (8)
Former President,
ACE Capital Re Inc.

 

2003
2002
2001

 

 

204,058
405,000
375,000

 

 


475,000
475,000

 

 




 

 

275,700
658,500
301,290

 

20,000
30,000
22,000

 

 

28,997
85,248
95,480

Howard Albert
Executive Vice President,
ACE Guaranty Corp.

 

2003
2002
2001

 

 

370,000
333,000
315,000

 

 

265,000
250,000
220,000

 

 




 

 

275,700
329,250
199,650

 

10,000
15,000
11,000

 

 

62,211
63,856
64,424

Robbin Conner
Executive Vice President,
ACE Capital Re Inc.

 

2003
2002
2001

 

 

354,000
344,000
315,000

 

 

175,000
230,000
220,000

 

 




 

 

206,775
439,000
181,500

 

12,000
20,000
9,000

 

 

84,507
149,750
162,463

(1)
Other annual compensation for the year ended December 31, 2003 includes commuting and living expenses of $108,000; personal travel on ACE's corporate aircraft of $9,951 based on the Internal Revenue Service's formula; housing loan forgiveness of $187,338 and various tax gross-ups. Other annual compensation for the year ended December 31, 2002 includes commuting and living expenses of $134,000; personal travel on ACE's corporate aircraft of $61,506 based on the Internal Revenue Service's formula; and housing loan forgiveness of $120,938. Other annual compensation for the year ended December 31, 2001 includes commuting and living expenses of $76,781; personal travel on ACE's corporate aircraft of $11,610 based on the Internal Revenue Service's formula; and housing loan forgiveness of $59,660.

(2)
As of December 31, 2003, the number and value of restricted ACE ordinary shares held by each of the above named executive officers was: Mr. Frederico—94,000 ($3,893,480), Mr. Jurschak—39,250 ($1,625,735), Mr. Swain—35,400 ($1,466,268), Mr. Albert—18,375 ($761,093) and Mr. Conner—17,500 ($724,850). Such values were determined by multiplying the number of shares by $41.42 (the closing price of ACE's ordinary shares on the NYSE on December 31, 2003).

(3)
Restricted stock and option awards were made in February of the applicable year and were intended as compensation for the preceding year in order to take into account performance during the preceding year.

110


(4)
The value of the restricted ACE shares awarded during the year ended December 31, 2003 was determined by multiplying the number of shares awarded by the closing price of ACE's ordinary shares on the NYSE on the date of the grant. All such shares were awarded on February 27, 2003, on which date the closing price for ACE's ordinary shares on the NYSE was $27.57. The value of the restricted shares awarded to the individuals during 2002 and 2001 was also determined by multiplying the number of shares awarded by the closing price of ACE's ordinary shares on the date of the grant. The number of restricted ACE shares awarded to each of the named individuals was:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Name

  2003
  2002
  2001
Dominic J. Frederico   55,000   30,000   33,000
Jerome Jurschak   22,500   15,000   11,000
Joseph Swain   20,000   15,000   8,300
Laurence Donnelly   10,000   15,000   8,300
Howard Albert   10,000   7,500   5,500
Robbin Conner   7,500   10,000   5,000

With respect to all restricted ACE ordinary shares awarded to the named individuals in 2003, 2002 and 2001, the restrictions with respect to one-quarter of the ordinary shares lapse on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the date of the awards. During the restricted period, the named individuals are entitled to vote the ordinary shares and receive dividends.

(5)
Amounts for 2003 include: (a) contributions by ACE to defined contribution plans of $273,750 for Mr. Frederico, $72,144 for Mr. Jurschak, $65,988 for Mr. Swain, $12,000 for Mr. Donnelly, $42,530 for Mr. Albert and $8,782 for Mr. Conner; (b) split-dollar life insurance premiums paid on behalf of the named individuals of $26,438 for Mr. Jurschak, $19,681 for Mr. Albert, $14,736 for Mr. Donnelly and $18,540 for Mr. Swain; (c) interest forgiveness for Mr. Donnelly of $2,261 and (d) housing allowance of $72,000 for Mr. Conner. Contributions by ACE to defined contribution plans include ACE's discretionary matching contributions that are calculated and paid in the year following the year in which they are reported in the table above.

(6)
In the first quarter of 2004, Mr. Frederico received a bonus of $1,000,000 relating to 2003 and a bonus of $250,000 relating to the first quarter of 2004.

(7)
ACE Financial Services Inc. is a holding company for certain of ACE's businesses, including some of the businesses to be transferred to Assured Guaranty. Mr. Jurschak retired on January 31, 2004, and he received a lump sum payment of $2,100,000.

(8)
Mr. Donnelly's employment with ACE ceased on June 30, 2003. Mr. Donnelly received a severance payment of $820,343 in June 2003 and a second payment of $257,399 in January 2004 in connection with a release agreement.


2003 Option Grants

        The following table sets forth information concerning awarded stock options made to the named individuals during the year 2003.

 
   
   
   
   
  Potential Realized Value
at Assumed Annual Rate
of Stock Price Appreciation
for Option Term

 
   
  Percent of Total
Options
Awarded to
Employees

   
   
 
  Number of
Options
Awarded (1)

  Exercise or
Base Price
($/Sh)

   
 
  Expiration Date
  5%
  10%
Dominic J. Frederico   100,000   2.49 % $ 27.57   February 27, 2013   $ 1,733,862   $ 4,393,948
Jerome Jurschak   28,000   0.70     27.57   February 27, 2013     485,481     1,230,305
Joseph Swain   40,000   0.99     27.57   February 27, 2013     693,545     1,757,579
Laurence Donnelly   20,000   0.50     27.57   February 27, 2013     346,772     878,790
Howard Albert   10,000   0.25     27.57   February 27, 2013     173,386     439,395
Robbin Conner   12,000   0.30     27.57   February 27, 2013     208,063     527,274

(1)
Of Mr. Frederico's options, 82,500 options vest one-third on each of the first, second and third anniversary of the grant and 150,000 options vest on the fifth anniversary of the grant. All other options vest one-third on each of the first, second and third anniversary of the grant.

111



Option Values as of December 31, 2003

        The following table sets forth information concerning option exercises, the number of unexercised stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2003, and the value of any unexercised in-the-money stock options outstanding at such time, held by the named individuals. There were no stock appreciation rights outstanding as of December 31, 2003.

 
  Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options/SARs at
Fiscal Year-End
Exerciseable/Unexercisable

  Value of Unexercised In-
the-Money Options at
Fiscal Year-End
Exerciseable/Unexercisable

Dominic J. Frederico   477,500/332,500   $7,947,500/$1,525,800
Jerome Jurschak   33,667/62,333   112,640/444,120
Joseph Swain   14,667/69,333   23,895/601,785
Howard Albert   12,333/23,667   37,545/157,275
Robbin Conner   12,667/28,333   30,720/181,560

        Upon completion of the IPO, any unvested options to purchase ACE ordinary shares held by the named individuals immediately vested. The named individuals have 90 days from completion of the IPO to exercise any vested options to acquire ACE ordinary shares.

New Employment Agreements

        In connection with the IPO, we entered into employment agreements with our executive officers. Described below are the material terms of the agreements we entered into with our chief executive officer and our other four executive officers who are the most highly compensated in 2004.

        Dominic J. Frederico.     Pursuant to his employment agreement, Dominic J. Frederico will serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer and will be paid a minimum base salary of $700,000 per year. Mr. Frederico will be eligible to receive annual bonuses with a target bonus of 0-200% of his minimum base salary, with the actual amount to be determined by our compensation committee based upon our profitability and Mr. Frederico's individual performance. In connection with the IPO, Mr. Frederico was granted an award of (i) 250,000 restricted common shares and (ii) options to purchase 500,000 common shares. Restricted common shares will vest evenly over a four year period with the first one-fourth vesting one year after the date of the award. Options will vest evenly over a three year period with the first one-third vesting one year after the date of the award. These restricted common shares and options will be subject to the terms and conditions of our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Mr. Frederico is eligible to participate in our long-term incentive program, including our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Awards will be made by our compensation committee and will be based upon our profitability and Mr. Frederico's individual performance. It is currently expected that Mr. Frederico will receive 83,333 restricted common shares and options to purchase 166,667 common shares per year under this program. Mr. Frederico is also eligible to participate in our general benefit plans, in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans. Mr. Frederico is entitled to a housing allowance for residency in Bermuda of up to $18,000 per month. If there is a change of control (as defined below), Mr. Frederico's unvested equity awards will immediately vest and his options will continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. In addition, if Mr. Frederico's employment is terminated for any reason during the 12 months after the change of control, Mr. Frederico will be entitled to receive severance equal to two years of his ending base salary and continuation of his other benefits for a 24-month period. The initial term of Mr. Frederico's agreement is three years and the agreement will automatically renew for one year periods thereafter unless non-renewed by either party at least 30 days prior to the expiration date. Mr. Frederico's employment agreement contains an agreement not to compete during the term of the agreement and for a period of 12 months following termination of Mr. Frederico's employment for any reason other than a termination without cause. Mr. Frederico's employment agreement also contains confidentiality and non-solicit provisions.

112



        Michael J. Schozer.     Pursuant to his employment agreement, Michael J. Schozer will serve as the President of Assured Guaranty Corp. and will be paid a minimum base salary of $350,000 per year. Mr. Schozer was paid a signing bonus of $500,000, subject to forfeiture in part in the event of his resignation or termination for cause during the first 12 months of his employment. Mr. Schozer will be eligible to receive annual bonuses with a target bonus of 200% of his minimum base salary, with the actual amount to be determined by our compensation committee based upon our profitability and Mr. Schozer's individual performance, subject to a minimum annual bonus equal to 100% of his minimum base salary. In connection with the IPO, Mr. Schozer was granted an award of (i) 120,000 restricted common shares and (ii) options to purchase 240,000 common shares. Restricted common shares will vest evenly over a four year period with the first one-fourth vesting one year after the date of the award. Options will vest evenly over a three year period with the first one-third vesting one year after the date of the award. These restricted common shares and options will be subject to the terms and conditions of our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Mr. Schozer is eligible to participate in our long-term incentive program, including our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Awards will be made by our compensation committee and will be based upon our profitability and Mr. Schozer's individual performance. During each year in the initial three-year term, if we report positive net income Mr. Schozer is guaranteed that the value of any long-term incentive award made for that year will be no less than the amount of his annual base salary; his initial target will be 40,000 restricted common shares and 80,000 options to purchase common shares. Mr. Schozer is also eligible to participate in our general benefit plans, in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans. If there is a change of control, Mr. Schozer's unvested equity awards will immediately vest and his options will continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. In addition, if Mr. Schozer's employment is terminated for any reason during the 12 months after the change of control, Mr. Schozer will be entitled to receive severance equal to two years of his ending base salary and continuation of his other benefits for a 24-month period. The initial term of Mr. Schozer's agreement is three years and the agreement will automatically renew for one year periods thereafter unless non-renewed by either party at least 30 days prior to the expiration date. Mr. Schozer's employment agreement contains an agreement not to compete during the term of the agreement and for a period of 12 months following termination of Mr. Schozer's employment for any reason other than a termination without cause. Mr. Schozer's employment agreement also contains confidentiality and non-solicit provisions.

        Robert Mills.     Pursuant to his employment agreement, Robert Mills will serve as our Chief Financial Officer and will be paid a minimum base salary of $500,000 per year. Mr. Mills was paid a signing bonus of $750,000, subject to forfeiture in part in the event of his resignation or termination for cause during the first 12 months of his employment. Mr. Mills will be eligible to receive annual bonuses with a target bonus of 140% of his minimum base salary, with the actual amount to be determined by our compensation committee and will based upon our profitability and Mr. Mills' individual performance, subject to a minimum annual bonus equal to 100% of his guaranteed minimum base salary. In connection with the IPO, Mr. Mills was granted an award of (i) 120,000 restricted common shares and (ii) options to purchase 240,000 common shares. Restricted common shares will vest evenly over a four year period with the first one-fourth vesting one year after the date of the award. Options will vest evenly over a three year period with the first one-third vesting one year after the date of the award. These restricted common shares and options will be subject to the terms and conditions of our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Mr. Mills is eligible to participate in our long-term incentive program, including our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Awards will be made by our compensation committee and will be based upon our profitability and Mr. Mills' individual performance. During each year in the initial three-year term, if we report positive net income Mr. Mills is guaranteed that the value of any long-term incentive award made for that year will be no less than the amount of his annual base salary; his initial target award will be 40,000 restricted common shares and 80,000 options to purchase common shares. Mr. Mills is also eligible to participate in our general benefit plans, in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans. If there is a change of control, Mr. Mills' unvested equity awards will immediately vest and his options will continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. In

113



addition, if Mr. Mills' employment is terminated for any reason during the 12 months after the change of control, Mr. Mills will be entitled to receive severance equal to two years of his ending base salary and continuation of his other benefits for a 24-month period. The initial term of Mr. Mills' agreement is three years and the agreement will automatically renew for one year periods thereafter unless non-renewed by either party at least 30 days prior to the expiration date. Mr. Mills' employment agreement contains an agreement not to compete during the term of the agreement and for a period of 12 months following termination of Mr. Mills' employment for any reason other than a termination without cause. Mr. Mills' employment agreement also contains confidentiality and non-solicit provisions.

        James M. Michener.     Pursuant to his employment agreement, James M. Michener will serve as our general counsel and will be paid a minimum base salary of $350,000 per year. Mr. Michener will be eligible to receive annual bonuses with a target bonus of 150% of his minimum base salary, with the actual amount to be determined by our compensation committee based upon our profitability and Mr. Michener's individual performance, subject to a minimum annual bonus equal to 100% of his minimum base salary. In connection with the IPO, Mr. Michener was granted an award of (i) 80,000 restricted common shares and (ii) options to purchase 160,000 common shares. Restricted common shares will vest evenly over a four year period with the first one-fourth vesting one year after the date of the award. Options will vest evenly over a three year period with the first one-third vesting one year after the date of the award. These restricted common shares and options will be subject to the terms and conditions of our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Mr. Michener is eligible to participate in our long-term incentive program, including our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Awards will be made by our compensation committee and will be based upon our profitability and Mr. Michener's individual performance. During each year in the initial three-year term, if we report positive net income Mr. Michener is guaranteed that the value of any long-term incentive award made for that year will be no less than the amount of his annual base salary; his initial target award will be 20,000 restricted common shares and 40,000 options to purchase common shares. Mr. Michener is also eligible to participate in our general benefit plans, in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans. Mr. Michener is entitled to a housing allowance for residency in Bermuda of up to $10,000 per month. If there is a change of control, Mr. Michener's unvested equity awards will immediately vest and his options will continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. In addition, if Mr. Michener's employment is terminated for any reason during the 12 months after the change of control, Mr. Michener will be entitled to receive severance equal to two years of his ending base salary and continuation of his other benefits for a 24-month period. The initial term of Mr. Michener's agreement is three years and the agreement will automatically renew for one year periods thereafter unless non-renewed by either party at least 30 days prior to the expiration date. Mr. Michener's employment agreement contains an agreement not to compete during the term of the agreement and for a period of 12 months following termination of Mr. Michener's employment for any reason other than a termination without cause. Mr. Michener's employment agreement also contains confidentiality and non-solicit provisions.

        Pierre A. Samson.     Pursuant to his employment agreement, Pierre A. Samson will serve as our chief actuary and the president of AGRI and will be paid a minimum base salary of $350,000 per year. Mr. Samson will be eligible to receive annual bonuses with a target bonus of 0-200% of his minimum base salary, with the actual amount to be determined by our compensation committee based upon our profitability and Mr. Samson's individual performance. In connection with the IPO, Mr. Samson was granted an award of (i) 50,000 restricted common shares and (ii) options to purchase 100,000 common shares. Restricted common shares will vest evenly over a four year period with the first one-fourth vesting starting one year after the date of the award. Options will vest evenly over a three year period with the first one-third vesting one year after the date of the award. These restricted common shares and options will be subject to the terms and conditions of our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Mr. Samson is eligible to participate in our long-term incentive program, including our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Awards will be made by our compensation committee and will be based upon our profitability and Mr. Samson's individual performance. Mr. Samson is also eligible to participate in our general benefit

114



plans, in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans. Mr. Samson is entitled to his current housing allowance for residency in Bermuda until December 31, 2004. The initial term of Mr. Samson's agreement is three years and the agreement will automatically renew for one year periods thereafter unless non-renewed by either party at least 30 days prior to the expiration date. Mr. Samson's employment agreement contains an agreement not to compete during the term of the agreement and for a period of 12 months following termination of Mr. Samson's employment for any reason other than a termination without cause. Mr. Samson's employment agreement also contains confidentiality and non-solicit provisions.

        A "change in control" as used in the employment agreements described above means the occurrence of the events described in any of the following paragraphs:


Transition from ACE to Assured Guaranty Plans

        Prior to the IPO, our officers and employees have been covered under ACE's long-term incentive plans providing options to purchase shares and restricted share unit awards. Our officers and employees have been covered under additional benefit plans, including retirement programs providing 401(k), health and life insurance benefits; medical, dental and vision benefits for active employees; disability and life insurance protection; and severance. These additional benefits have been provided to our employees and officers who work in the United States by plans maintained by Assured Guaranty Corp. and to our employees and officers who work in Bermuda and the United Kingdom by ACE plans covering ACE employees in those locations. Since the completion of the IPO, our officers and employees have been covered by benefit plans we have or are establishing; except that during a

115



transition period following the IPO, employees located in the United Kingdom and Bermuda have participated and may continue to participate in some of the ACE benefit plans in which they participated prior to the IPO.

        Upon completion of the IPO, any unvested options to purchase ACE ordinary shares held by our officers or employees immediately vested and any unvested restricted ACE ordinary shares were forfeited. Our officers and employees have 90 days from the completion of the IPO to exercise any vested options to acquire ACE ordinary shares. The acceleration of vesting of options to purchase ordinary shares will result in a pre-tax charge to us of approximately $3.1 million. We have deposited in trust with an independent trustee approximately $4.5 million, equal to the value of the restricted ACE ordinary shares forfeited by all of our officers and employees. We will incur a pre-tax charge of approximately $7.7 million for the amount of cash contributed to the trust. The trust purchased 436,102 common shares in the IPO and allocated to each such individual common shares having the approximate value of the ACE ordinary shares forfeited by such individual. The common shares are deliverable to each individual on the 18-month anniversary of the completion of the IPO so long as during that 18-month period the individual is not employed, directly or indirectly, by any designated financial guaranty company. Any forfeited common shares will be delivered to us. The independent trustee will not have any beneficial interest in the trust. Following the completion of the IPO, our officers and employees are no longer eligible to participate in the ACE long-term incentive plans.

        We have adopted the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan"). The number of common shares that may be delivered under the Incentive Plan may not exceed 7,500,000 common shares. In the event of certain transactions affecting our common shares, the number or type of shares subject to the Incentive Plan, the number and type of shares subject to outstanding awards under the Incentive Plan, and the exercise price of awards under the Incentive Plan, may be adjusted.

        The Incentive Plan authorizes the grant of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, and full value awards that are based on our common shares. The grant of full value awards may be in return for a participant's previously performed services, or in return for the participant surrendering other compensation that may be due, or may be contingent on the achievement of performance or other objectives during a specified period, or may be subject to a risk of forfeiture or other restrictions that will lapse upon the achievement of one or more goals relating to completion of service by the participant, or achievement of performance or other objectives. Awards under the Incentive Plan may accelerate and become vested upon a change in control of Assured Guaranty.

        The Incentive Plan is administered by a committee of the board of directors. The compensation committee of the board shall serve as this committee except as otherwise determined by the board. The board may amend or terminate the Incentive Plan.

        In connection with the IPO, awards of options and restricted common shares were made to certain of our officers and employees. Each of the options will vest in equal annual installments over a three-year period and will expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. The exercise price of the options will be equal to the public offering price in the IPO. Restricted common shares will vest in equal annual installments over a four-year period. Options to purchase an aggregate of 1,874,833 common shares and an aggregate of 937,417 restricted common shares were issued in connection with the IPO. The following table sets forth the number of common shares subject to options and the

116



number of restricted common shares to be awarded to our chief executive officer and our other four executive officers who we expect will be the most highly compensated in 2004:

 
  Common Shares
Subject to Option

  Restricted Common
Shares

Dominic J. Frederico   500,000   250,000
Michael J. Schozer   240,000   120,000
Robert B. Mills   240,000   120,000
James M. Michener   160,000   80,000
Pierre A. Samson   100,000   50,000


BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON SHARES

Directors and Officers

        The following table sets forth information, as of April 30, 2004, with respect to the beneficial ownership of common shares by Dominic Frederico, our President and Chief Executive Officer, our other four executive officers whom we expect to be the most highly compensated in 2004 (the "Named Executive Officers"), each of our directors and by all of our directors and executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated, the named individual has sole voting and investment power over the common shares under the column "Common Shares Beneficially Owned." The common shares listed for each director, our chief executive officer and each Named Executive Officer constitute less than 1% of the outstanding common shares. The common shares owned by all directors and executive officers as a group constitute less than 1% of our outstanding common shares.

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Common Shares
Beneficially Owned

  Restricted
Common Shares(1)

Dominic Frederico     250,000
Michael J. Schozer     120,000
Robert B. Mills   12,700   120,000
James M. Michener   5,000   80,000
Pierre Samson     50,000
Neil Baron     5,556
G. Lawrence Buhl   5,500   5,556
Stephen A. Cozen   6,000   5,556
John G. Heimann     5,556
Patrick W. Kenny   1,500   5,556
Donald Kramer   50,000   5,556
Walter A. Scott     5,556
All directors & executive officers as a group (13 individuals)   80,700   578,892

(1)
The reporting person has the right to vote (but not dispose of) the common shares listed under "Restricted common shares."

Other Beneficial Owners

        ACE beneficially owns 26,000,000 common shares, or approximately 35% of our common shares outstanding. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common shares in full, ACE will beneficially own 18,650,000 common shares, or approximately 25% of our total common shares outstanding. ACE's principal executive officers are located at ACE World Headquarters, 17 Woodbourne Street, Hamilton HM 08 Bermuda. Voting control over these shares is shared by ACE's executive management team, headed by ACE's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Brian Duperreault. Investment and dispositive control over these shares rests with ACE's board of directors.

        Except for ACE, no persons are known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common shares.

117



RELATIONSHIP WITH ACE

        In addition to the agreements and arrangements described under "Formation Transactions," we have entered or will enter into the following agreements and arrangements with ACE:

Service Agreements

        We are parties to a number of services agreements with subsidiaries of ACE under which either we have provided services to the subsidiaries of ACE, or they have provided services to us, including those summarized below.

        We have provided a variety of administrative services to ACE American Insurance Company, ACE Asset Management Inc. and ACE Financial Services, including human resources, legal, data processing, accounting, tax and financial planning services. The aggregate payments to us under these services agreements for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were approximately $3.4 million, $1.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Certain of these agreements terminated in December 2003, and the others terminated in connection with the IPO.

        In addition, we entered into an employee leasing agreement with ACE American, effective in 2001, under which we provided staffing services and were reimbursed for compensation costs. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we received approximately $9.6 million, $6.8 million and $5.5 million, respectively, under this employee leasing agreement. This agreement terminated in December 2003.

        We are party to several investment advisory services agreements, each effective in 2001, with ACE Asset Management under which it provides investment services to us such as determining asset allocation and reviewing performance of external investment managers. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we incurred expenses of approximately $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, under these agreements. These agreements were terminated in connection with the IPO.

        ACE Financial Solutions International, Ltd. has provided to AGRI a variety of administrative services, including human resources, payroll, accounts payable, purchasing and information technology for AGRI's Bermuda office. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, AGRI incurred approximately $0.5 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for these services. Upon completion of the IPO, this agreement was terminated and, subject to obtaining the requisite licenses under Bermuda law, replaced by the transition services agreements described below.

        Also, ACE INA Services (UK) Ltd. has provided to Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas and Assured Guaranty (UK) staffing, human resources, payroll and accounts payable services. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we incurred approximately $1.1 million, $1.0 million and $0, respectively, for these services. Upon completion of the IPO, these arrangements were terminated and replaced by the transition services agreements described below.

        We had an arrangement with ACE Financial Solutions International, Ltd.'s Japan branch pursuant to which it sourced business for us and we paid a portion of the overhead of its Japan office. For each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we paid $0.1 million. This arrangement terminated in December 2003.

        ACE INA has provided certain general and administrative services to us, including tax consulting and preparation services, internal audit services and a liquidity facility line of credit. Amounts paid for these services were $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 and allocated expenses included in our financial statements related to these services were $0.5 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. Upon completion of the IPO, these arrangements were terminated and replaced by the transition services agreements described below.

        As described above, we entered into transition services agreements with ACE under which some of the services that we have provided to subsidiaries of ACE or that subsidiaries of ACE have provided to us will continue for a period of time following completion of the IPO. We expect the fees to be paid in

118



connection with such services to be comparable to the fees paid under the existing arrangements. The transition services agreements provide that, unless otherwise specified in the agreement, either party may cease providing one or more of the services upon 30 days' notice to the other party.

Real Estate

        AGRI has been party to an arrangement with ACE pursuant to which it subleased approximately 5,000 square feet of office space in Bermuda from ACE at an annual cost of $0.4 million. This amount is a prorated portion of amounts payable by ACE under the master lease. This arrangement, and the master lease to which ACE is a party, expires on April 30, 2005. The land owner is a company of which ACE owns 40% of the outstanding capital stock. In connection with the IPO, we terminated the sublease arrangement and now lease directly from the landowner the current space plus additional space.

        In 2003, Assured Guaranty (UK) and Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas entered into a cost-sharing arrangement with an affiliate of ACE pursuant to which they lease 7,193 square feet of office space in London through 2009. The rent is £239,526 per year and is equal to the rate on the underlying lease to which the affiliate of ACE is a party. We terminated this cost-sharing arrangement in connection with the IPO and have moved our London operations to office space we currently lease from an unrelated party.

        We assigned to ACE American Insurance Company our sublease of the 19th floor of 1325 Avenue of the Americas and sold to ACE American certain furniture and our improvements of that space. ACE American paid us $2,000,000 for the furniture and improvements, which is their approximate book value.

        We purchased for $2,000,000 from ACE Financial Services a condominium in New York City for use by our executive officers who are not residents of New York City. The purchase price was based upon an independent appraisal of the condominium.

Reinsurance Transactions

        We cede business to affiliates of ACE under certain reinsurance agreements. Amounts related to reinsurance ceded are reflected in the table below:

 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

For the year ended December 31:                  
Written premiums   $ (144.0 ) $ 61.4   $ 228.0
Earned premiums     18.4     46.5     80.8
Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred     20.4     31.3     68.7
Profit commission expenses     0.3     1.3     0.4

As of December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Prepaid reinsurance premiums       $ 162.4   $ 147.5
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses   $ 100.2     92.2     64.0

119


        We also write business with affiliates of ACE under insurance and reinsurance agreements. Amounts related to business assumed from affiliates are reflected in the table below:

 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

For the year ended December 31:                  
Written premiums   $ 12.2   $ 7.7   $ 170.2
Earned premiums     14.4     16.8     174.5
Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred     6.8     25.7     182.2
Acquisition costs     2.0     0.5     3.0

As of December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Unearned premium reserve   $ 4.5   $ 6.7   $ 15.8
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses     185.4     189.8     171.9

        In September 2001, Assured Guaranty Corp. entered into an excess of loss agreement with ACE Bermuda. Under the terms of the agreement, Assured Guaranty Corp. paid $52.5 million in premium in two installments of $27.5 million in September 2001 and $25.0 million in March 2002 for a 10-year cover with a $150 million limit. In June 2003, this agreement was cancelled by Assured Guaranty Corp. and the unearned premium of $39.8 million, loss reserves of $12.5 million and profit commission of $1.5 million were returned to Assured Guaranty Corp. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Combined Results of Operations—Summary of Significant Affiliate Transactions—Assured Guaranty Corp. Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction."

        In December 2001, AGRI entered into an excess of loss reinsurance agreement with ACE Bermuda. Under the terms of the agreement, AGRI paid ACE Bermuda $125 million of premium for a portfolio cover with a $5 million per risk deductible, a $50 million per risk limit and a $400 million aggregate limit. This agreement was terminated effective December 31, 2003 and we recorded a receivable of $131.9 million consisting of unearned premium of $115.0 million and loss reserves of $16.9 million. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Combined Results of Operations—Summary of Significant Affiliate Transactions—AGRI Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction."

        In July 2001, we entered into a reinsurance arrangement with Commerical Guaranty Assurance Ltd. and retroceded 100% of this exposure to ACE American. Under the terms of these reinsurance agreements, we assumed and ceded premium of $6.0 million, $11.7 million and $73.8 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively . See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Combined Results of Operations—Summary of Significant Affiliate Transactions—AGRO Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction."

        In March 2001, AGRO entered into a reinsurance agreement with Westchester Fire Insurance Company, a subsidiary of ACE, whereby AGRO reinsured a quota share portion of an auto residual value insurance policy issued by Westchester Fire. Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred and premiums earned recorded at inception were $84.8 million. The value of reinsurance business assumed recorded at the inception of the contract amounted to $31.5 million, and represented the difference between the estimated ultimate amount of the losses assumed under the retroactive reinsurance contract of $116.3 million and the cash received in the amount of $84.8 million. As of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the value of reinsurance business assumed was $14.2 million, $20.3 million and $26.4 million, respectively, and the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses was $116.3 million. In 2003, 2002 and 2001, we recorded amortization of the value of reinsurance business assumed balance in the amount of $6.1 million, $6.1 million and $5.1 million, respectively. This reinsurance agreement was commuted effective April 1, 2004 in connection with the IPO.

        In 2002, we transferred our LA&H business to several affiliates of ACE. The transfer of this business resulted in recording in 2002 negative net written and negative earned premiums of

120



$40.2 million and $32.2 million, respectively, with a related reduction in loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred and acquisition costs of $28.8 and $3.4 million, respectively.

        In 2000, AGRI entered into an excess of loss treaty reinsurance agreement with ACE Bermuda under which AGRI retrocedes to ACE Bermuda $100 million of limit in excess of a $95 million retention on title insurance business ceded to AGRI by ACE Capital Title. AGRI paid premiums to the ACE Bermuda of $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. AGRI and ACE Bermuda amended this agreement in connection with the IPO to convert the coverage under the agreement to 100% quota share reinsurance. The parties will seek regulatory approval for an assignment of the AGRI-ACE Capital Title treaty to ACE Bermuda. Once approval is obtained, AGRI, ACE Bermuda and ACE Capital Title will enter into the assignment agreement and AGRI and ACE Bermuda will terminate the 100% quota share reinsurance agreement.

        In 2002, AGRI entered into a reinsurance agreement with ACE European Markets Insurance Ltd. relating to U.K. title insurance written by ACE European Markets Insurance. This agreement was assigned to AGRO in 2002 and terminated on a run-off basis in 2003. AGRO and ACE European Markets entered into a reinsurance agreement in 2003 relating to new U.K. title insurance. The aggregate premiums paid under these contracts for the year ended December 31, 2003 were approximately $4.7 million. No premiums were paid in 2002. These reinsurance agreements were assigned to ACE Bermuda in connection with the IPO.

        In 1998, AGRI and ACE Bermuda entered into an insurance policy, pursuant to which AGRI insured ACE Bermuda for 100% of its liability under two total rate of return swaps. In 1999, AGRI and ACE Bermuda entered into a retrocession agreement pursuant to which ACE Bermuda retroceded to AGRI 100% of its liability under a reinsurance agreement. Pursuant to these agreements, ACE Bermuda paid AGRI $0.2 million, $1.3 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. ACE Bermuda's liability under the underlying agreements expired or was commuted prior to the IPO.

        In connection with the IPO, we have entered into several additional reinsurance agreements and a commutation agreement with subsidiaries of ACE as follows:

Credit Arrangements

        In 2001, AGRI and ACE Bermuda entered into a funding facility agreement pursuant to which ACE Bermuda agreed to purchase up to $150 million of non-investment grade fixed income securities selected by AGRI, and AGRI agreed to enter into a total rate of return swap in respect of each

121



security purchased. The aggregate amount received by AGRI under this funding facility agreement, net of the funding fee paid by AGRI, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were approximately $4.8 million, $2.8 million and $0, respectively. All the securities purchased pursuant to this facility agreement were sold, and this funding facility agreement was terminated, in connection with the IPO.

Keepwell Agreement

        AGRO provides a keepwell to its subsidiary, ACE Capital Title. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, AGRO agrees to provide funds to ACE Capital Title sufficient for it to meet its obligations. In connection with the IPO, AGRO has assigned this keepwell to ACE Bermuda, and ACE Bermuda has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless AGRO in respect of the keepwell. No payment was made in connection with the assignment of the keepwell agreement.

Other

        Upon completion of the IPO, any unvested restricted ACE ordinary shares held by our officers or employees were forfeited. ACE paid to us approximately $4.5 million in connection with this forfeiture.

Capital Contributions

        During 2003, 2002 and 2001, ACE contributed capital of $3.7 milliion, $84.2 million and $8.2 million, respectively to us. The capital contribution for 2003 was utilized to pay interest on long-term debt. The capital contribution in 2002 was primarily made for the purpose of the repayment of our long term debt and interest expense of $75.0 million and $6.9 million, respectively. This was a non-cash contribution. See note 17 of the notes to combined financial statements for more details. In 2001, $7.5 million of the capital contribution was utilized to pay interest on long-term debt. These were also non-cash contributions. In addition, $0.3 million of expenses relating to our operations were paid by ACE, increasing capital contributions in 2003, 2002 and 2001. These were also non-cash contributions. All expenses are net of related income taxes.

Tax Allocation Agreement

        In connection with the share exchange and the IPO, we and ACE Financial Services entered into a tax allocation agreement. Pursuant to the tax allocation agreement, we and ACE Financial Services made an election under sections 338(g) and 338(h)(10) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), with the effect that the portion of the tax basis of our assets covered by this election will be increased to the deemed purchase price of the assets and an amount equal to such increase will be included in income in the consolidated federal income tax return filed by U.S. tax-paying subsidiaries of ACE. It is expected that this additional basis will result in increased income tax deductions and, accordingly, reduced income taxes payable by us. Pursuant to the tax allocation agreement, we will pay ACE Financial Services any tax benefits realized by us, on a quarterly basis, generally calculated by comparing our actual taxes to the taxes that would have been owed by us had the increase in basis not occurred. In the event that any taxing authority successfully challenges any deductions reflected in a tax benefit payment to ACE Financial Services, ACE Financial Services will reimburse us for the loss of the tax benefit and any related interest or penalties imposed upon us. The tax benefit payments to ACE Financial Services should have no material effect on our earnings or cash flows, which should not be materially less than they would have been in the absence of the tax allocation agreement and additional tax basis.

        The tax allocation agreement provides that the tax benefit calculation for any period ending after the consummation of the IPO will not be less than the tax benefit calculated without giving effect to any items of income, expense, loss, deduction, credit or related carryovers or carrybacks from businesses conducted by us or relating to our assets and liabilities other than those businesses conducted by us and those assets and liabilities existing immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO (taking into account any assets acquired from ACE Financial Services or its subsidiaries after the offering and any liabilities incurred or assumed with respect to such assets). The tax allocation agreement further provides that we will not enter

122



into any transaction a significant effect of which is to reduce the amount payable to ACE Financial Services under the tax allocation agreement.

Registration Rights Agreement

        In connection with the formation transactions described under "Formation Transactions," we entered into a registration rights agreement with ACE to provide it and its affiliates with registration rights relating to our common shares which they hold.

        The registration rights agreement provides ACE and its affiliates with registration rights relating to our common shares held by ACE and its affiliates immediately after the IPO and any common shares ACE or its affiliates acquired thereafter. ACE and its affiliates are able to require us to register under the Securities Act all or any portion of our common shares covered by the registration rights agreement. In addition, the registration rights agreement provides for various piggyback registration rights for ACE and its affiliates. Whenever we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act for ourselves or others, subject to customary exceptions, we must provide prompt notice to ACE and its affiliates and include in that registration all common shares which ACE or its affiliates owns and requests to be included.

        The registration rights agreement sets forth customary registration procedures, including an agreement by us to make available our senior management for roadshow presentations. All registration expenses incurred in connection with any registration, other than underwriting commissions, will be paid by us. In addition, we are required to reimburse ACE for the fees and disbursements of its outside counsel retained in connection with any such registration. The registration rights agreement also imposes customary indemnification and contribution obligations on us for the benefit of ACE and any underwriters, although ACE must indemnify us for any liabilities resulting from information provided by ACE. These payment and indemnification obligations may be subject to restrictions under Bermuda law.

        ACE's rights under the registration rights agreement remain in effect with respect to the common shares covered by the agreement until:

        ACE's ability to exercise its registration rights is subject to a lock-up agreement entered into in connection with the IPO.

Executive Loans

        Between 1989 and 1993, Messrs. Jurschak and Donnelly borrowed an aggregate of $112,612 and $149,152, respectively, from Capital Re, which merged into ACE Financial Services in December 1999, to purchase stock of Capital Re. The stock of Capital Re was converted into ordinary shares of ACE upon completion of that merger. The loans accrued interest at the applicable federal rate, which was 1.52% per year during each of our last three fiscal years, and was forgiven each year. The amount of interest forgiven during each of our last three fiscal years was less than $1,000 per individual. Mr. Jurschak repaid his loan in full in August 2002. Mr. Donnelly's loan was forgiven in December 2003.

123



MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

         The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax and Bermuda tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes, but does not provide a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations.

        The following summary describes, in the case of U.S. holders, the material U.S. federal income tax consequences and, in the case of, non-U.S. holders, the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences, of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the notes but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. We have based this summary on the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, the applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder, or the Treasury Regulations, judicial authority and current administrative rulings and practice, all of which are subject to change, possible on a retroactive basis, or to different interpretation. This summary applies to you only if you are an initial purchaser of the notes who acquires the notes at their original issue price within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code and holds the notes as capital assets. A capital asset is generally an asset held for investment rather than as inventory or as property used in a trade or business. This summary does not discuss all of the aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to investors in light of their particular investment or other circumstances. This summary also does not discuss the particular tax consequences that might be relevant to you if you are subject to special rules under the federal income tax laws. Special rules apply, for example, if you are:

        In addition, the following summary does not address all possible tax consequences. In particular, except as specifically provided, it does not discuss any estate, gift, generation-skipping, transfer, state, local or foreign tax consequences. Holdings has not sought a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. For all these reasons, you are urged to consult with your tax advisor about the federal income tax and other tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the notes.

        INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF THE NOTES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAXING JURISDICTIONS OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

124



        As explained below, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of the notes depend on whether or not you are a U.S. Holder. For purposes of this summary, you are a U.S. Holder if you are beneficial owner of the notes and for U.S. federal income tax purposes are:

        If a partnership holds the notes, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in such a partnership, you should consult your tax advisor.

        Payment of Interest.     All of the notes bear interest at a stated fixed rate. You generally must include this stated interest in your gross income as ordinary interest income:

        Sale, Exchange or Redemption of Notes.     You generally will recognize gain or loss upon the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of the notes measured by the difference between (i) the amount of cash proceeds and the fair market value of any property you receive (except to the extent attributable to accrued interest income not previously included in income, which will generally be taxable as ordinary income, or attributable to accrued interest previously included in income, which amount may be received without generating further income), and (ii) your adjusted tax basis in the notes. Your adjusted tax basis in a note generally will equal your cost of the note, less any principal payments received by you. Gain or loss on the disposition of notes will generally be capital gain or loss and will be long-term gain or loss if the note U.S. Holder s have been held for more than one year at the time of such disposition. In general, for individuals, long-term capital gains are taxed at a maximum rate of 15% for exchanges occurring prior to January 1, 2009 (and 20% for exchanges occurring on or after such date) and short-term capital gains are taxed at a maximum rate of 35% (although without further congressional action, this rate will increase to 39.6% in 2011). Your ability to offset capital losses against ordinary income is subject to certain limitations. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the treatment of capital gains and losses.

        Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax.     In general, information reporting requirements will apply to payments to certain noncorporate U.S. Holders of principal and interest on a note and the proceeds of the sale of a note. If you are a U.S. Holder, you may be subject to backup withholding when you receive interest with respect to the notes, or when you receive proceeds upon the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of the notes. The backup withholding rate currently is 28%; without congressional action, this rate will increase to 31% in 2011. In general, you

125



can avoid this backup withholding by properly executing under penalties of perjury an IRS Form W-9 or substantially similar form that provides:

        If you do not provide your correct taxpayer identification number on the IRS Form W-9 or substantially similar form, you may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS in a timely manner.

        Backup withholding will not apply, however, with respect to payments made to certain holders, including corporations, tax exempt organizations and certain foreign persons, provided their exemptions from backup withholding are properly established.

        Amounts withheld are generally not an additional tax and may be refunded or credited against your federal income tax liability, provided you furnish the required information to the IRS.

        Holdings will report to the U.S. Holders of notes and to the IRS the amount of any "reportable payments" for each calendar year and the amount of tax withheld, if any, with respect to such payments.

        As used herein, the term, "Non-U.S. Holder" means any beneficial owner of a note that is not a U.S. Holder.

        Payment of Interest.     Generally, subject to the discussion of backup withholding below, if you are a Non-U.S. Holder, interest income that is not effectively connected with a United States trade or business will not be subject to a U.S. withholding tax under the "portfolio interest exemption" provided that:

        Treasury regulations provide alternative methods for satisfying the certification requirement described in the paragraph above. These regulations may require a Non-U.S. Holder that provides an IRS form, or that claims the benefit of an income tax treaty, to also provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number.

        Interest on notes not exempted from U.S. withholding tax as described above and not effectively connected with a United States trade or business generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at 30% rate, except where an applicable tax treaty provides for the reduction or elimination of such

126


withholding tax. Holdings may be required to report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the amount of interest paid to, and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to, each Non-U.S. Holder.

        Except to the extent that an applicable treaty otherwise provides, generally you will be taxed in the same manner as a U.S. Holder with respect to interest if the interest income is effectively connected with your conduct of a United States trade or business. If you are a corporate Non-U.S. Holder, you may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate (or, if applicable, a lower treat rate). Even though such effectively connected interest is subject to income tax, and may be subject to the branch profits tax, it may not be subject to withholding tax if you deliver proper documentation.

        To claim the benefit of a tax treaty or to claim exemption from withholding because the income is U.S. trade or business income, the Non-U.S. Holder must provide a properly executed Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI. Under the Treasury Regulations, a Non-U.S. Holder may under certain circumstances be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and make certain certifications to us. Special procedures are provided in the Treasury Regulations for payments through qualified intermediaries. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the Treasury Regulations.

        Sale, Exchange or Redemption of Notes.     If you are a Non-U.S. Holder of a note, generally you will not be subject to the United States federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized on the sale, exchange or redemption of the note, unless:

        Death of a Non-U.S. Holder.     If you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder and you hold a note at the time of your death, it will not be includable in your gross estate for United States estate tax purposes, provided that you do not at the time of death actually or constructively own 10% or more of the combined voting power of all of our classes of stock entitled to vote, and provided that, at the time of death, payments with respect to such Note would not have been effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

        Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax.     If you are a Non-U.S. Holder, United States information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax will not apply to payments of interest on a note if you provide the statement described in "Non-U.S. Holders—Payment of Interest", provided that the payor does not have actual knowledge that you are a United States person.

        Information reporting will not apply to any payment of the proceeds of the sale of a note effected outside the United States by a foreign office of a "broker" (as defined in applicable Treasury Regulations), unless such broker:

127


        Payment of the proceeds of any such sale effected outside the United States by a foreign office of any broker that is described in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of the preceding sentence will be subject to information reporting requirements unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that you are a Non-U.S. Holder and certain other conditions are met, or you otherwise establish an exemption. However, under such circumstances, Treasury Regulations provide that such payments are not subject to backup withholding. Payment of the proceeds of any such sale to or through the United States office of a broker is subject to information reporting and backup withholding requirements, unless you provide the statement describe in "Non-U.S. Holders—Payment of Interest" or otherwise establish an exemption.

        Currently, there is no Bermuda withholding tax on interest, if any, paid by Assured Guaranty.

128



DESCRIPTION OF NOTES AND GUARANTEES

        The material provisions of the notes and guarantees are summarized below. The notes and the guarantees are to be issued under an indenture (the "indenture") among the issuer, the guarantor and The Bank of New York as trustee (the "Trustee"), the form of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Because the following summaries of the material terms and provisions of the indenture, the notes and the guarantees are not complete, you should refer to the forms of the indenture, the notes and the guarantees for complete information regarding the terms and provisions of the indenture, including the definitions of some of the terms used below, the notes and the guarantees. In this section, "guarantor" and "Assured Guaranty" refer to Assured Guaranty Ltd. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

General

        The indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of debt securities which the issuer may issue thereunder and provides that the issuer may issue debt securities thereunder from time to time in one or more series. The indenture does not limit the amount of unsecured indebtedness which the issuer and its subsidiaries may issue. The notes are initially limited in aggregate principal amount to $200,000,000. The issuer may from time to time, without notice to or the consent of the existing holders of the notes, create and issue additional notes ranking equally and ratably with the notes in all respects except for the issue price, issue date and the payment of interest accruing prior to the issue date of the additional notes or the first payment of interest following the issue date of the additional notes, so that the additional notes will be consolidated and form a single series with the notes offered hereby and will have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the notes offered hereby.

        The notes will mature on            ,            and will bear interest at a rate of    % per year. Interest on the notes will accrue from            , 2004, or from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for. In each case, the issuer:

        If any interest payment date or the maturity date or any redemption date falls on a day that is not a business day, the required payment will be made on the next business day as if it were made on the date the payment was due and no interest will accrue on the amount so payable from and after such interest payment date or the maturity date or such redemption date, as the case may be, to such next business day. "Business day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close.

        The issuer will issue the notes only in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

Ranking of the Notes

        The notes will be unsecured senior obligations of the issuer and will rank equally with all other unsecured senior indebtedness of the issuer from time to time outstanding.

129



        The notes will be effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness of the issuer to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. As of the date of this prospectus, the issuer had $0 of secured indebtedness. The indenture does not limit the amount of unsecured indebtedness that the issuer or its may incur. However, the indenture does restrict our and our subsidiaries' ability to incur secured indebtedness. See "—Covenants" below.

        Since the issuer is a holding company, its rights and the rights of its creditors (including the holders of the notes) to participate in any distribution of the assets of any subsidiary upon such subsidiary's liquidation or reorganization or otherwise would be subject to prior claims of the subsidiary's creditors, except to the extent that the issuer may itself be a creditor with recognized claims against the subsidiary. The right of creditors of the issuer (including the holders of the notes) to participate in a distribution of the stock owned by the issuer in certain of its subsidiaries, including the issuer's insurance subsidiaries, may also be subject to approval by certain insurance regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over such subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2004, the issuer's subsidiaries had $0 of indebtedness outstanding.

Guarantees

        The guarantor will unconditionally guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other amounts on the notes when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption, or otherwise. These guarantees will be senior unsecured obligations of the guarantor and will rank equally with all of its other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness from time to time outstanding. The guarantor's obligations under the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to any of its secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The indenture does not limit the amount of indebtedness that the guarantor or its subsidiaries may incur. However, the indenture does restrict its and its subsidiaries' ability to incur secured indebtedness. See "—Covenants" below.

        Since Assured Guaranty is a holding company, its rights and the rights of its creditors (including the holders of the notes who are creditors of Assured Guaranty by virtue of the guarantees) to participate in any distribution of the assets of any subsidiary upon such subsidiary's liquidation or reorganization or otherwise would be subject to prior claims of the subsidiary's creditors, except to the extent that Assured Guaranty may itself be a creditor with recognized claims against the subsidiary. The right of creditors of Assured Guaranty (including the holders of the notes who are creditors of Assured Guaranty by virtue of the guarantees) to participate in a distribution of the stock owned by Assured Guaranty in certain of its subsidiaries, including Assured Guaranty's insurance subsidiaries, may also be subject to approval by certain insurance regulatory and other authorities having jurisdiction over such subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2004, Assured Guaranty's subsidiaries (including the issuer) had $202 million of indebtedness outstanding (after giving effect to the transactions described under "Formation Transactions").

Additional Amounts

        The issuer and Assured Guaranty are required to make all payments under or with respect to the notes and the guarantees free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (hereinafter "Taxes" ) imposed or levied by or on behalf of the United States of America or Bermuda, or any political subdivision or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax (a "Taxing Jurisdiction"), unless the issuer or Assured Guaranty is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof. For purposes of this section, the term "Taxes" shall not include (i) any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment, or governmental charge; (ii) any Tax payable otherwise than by withholding from payments in respect of the notes or the guarantees; and (iii) any Tax imposed by reason of payments on the notes being treated as "contingent interest" within the meaning of Section 871(h)(4) of the Code.

130



        If the issuer or Assured Guaranty is required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes imposed by a Taxing Jurisdiction from any payment made under or with respect to the notes or any guarantee, the issuer or Assured Guaranty will be required to pay such additional amounts ("Additional Amounts" ) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by holders of the notes after such withholding or deduction (including any withholding or deduction attributable to Additional Amounts payable hereunder) will not be less than the amount such holders would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that the foregoing obligation to pay Additional Amounts does not apply to any Taxes to the extent such Taxes would not have been so imposed:


Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes

        The issuer will be entitled to redeem the notes, at its option, at any time as a whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at 100% of the principal amount thereof,

131



plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in the event that the issuer or Assured Guaranty has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the notes, any Additional Amounts or indemnification payments as a result of:

and, in each case, the issuer or Assured Guaranty, as applicable, cannot avoid such obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it.

        Before the issuer publishes or mails notice of redemption of the notes as described above, it will deliver to the Trustee an officers' certificate to the effect that it cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional Amounts by taking reasonable measures available to it and an opinion of independent legal counsel of recognized standing stating that the issuer or Assured Guaranty, as applicable, would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a change in tax laws or regulations or the application or interpretation of such laws or regulations.

Optional Redemption

        The notes may be redeemed in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the issuer's option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed and (2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (excluding interest accrued to the redemption date) on the notes discounted to the date of redemption on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the applicable Treasury Rate plus          basis points, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to the redemption date.

        "Treasury Rate" means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated "H.15(519)" or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption "Treasury Constant Maturities," for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after the Remaining Life, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue will be determined and the Treasury Rate will be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month) or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield-to-maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The Treasury Rate will be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date.

        "Business Day" means any calendar day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in New York, New York and on which commercial banks are open for business in New York, New York.

        "Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term ("Remaining Life") of the notes to be redeemed.

132



        "Comparable Treasury Price" means (1) the average of five Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Independent Investment Banker obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

        "Independent Investment Banker" means either Banc of America Securities LLC or J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., and their respective successors, or, if both firms are unwilling or unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the trustee after consultation with the issuer.

        "Reference Treasury Dealer" means (1) each of Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., or their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City (a "Primary Treasury Dealer"), the issuer will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer and (2) any three other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Independent Investment Banker after consultation with us.

        "Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Independent Investment Banker at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

        Holders of notes to be redeemed will be sent notice thereof by first-class mail at least 30 and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. If fewer than all of the notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select, not more than 60 days and not less than 30 days before the redemption date, the particular notes or portions thereof for redemption from the outstanding notes not previously called by such method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate. Unless we default in payment of the redemption price, on and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the notes or portions of the notes called for redemption.

Covenants

        Under the indenture, each of the guarantor and the issuer will covenant that, so long as any notes are outstanding, it will not, nor will it permit any of its subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur, guarantee or otherwise permit to exist any Indebtedness secured by any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance upon any shares of Capital Stock of any Designated Subsidiary (whether such shares are now owned or hereafter acquired) without effectively providing concurrently that the notes (and, if the guarantor and the issuer so elect, any other Indebtedness of the issuer that is not subordinate to the notes and with respect to which the governing instruments require, or pursuant to which the issuer is otherwise obligated, to provide such security) will be secured equally and ratably with such Indebtedness for at least the time period such other Indebtedness is so secured.

        "Capital Stock" of any person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such person, including preferred stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

        "Designated Subsidiary" means any present or future consolidated subsidiary of Assured Guaranty the Consolidated Net Worth of which constitutes at least 5% of Assured Guaranty's Consolidated Net Worth. As of March 31, 2004, Assured Guaranty's Designated Subsidiaries were the issuer, Assured Guaranty Corp., AGRI, Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings Ltd., Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc. and AGRO.

        "Consolidated Net Worth" of any person means the total of the amounts shown on the balance sheet of such person and its consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as of the end of the

133



most recent fiscal quarter of such person ending at least 45 days prior to the taking of any action for the purpose of which the determination is being made, as (i) the par or stated value of all outstanding capital stock of such person plus (ii) paid-in capital or capital surplus relating to such capital stock plus (iii) any retained earnings or earned surplus, less any accumulated deficit.

        "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any person,


        The indenture also provides that, so long as any notes are outstanding and except in a transaction otherwise governed by the indenture, neither the guarantor nor the issuer will issue, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of, securities convertible into, or warrants, rights or options to subscribe for or purchase shares of, Capital Stock (other than preferred stock having no voting rights of any kind) of any Designated Subsidiary, and will not permit any Designated Subsidiary to issue (other than to the guarantor or the issuer) any shares (other than director's qualifying shares) of, or securities convertible into, or warrants, rights or options to subscribe for or purchase shares of, Capital Stock (other than preferred stock having no voting rights of any kind) of any Designated Subsidiary, if, after giving effect to any such transaction and the issuance of the maximum number of shares issuable upon the conversion or exercise of all such convertible securities, warrants, rights or options, the guarantor would own, directly or indirectly, less than 80% of the shares of Capital Stock (other than preferred stock having no voting rights of any kind) of such Designated Subsidiary; provided, however, that (1) any issuance, sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition permitted by the guarantor or the issuer may only be made for at least a fair market value consideration as determined by the board of directors of the guarantor or the issuer, as the case may be, pursuant to a resolution adopted in good

134


faith and (2) the foregoing shall not prohibit any such issuance or disposition of securities if required by any law or any regulation or order of any governmental or insurance regulatory authority. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the guarantor or the issuer, as the case may be, may merge or consolidate any Designated Subsidiary into or with another direct or indirect Subsidiary of the guarantor, the shares of Capital Stock (other than preferred stock having no voting rights of any kind) of which the guarantor owns at least 80%, and (2) the guarantor or the issuer, as the case may be, may, subject to the provisions described under "—Consolidation, Amalgamation, Merger and Sale of Assets" below, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of the entire Capital Stock (other than preferred stock having no voting rights of any kind) of any Designated Subsidiary at one time for at least a fair market value consideration as determined by the board of directors of the guarantor or the issuer, as the case may be, pursuant to a resolution adopted in good faith.

         Consolidation, Amalgamation, Merger and Sale of Assets. The indenture provides that neither the issuer nor the guarantor may consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into any other person or convey, transfer or lease its assets substantially as an entirety to another person unless:

        Upon any such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease, the successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for the issuer or the guarantor, as the case may be, under the indenture. Thereafter, the predecessor corporation shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under the indenture and the notes or the guarantees, as the case may be.

        Other than the restrictions described above, there will be no covenants or provisions in the indenture that would afford the holders of the notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction, reorganization, restructuring, merger or similar transaction involving us that may adversely affect such holders.

Events of Default

        The following are "Events of Default" under the indenture with respect to the notes and the guarantees:

135


        If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in the last bullet point of the preceding paragraph) occurs and is continuing, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding notes by written notice as provided in the indenture may declare the principal amount of the notes and any interest due thereon to be due and payable immediately. At any time after a declaration of acceleration has been made, but before a judgment or decree for payment of money has been obtained by the Trustee, and subject to applicable law and certain other provisions of the indenture, the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such declaration of acceleration. An Event of Default described in the last bullet point of the preceding paragraph shall cause the principal amount of the notes and accrued interest thereon to become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act by the Trustee or any holder.

        The indenture provides that, within 90 days after the occurrence of any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to the notes (a "default"), the Trustee must transmit, in the manner set forth in the indenture, notice of such default to the holders of the notes unless such default has been cured or waived; provided, however, that except in the case of a default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on, or additional amounts with respect to, any note or payment of any obligations under the guarantees, the Trustee may withhold such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or responsible officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the best interest of the holders of the notes; and provided, further, that in the case of any default of the character described in the fourth bullet point of the second preceding paragraph, no such notice to holders will be given until at least 30 days after the default occurs.

        If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the notes, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the holders of the notes by all appropriate judicial proceedings. The indenture provides that, subject to the duty of the Trustee during any default to act with the required standard of care, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the notes, unless such holders shall have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee. Subject to such provisions for the indemnification of the Trustee, and subject to applicable law and certain other provisions of the indenture, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding

136



for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the notes and the guarantees.

Modification and Waiver

        The issuer, the guarantor and the Trustee may modify or amend the indenture and the notes with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes; provided, however, that no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the holder of each outstanding note,

        The issuer, the guarantor and the trustee may modify or amend the indenture and the notes without the consent of any holder in order to, among other things:

137


        The holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes may, on behalf of the holders of all notes, waive compliance by us with certain covenants of the indenture. The holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes on behalf of the holders of all notes may waive any past default and its consequences under the indenture with, except a default (1) in the payment of principal, any premium or interest on or any additional amounts with respect to the notes or obligations under the guarantees or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision of the indenture that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding note.

        Under the indenture, we are required to furnish the Trustee annually a statement as to the issuer's and the guarantor's performance of certain of their obligations under the indenture and as to any default in such performance. We are also required to deliver to the Trustee, within five days after occurrence thereof, written notice of any Event of Default, or any event which after notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default, resulting from the failure to perform or breach of any covenant or warranty contained in the indenture.

Discharge, Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

        The issuer may discharge certain obligations to holders of the notes that have not already been delivered to the trustee for cancellation and that either have become due and payable or will become due and payable within one year (or scheduled for redemption within one year) by irrevocably depositing with the Trustee, in trust, funds in U.S. dollars in an amount sufficient to pay the entire indebtedness on the notes with respect to principal and any premium, interest and additional amounts to the date of such deposit (if such notes have become due and payable) or to the maturity thereof, as the case may be.

        The issuer may elect either (1) to defease and be discharged from any and all obligations with respect to the notes (except for, among other things, the obligation to pay additional amounts, if any, upon the occurrence of certain events of taxation, assessment or governmental charge with respect to payments on such notes and other obligations to register the transfer or exchange of the notes, to replace temporary or mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes, to maintain an office or agency with respect to such notes and to hold moneys for payment in trust) ("defeasance") or (2) to be released from our obligations under the covenants described above under "—Covenants" and any omission to comply with such obligations will not constitute a default or an Event of Default with respect to the notes ("covenant defeasance"). Defeasance or covenant defeasance, as the case may be, will be conditioned upon the irrevocable deposit by the issuer with the Trustee, in trust, of an amount in U.S. dollars or Government Obligations (as defined below), or both, which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in accordance with their terms will provide money in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of, any premium and interest on, and any additional amounts with respect to, the notes on the scheduled due dates.

        Such a trust may only be established if, among other things, (1) the applicable defeasance or covenant defeasance does not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the issuer or the guarantor is a party or by which it is bound, (2) no Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default with respect to the notes will have occurred and be continuing on the date of establishment of such a trust and, with respect to defeasance only, at any time during the period ending on the 123rd day after such date and (3) the issuer has delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel (as specified in the indenture) to the effect that the holders of such notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance or covenant defeasance and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance or covenant defeasance had not occurred, and such opinion of counsel, in the case of defeasance, must refer to and be based upon a letter ruling of the Internal Revenue Service received by the issuer, a

138



Revenue Ruling published by the Internal Revenue Service or a change in applicable United States federal income tax law occurring after the date of the indenture.

        "Government Obligations" means debt securities which are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America or (2) obligations of a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, and which, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer or issuers thereof, and will also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of or any other amount with respect to any such Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian with respect to the Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of or any other amount with respect to the Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

Global Notes; Book-Entry System

        The notes will be issued initially in book-entry form and will be represented by one or more global notes in fully registered form without interest coupons which will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and registered in the name of Cede & Co. or another nominee designated by DTC. Except as set forth below, the global notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to DTC or another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the global notes may not be exchanged for certificated notes except in the limited circumstances described below.

        All interests in the global notes will be subject to the rules and procedures of DTC.

        The descriptions of the operations and procedures of DTC set forth below are provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of DTC and are subject to change by DTC from time to time. Neither we nor the initial purchasers takes any responsibility for these operations or procedures, and investors are urged to contact DTC or its participants directly to discuss these matters.

        DTC has advised us that it is:

        DTC was created to hold securities for its participants (collectively, the "participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical transfer and delivery of certificates. DTC's participants include securities brokers and dealers (including one or more of the underwriters), banks and trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect access to DTC's system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies (collectively, the "indirect participants") that clear through or maintain a

139



custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through participants or indirect participants.

        We expect that, pursuant to procedures established by DTC:

        The laws of some jurisdictions may require that some purchasers of securities take physical delivery of those securities in definitive form. Accordingly, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in the notes represented by a global note to those persons may be limited. In addition, because DTC can act only on behalf of its participants, who in turn act on behalf of persons who hold interests through participants, the ability of a person holding a beneficial interest in a global note to pledge or transfer that interest to persons or entities that do not participate in DTC's system, or to otherwise take actions in respect of that interest, may be affected by the lack of a physical security in respect of that interest.

        So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner of a global note, DTC or that nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole legal owner or holder of the notes represented by that global note for all purposes of the notes and the indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global note will not be entitled to have the notes represented by that global note registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated notes and will not be considered the owners or holders of the notes represented by that beneficial interest under the indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the trustee. Accordingly, each holder owning a beneficial interest in a global note must rely on the procedures of DTC and, if that holder is not a participant or an indirect participant, on the procedures of the participant through which that holder owns its interest, to exercise any rights of a holder of notes under the indenture or that global note. We understand that under existing industry practice, in the event that we request any action of holders of notes, or a holder that is an owner of a beneficial interest in a global note desires to take any action that DTC, as the holder of that global note, is entitled to take, DTC would authorize the participants to take that action and the participants would authorize holders owning through those participants to take that action or would otherwise act upon the instruction of those holders. None of the issuer, the guarantor or the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of notes by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to the notes.

        Payments with respect to the principal of and interest on a global note will be payable by the Trustee to or at the direction of DTC or its nominee in its capacity as the registered holder of the global note under the indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, the issuer, the guarantor and the Trustee may treat the persons in whose names the notes, including the global notes, are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving payment thereon and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Accordingly, none of the issuer, the guarantor or the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of those amounts to owners of beneficial interests in a global note. Payments by the participants and the indirect participants to the owners of beneficial interests in a global note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of the participants and indirect participants and not of DTC.

        Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC's procedures and will be settled in same-day funds.

140



        Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes among participants in DTC, it is under no obligation to perform or to continue to perform those procedures, and those procedures may be discontinued at any time. None of the issuer, the guarantor or the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

        We obtained the information in this section and elsewhere in this prospectus concerning DTC and its book-entry system from sources that the issuer and the guarantor believe are reliable, but we take no responsibility for the accuracy of any of this information.

Certificated Notes

        As described above, beneficial interests in the global notes generally may not be exchanged for certificated notes. However, the indenture provides that if:

the issuer will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver certificated notes in exchange for interests in the global notes. The issuer anticipates that those certificated notes will be registered in such name or names as DTC instructs the Trustee and that those instructions will be based upon directions received by DTC from its participants with respect to the ownership of beneficial interests in the global notes. None of the issuer, the guarantor or the Trustee shall be liable for any delay by DTC or any participant or indirect participant in identifying the owners of beneficial interests in the global notes and each of them may conclusively rely on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from DTC for all purposes, including with respect to the registration and delivery, and the respective principal amounts, of the certificated notes to be issued.

Same-Day Payment

        So long as DTC continues to make its settlement system available to the issuer, all payments of principal of and interest on the global notes will be made by the issuer in immediately available funds.

Information Concerning the Trustee

        The Bank of New York is the trustee under the indenture. Subject to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee, except when there is an Event of Default, will perform only those duties as are specifically stated in the indenture. After the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Trustee must use the same degree of care as a prudent person would exercise or use in the conduct of his or her own affairs. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, the Trustee is not required to exercise any of the powers given it by the indenture at the request of any holder of notes unless it is offered security and indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that it might incur. The Trustee is not required to spend or risk its own money or otherwise become financially liable while performing its duties.

Applicable Law

        The notes, the guarantees and the indenture will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

141



UNDERWRITING

        Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters named below.

        Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and the issuer has agreed to sell to such underwriter, the principal amount of notes set forth opposite the underwriter's name.

Underwriter

  Principal Amount
of Notes

Banc of America Securities LLC   $  
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.      
   
  Total   $ 200,000,000
   

        The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the notes included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the notes if they purchase any of the notes.

        The underwriters propose to offer some of the notes directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the notes to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed    % of the principal amount of the notes. The underwriters may allow, and dealers may reallow a concession not to exceed       % of the principal amount of the notes on sales to other dealers. After the initial offering of the notes to the public, the representatives may change the public offering price and concessions.

        The notes will not be listed on any national securities exchange. The underwriters have advised us that they intend to make a market for the notes, but they have no obligations to do so and may discontinue market making at any time without providing any notice. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of any trading market for the notes.

        The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that the issuer will pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount of the notes).

 
  Paid by
the Issuer

Per note   %

        The issuer and the guarantor have agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any debt securities issued or guaranteed by the guarantor or any of its subsidiaries, including the issuer (other than the notes), which are substantially similar to the notes, nor publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, on or prior to the completion of this offering without the prior written consent of Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

        In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell notes in the open market. These transactions may include over-allotment, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Over-allotment involves syndicate sales of notes in excess of the principal amount of notes to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the notes in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases of notes made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the notes while the offering is in progress.

142



        The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the underwriters, in covering syndicate short positions or making stabilizing purchases, repurchase notes originally sold by that syndicate member.

        Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the notes. They may also cause the price of the notes to be higher than the price that otherwise would exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

        The issuer estimates that its total expenses for this offering will be $350,000.

        Banc of America Securities and J.P. Morgan Securities will make the securities available for distribution on the Internet through a proprietary Web site and/or a third-party system operated by MarketAxess Corporation, an Internet-based communications technology provider. MarketAxess Corporation is providing the system as a conduit for communications between Banc of America Securities and JPMorgan Securities and their customers and is not a party to any transactions. MarketAxess Corporation, a registered broker-dealer, will receive compensation from Banc of America Securities and JPMorgan Securities based on transactions Banc of America Securities and JPMorgan Securities conduct through the system. Banc of America Securities and JPMorgan Securities will make the securities available to their customers through the Internet distributions, whether made through a proprietary or third-party system, on the same terms as distributions made through other channels.

        Certain of the underwriters or their affiliates have, from time to time, performed and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for Holdings, Assured Guaranty and ACE, for which they received or will receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Banc of America Securities LLC, is a lender under Assured Guaranty Corp.'s $140 million revolving credit facility. Bank of America, N.A. has a $16 million commitment under this facility. There are currently no amounts outstanding under this facility. Assured Guaranty Corp. also maintains a letter of credit for approximately $10 million with JP Morgan Chase, an affiliate of JP Morgan Securities Inc. We believe that the fees and commissions payable for participation in this credit facility and letter of credit are customary for borrowers with similar credit profiles and in the same industry as Assured Guaranty Corp.

        The guarantor and the issuer have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

143



LEGAL MATTERS

        Certain matters as to U.S. law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the issuer and the guarantor by Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP, Chicago, Illinois. Certain legal matters under Bermuda law will be passed upon for the guarantor by Conyers Dill & Pearman, Hamilton, Bermuda. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P., a limited liability partnership including professional corporations, New York, New York. LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P. has in the past performed, and continues to perform, services for us.


EXPERTS

        The combined financial statements of Assured Guaranty Ltd. and its subsidiaries included in this prospectus and the related financial statement schedules included elsewhere in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part at December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports appearing in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement. The balance sheet of Assured Guaranty Ltd. included in this prospectus as of August 21, 2003 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing in the prospectus. These financial statements are included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        Holdings and Assured Guaranty have filed with the SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the notes offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about Holdings and Assured Guaranty and the notes and the guarantees, please refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, please refer to the copy of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, with each such statement being qualified in all respects by reference to the document to which it refers. Anyone may inspect the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules without charge at the public reference facilities the SEC maintains at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of these materials from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC. You may obtain further information about the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also inspect these reports and other information without charge at a web site maintained by the SEC. The address of this site is http://www.sec.gov.

        Assured Guaranty is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is required to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the address noted above. You also will be able to obtain copies of this material from the Public Reference Room of the SEC as described above, or inspect them without charge at the SEC's web site. Assured Guaranty's common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and its reports, proxy statements and other information can be inspected at the offices of the NYSE, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004.

        The issuer is a newly formed entity and has no direct operations. The issuer is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Assured Guaranty. The obligations of the issuer under the notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Assured Guaranty. See "Description of Notes and Guarantees." The issuer is not currently subject to the information reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The issuer will become subject to the reporting requirements upon the effectiveness of the registration statement that contains this prospectus, although the issuer intends to rely on an exemption from those requirements. So long as the notes are outstanding, Assured Guaranty will include in the footnotes to its audited consolidated financial statements summarized consolidated financial information concerning the issuer.

144



ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES UNDER UNITED STATES
FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS AND OTHER MATTERS

         The guarantor is organized under the laws of Bermuda. In addition, some of the guarantor's directors and officers reside outside the United States, and a portion of their assets and the guarantor's assets are or may be located in jurisdictions outside the United States. Therefore, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon Assured Guaranty or its non-U.S. directors and officers or to recover against the guarantor, or its non-U.S. directors and officers on judgments of U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Further, no claim may be brought in Bermuda against the guarantor or the guarantor's directors and officers in the first instance for violation of U.S. federal securities laws because these laws have no extraterritorial jurisdiction under Bermuda law and do not have force of law in Bermuda. A Bermuda court may, however, impose civil liability, including the possibility of monetary damages, on the guarantor or its directors and officers if the facts alleged in a complaint constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law. However, the guarantor may be served with process in the United States with respect to actions against it arising out of or in connection with violations of U.S. federal securities laws relating to offers and sales made hereby by serving CT Corporation System, its U.S. agent, irrevocably appointed for that purpose.

        The guarantor has been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman, its special Bermuda counsel, that there is doubt as to whether the courts of Bermuda would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against the guarantor or its directors and officers, as well as the experts named herein, predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws or original actions brought in Bermuda against the guarantor or such persons predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws. A Bermuda court would likely enforce a final and conclusive judgment in personam, which means a judgment against a specific person rather than against specific property, obtained in a court in the United States under which a sum of money is payable, other than a sum of money payable in respect of multiple damages, taxes or other charges of a similar nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty, provided that the Bermuda court was satisfied that each of the following conditions were met:

        Further, the guarantor has been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman that there is no treaty in effect between the United States and Bermuda providing for the enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, and there are grounds upon which Bermuda courts may not enforce judgments of U.S. courts. Some remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including some remedies available under the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be allowed in Bermuda courts as contrary to that jurisdiction's public policy. Because judgments of U.S. courts are not automatically enforceable in Bermuda, it may be difficult for you to recover against the guarantor based upon such judgments.

145



INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

Report of Independent Auditors   F-2

Assured Guaranty Ltd. Balance Sheet as of August 21, 2003

 

F-3

Notes to the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Balance Sheet

 

F-4

Report of Independent Auditors

 

F-7

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2002

 

F-8

Combined Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

 

F-9

Combined Statements of Shareholder's Equity for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

 

F-10

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

 

F-11

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

 

F-12

Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information (Unaudited)

 

F-49

F-1



Report of Independent Auditors

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of Assured Guaranty Ltd.:

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Assured Guaranty Ltd. as of August 21, 2003 (date of incorporation) in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United State of America. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit. We conducted our audit of this statement in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
December 19, 2003

F-2



Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Balance Sheet as of August 21, 2003

(Date of Incorporation)

Assets:      
Receivable from affiliate   $ 12,000
   
  Total assets   $ 12,000
   

Shareholder's Equity:

 

 

 
Common shares ($1.00 par value; 12,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding   $ 12,000
   
  Total shareholder's equity   $ 12,000
   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.

F-3


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Balance Sheet

1.    Organization

        Assured Guaranty Ltd. ("Assured Guaranty", formerly AGC Holdings Ltd.) was incorporated on August 21, 2003 and was capitalized on August 21, 2003 under the laws of Bermuda. In connection with its formation, Assured Guaranty issued 12,000 shares at a $1.00 par value to ACE Limited ("ACE").

        Assured Guaranty was formed for the sole purpose of becoming a holding company for ACE subsidiaries conducting ACE's financial and mortgage guaranty businesses, which are referred to as the "transferred businesses," in connection with the initial public offering of Assured Guaranty ("IPO").

        Assured Guaranty will operate through wholly-owned subsidiaries including Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. ("AGRI") (formerly, ACE Capital Re International Ltd.), Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. and Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd. (formerly ACE Finance Overseas Ltd.).

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP").

        After the effective date of the IPO and completion of the "Formation Transactions", which are described below, Assured Guaranty will prepare its consolidated financial statements with those of its subsidiaries and will present them on a consolidated basis. Transactions between Assured Guaranty and its subsidiaries or among its subsidiaries will be eliminated in consolidation.

        This amount represents the initial capitalization of Assured Guaranty.

3.    Formation Transactions and Initial Public Offering

        Assured Guaranty was incorporated in Bermuda on August 21, 2003 for the sole purpose of becoming a holding company for the transferred businesses. As part of the overall plan of formation of Assured Guaranty, the following "Formation Transactions" will occur:

F-4


        Subsequent to entering into the underwriting agreement with respect to the IPO, ACE will cause:

        Each of our operating subsidiaries conducted business under names including "ACE," "AGR" and/or "Capital Re." As part of the Formation Transactions, we are changing the names of each of these subsidiaries to names using "Assured Guaranty" or derivations thereof. All of these name changes may not be completed prior to the completion of the IPO.

4.    Related Party Transactions

        ACE and its subsidiaries will also enter into a number of transactions with Assured Guaranty subsidiaries in order to reinsure or otherwise assume certain risks related to the businesses reported in Assured Guaranty's other segment. These transactions will not have a material impact on Assured Guaranty's financial position, results of operations or liquidity. Assured Guaranty will also enter into a number of other agreements with ACE and its subsidiaries that will govern certain aspects of Assured Guaranty's relationship with ACE after the IPO, including services agreements under which ACE and its subsidiaries will provide certain services to Assured Guaranty for a period of time after the IPO.

        Upon completion of the IPO, any unvested options to purchase ACE ordinary shares held by our officers or employees will immediately vest and any unvested restricted ACE ordinary shares will be forfeited. Our officers and employees will have 90 days to exercise any vested options to acquire ACE ordinary shares. The acceleration of vesting of options to purchase ordinary shares will result in a pre-tax charge of approximately $3.1 million. We have agreed to deposit with an independent trustee an amount of cash equal to the value of the restricted ACE ordinary shares forfeited by all of our officers and employees. Based upon an assumed price of $42.00 per ACE ordinary share, the value of the restricted ACE ordinary shares to be forfeited by all of our officers and employees is approximately $8.3 million. Assured Guaranty will incur a pre-tax charge of approximately $8.3 million for the amount of cash contributed to the trust.

5.    Taxation

        Under current Bermuda law, the Company and its Bermuda subsidiaries will not be required to pay any taxes in Bermuda on either income or capital gains. The Company has received an undertaking from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda, that in the event of any such taxes being imposed, the Company will be exempt from taxation until 2016. There will be no withholding taxes imposed on dividend distributions from Bermuda.

        The Company's U.S. subsidiaries are subject to income taxes imposed by U.S. authorities and file U.S. tax returns.

F-5



6.    Employee Benefit Plans and Stock Option Plans

        The Company intends to offer benefit plans and stock option plans to its employees as a form of compensation.

7.    Segment Information

        Assured Guaranty will have the following four reportable segments:(1) financial guaranty direct, which includes transactions whereby the Company provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that indemnifies the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due, and includes credit support for credit default swaps; (2) financial guaranty reinsurance, which includes agreements whereby the Company is a reinsurer and agrees to indemnify a primary insurance company against part or all of the loss which the latter may sustain under a policy it has issued; (3) mortgage guaranty, which includes mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance whereby the Company provides protection against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans; (4) other, which includes several lines of business in which the Company is no longer active, including trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, auto residual value reinsurance and the credit protection of equity layers of CDOs, as well as life, accident and health reinsurance.

        These segments are consistent with the manner in which Assured Guaranty's management intends to manage these businesses.

8.    Statutory Requirements and Dividend Restrictions

        These financial statements are prepared on a GAAP basis, which differs in certain respects from accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the insurance regulatory authorities. Assured Guaranty's insurance subsidiaries will be subject to certain limitations on dividends that may be paid to Assured Guaranty based on solvency or other regulatory requirements in the applicable jurisdiction. Such limitations generally require that dividends be paid from surplus and may require regulatory approval prior to payment.

F-6



Report of Independent Auditors

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of Assured Guaranty Ltd.

In our opinion, the accompanying combined balance sheets and the related combined statements of operations and comprehensive income, of shareholder's equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Assured Guaranty Ltd. and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as "the Company") as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 4 and Note 5 to the combined financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for derivatives and goodwill in 2001 and 2002, respectively.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
February 25, 2004

F-7



Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Combined Balance Sheets

(in thousands of U.S. dollars except share amounts)

 
  As of December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
 
Assets              
Fixed maturity securities, at fair value (amortized cost: $1,937,743 in 2003 and: $1,785,616 in 2002)   $ 2,052,217   $ 1,908,061  
Short-term investments, at cost which approximates fair value     137,517     144,346  
   
 
 
  Total investments     2,189,734     2,052,407  
Cash and cash equivalents     32,365     9,445  
Accrued investment income     23,758     22,030  
Deferred acquisition costs     178,673     157,299  
Prepaid reinsurance premiums     10,974     179,497  
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses     122,124     100,826  
Due from affiliate     115,000      
Premiums receivable     63,997     61,280  
Value of reinsurance business assumed     14,226     20,322  
Goodwill     87,062     87,062  
Other assets     19,954     29,700  
   
 
 
  Total assets   $ 2,857,867   $ 2,719,868  
   
 
 

Liabilities and shareholder's equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Liabilities              
Unearned premium reserves   $ 625,429   $ 613,341  
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses     522,593     458,831  
Profit commissions payable     71,237     95,832  
Deferred income taxes     55,637     42,999  
Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments     8,558     107,007  
Funds held by Company under reinsurance contracts     9,635     27,073  
Long-term debt     75,000     75,000  
Other liabilities     52,154     42,549  
   
 
 
  Total liabilities     1,420,243     1,462,632  
   
 
 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)              
Shareholder's equity              
Common stock     16,403     16,403  
Additional paid-in capital     955,490     946,092  
Unearned stock grant compensation     (5,479 )   (4,718 )
Retained earnings     390,025     210,503  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     81,185     88,956  
   
 
 
  Total shareholder's equity     1,437,624     1,257,236  
   
 
 
  Total liabilities and shareholder's equity   $ 2,857,867   $ 2,719,868  
   
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-8



Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Combined Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income

(in thousands of U.S. dollars except share and per share amounts)

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
Revenues                    
Gross written premiums   $ 349,236   $ 417,158   $ 442,850  
Ceded premiums     142,236     (64,699 )   (236,288 )
   
 
 
 
Net written premiums     491,472     352,459     206,562  
(Increase)/decrease in net unearned premium reserves     (180,611 )   (105,069 )   86,959  
   
 
 
 
  Net earned premiums     310,861     247,390     293,521  
Net investment income     96,274     97,240     99,520  
Net realized investment gains     5,483     7,863     13,140  
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments     98,449     (54,158 )   (16,255 )
Other income     1,219     3,623     2,930  
   
 
 
 
  Total revenues     512,286     301,958     392,856  
   
 
 
 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     144,610     120,260     177,542  
Profit commissions expense     9,835     8,543     9,007  
Acquisition costs     64,900     48,400     51,100  
Other operating expenses     41,026     31,016     29,771  
Goodwill amortization             3,785  
Interest expense     5,738     10,579     11,548  
   
 
 
 
  Total expenses     266,109     218,798     282,753  
   
 
 
 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

246,177

 

 

83,160

 

 

110,103

 
Provision/(benefit) for income taxes                    
Current     18,873     17,858     6,197  
Deferred     12,782     (7,267 )   15,989  
   
 
 
 
Total provision for income taxes     31,655     10,591     22,186  
  Net income before cumulative effect of new accounting standard     214,522     72,569     87,917  
Cumulative effect of new accounting standard, net of taxes of ($12,277)             (24,104 )
   
 
 
 
  Net income     214,522     72,569     63,813  
Other comprehensive income, net of taxes                    
Unrealized holding gains on fixed maturity securities arising during the year     (3,922 )   50,461     10,539  
Reclassification adjustment for realized (gains)/losses included in net income     (3,849 )   (4,829 )   (9,557 )
   
 
 
 
Change in net unrealized gains/(losses) on fixed maturity securities     (7,771 )   45,632     982  
   
 
 
 
  Comprehensive income   $ 206,751   $ 118,201   $ 64,795  
   
 
 
 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.85  
  Diluted   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.85  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-9



Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Combined Statements of Shareholder's Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
  Common
Stock

  Additional
Paid-in
capital

  Unearned
Stock Grant
Compensation

  Retained
Earnings

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

  Total
Shareholder's
Equity

 
Balance, December 31, 2000   $ 3,878   $ 861,069   $ (366 ) $ 87,621   $ 42,342   $ 994,544  
Net income                 63,813         63,813  
Dividends                 (5,500 )       (5,500 )
Capital contribution     25     8,150                 8,175  
Change in par value     12,500     (12,500 )                
Tax benefit for options exercised         1,629                 1,629  
Unrealized gain on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of ($3,034)                     982     982  
Unearned stock grant compensation, net             (2,024 )           (2,024 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2001   $ 16,403   $ 858,348   $ (2,390 ) $ 145,934   $ 43,324   $ 1,061,619  

Net income

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

72,569

 

 


 

 

72,569

 
Dividends                 (8,000 )       (8,000 )
Capital contribution         84,212                 84,212  
Tax benefit for options exercised         3,532                 3,532  
Unrealized gain on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of $20,383                     45,632     45,632  
Unearned stock grant compensation, net             (2,328 )           (2,328 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2002   $ 16,403   $ 946,092   $ (4,718 ) $ 210,503   $ 88,956   $ 1,257,236  

Net income

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

214,522

 

 


 

 

214,522

 
Dividends                 (35,000 )       (35,000 )
Capital contribution         3,728                 3,728  
Tax benefit for options exercised         5,670                 5,670  
Unrealized loss on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of ($144)                     (7,771 )   (7,771 )
Unearned stock grant compensation, net             (761 )           (761 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2003   $ 16,403   $ 955,490   $ (5,479 ) $ 390,025   $ 81,185   $ 1,437,624  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-10



Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
Operating activities                    
Net income   $ 214,522   $ 72,569   $ 63,813  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                    
  Non-cash interest and operating expenses(1)     3,728     7,212     7,840  
  Net amortization of premium/(discount) on fixed maturity securities     9,119     3,728     (3,636 )
  Goodwill amortization             3,785  
  Provision/(benefit) for deferred income taxes     12,782     (7,267 )   15,989  
  Net realized investment gains     (5,483 )   (7,863 )   (13,140 )
  Cumulative effect of adopting a new accounting standard, net of taxes             24,104  
  Change in unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments     (98,449 )   54,158     16,255  
  Change in deferred acquisition costs     (21,374 )   (3,102 )   (3,805 )
  Change in accrued investment income     (1,728 )   (960 )   (1,082 )
  Change in premiums receivable     (3,538 )   (21,099 )   (18,801 )
  Change in due from affiliate     (115,000 )        
  Change in prepaid reinsurance premiums     168,523     (7,981 )   (142,730 )
  Change in unearned premium reserves     12,088     113,050     55,669  
  Change in reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net     40,424     26,573     175,633  
  Change in profit commissions payable     (24,595 )   6,868     6,901  
  Change in value of reinsurance business assumed     6,096     6,097     (26,419 )
  Change in funds held by Company under reinsurance contracts     (17,438 )   27,073      
  Other     20,353     8,671     (383 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash flows provided by operating activities     200,030     277,727     159,993  
   
 
 
 

Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Fixed maturity securities:                    
    Purchases     (902,935 )   (1,481,744 )   (1,371,380 )
    Sales     619,587     965,466     1,160,414  
    Maturities     127,532     284,899     21,929  
  (Purchases)/sales of short-term investments, net     6,829     (44,337 )   47,640  
  Other     3,690     8,712     (15,803 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities     (145,297 )   (267,004 )   (157,200 )
   
 
 
 

Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Capital contributions         2,000     310  
  Dividends paid     (35,000 )   (8,000 )   (5,500 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash provided by financing activities     (35,000 )   (6,000 )   (5,190 )
   
 
 
 

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

19,733

 

 

4,723

 

 

(2,397

)

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

 

3,187

 

 

537

 

 

(58

)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     9,445     4,185     6,640  
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 32,365   $ 9,445   $ 4,185  
   
 
 
 

Supplementary information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Taxes paid     15,091     11,676     7,250  
  Interest paid     5,738     10,579     11,548  

(1)
Operating activities include various non-cash items. These non-cash items are described in Note 14 "Related Party Transactions—Non-Cash Capital Contributions."

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-11



Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

1.    Business and Organization

        On December 2, 2003, ACE Limited ("ACE") announced its intention to establish a separate stand-alone entity including its financial guaranty insurance, reinsurance, mortgage and related businesses and to sell a majority interest in these businesses to the public through an initial public offering ("IPO"). The stand-alone entity would combine ownership of the financial guaranty insurance, reinsurance and related businesses under Assured Guaranty Ltd. ("Assured Guaranty", formerly AGC Holdings Ltd.), a newly incorporated Bermuda-based holding company. These businesses are comprised of Assured Guaranty Corp. (formerly ACE Guaranty Corp.) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. ("AGRI", formerly ACE Capital Re International Ltd.) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty Financial Products Inc. (formerly AGR Financial Products Inc.) and Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd. (formerly ACE Finance Overseas Ltd.) (collectively "combined entities"). ACE acquired most of the aforementioned businesses on December 30, 1999 as part of its acquisition of Capital Re.

        Assured Guaranty Corp., a Maryland domiciled insurance company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Assured Guaranty Risk Assurance Company (formerly ACE Risk Assurance Company), provide insurance and reinsurance of investment grade financial guaranty exposures, including municipal and non-municipal insurance and reinsurance, credit derivatives transactions as well as trade credit and related reinsurance.

        AGRI indirectly owns, through Barbados and United States holding companies, the entire share capital of a Bermuda reinsurer, Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. ("AGRO", formerly ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.). AGRO, in turn, owns Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company ("Assured Guaranty Mortgage," formerly ACE Capital Mortgage Reinsurance Company) and ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company ("ACTR"), which are monoline insurance companies domiciled in the United States. AGRO also owns Assured Guaranty Inc. (formerly, ACE Capital Re Inc.), a New York reinsurance intermediary.

        AGRI and AGRO underwrite highly structured financial guaranty and structured credit, residential mortgage and title reinsurance. During 2002, AGRO transferred its life, accident and health book of business to another ACE affiliate. AGRI and AGRO write business as direct reinsurers of third-party primary insurers and as retrocessionaires of certain affiliated companies and also provide credit protection through single-name and portfolio credit default swaps ("CDS"), where the counterparty is usually an investment bank.

        Assured Guaranty Mortgage reinsures residential mortgage guaranty insurance obligations that originate primarily in the United States and United Kingdom. ACTR provides structured reinsurance to the title insurance industry.

        Assured Guaranty Corp., AGRI and AGRO source business through a subsidiary, Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd., which is an Arranger based in the United Kingdom. An Arranger is an entity regulated by the Financial Services Authority which markets and sources derivative transactions.

        These financial statements present the historical combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the entities that will comprise Assured Guaranty upon completion of the following "Formation Transactions":

    ACE, through a U.S. subsidiary, will form Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. as a Delaware holding company to hold the shares of Assured Guaranty Corp. and Assured Guaranty Financial Products.

F-12


    ACE's U.S. subsidiary transferred the shares of Assured Guaranty Corp. and Assured Guaranty Financial Products to Assured Guaranty US Holdings in exchange for common stock of Assured Guaranty US Holdings and a $200 million promissory note.

    AGRO transferred 100% of the stock ownership in ACTR to ACE or one of its subsidiaries in exchange for a $39.5 million promissory note which will be repayable upon completion of the IPO.

        Subsequent to entering into the underwriting agreement with respect to the IPO, ACE will cause:

    its U.S. subsidiary to transfer 100% of the stock ownership in Assured Guaranty US Holdings and Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas to Assured Guaranty in exchange for common shares of Assured Guaranty and a $1 million promissory note of Assured Guaranty; and

    a Bermuda subsidiary to transfer 100% of the stock of AGRI to Assured Guaranty in exchange for common shares of Assured Guaranty and a $1 million promissory note of Assured Guaranty.

        Upon completion of the IPO, ACE and its subsidiaries will also enter into a number of transactions with Assured Guaranty subsidiaries in order to reinsure or otherwise assume certain risks related to the businesses reported in Assured Guaranty's other segment. These transactions will not have a material effect on Assured Guaranty's financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

        Upon completion of the IPO, any unvested options to purchase ACE ordinary shares held by our officers or employees will immediately vest and any unvested restricted ACE ordinary shares will be forfeited. Our officers and employees will have 90 days to exercise any vested options to acquire ACE ordinary shares. The acceleration of vesting of options to purchase ordinary shares will result in a pre-tax charge of approximately $3.1 million. We have agreed to deposit with an independent trustee an amount of cash equal to the value of the restricted ACE ordinary shares forfeited by all of our officers and employees. Based upon an assumed price of $42.00 per ACE ordinary share, the value of the restricted ACE ordinary shares to be forfeited by all of our officers and employees is approximately $8.3 million. Assured Guaranty will incur a pre-tax charge of approximately $8.3 million for the amount of cash contributed to the trust.

        Assured Guaranty, through its wholly owned subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty Corp. and AGRI, will operate financial guaranty insurance, reinsurance and related businesses.

2.    Significant Accounting Policies

    Basis of Presentation

        The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"), which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        The historical combined financial statements include the assets, liabilities, operating results and cash flows of Assured Guaranty and combined entities (the "Company") and have been prepared using the historical bases for assets and liabilities and the historical results of operations of the aforementioned combined entities. The historical combined financial statements also include certain long-term debt used to fund the Company's insurance operations and related interest expense. For all periods presented, certain expenses reflected in the financial statements include allocations of corporate expenses incurred by ACE related to general and administrative services provided to the Company,

F-13



including tax consulting and preparation services, internal audit services and liquidity facility costs. These expenses were allocated based on estimates of the cost incurred by ACE to provide these services to the Company. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Certain items in the prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation.

        Management believes that the foregoing adjustments and allocations were made on a basis that is a reasonable reflection of the historical results of the Company. However, these results do not necessarily represent what the historical combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company would have been if the Company had been a separate and stand-alone entity during the periods presented.

    Premium Revenue Recognition

        Premiums are received either upfront or in installments. Upfront premiums are earned in proportion to the expiration of the amount at risk. Each installment premium is earned ratably over its installment period, generally one year or less. For insured bonds for which the par value outstanding is declining during the insurance period, upfront premium earnings are greater in the earlier periods thus matching revenue recognition with the underlying risk. The premiums are allocated in accordance with the principal amortization schedule of the related bond issue and are earned ratably over the amortization period. When an insured issue is retired early, is called by the issuer, or is in substance paid in advance through a refunding accomplished by placing U.S. Government securities in escrow, the remaining unearned premium reserve is earned at that time. Unearned premium reserve represents the portion of premiums written that is applicable to the unexpired amount at risk of insured bonds.

        Due to the customary lag (ranging from 30 to 90 days) in reporting premium data by some of the ceding companies, the Company must estimate the ultimate written and earned premiums to be received from a ceding company as of each balance sheet date for the reinsurance business. Actual written premiums reported in the statements of operations are based upon reports received by ceding companies supplemented by the Company's own estimates of premium for which ceding company reports have not yet been received. Differences between such estimates and actual amounts are recorded in the period in which the actual amounts are determined.

    Investments

        The Company accounts for its investments in fixed maturity securities in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standard Board's ("FASB") Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("FAS") No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" ("FAS 115"). Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, all investments in fixed maturity securities were designated as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. The fair values of all our investments are calculated from independent market quotations.

        The amortized cost of fixed maturity securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts computed using the effective interest method. That amortization or accretion is included in net investment income. For mortgage-backed securities, and any other holdings for which there is prepayment risk, prepayment assumptions are evaluated and revised as necessary. Any necessary adjustments required due to the resulting change in effective yields and maturities are recognized prospectively in current income.

F-14



        Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are determined using the specific identification method. Unrealized gains and losses on investments, net of applicable deferred income taxes, are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholder's equity. The Company has a formal review process for all securities in its investment portfolio, including a review for impairment losses. Factors considered when assessing impairment include:

    a decline in the market value of a security by 20% or more below amortized cost for a continuous period of at least six months;

    a decline in the market value of a security for a continuous period of 12 months;

    recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer by rating agencies;

    the financial condition of the applicable issuer;

    whether scheduled interest payments are past due; and

    whether the Company has the ability and intent to hold the security for a sufficient period of time to allow for anticipated recoveries in fair value.

        If the Company believes a decline in the value of a particular investment is temporary, the decline is recorded as an unrealized loss on the balance sheet in "accumulated other comprehensive income" in shareholder's equity. If we believe the decline is "other than temporary," we write down the carrying value of the investment and record a realized loss in our statement of operations. Our assessment of a decline in value includes management's current assessment of the factors noted above. If that assessment changes in the future, the Company may ultimately record a loss after having originally concluded that the decline in value was temporary.

        Short-term investments are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value. Short-term investments are those with original maturities of greater than three months but less than one year from date of purchase.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company classifies demand deposits as cash. Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

    Deferred Acquisition Costs

        Acquisition costs incurred, that vary with and are directly related to the production of new business, are deferred. These costs include direct and indirect expenses such as commissions, brokerage expenses and costs of underwriting and marketing personnel. The Company's management uses judgment in determining what types of costs should be deferred, as well as what percentage of these costs should be deferred. The Company periodically conducts a study to determine which operating costs vary with, and are directly related to, the acquisition of new business and qualify for deferral. Acquisition costs other than those associated with the credit derivative products are deferred and amortized in relation to earned premiums. Ceding commissions received on premiums ceded to other reinsurers reduce acquisition costs. Anticipated losses, loss adjustment expenses and the remaining costs of servicing the insured or reinsured business are considered in determining the recoverability of acquisition costs. Acquisition costs associated with credit derivative products are expensed as incurred.

F-15


    Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

        Reserve for loss and loss adjustment expenses ("LAE") includes case reserves, incurred but not reported reserves ("IBNR") and portfolio reserves.

        Case reserves are established when specific insured obligations are in or near default. Case reserves represent the present value of expected future loss payments and LAE, net of estimated recoveries but before considering ceded reinsurance. Financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance case reserves are discounted at 6.0%, which is the approximate taxable equivalent yield on the investment portfolio in all periods presented.

        IBNR is an estimate of the amount of losses where the insured event has occurred but the claim has not yet been reported to the Company. In establishing IBNR, the Company uses traditional actuarial methods to estimate the reporting lag of such claims based on historical experience, claim reviews and information reported by ceding companies. The Company records IBNR for mortgage guaranty reinsurance within the mortgage guaranty segment and for title reinsurance, auto residual value reinsurance and trade credit reinsurance within the other segment.

        In addition to IBNR, the Company records portfolio reserves for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance, credit derivatives, mortgage guaranty and title reinsurance business. Portfolio reserves are established with respect to the portion of the Company's business for which case reserves have not been established. Portfolio reserves are established in an amount equal to the portion of actuarially estimated ultimate losses related to premiums earned to date as a percentage of total expected premiums for that in-force business. Actuarially estimated ultimate losses on financial guaranty exposures are developed considering the net par outstanding of each insured obligation, taking account of the probability of future default, the expected timing of the default and expected recovery following default. These factors vary by type of issue (for example, municipal, structured finance or corporate), current credit rating and remaining term of the underlying obligation and are principally based on historical data obtained from rating agencies. Actuarially estimated ultimate losses on mortgage guaranty reinsurance and title reinsurance are principally determined based on the historical industry loss experience, net of expected recoveries. During an accounting period, portfolio reserves principally increase or decrease based on changes in the aggregate net amount at risk and the probability of default resulting from changes in credit quality of insured obligations, if any.

        The Company updates its estimates of loss and LAE reserves quarterly. Loss assumptions used in computing losses and LAE reserves are periodically updated for emerging experience, and any resulting changes in reserves are recorded as a charge or credit to earnings in the period such estimates are changed. Due to the inherent uncertainties of estimating loss and LAE reserves, specifically for the high severity, low frequency financial guaranty business that the Company writes, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in our combined financial statements, and the differences may be material.

    Profit commissions

        Under the terms of certain of the Company's reinsurance contracts, the Company is obligated to pay the ceding company at predetermined future dates a contingent commission based upon a specified percentage of the net underwriting profits. As of the balance sheet date, the Company's liability for the present value of expected future payments is shown on the balance sheet under the caption, "Profit commission payable". The unamortized discount on this liability was $4.7 million and $7.9 million as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

F-16


    Reinsurance

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company's insurance subsidiaries assume and retrocede business with other insurance and reinsurance companies. These agreements provide greater diversification of business and may minimize the net potential loss from large risks. Retrocessional contracts do not relieve the Company of its obligation to the reinsured. Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses includes balances due from reinsurance companies for paid and unpaid losses and LAE that will be recovered from reinsurers, based on contracts in force, and is presented net of any provision for estimated uncollectible reinsurance. Any change in the provision for uncollectible reinsurance is included in loss and loss adjustment expenses. Prepaid reinsurance premiums represent the portion of premiums ceded to reinsurers relating to the unexpired terms of the reinsurance contracts in force.

        Certain of the Company's assumed and ceded reinsurance contracts are funds held arrangements. In a funds held arrangement, the ceding company retains the premiums instead of paying them to the reinsurer and losses are offset against these funds in an experience account. Because the reinsurer is not in receipt of the funds, the reinsurer earns interest on the experience account balance at a predetermined credited rate of interest. The Company generally earns interest at fixed rates of between 4% and 6% on its assumed funds held arrangements and generally pays interest at fixed rates of between 4% and 6% on its ceded funds held arrangements. The interest earned or credited on funds held arrangements is included in net investment income. In addition, interest on funds held arrangements will continue to be earned or credited until the experience account is fully depleted, which can extend many years beyond the expiration of the coverage period.

    Value of Reinsurance Business Assumed

        The value of reinsurance business assumed and recorded at the inception of a retrocessional reinsurance contract represents the difference between the estimated ultimate amount of the liabilities assumed under retroactive reinsurance contracts and the consideration received under the contract. The value of reinsurance business assumed is amortized to losses and LAE based on the payment pattern of the losses assumed. The unamortized value is reviewed regularly to determine if it is recoverable under the terms of the contract, estimated losses and LAE and anticipated investment income. If such amounts are estimated to be unrecoverable, they are expensed.

    Goodwill

        Prior to January 1, 2002, goodwill was amortized over twenty-five years on a straight-line basis. Beginning January 1, 2002, goodwill is no longer amortized, but rather is evaluated for impairment at least annually. Management has determined that goodwill is not impaired at December 31, 2003.

    Income Taxes

        Certain of the Company's subsidiaries are subject to U.S. income tax. In accordance with FAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes", deferred income taxes are provided for with respect to the temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Such temporary differences relate principally to deferred acquisition costs, reserve for losses and LAE, unearned premium reserve, unrealized gains and losses on investments, unrealized gains and losses on

F-17


derivative financial instruments and statutory contingency reserves. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the deferred tax asset to that amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

    Earning Per Share

        Basic earnings per share is calculated using the shares issued upon the formation of the Company, for all periods presented. All potentially dilutive securities, including unvested restricted stock and stock options are excluded from the basic earnings per share calculation. In calculating diluted earnings per share, the shares issued are increased to include all potentially dilutive securities. Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the applicable number of shares as described above.

    Stock Based Compensation

        Stock based compensation is based on ACE stock. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation plans in accordance with APB No. 25. No compensation expense for options is reflected in net income, as all options granted under the plan had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of the grant. Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required by FAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation". In December 2002, FASB issued FAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure." FAS 148 amends the disclosure requirements of FAS 123 to require prominent disclosure in both annual and interim financial statements regarding the method of accounting for stock-based compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results.

        For restricted stock awards, the Company records the market value of the shares awarded at the time of the grant as unearned stock grant compensation and includes it as a separate component of shareholder's equity. The unearned stock grant compensation is amortized into income ratably over the vesting period.

        The following table outlines the Company's net income, basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, had the compensation cost been determined in accordance with the fair value method recommended in FAS 123.

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)

Net income as reported   $ 214,522   $ 72,569   $ 63,813
Add: Stock-based compensation expense included in reported net income, net of income tax     2,025     1,234     420
Deduct: Compensation expense, net of income tax     4,037     2,778     988
   
 
 
Pro Forma   $ 212,510   $ 71,025   $ 63,245
   
 
 
Earnings Per Share:                  
Basic   $ 2.83   $ 0.95   $ 0.84
Diluted   $ 2.83   $ 0.95   $ 0.84

F-18


3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In May 2003, Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued FAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity" ("FAS 150"), which establishes standards for classifying and measuring certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. FAS 150 requires the classification of a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances). FAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of FAS 150 did not have a material impact on the combined financial statements.

        In April 2003, the FASB issued FAS No. 149, "Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." This statement amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under FAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." This statement improves financial reporting by requiring that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly. For example, this statement requires that financial guaranty insurance, for which the underlying risk is linked to a derivative, be accounted for as a derivative. This statement is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, except for the provisions of this Statement that relate to FAS No. 133 implementation issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. All provisions are to be applied prospectively, except for the provisions of this Statement that relate to FAS No. 133 implementation issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003. These provisions are to be applied in accordance with their respective effective dates. The adoption of FAS 149 did not have a material impact on the combined financial statements.

        In December 2002, FASB issued FAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure" ("FAS 148"). FAS 148 provides alternative methods of transitioning for a voluntary change to the fair-value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. FAS 148 amends the disclosure requirements of FAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("FAS 123"), to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. FAS 148 is effective for companies with fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. The Company continues to account for stock-based compensation plans in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25").

        Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted FAS No. 141, "Business Combinations" and FAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets". FAS No. 141, which supercedes APB 16, "Business Combinations," requires business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and provides specific criteria for initial recognition of intangible assets apart from goodwill. FAS No. 142, which supercedes APB 17, "Intangible Assets," requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives no longer be amortized but instead be tested for impairment at least annually. FAS No. 142 established new accounting and reporting standards for acquired goodwill and other intangible assets. It requires that an entity determine if the goodwill or other intangible assets has an indefinite or a finite useful life. Those with indefinite useful lives will not be subject to amortization and must be tested annually for impairment. See Note 5 for further information.

        In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities" ("FIN 46"), as an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, "Consolidated

F-19



Financial Statements." FIN 46 addresses consolidation of variable interest entities (VIEs) by business enterprises. An entity is considered a VIE subject to consolidation if the equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or if the equity investors lack one of three characteristics of a controlling financial interest. First, the equity investors lack the ability to make decisions about the entity's activities through voting rights or similar rights. Second, they do not bear the obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity if they occur. Lastly, they do not claim the right to receive expected returns of the entity if they occur, which are the compensation for the risk of absorbing the expected losses. FIN 46 requires that VIEs be consolidated by the entity that maintains the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership. This Interpretation applies immediately to VIEs created after January 31, 2003 and to VIEs in which an enterprise obtains an interest after that date. FASB deferred the effective date of FIN 46 until the end of the first interim or annual period ending after December 15, 2003 for VIEs created before February 1, 2003. The adoption of FIN 46 did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

        In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others" ("FIN 45"). FIN 45 outlines certain accounting guidelines, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2002, from which the Company's insurance transactions and derivative contracts are excluded. In addition, FIN 45 expands the disclosures required by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements regarding obligations under certain guarantees. These disclosure requirements are effective for the year ended December 31, 2002. The Company's financial position and results of operations did not change as a result of the adoption of FIN 45.

4. Derivatives

        The Company adopted FAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("FAS 133"), which established accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives), and for hedging activities as of January 1, 2001. FAS 133 requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the combined balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as a fair value, cash flow or foreign currency hedge. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. The Company had no derivatives that were designated as hedges during 2003, 2002 and 2001.

        Certain products (principally credit protection oriented) issued by the Company have been deemed to meet the definition of a derivative under FAS 133. These products consist primarily of credit derivatives. In addition, the Company issued a few index-based derivative financial instruments. The Company uses derivative instruments primarily to offer credit protection to others. Effective January 1, 2001, the Company records these transactions at fair value. Where available, we use quoted market prices to fair value these insured credit derivatives. If quoted prices are not available, particularly for senior layer collateralized debt obligations ("CDO") and equity layer credit protection, the fair value is estimated using valuation models for each type of credit protection. These models may be developed by third parties, such as rating agency models, or may be developed internally, depending on the circumstances. These models and the related assumptions are continually reevaluated by management and enhanced, as appropriate, based upon improvements in modeling techniques and availability of more timely market information. The fair value of derivative financial instruments reflects the estimated cost to the Company to purchase protection on its outstanding exposures and is not an estimate of expected losses incurred. Due to the inherent uncertainties of the assumptions used in the valuation models to determine the fair value of these derivative products, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in our combined financial statements, and the differences may be material.

F-20


        The Company records premiums received from the issuance of derivative instruments in gross written premiums and establishes unearned premium reserves and loss reserves. These loss reserves represent the Company's best estimate of the probable losses expected under these contracts. Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are computed as the difference between fair value and the total of the unearned premium reserves, losses and LAE reserve, premiums receivable, prepaid reinsurance premiums and reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses. Changes in unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are reflected in the statement of operations. Cumulative unrealized gains and losses are reflected as assets and liabilities, respectively, in the Company's balance sheets. Unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in the fair value of derivatives occur because of changes in interest rates, credit spreads, recovery rates, the credit ratings of the referenced entities and other market factors. In the event that we terminate a derivative contact prior to maturity as a result of a decision to exit a line of business or for risk manangemnet purposes, the unrealized gain or loss will be realized through premiums earned and losses incurred.

        As of January 1, 2001, the Company recorded an expense related to the cumulative effect of adopting FAS 133 of $24.1 million, net of applicable deferred income tax benefit of $12.3 million.

        The Company recorded a pretax net unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments of $98.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, and a pretax net unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments of $54.2 and $16.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

        The following table summarizes activities related to derivative financial instruments (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
Balance sheets as of December 31,                    
Assets:                    
Premiums receivable   $ 34,885   $ 28,746      
Prepaid reinsurance premiums     2,399     2,952   $ 3,012  
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses     16,937     10,000      
   
 
 
 
Liabilities:                    
Unearned premium reserves     138,531     179,839     58,667  
Reserve for losses and LAE     103,922     118,677     43,584  
Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments     8,558     107,007     52,849  
   
 
 
 
Net liability—fair value of derivative financial instruments   $ 196,790   $ 363,825   $ 152,088  
   
 
 
 
Statements of operations for the years ended December 31,                    
Net written premiums   $ 89,759   $ 249,335   $ 94,476  
Net earned premiums     130,514     128,103     51,358  
Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred     (60,075 )   (107,111 )   (36,497 )
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments     98,449     (54,158 )   (16,255 )
   
 
 
 
Total impact of derivative financial instruments   $ 168,888   $ (33,166 ) $ (1,394 )
   
 
 
 

F-21


5. Goodwill

        Goodwill of $94.6 million arose from ACE's acquisition of Capital Re Corporation as of December 31, 1999 and was being amortized over a period of twenty-five years. On January 1, 2002, the Company ceased amortizing goodwill as part of its adoption of FAS 142.

        The following table reconciles reported net income and earnings per share to adjusted net income and earnings per share excluding goodwill amortization:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars except per share amounts)

Reported net income   $ 214,522   $ 72,569   $ 63,813
Add back: Goodwill amortization             3,785
   
 
 
Adjusted net income   $ 214,522   $ 72,569   $ 67,598
   
 
 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Reported earnings per share   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.85
Add back: Goodwill amortization             .05
   
 
 
Adjusted earnings per share   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.90
   
 
 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Reported earnings per share   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.85
Add back: Goodwill amortization             .05
   
 
 
Adjusted earnings per share   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.90
   
 
 

        The following table details goodwill by segment as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001:

 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Financial guaranty direct   $ 14,748
Financial guaranty reinsurance     70,669
Mortgage guaranty    
Other     1,645
   
Total   $ 87,062
   

6. Statutory Accounting Practices

        These financial statements are prepared on a GAAP basis, which differs in certain respects from accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the insurance regulatory authorities, including the Maryland Insurance Department, the New York State Insurance Department as well as the statutory requirements of the Minister of Finance of Bermuda.

        Statutory capital and surplus as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 was $980.5 million and $835.4 million, respectively. Statutory net income for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $187.8 million, $80.8 million and $78.8 million, respectively.

        There are no permitted accounting practices on a statutory basis.

F-22



7. Insurance in Force

        As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, net financial guaranty par in force including insured CDS was approximately $87.5 billion and $80.4 billion, respectively. The portfolio was broadly diversified by payment source, geographic location and maturity schedule, with no single risk representing more than 1.2% of the total net par in force. The composition of net par in force by bond type was as follows:

 
  As of
December 31,

 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in billions of U.S. dollars)

Municipal exposures:            
  Tax-backed   $ 21.1   $ 19.5
  Municipal utilities     11.1     10.4
  Healthcare     5.7     5.7
  Special revenue     9.0     8.5
  Structured municipal     3.4     3.5
  Other municipal     2.3     1.8
   
 
    Total municipal exposures     52.6     49.4
   
 

Non-municipal exposures:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Collateralized debt obligations   $ 16.1   $ 12.1
  Consumer receivables     9.4     8.5
  Commercial receivables     5.3     3.4
  Single name corporate CDS     2.3     4.8
  Other structured finance     1.8     2.2
   
 
    Total non-municipal exposures     34.9     31.0
   
 
      Total exposures   $ 87.5   $ 80.4
   
 

        Maturities for municipal obligations range from 1 to 40 years, with the typical life in the 12 to 15 year range. Non-municipal transactions have legal maturities that range from 1 to 30 years with a typical life of 5 to 7 years. Maturities on single name corporate CDSs range from 1 to 7 years with an average remaining maturity of 1.7 years as of December 31, 2003.

F-23


        The portfolio contained exposures in each of the 50 states and abroad. The distribution of net financial guaranty par outstanding by geographic location is set forth in the following table:

 
  As of December 31, 2003
  As of December 31, 2002
 
 
  Net par
outstanding

  % of Net par
outstanding

  Net par
outstanding

  % of Net par
outstanding

 
 
  (in billions of U.S. dollars)

 
Domestic:                      
  California   $ 7.2   8.2 % $ 6.8   8.5 %
  New York     5.6   6.4     5.5   6.8  
  Texas     3.2   3.6     3.2   4.0  
  Florida     2.8   3.2     3.1   3.9  
  Illinois     2.8   3.2     2.8   3.5  
  Pennsylvania     2.2   2.5     2.3   2.9  
  New Jersey     2.0   2.3     2.2   2.7  
  Massachusetts     1.7   1.9     1.9   2.4  
  Puerto Rico     1.5   1.7     1.8   2.2  
  Washington     1.3   1.5     1.4   1.7  
  Other-Muni     18.2   20.8     17.1   21.3  
  Other-Non Muni     32.2   36.8     28.1   35.0  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total Domestic exposures     80.7   92.1     76.2   94.8  
   
 
 
 
 

International:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  United Kingdom     3.3   3.8     1.7   2.1  
  Italy     0.4   0.5     0.2   0.2  
  Australia     0.4   0.5     0.2   0.2  
  France     0.4   0.5     0.3   0.4  
  Brazil     0.3   0.3     0.2   0.2  
  Other     2.0   2.3     1.6   2.0  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total International exposures     6.8   7.9     4.2   5.1  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total exposures   $ 87.5   100.0 % $ 80.4   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 

        The following table sets forth the financial guaranty in-force portfolio by underwriting rating:

 
  As of December 31, 2003
  As of December 31, 2002
 
Ratings

  Net par
outstanding

  % of Net par
outstanding

  Net par
outstanding

  % of Net par
outstanding

 
 
  (in billions of U.S. dollars)

 
AAA   $ 26.2   29.9 % $ 20.7   25.7 %
AA     17.6   20.1     14.4   17.9  
A     29.9   34.2     32.9   40.9  
BBB     12.3   14.1     11.7   14.6  
Below investment grade     1.5   1.7     0.7   0.9  
   
 
 
 
 
  Total exposures   $ 87.5   100.0 % $ 80.4   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 

        As part of its financial guaranty business, the Company enters into CDS transactions whereby one party pays a periodic fee in fixed basis points on a notional amount in return for a contingent payment

F-24



by the other party in the event one or more defined credit events occurs with respect to one or more third party reference securities or loans. A credit event may be a nonpayment event such as a failure to pay, bankruptcy, or restructuring, as negotiated by the parties to the CDS transaction. The total notional amount of insured CDS exposure outstanding as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and included in the Company's financial guaranty exposure was $23.4 billion and $20.2 billion, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company's net mortgage guaranty insurance in force (representing the current principal balance of all mortgage loans currently reinsured) was approximately $3.8 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively, and net risk in force was approximately $2.2 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively. These amounts are not included in the above table.

8.    Premiums Earned from Refunded and Called Bonds

        Premiums earned include $19.2 million, $14.0 million and $4.5 million for 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, related to refunded and called bonds.

9.    Investments

        The following table summarizes the Company's aggregate investment portfolio as of December 31, 2003:

 
  Amortized
Cost

  Gross
Unrealized
Gains

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

  Estimated
Fair Value

 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Fixed maturity securities                        
U.S. government and agencies   $ 255,173   $ 16,297   $ (400 ) $ 271,070
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     788,436     65,364     (1,014 )   852,786
Corporate securities     268,118     21,548     (1,075 )   288,591
Mortgage-backed securities     538,856     13,193     (2,144 )   549,905
Structured securities     75,776     2,265     (94 )   77,947
Foreign government and agencies     11,384     540     (6 )   11,918
   
 
 
 
Total fixed maturity securities     1,937,743     119,207     (4,733 )   2,052,217

Short-term investments

 

 

137,517

 

 


 

 


 

 

137,517
   
 
 
 
Total investments   $ 2,075,260   $ 119,207   $ (4,733 ) $ 2,189,734
   
 
 
 

F-25


        The following table summarizes the Company's aggregate investment portfolio as of December 31, 2002:

 
  Amortized
Cost

  Gross
Unrealized
Gains

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

  Estimated
Fair Value

 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Fixed maturity securities                        
U.S. government and agencies   $ 279,436   $ 22,676   $ (1 ) $ 302,111
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     626,370     54,629     (57 )   680,942
Corporate securities     271,224     23,724     (2,050 )   292,898
Mortgage-backed securities     533,662     19,752     (179 )   553,235
Structured securities     73,423     3,694     (27 )   77,090
Foreign government and agencies     1,501     284         1,785
   
 
 
 
Total fixed maturity securities     1,785,616     124,759     (2,314 )   1,908,061

Short-term investments

 

 

144,346

 

 


 

 


 

 

144,346
   
 
 
 
Total investments   $ 1,929,962   $ 124,759   $ (2,314 ) $ 2,052,407
   
 
 
 

        Approximately 25% of the Company's total investment portfolio as of December 31, 2003 was composed of mortgage-backed securities ("MBS"), including collateralized mortgage obligations and commercial mortgage-backed securities. As of December 31, 2003, the weighted average credit quality of the Company's entire investment portfolio was AA+.

        The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities as of December 31, 2003, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 
  Amortized
Cost

  Estimated
Fair Value

 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Due within one year   $ 21,793   $ 22,180
Due after one year through five years     229,158     242,651
Due after five years through ten years     299,245     323,621
Due after ten years     848,691     913,860
Mortgage-backed securities     538,856     549,905
   
 
Total   $ 1,937,743   $ 2,052,217
   
 

        Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities were $619.6 million, $965.5 million, and $1,160.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

        Net realized gains consisted of the following:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
  Gains   $ 6,499   $ 16,824   $ 26,918  
  Losses     (964 )   (3,151 )   (4,478 )
  Other than temporary impairments     (52 )   (5,810 )   (9,300 )
   
 
 
 
Net realized investment gains   $ 5,483   $ 7,863   $ 13,140  
   
 
 
 

F-26


        During 2002, the Company determined that the decline in value related to WorldCom bonds held in its investment portfolio was "other than temporary." Accordingly, the Company recorded a write-down of the carrying value of these bonds in the amount of $5.8 million.

        In June 1996, the Company invested approximately $10.9 million in CGA Group Ltd ("CGA"), a Bermuda domiciled insurance company formed to provide financial guaranty insurance of structured securities, including commercial real estate and asset-backed transactions. The Company's investment was in the form of common and preferred shares. In 1998, the Company recorded a write-down of its investment in CGA of $7.5 million, based on management's belief that the carrying value of CGA had suffered an other than temporary impairment. In March 2001, based on its contractual obligation to contribute additional capital in the event CGA was downgraded, the Company contributed an additional $7.5 million to CGA, thereby increasing its carrying value of the investment to $10.9 million. Concurrently, the Company recorded a write-down in its investment in CGA of $9.3 million, due to its other than temporary impairment. In July 2001, the Company's remaining investment in CGA, $1.6 million, was redeemed, resulting in no realized gain or loss. As of December 31, 2001, the Company did not have an investment in CGA.

        The change in net unrealized gains consists of:

 
  For the years
ended December 31,

 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Fixed maturity securities   $ (7,971 ) $ 66,015   $ (2,232 )
Foreign exchange translation     56     (133 )   180  
Deferred income tax provision/(benefit)     (144 )   20,250     (3,034 )
   
 
 
 
Change in net unrealized gains on fixed maturity securities   $ (7,771 ) $ 45,632   $ 982  
   
 
 
 

        The following table summarizes, for all securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2003, the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized loss by length of time the amounts have continuously been in an unrealized loss position.

 
  As of December 31, 2003
 
 
  Less than 12 months
  12 months or more
  Total
 
 
  Fair value
  Unrealized loss
  Fair value
  Unrealized loss
  Fair value
  Unrealized loss
 
 
  (in millions of U.S. dollars)

 
U.S. government and agencies   $ 16.2   $ (0.2 ) $   $   $ 16.2   $ (0.2 )
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     64.5     (1.2 )               64.5     (1.2 )
Corporate securities     44.6     (1.2 )           44.6     (1.2 )
Mortgage backed securities     155.0     (2.1 )               155.0     (2.1 )
Structured securities                          
Foreign government and agencies                          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 280.3   $ (4.7 ) $     $     $ 280.3   $ (4.7 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

        Included above are 104 fixed maturity securities. The Company has considered factors such as sector credit ratings and industry analyst reports in evaluating the above securities for impairment and has concluded that these securities are not other than temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2003.

F-27



        Net investment income is derived from the following sources:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Income from fixed maturities   $ 96,541   $ 94,776   $ 95,457  
Income from short-term investments     2,383     3,744     5,844  
   
 
 
 
Total gross investment income     98,924     98,520     101,301  

Less: investment expenses

 

 

(2,650

)

 

(1,280

)

 

(1,781

)
   
 
 
 
Net investment income   $ 96,274   $ 97,240   $ 99,520  
   
 
 
 

        Under agreements with its cedants and in accordance with statutory requirements, the Company maintained fixed maturity securities in trust accounts of $370.0 million and $355.2 million as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, for the benefit of reinsured companies and for the protection of policyholders, generally in states in which the Company or its subsidiaries, as applicable, are not licensed or accredited.

        As part of its insured CDS business, the Company is party to certain contractual agreements that require collateral to be posted for the benefit of either party depending on ratings of the parties to the agreement and changes in fair value relative to applicable specified thresholds of the insured swap transactions. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company posted collateral of $154.8 million and $194.7 million, respectively, for the benefit of CDS customers.

10.    Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

        The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the reserve for losses and LAE, including case, IBNR and portfolio reserves:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Balance as of January 1   $ 458,831   $ 401,079   $ 170,973  
Less reinsurance recoverable     (100,826 )   (70,092 )   (14,836 )
   
 
 
 
Net balance as of January 1     358,005     330,987     156,137  
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses:                    
  Current year     105,623     156,626     164,881  
  Prior years     38,987     (7,546 )   12,661  
Transfer/Novation of life, accident and health reinsurance reserves         (28,820 )    
   
 
 
 
      144,610     120,260     177,542  
Loss and loss adjustment expenses paid and recovered                    
  Current year     30,702     69,157     6,726  
  Prior years     69,133     20,633     22,349  
   
 
 
 
      99,835     89,790     29,075  
Value of reinsurance business assumed     (6,096 )   (6,097 )   26,419  
Unrealized foreign exchange gain/(loss) on reserves revaluation     (3,785 )   (2,645 )   36  

Net balance as of December 31

 

 

400,469

 

 

358,005

 

 

330,987

 
Plus reinsurance recoverable     122,124     100,826     70,092  
   
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31   $ 522,593   $ 458,831   $ 401,079  
   
 
 
 

F-28


        The financial guaranty case basis reserves have been discounted using a rate of 6% in 2003, 2002 and 2001, resulting in a discount of $19.8 million, $14.9 million and $8.0 million, respectively.

        The prior year development in 2003 of $39.0 million in the provision for losses and LAE is due in part to an increase of $25 million in case activity on the structured finance line of business due to credit deterioration in collateralized debt obligations assumed through reinsurance treaties. In addition, prior year development includes an increase in the case reserve on the WorldOmni auto residual value transaction (see note 15 "Commitments and Contingencies").

        In 2002, the favorable prior year development of $7.5 million in the provision for losses and LAE relates primarily to $3.3 million of higher than previously estimated salvage on a non-municipal transaction and $1.7 million of favorable development in the trade credit reinsurance line of business.

        In 2002, the Company transferred to an affiliate its LA&H book of business. This transfer had no impact on net income and resulted in a $28.8 million reduction of reserves related to the prior year with a corresponding reduction in premiums earned and deferred acquisition costs (see Note 14 for further details).

        The prior year adverse development for loss and LAE in 2001 of $12.7 million is mainly due to $9.5 million of losses incurred for the trade credit line of business plus accretion of the discounted reserves on prior years financial guaranty case basis reserves of $3.6 million. The adverse development in trade credit line of business was primarily due to deteriorating corporate credit environment and lower than previously estimated salvage values.

        Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid, net of recoveries, were $99.8 million, $89.8 million and $29.1 million, respectively, for the years ended 2003, 2002 and 2001. Of the total net loss payments, $77.1 million and $36.4 million, respectively, related to equity layer CDO losses paid in 2003 and 2002. In addition, during 2002, $11.6 million of losses were paid for a single name credit derivative and $13.3 million of losses were paid for a financial guaranty contract.

        The value of reinsurance business assumed represents the change in the value of reinsurance business assumed asset for retroactive reinsurance contracts.

11.    Income Taxes

        The Company's Bermuda subsidiaries are not subject to any income, withholding or capital gains taxes under current Bermuda law. The Company has received an undertaking from the Minister of Finance in Bermuda that, in the event of any taxes being imposed, the Bermuda subsidiaries will be exempt from taxation in Bermuda until March 2016.

        The Company's U.S. subsidiaries are subject to income taxes imposed by U.S. authorities and file U.S. tax returns.

        Assured Guaranty Corp., Assured Guaranty Risk Assurance Company, ACE Financial Services, ACE Asset Management, Assured Guaranty Financial Products and AFP Transferor Inc. have historically prepared a consolidated federal income tax return with ACE Prime Holding Inc., an affiliate of the Company. AGRO and its subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty Mortgage, ACTR and Assured Guaranty Inc., have historically filed a consolidated federal income tax return. AGRO, a Bermuda domiciled company, has elected under Section 953(d) of the Internal Revenue Code to be taxed as a U.S. domestic corporation. Historically each company has paid its proportionate share of the consolidated federal tax burden as if each company filed on a separate return basis with current period credit for net losses.

F-29



        The following table provides the Company's income tax provision and effective tax rates:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Current tax expense   $ 18,873   $ 17,858   $ 6,197
Deferred tax (benefit) expense     12,782     (7,267 )   15,989
   
 
 
Provision for income taxes   $ 31,655   $ 10,591   $ 22,186
   
 
 

Effective tax rate

 

 

12.9%

 

 

12.7%

 

 

20.2%

        Reconciliation of the difference between the provision for income taxes and the expected tax provision at statutory rates in taxable jurisdictions was as follows:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Expected tax provision at statutory rates in taxable jurisdictions   $ 41,945   $ 19,875   $ 28,955  
Tax-exempt interest     (10,319 )   (9,536 )   (8,647 )
Other     29     252     1,878  
   
 
 
 
Total provision for income taxes   $ 31,655   $ 10,591   $ 22,186  
   
 
 
 

        The deferred income tax liability reflects the tax effect of the following temporary differences:

 
  As of December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in thousands of
U.S. dollars)

Deferred tax assets:            
  Reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses   $ 29,716   $ 32,566
  Tax and loss bonds     16,071     16,071
  Net operating loss carry forward     31,101     23,053
  Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments     10,084     25,091
  Alternative minimum tax credit     2,711     2,159
  Other     654    
   
 
Total deferred income tax assets     90,337     98,940
   
 
Deferred tax liabilities:            
  Deferred acquisition costs     56,617     53,942
  Unearned premium reserves     6,105     4,412
  Contingency reserve     28,124     28,124
  Unrealized appreciation on investments     33,441     33,585
  Other     14,687     14,876
   
 
Total deferred income tax liabilities     138,974     134,939
   
 
   
Valuation allowance

 

 

7,000

 

 

7,000
   
 

Net deferred income tax liability

 

$

55,637

 

$

42,999
   
 

        As of December 31, 2003, AGRO had a standalone net operating loss carry-forward of $89 million, of which $66 million is available to offset future U.S. federal taxable income through 2017 and $23 million is available to offset future U.S. federal taxable income through 2023. As a Section 953(d)

F-30



company, any standalone net operating losses of AGRO are treated as dual consolidation losses and are not permitted to offset income of any other members of the consolidated group. Management believes it is more likely than not that $20 million of AGRO's $89 million net operating loss will not be utilized before it expires and has established a $7.0 million valuation allowance related to the net operating loss carry-forward deferred tax asset.

        As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company had a current income payable of $2.8 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

12.    Reinsurance

        To limit its exposure on assumed risks, the Company enters into certain proportional and non-proportional retrocessional agreements with other insurance companies, primarily ACE subsidiaries, that cede a portion of the risk underwritten to other insurance companies. In the event that any or all of the reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations, the Company would be liable for such defaulted amounts. Direct, assumed, and ceded reinsurance amounts were as follows:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Premiums Written                    
  Direct   $ 94,092   $ 249,975   $ 94,973  
  Assumed     255,144     167,183     347,877  
  Ceded     142,236     (64,699 )   (236,288 )
   
 
 
 
  Net   $ 491,472   $ 352,459   $ 206,562  
   
 
 
 
Premiums Earned                    
  Direct   $ 133,859   $ 129,615   $ 52,406  
  Assumed     203,288     174,502     334,674  
  Ceded     (26,286 )   (56,727 )   (93,559 )
   
 
 
 
  Net   $ 310,861   $ 247,390   $ 293,521  
   
 
 
 
Loss and loss adjustment expenses                    
  Direct   $ 63,465   $ 122,602   $ 30,202  
  Assumed     116,012     30,627     223,110  
  Ceded     (34,867 )   (32,969 )   (75,770 )
   
 
 
 
  Net   $ 144,610   $ 120,260   $ 177,542  
   
 
 
 

        Reinsurance recoverable on ceded unpaid losses and LAE as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 is $122.1 million and $100.8 million, respectively. Of these amounts, $100.1 million and $92.2 million, respectively, relate to reinsurance agreements with affiliates (See Note 14).

        The following table presents the affiliated and third party reinsurance recoverable balances on ceded losses and provides Standard & Poors ("S&P") ratings for individual reinsurers:

 
  As of December 31,
   
 
  S&P
Rating

 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

   
ACE American   $ 83,221   $ 77,223   A+
ACE Bermuda     16,937     15,000   A+
Other non affiliated     21,966     8,603   BB-
   
 
   
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded unpaid loss and LAE   $ 122,124   $ 100,826    
   
 
   

F-31


13. Insurance Regulations

        The principal source of cash for the payment of debt service and dividends by the Company is the receipt of dividends from Assured Guaranty Corp., a Maryland registered insurance company. Under current Maryland insurance law, as it applies to Assured Guaranty Corp., any proposed payment of a dividend or distribution may only be paid out of "earned surplus." "Earned surplus" is defined as the part of surplus that, after deduction of all losses, represents the net earnings, gains or profits that have not been distributed to shareholders as dividends, transferred to stated capital, transferred to capital surplus, or applied to other purposes permitted by law, but does not include unrealized capital gains or reevaluation of assets. If a dividend or distribution is an "extraordinary dividend," it must be reported to, and approved by, the Insurance Commissioner prior to payment. An "extraordinary dividend" is defined to be any dividend or distribution to stockholders, such as Assured Guaranty, which together with dividends paid during the preceding twelve months exceeds the lesser of 10% of Assured Guaranty Corp.'s policyholders' surplus at the preceding December 31 or 100% of Assured Guaranty's adjusted net investment income during that period. Further, an insurer may not pay any dividend or make any distribution to its shareholders unless the insurer notifies the Insurance Commissioner of the proposed payment within five business days following declaration and at least ten days before payment. The Insurance Commissioner may declare that such dividend not be paid if the Commissioner finds that the insurer's policyholders' surplus would be inadequate after payment of the dividend or could lead the insurer to a hazardous financial condition. The maximum amount available during 2004 for the payment of dividends by Assured Guaranty Corp. which would not be characterized as "extraordinary dividends" was approximately $25.6 million. Under Maryland insurance regulations, Assured Guaranty Corp. is required at all times to maintain a minimum surplus of $750,000. During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, Assured Guaranty Corp. paid $10.0 million, $8.0 million and $5.5 million, respectively, in dividends.

        AGRI and AGRO's dividend distribution are governed by Bermuda law. Under Bermuda law, dividends may be paid out of the profits (defined as accumulated realized profits less accumulated realized losses). Distribution to shareholders may also be paid out of surplus, limited by requirements that the subject company must at all times (i) maintain the minimum share capital required under the Insurance Act of 1978 and (ii) have relevant assets in an amount at least equal to 75% of relevant liabilities, both as defined under the Insurance Act of 1978. Under these restrictions, the maximum allowable dividend payout by AGRI amounted to $569.1 million as of December 31, 2003. During 2003, AGRI paid dividends of $25 million to its parent, ACE Bermuda.

        Going forward, Assured Guaranty Corp. and AGRI have each committed to S&P and Moody's that it will not pay more than $10 million per year in dividends.

        Assured Guaranty Mortgage is a New York Insurance Company. Under the New York Insurance Law, Assured Guaranty Mortgage may declare or pay any dividend only out of "earned surplus," which is defined as that portion of the company's surplus that represents the net earnings, gains or profits (after deduction of all losses) that have not been distributed to shareholders as dividends or transferred to stated capital, capital surplus or contingency reserves, or applied to other purposes permitted by law, but does not include unrealized appreciation of assets. Additionally, no dividend may be declared or distributed in an amount which, together with all dividends declared or distributed by it during the preceding twelve months, exceeds the lesser of 10% of Assured Guaranty Mortgage's statutory surplus as shown on its latest statutory financial statement on file with the New York Superintendent of Insurance, or 100% of Assured Guaranty Mortgage's adjusted net investment income during that period, unless, upon prior application, the Superintendent approves a greater dividend or distribution after finding that the company will retain sufficient surplus to support its obligations and writings. The maximum amount available during 2002 and 2003, respectively, for the payment of dividends by

F-32



Assured Guaranty Mortgage which would not be characterized as "extraordinary dividends" was zero. Assured Guaranty Mortgage did not declare or pay any dividends during 2003.

        ACTR is subject to New York Insurance Law and the regulations promulgated there under governing title insurers. Accordingly, dividends may only be declared and distributed out of earned surplus as defined and only if such dividends do not reduce surplus to less than 50% of outstanding common share capital. Additionally, no dividend may be declared or distributed in an amount which, together with all dividends declared or distributed during the preceding 12 months, exceeds the lesser of 10% of outstanding common share capital unless, after deducting such dividends, surplus is at least equal to 50% of statutory reinsurance reserve or at least equal to $250,000, whichever is the greater. Subject to the above, the maximum dividend payable by ACTR during 2004 is $0.8 million. During 2003, ACTR paid $2.5 million of dividends to its parent, AGRO.

14. Related Party Transactions

        The following table summarizes the non-affiliated and affiliated components of each line item where applicable in the income statement:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Net earned premiums                    
Non-affiliated:                    
Gross written premiums   $ 337,034   $ 409,462   $ 272,615  
Ceded written premiums     (1,787 )   (3,302 )   (8,338 )
   
 
 
 
Net written premiums     335,247     406,160     264,277  
(Increase)/decrease in net unearned premium reserves     (20,394 )   (129,089 )   (64,524 )
   
 
 
 
Non-affiliated net earned premiums   $ 314,853   $ 277,071   $ 199,753  
   
 
 
 

Affiliated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Gross written premiums   $ 12,202   $ 7,696   $ 170,235  
Ceded written premiums     144,023     (61,397 )   (227,950 )
   
 
 
 
Net written premiums     156,225     (53,701 )   (57,715 )
(Increase)/decrease in net unearned premium reserves     (160,217 )   24,020     151,483  
   
 
 
 
Affiliated net earned premiums   $ (3,992 ) $ (29,681 ) $ 93,768  
   
 
 
 
 
Total

 

$

310,861

 

$

247,390

 

$

293,521

 
   
 
 
 

Net investment income

 

 

96,274

 

 

97,240

 

 

99,520

 
Net realized investment gains     5,483     7,863     13,140  

Unrealized gains/losses on derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Non-affiliated   $ 103,633   $ (54,158 ) $ (16,255 )
Affiliated     (5,184 )        
   
 
 
 
Total   $ 98,449   $ (54,158 ) $ (16,255 )
   
 
 
 

Other income

 

 

1,219

 

 

3,623

 

 

2,930

 
   
 
 
 
  Total revenues   $ 512,286   $ 301,958   $ 392,856  
   
 
 
 

Loss and loss adjustment expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Non-affiliated   $ 158,271   $ 125,833   $ 64,074  
Affiliated     (13,661 )   (5,573 )   113,468  
   
 
 
 
Total   $ 144,610   $ 120,260   $ 177,542  
   
 
 
 

F-33



Profit commission expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Non-affiliated   $ 10,174   $ 9,807   $ 9,413  
Affiliated     (339 )   (1,264 )   (406 )
   
 
 
 
Total   $ 9,835   $ 8,543   $ 9,007  
   
 
 
 

Acquisition costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Non-affiliated   $ 62,906   $ 47,806   $ 48,147  
Affiliated     1,994     594     2,953  
   
 
 
 
Total   $ 64,900   $ 48,400   $ 51,100  
   
 
 
 

Operating expenses

 

 

41,026

 

 

31,016

 

 

29,771

 
Goodwill amortization             3,785  
Interest expense     5,738     10,579     11,548  
   
 
 
 
  Total expenses   $ 266,109   $ 218,798   $ 282,753  

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

246,177

 

 

83,160

 

 

110,103

 
Total provision for income taxes     31,655     10,591     22,186  
   
 
 
 
  Net income before cumulative effect of
new accounting standard
  $ 214,522   $ 72,569   $ 87,917  
Cumulative effect of new accounting standard,
net of taxes of ($12,277)
            (24,104 )
   
 
 
 
  Net income   $ 214,522   $ 72,569   $ 63,813  
   
 
 
 

F-34


The following table summarizes the affiliated components of each balance sheet item, where applicable:

 
  As of December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Assets            
Prepaid reinsurance premiums       $ 162,428
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses   $ 100,158     92,223
Due from affiliate     115,000    
Premiums receivable     923     1,290
Value of reinsurance business assumed     14,226     20,322
Other assets     1,471      
   
 
  Total affiliate assets     231,777     276,263
  Non-affiliate assets     2,626,090     2,443,605
   
 
  Total assets   $ 2,857,867   $ 2,719,868
   
 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 
Unearned premium reserves   $ 4,509   $ 6,720
Reserve for loss and loss adjustment expenses     185,375     189,805
Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments     (5,184 )  
Funds held by Company under reinsurance agreements     9,250     24,795
Other liabilities         1,367
   
 
  Total affiliate liabilities     193,950     222,687
  Non-affiliate liabilities     1,226,293     1,239,945
   
 
  Total liabilities     1,420,243     1,462,632
Total shareholder's equity     1,437,624     1,257,236
   
 
Total liabilities and shareholder's equity   $ 2,857,867   $ 2,719,868
   
 

The following table summarizes the non-affiliated and affiliated componentsts of cash flows from operations:

 
  As of December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Affiliated   $ 23,762   $ (26,745 ) $ (95,994 )
Non-affiliated     176,268     304,472     255,987  
   
 
 
 
Net cash flows provided by operating activities   $ 200,030   $ 277,727   $ 159,993  
   
 
 
 

        There was no impact on cash flows from investing activities from affiliated transactions. All financing cash flows are from affiliated transactions.

F-35


        In September 2001, Assured Guaranty Corp. entered into an excess of loss reinsurance agreement with ACE Bermuda which was effective January 1, 2001. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid $52.5 million in premium, in two installments of $27.5 million and $25.0 million in September 2001 and March 2002, respectively, for a 10-year cover with a $150 million limit. In June 2003, this agreement was cancelled and the unearned premium of $39.8 million, loss reserves of $12.5 million and profit commission of $1.5 million were returned to Assured Guaranty Corp. This agreement was not replaced with a third party reinsurance contract. The Company ceded losses of $2.5 million and $10.0 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively, under this cover.

        Through its AGRI subsidiary, the Company is party to a reinsurance agreement with ACE Bermuda. On December 31, 2001, under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid ACE Bermuda $125 million of premium for a 25 year portfolio cover with a $5 million per risk deductible, a $50 million per risk limit and a $400 million aggregate limit. In December 2003, this agreement was cancelled and the unearned premium of $115.0 million and loss reserves of $16.9 million were returned to AGRI in January 2004. As of December 31, 2003, the Company recorded receivables of $131.9 million ($115 million in due from affiliate and $16.9 million in reinsurance recoverables) due from affiliate for the cancellation of this transaction. For the years 2003 and 2002, the Company ceded losses of $11.9 million and $5 million, respectively, under this cover.

        In March 2001, the Company entered into a reinsurance agreement with one of its affiliates, Westchester Fire Insurance Company, whereby the Company reinsured a portion of an auto residual value insurance contract. Losses and LAE incurred and premiums earned recorded at inception amounted to $84.8 million. The value of reinsurance business assumed recorded at the inception of the contract amounted to $31.5 million and represented the difference between the estimated ultimate amount of the losses assumed under the retroactive reinsurance contract of $116.3 million and the cash received of $84.8 million. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the value of reinsurance business assumed was $14.2 million and $20.3 million, respectively, and the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses was $116.3 million. In 2003, 2002 and 2001 the Company recorded amortization of the value of reinsurance business assumed in the amount of $6.1 million, $6.1 million and $5.1 million, respectively.

        In July 2001, the Company entered into a reinsurance transaction with an affiliate of ACE which it fully ceded to ACE American. Under the terms of these reinsurance agreements, the Company assumed and ceded premium of $6.0 million, $11.7 million and $73.8 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively . Under the terms of these reinsurance agreements, the Company assumed and ceded losses of $6.0 million, $16.3 million and $69.6 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively .

        In 2002, the Company transferred its LA&H business to several ACE affiliates. The transfer was retroactive and resulted in a reduction of net written and earned premiums of $40.2 million and $32.2 million, respectively, with a related reduction in losses and LAE incurred and acquisition costs of $28.8 and $3.4 million, respectively.

        In 2001, AGRI and ACE Bermuda entered into a funding facility agreement pursuant to which ACE Bermuda agreed to purchase up to $150 million of non-investment grade fixed income securities selected by AGRI, and AGRI agreed to enter into a total rate of return swap in respect of each security purchased. The aggregate amount received by AGRI under this funding facility agreement, net of the funding fee paid by AGRI, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were approximately $4.8 million, $2.8 million and $0, respectively.

F-36



        The Company is party to a number of service agreements with subsidiaries of ACE under which either we provide services to the subsidiaries of ACE, or they provide services to us, including those summarized below.

        The Company is party to an intercompany service agreement with ACE Financial Solutions International Ltd. whereby ACE Financial Solutions International provides administrative services, including accounts payable, payroll, human resources and other functions. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the Company incurred expenses of approximately $0.5 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, under these intercompany service agreements.

        The Company provides a variety of administrative services to ACE American Insurance Company, ACE Asset Management Inc. and ACE Financial Services, including human resources, legal, data processing, accounting, tax and financial planning. The aggregate fees incurred under these services agreements for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $3.4 million, $1.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

        In addition to these administrative services agreements, the Company has entered into an employee leasing agreement with an affiliate. Under this agreement, effective in 2001, the Company provides staffing services and is reimbursed for compensation costs. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the Company was reimbursed approximately $9.6 million, $6.8 million and $5.5 million, respectively, under its employee leasing agreement.

        The Company also obtains staffing, payroll and related services from ACE INA Services (UK) Ltd. For the years ended 2003 and 2002, the Company incurred $1.1 million and $1.0 million in employee related expenses.

        The Company is party to an intercompany service agreement, effective in 2001, with ACE Asset Management whereby ACE Asset Management provides investment services such as determining asset allocation and reviewing performance of external investment managers. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the Company incurred expenses of approximately $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, under this intercompany service agreement.

        ACE has historically provided certain general and administrative services to the Company, including tax consulting and preparation services, internal audit services and a liquidity facility line of credit. Allocated expenses included in the Company's financial statements related to these services were $0.6 million for 2003 and $0.5 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001.

        During 2003 and 2002, ACE contributed capital of $3.7 million and $84.2 million, respectively to the Company. These were non-cash contributions. In 2003, the $3.7 million capital contribution was utilized to pay interest on long-term debt. The capital contribution in 2002 was primarily made for the purpose of the repayment of the Company's long-term debt and interest expense of $75.0 million and $6.9 million, respectively. See Note 17 for more details. In addition, $0.3 million of expenses relating to the Company's operations were paid by ACE increasing capital contributions in 2002. All expenses are net of related income taxes.

15. Commitments and Contingencies

        The Company and its subsidiaries are party to various lease agreements. As of December 31, 2003, future minimum rental payments under the terms of these operating leases for the office space are

F-37



$3.3 million for each of the years 2004 and 2005, $3.4 million in 2006, $3.3 million in 2007 and 2008, and $3.1 million in aggregate thereafter. These payments are subject to escalations in building operating costs and real estate taxes. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 was approximately $3.4 million, $2.5 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

        On January 18, 2002, World Omni Financial Corp. ("World Omni") filed an action against Assured Guaranty Inc., a subsidiary of AGRO, in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York entitled World Omni Financial Corp. v. ACE Capital Re Inc. , Case no. 02 CV 0476 (RO). On September 20, 2002, World Omni amended its complaint to add AGRO as a defendant. The dispute arises out of a quota share reinsurance agreement between AGRO and JCJ Insurance Company ("JCJ"), an affiliate of World Omni, and an underlying residual value insurance policy issued by JCJ to World Omni, which insured residual value losses of World Omni with respect to a portfolio of automobile leases. Subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, the residual value insurance policy insures World Omni against losses (as defined in the policy) resulting from the value of leased vehicles at the end of the applicable lease term being less than what such value was assumed to have been at the inception of the applicable lease term. In the District Court action, World Omni has sought a declaratory judgment regarding AGRO's coverage obligations, if any, for such alleged losses, as well as damages for breach of contract based upon AGRO's refusal to pay claims asserted by World Omni. World Omni seeks $157.0 million, which is the limit of liability under the quota share reinsurance agreement, plus interest.

        AGRO and Assured Guaranty Inc. have denied World Omni's claims, and intend to contest them vigorously. The parties have submitted a joint motion to the District Court seeking to stay the litigation in favor of arbitration. No formal discovery has been taken.

        Through the third quarter of 2003, management believed that a settlement would be the most likely result of the World Omni dispute and loss reserves were based on the expectation of a settlement. As late as July 2003, meetings between the parties still suggested that a settlement was possible. However, subsequent meetings were repeatedly postponed and on November 4, World Omni advised the Company that they were no longer interested in furthering settlement discussions. In response, management decided to pursue arbitration and by late November significant progress was made in regard to agreeing on the terms for arbitration. Also during the fourth quarter, AGRO's reinsurer for the World Omni transaction was downgraded to below investment grade by S&P, Moody's and Fitch.

        At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company carried a reserve for losses and LAE, net of recoveries, of $32.2 million and $10.4 million, respectively, and a net unearned premium reserve of $4.2 million at December 31, 2002 with respect to the reinsurance agreement with JCJ.

        The Company engaged a consulting firm with expertise in auto residual value business to evaluate individual claims made by World Omni. During the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company completed its analysis of the individual claims and increased its reserve for losses and LAE to $54.2 million, which resulted in a loss of $17.6 million, net of reinsurance.

        Various other lawsuits have arisen in the ordinary course of the Company's business. It is the opinion of the Company's management, based upon the information available that the expected outcome of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or liquidity, although an adverse resolution of a number of these items could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or liquidity in a particular quarter or fiscal year.

F-38


        The Company is party to reinsurance agreements with all of the major monoline primary financial guaranty insurance companies. The Company's facultative and treaty agreements are generally subject to termination (i) upon written notice (ranging from 90 to 120 days) prior to the specified deadline for renewal, (ii) at the option of the primary insurer if the Company fails to maintain certain financial, regulatory and rating agency criteria which are equivalent to or more stringent than those the Company is otherwise required to maintain for its own compliance with state mandated insurance laws and to maintain a specified financial strength rating for the particular insurance subsidiary or (iii) upon certain changes of control of the Company. Upon termination under the conditions set forth in (ii) and (iii) above, the Company may be required (under some of its reinsurance agreements) to return to the primary insurer all statutory unearned premiums, less ceding commissions, attributable to reinsurance ceded pursuant to such agreements. Upon the occurrence of the conditions set forth in (ii) above, whether or not an agreement is terminated, the Company may be required to obtain a letter of credit or alternative form of security to collateralize its obligation to perform under such agreement or it may be obligated to increase the level of ceding commission paid.

16. Concentrations

        The Company's client base includes all of the major monoline primary financial guaranty insurance companies, many banks and several European insurance and reinsurance companies. No client represented more than 10% of the Company's total gross premiums written for the years ended 2003, 2002 and 2001, except as indicated below. Of the Company's total gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2003, 25.3% and 10.8% came from Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("FSA") and Municipal Bond Investors Assurance Company, respectively, two of the four monoline primary financial guaranty insurance companies. For the year ended December 31, 2002, 10.9% came from Dresdner Bank, an investment bank. For the year ended December 31, 2001, 13.0% and 10.3% of gross written premiums came from FSA and Credit Suisse Group, an investment bank, respectively.

17. Long-Term Debt and Credit Facility

        The Company's combined financial statements have been adjusted to include long-term debt used to fund the Company's insurance operations, and related interest expense, as described below.

        The Company's long-term debt includes $75.0 million of cumulative monthly income preferred shares issued in 1994 through an affiliate of the Company, Capital Re LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Turks and Caicos Islands. These securities pay monthly dividends at a rate of 7.65% and are mandatorily redeemable in January 2044. Capital Re LLC also has the option to redeem these shares in whole or in part on or after January 31, 1999 at the redemption price of $25 per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends. At December 31, 2003 none of the three million outstanding shares were redeemed. Capital Re LLC exists solely for the purpose of issuing preferred and common shares and lending the proceeds to the Company to fund its business operations. The amount paid to preferred shareholders for each of the years ended 2003, 2002 and 2001, was approximately $5.7 million and is shown on the statement of operations as interest expense.

        The Company's long-term debt also consisted of $75 million of 7.75% debentures, which became due and were paid off in November 2002. During the years ended 2002 and 2001, the Company paid interest expense related to this long-term debt of $4.9 million and $5.8 million, respectively.

F-39



        The Company is party to a non-recourse credit facility with a syndicate of banks, which provides up to $175 million. This facility is specifically designed to provide rating agency qualified capital to further support the Company's claim paying resources. This agreement expires November 2010.

        The Company has entered into the following credit facilities, which are available for general corporate purposes:

        As of December 31, 2003, the Company has not drawn any amounts under its credit facilities.

18. Employee Benefit Plans

        The "ACE Limited 1999 Replacement Stock Plan" governs the Company's stock options and restricted stock awards. This plan was established in 1999, and permits grants of options, stock appreciation rights, stock units, performance shares, performance units, restricted stock and restricted stock units. Any such award shall be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as ACE determines. Current vesting provisions for stock options and restricted stock are 3 and 4 years, respectively. As of December 31, 2003, two million Ordinary Shares were available for grant under this plan.

F-40



Options

        Following is a summary of ACE options issued and outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001:

 
  Year of
Expiration

  Average
Exercise Price

  Options for
Ordinary
Shares

 
Balance as of December 31, 2000             1,644,677  
Options granted   2011   $ 36.30   262,800  
Options exercised       $ 15.55   (280,962 )
Options forfeited       $ 27.89   (12,675 )
             
 
Balance as of December 31, 2001             1,613,840  

Options granted

 

2012

 

$

43.85

 

386,500

 
Options exercised       $ 16.21   (475,140 )
Options forfeited       $ 31.38   (22,806 )
             
 
Balance as of December 31, 2002             1,502,394  

Options granted

 

2013

 

$

27.89

 

317,300

 
Options exercised       $ 16.33   (473,905 )
Options forfeited       $ 37.79   (132,969 )
             
 
Balance as of December 31, 2003             1,212,820  
             
 

        The following table summarizes the range of exercise prices for outstanding options at December 31, 2003:

 
  Options outstanding
   
  Options exercisable
Range of
Exercise
Prices

  Number
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Number
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$11.30 – $15.00   14,228   1.17   $ 13.92   14,228   $ 13.92
$15.00 – $29.99   642,127   7.08   $ 21.46   372,827   $ 17.02
$30.00 – $43.90   556,465   7.75   $ 40.47   258,310   $ 39.21
   
           
     
    1,212,820             645,365      
   
           
     

        The fair value of ACE options issued is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively: dividend yield of 2.4%, 1.43%, and 1.65%; expected volatility of 32.4%, 35.2%, and 42.8%; risk free interest rate of 2.4%, 4.01%, and 4.84% and an expected life of four years for each year.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        The Company participates in ACE's Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"). Participation in the plan is available to all eligible employees. Maximum annual purchases by participants are limited to the

F-41



number of whole shares that can be purchased by an amount equal to 10 percent of the participant's compensation or $25,000, whichever is less. Participants may purchase shares at a purchase price equal to 85 percent of the lesser of the fair market value of the stock on the first day or the last day of the subscription period. Pursuant to the provisions of the ESPP, during 2003, 2002, and 2001, employees paid $0.2 million annually to purchase 9,049, shares, 8,874 shares, and 6,389 shares, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards

        Under ACE's long-term incentive plans, 117,400, 96,500 and 81,100 restricted ACE Ordinary Shares were awarded during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, to officers of the Company. These shares vest at various dates through December 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

        The following table includes a roll-forward of unearned stock grant compensation:

 
  Unearned stock grant
compensation

 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Balance, December 31, 2000   $ 366  
  Stock grants awarded in 2001     2,860  
  Stock grants forfeited in 2001      
  Amortization in 2001     (836 )
   
 
Balance, December 31, 2001   $ 2,390  
   
 
  Stock grants awarded in 2002     4,375  
  Stock grants forfeited in 2002     (127 )
  Amortization in 2002     (1,920 )
   
 
Balance, December 31, 2002   $ 4,718  
   
 
  Stock grants awarded in 2003     4,767  
  Stock grants forfeited in 2003     (1,159 )
  Amortization in 2003     (2,847 )
   
 
Balance, December 31, 2003   $ 5,479  
   
 

Defined Contribution Plan

        The Company maintains a savings incentive plan, which is qualified under Section 401K of the Internal Revenue Code. The savings incentive plan is available to all full-time employees with a minimum of six months of service. Eligible participants may contribute a percentage of their salary subject to a maximum of $12,000 for 2003. Contributions are matched by the Company at a rate of 100% up to 7% of the participant's compensation subject to certain limitations and vest at a rate of 33.3% per year starting with the second year of service. The Company contributed approximately $1.3 million in 2003 and $1.0 million in 2002 and 2001.

F-42



Profit Sharing Plan

        The Company maintains a profit sharing plan, which is available to all full-time employees with a minimum of six months of service. Annual contributions to the plan are at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The plan contains a qualified portion and a non-qualified portion. Total expense incurred under the plan amounted to approximately $1.2 million in 2003, $1.0 million in 2002, and $1.0 million in 2001.

19. Earnings Per Share

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars except per share amounts)

 
Income before cumulative effect of new accounting standard   $ 214,522   $ 72,569   $ 87,917  
Cumulative effect of new accounting standard             (24,104 )
   
 
 
 
Net income   $ 214,522   $ 72,569   $ 63,813  
   
 
 
 
Basic shares     75,000     75,000     75,000  
Stock options              
   
 
 
 
Diluted shares     75,000     75,000     75,000  
   
 
 
 

Income before cumulative effect of new accounting standard:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic EPS   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 1.17  
  Diluted EPS   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 1.17  

Cumulative effect of new accounting standard:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic EPS             (0.32 )
  Diluted EPS             (0.32 )

Net Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic EPS   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.85  
  Diluted EPS   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.85  

20. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosure for financial instruments. These determinations were made based on available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. Considerable judgment is required to interpret market data to develop the estimates and therefore, they may not necessarily be indicative of the amount the Company could realize in a current market exchange.

Fixed maturity securities

        The fair value for fixed maturity securities shown in Note 9 is based on quoted market prices.

F-43


Cash and short-term investments

        The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet for these instruments is cost, which approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.

Unearned premium reserve

        The fair value of the Company's unearned premium reserve is based on the estimated cost of entering into a cession of the entire portfolio with third party reinsurers under current market conditions. This figure was determined by using the statutory basis unearned premium reserve, net of deferred acquisition costs.

Long-term debt

        The fair value of the Company's $75 million of mandatorily redeemable preferred securities is based on the closing price per share on the New York Stock Exchange at the year-end date. The fair value of $75 million of outstanding debentures is determined based on the projected cash flows discounted by the sum of the seven-year U.S. Treasury yield at the year-end date and the appropriate credit spread for the similar debt instruments.

Financial Guaranty Installment premiums

        The fair value is derived by calculating the present value of the estimated future cash flow stream discounted at 6.0%.

 
  As of December 31, 2003
  As of December 31, 2002
 
  Carrying
Amount

  Estimated
Fair Value

  Carrying
Amount

  Estimated
Fair Value

 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Assets:                        
  Fixed maturity securities   $ 2,052,217   $ 2,052,217   $ 1,908,061   $ 1,908,061
  Cash and short-term investments     169,882     169,882     153,791     153,791
Liabilities:                        
  Unearned premium reserve     625,429     591,585     613,341     580,671
  Long-term debt     75,000     76,230     75,000     74,550
Off-Balance Sheet Instruments:                        
  Financial guaranty installment premiums   $   $ 309,812       $ 260,181

21. Segment Reporting

        The Company has four principal business segments: (1) financial guaranty direct, which includes transactions whereby the Company provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that indemnifies the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due, and includes credit support for credit default swaps; (2) financial guaranty reinsurance, which includes agreements whereby the Company is a reinsurer and agrees to indemnify a primary insurance company against part or all of the loss which the latter may sustain under a policy it has issued; (3) mortgage guaranty, which includes mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance whereby the Company provides protection against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans; and (4) other, which includes several

F-44



lines of business in which the Company is no longer active, including trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, auto residual value reinsurance and the credit protection of equity layers of CDOs, as well as life, accident and health reinsurance.

        The Company's reportable business segments are strategic business units that offer different products and services. They are managed separately since each business requires different marketing strategies and underwriting skill sets.

        The Company does not segregate certain assets and liabilities at a segment level since management reviews and controls these assets and liabilities on a consolidated basis. The Company allocates certain operating expenses to each segment by one of two methods. For the financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty reinsurance segments, the Company identifies expenses related to staff that either directly acquire or service the business. The remaining expenses are generally allocated based on the expense ratios produced by the directly allocated expenses of these segments. For the mortgage guaranty and other segments, the Company identifies expenses related to staff that directly acquire business and allocates remaining expenses in proportion to the number of staff allocated directly to each segment. Management uses underwriting gains and losses as the primary measure of each segment's financial performance. The following table summarizes the components of underwriting gain (loss) for each reporting segment:

 
  Year ended December 31, 2003
 
  Financial
Guaranty
Direct

  Financial
Guaranty
Reinsurance

  Mortgage
  Other
  Total
 
  (in millions of U.S. dollars)

Gross written premiums   $ 71.2   $ 168.7   $ 24.4   $ 84.9   $ 349.2
Net written premiums     70.0     162.1     24.4     235.0     491.5
Net earned premiums     70.2     92.9     27.6     120.2     310.9
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     16.3     25.7     (0.7 )   103.3     144.6
Profit commission expense         1.5     7.3     1.0     9.8
Acquisition costs     2.8     33.9     5.0     23.2     64.9
Operating expenses     21.6     7.0     4.6     7.9     41.0
   
 
 
 
 
Underwriting gain (loss)   $ 29.5   $ 24.8   $ 11.4   $ (15.2 ) $ 50.5
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Year ended December 31, 2002
 
  Financial
Guaranty
Direct

  Financial
Guaranty
Reinsurance

  Mortgage
  Other
  Total
 
  (in millions of U.S. dollars)

Gross written premiums   $ 47.4   $ 84.6   $ 47.6   $ 237.6   $ 417.2
Net written premiums     46.3     82.6     47.6     175.9     352.5
Net earned premiums     43.9     79.3     45.3     78.9     247.4
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     25.4     5.3     8.9     80.6     120.3
Profit commission expense     (0.1 )   0.5     8.3     (0.1 )   8.6
Acquisition costs     2.4     29.0     8.0     9.0     48.4
Operating expenses     12.5     4.9     3.9     9.7     31.0
   
 
 
 
 
Underwriting gain (loss)   $ 3.6   $ 39.6   $ 16.2   $ (20.3 ) $ 39.2
   
 
 
 
 

F-45


 
  Year ended December 31, 2001
 
  Financial
Guaranty
Direct

  Financial
Guaranty
Reinsurance

  Mortgage
  Other
  Total
 
  (in millions of U.S. dollars)

Gross written premiums   $ 46.0   $ 70.4   $ 47.4   $ 279.1   $ 442.9
Net written premiums     43.5     68.6     47.6     46.9     206.6
Net earned premiums     30.0     62.2     39.7     161.6     293.5
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     3.0     5.1     6.2     163.2     177.5
Profit commission expense     (0.1 )       9.2     (0.1 )   9.0
Acquisition costs     0.9     24.7     7.2     18.3     51.1
Operating expenses     9.2     6.4     2.5     11.7     29.8
   
 
 
 
 
Underwriting gain (loss)   $ 17.0   $ 26.0   $ 14.6   $ (31.5 ) $ 26.1
   
 
 
 
 

        The following is a reconciliation of total underwriting gain to income before provision for income taxes for the years ended:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in millions of U.S. dollars)

 
Total underwriting gain   $ 50.5   $ 39.2   $ 26.1  
Net investment income     96.3     97.2     99.5  
Net realized investment gains     5.5     7.9     13.1  
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments     98.4     (54.2 )   (16.3 )
Other income     1.2     3.6     2.9  
Goodwill amortization             (3.8 )
Interest expense     (5.7 )   (10.6 )   (11.5 )
   
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes   $ 246.2   $ 83.2   $ 110.1  
   
 
 
 

F-46


        The following table provides the lines of businesses from which each of the Company's four reporting segments derive their net earned premiums:

 
  Years ended, December 31,
 
Net Premiums Earned by Segment and Line of Business

 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in millions of U.S. dollars)

 
Financial guaranty direct:                    
Financial guaranty direct   $ 70.2   $ 43.9   $ 30.0  

Financial guaranty reinsurance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Municipal finance   $ 52.9   $ 42.7   $ 31.1  
Structured finance     40.0     36.6     31.1  
   
 
 
 
  Total     92.9     79.3     62.2  

Mortgage guaranty reinsurance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Mortgage guaranty reinsurance   $ 27.6   $ 45.3   $ 39.7  

Other segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Equity layer credit protection   $ 61.8   $ 84.0   $ 21.0  
Trade credit reinsurance     51.2     27.8     23.5  
Title reinsurance     10.7     7.3     6.5  
Life, accident and health reinsurance         (32.2 )   24.6  
Auto residual value reinsurance     4.2     2.3     91.3  
Affiliate reinsurance     (7.7 )   (10.3 )   (5.3 )
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 120.2   $ 78.9   $ 161.6  

        Our other segment consists of certain non-core lines of business that we have stopped, or intend to stop, writing, including equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, LA&H reinsurance and auto residual value reinsurance. Also included in the other segment is the impact of the affiliate reinsurance transactions, that were purchased by management for the benefit of all of the Company's reporting segments. The Company does not allocate the cost nor the related benefit of these transactions to the reporting segments but rather records the impact of these transactions in the other segment (See Note 14). The Company manages these exited lines of business by focusing on the net earned premiums and the underwriting gain/(loss). The following table provides underwriting gain/(loss) by line of business for the other segment.

 
  Years Ended, December 31,
 
Other Segment

 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in millions of U.S. dollars)

 
Underwriting gain/(loss):                    
Equity layer credit protection   $ (1.0 ) $ (19.7 ) $ (18.4 )
Trade credit reinsurance     (3.3 )   (0.3 )   (0.3 )
Title reinsurance     6.8     3.3     1.1  
Life accident and health reinsurance     (0.6 )   (1.3 )   1.2  
Auto residual value reinsurance     (24.5 )   (8.1 )   (10.0 )
Affiliate reinsurance     7.4     5.8     (5.1 )
   
 
 
 
Total   $ (15.2 ) $ (20.3 ) $ (31.5 )
   
 
 
 

F-47


        The following table summarizes the Company's gross written premium by geographic region. Allocations have been made on the basis of location of risk.

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in millions of U.S. dollars)

 
North America   $ 283.4   81.1 % $ 369.7   88.6 % $ 413.2   93.3 %
United Kingdom     24.0   6.9     16.5   4.0     16.9   3.8  
Europe     36.7   10.5     20.8   5.0     8.4   1.9  
Australia     3.2   0.9     7.3   1.8     2.9   0.7  
Other     1.9   0.6     2.9   0.7     1.5   0.3  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 349.2   100.0 % $ 417.2   100.0 % $ 442.8   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-48


22. Subsidiary issuer information

        The following tables present the condensed combined financial information for Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the "Parent Guarantor"), Assured Guaranty US Holdings, Inc. (the "Subsidiary Issuer") at December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. The Subsidiary Issuer is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor. The Parent Guarantor fully and unconditionally guarantees the debt of the Subsidiary Issuer.


CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
AT DECEMBER 31, 2003
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Assurance Guaranty Ltd.
Balance Sheet

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent Company)

  Assured
Guaranty US
Holdings, Inc.

  Other
Subsidiaries

  Combining
Adjustments

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
Combined

Assets                              
Total investments and cash   $   $ 1,205,536   $ 1,016,563   $   $ 2,222,099
Investment is subsidiaries     1,512,068             (1,512,068 )  
Deferred acquistion costs         146,926     28,297     3,450     178,673
Reinsiurance recoverable             122,124         122,124
Goodwill         87,062             87,062
Premiums receivable         28,434     155,631     (5,068 )   178,997
Other     12     36,227     45,731     (13,058 )   68,912
   
 
 
 
 
Total assets   $ 1,512,080   $ 1,504,185   $ 1,368,346   $ (1,526,744 ) $ 2,857,867
   
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and shareholder's equity                              

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Unearned premium reserves   $   $ 389,027   $ 240,367   $ (3,965 ) $ 625,429
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses         106,252     416,341         522,593
Profit commissions payable         4,007     67,230         71,237
Deferred income taxes         78,054     (22,781 )   364     55,637
Long-term debt                 75,000     75,000
Other         47,719     34,247     (11,619 )   70,347
   
 
 
 
 
  Total liabilities         625,059     735,404     59,780     1,420,243
   
 
 
 
 
  Total shareholders equity     1,512,080     879,126     632,942     (1,586,524 )   1,437,624
   
 
 
 
 
  Total liabilities and shareholders equity   $ 1,512,080   $ 1,504,185   $ 1,368,346   $ (1,526,744 ) $ 2,857,867
   
 
 
 
 

F-49



CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
AT DECEMBER 31, 2002
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Assurance Guaranty Ltd.
Balance Sheet

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent Company)

  Assured
Guaranty US
Holdings, Inc.

  Other
Subsidiaries

  Combining
Adjustments

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
Combined

Assets                              
Total investments and cash   $   $ 1,021,982   $ 1,039,870   $   $ 2,061,852
Investment in subsidiaries     1,327,958             (1,327,958 )  
Deferred acquistion costs         135,884     18,033     3,382     157,299
Reinsiurance recoverable         10,000     101,675     (10,849 )   100,826
   
 
 
 
 
Due from affliate                    
Goodwill         87,062             87,062
Premiums receivable         28,252     41,205     (8,177 )   61,280
Other         77,392     185,128     (10,971 )   251,549
   
 
 
 
 
  Total assets   $ 1,327,958   $ 1,360,572   $ 1,385,911   $ (1,354,573 ) $ 2,719,868
   
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and shareholder's equity                              

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Unearned premium reserves   $   $ 352,551   $ 266,708   $ (5,918 ) $ 613,341
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses         72,650     397,030     (10,849 )   458,831
Profit commissions payable         3,311     92,521         95,832
Deferred income taxes         53,559     (13,164 )   2,604     42,999
Long-term debt                 75,000     75,000
Other         103,672     89,687     (16,730 )   176,629
   
 
 
 
 
  Total liabilities         585,743     832,782     44,107     1,462,632
   
 
 
 
 
  Total shareholders equity   $ 1,327,958   $ 774,829   $ 553,129   $ (1,398,680 ) $ 1,257,236
   
 
 
 
 
  Total liabilities and shareholders equity   $ 1,327,958   $ 1,360,512   $ 1,385,911   $ (1,354,573 ) $ 2,719,868
   
 
 
 
 

F-50



CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
AT DECEMBER 31, 2003
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Statement of Operations
  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent Co.)

  Assured
Guaranty US
Holdings, Inc.

  Other
Subsidiaries

  Combining
Adjustments

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
Combined

Revenues                              
Net written premiums   $   $ 258,548   $ 232,924   $   $ 491,472
Net earned premiums         177,400     133,461         310,861
Net investment income         47,229     49,045         96,274
Net realized gains         2,092     3,391         5,483
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments         48,905     55,572     (6,028 )   98,449
Other revenues         949     2,291     (2,021 )   1,219
   
 
 
 
 
  Total revenues   $   $ 276,575   $ 243,760   $ (8,049 ) $ 512,286
   
 
 
 
 
Expenses                              
Loss and loss adjustment expenses   $   $ 55,054   $ 89,556   $   $ 144,610
Acquisition costs and other operating expenses         72,197     45,652     (2,088 )   115,761
Other                 5,738     5,738
   
 
 
 
 
  Total expenses   $   $ 127,251   $ 135,208   $ 3,650   $ 266,109
   
 
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes   $   $ 149,324   $ 108,552   $ (11,699 ) $ 246,177
Total provision for income taxes         43,143     (7,241 )   (4,247 )   31,655
   
 
 
 
 
Net income   $   $ 106,181   $ 115,793   $ (7,452 ) $ 214,522
   
 
 
 
 

F-51



CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
AT DECEMBER 31, 2002
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Assurance Guaranty Ltd.
Statement of Operations

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent Co.)

  Assured
Guaranty US
Holdings, Inc.

  Other
Subsidiaries

  Combining
Adjustments

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
Combined

 
Revenues                                
Net written premiums   $   $ 124,619   $ 227,840   $   $ 352,459  
Net earned premiums         112,420     134,970         247,390  
Net investment income         46,741     50,499         97,240  
Net realized gains         7,530     333         7,863  
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments         (36,884 )   (20,886 )   3,612     (54,158 )
Other revenues         707     4,974     (2,058 )   3,623  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total revenues   $   $ 130,514   $ 169,890   $ 1,554   $ 301,958  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses                                
Loss and loss adjustment expenses   $   $ 24,898   $ 95,362   $   $ 120,260  
Acquisition costs and other operating expenses         50,028     36,026     1,905     87,959  
Other                 10,579     10,579  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total expenses   $   $ 74,926   $ 131,388   $ 12,484   $ 218,798  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes       $ 55,588   $ 38,502   $ (10,930 ) $ 83,160  
Total provision for income taxes         10,258     3,633     (3,300 )   10,591  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   $   $ 45,330   $ 34,869   $ (7,630 ) $ 72,569  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-52



CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
AT DECEMBER 31, 2001
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Assurance Guaranty Ltd.
Statement of Operations

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent Co.)

  Assured
Guaranty US
Holdings, Inc.

  Other
Subsidiaries

  Combining
Adjustments

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
Combined

 
Revenues                                
Net written premiums   $   $ 88,997   $ 117,565   $   $ 206,562  
Net earned premiums         77,662     215,859         293,521  
Net investment income         46,493     53,027         99,520  
Net realized gains         10,204     2,936         13,140  
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments         4,916     (21,665 )   494     (16,255 )
Other revenues         633     3,408     (1,111 )   2,930  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total revenues   $   $ 139,908   $ 253,565   $ (617 ) $ 392,856  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses                                
Loss and loss adjustment expenses   $   $ 6,117   $ 171,425   $   $ 177,542  
Acquisition costs and other operating expenses         38,375     53,192     (1,689 )   89,878  
Other         3,785         11,548     15,333  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total expenses   $   $ 48,277   $ 224,617   $ 9,859   $ 282,753  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes   $   $ 91,631   $ 28,948   $ (10,476 ) $ 110,103  
Total provision for income taxes         25,600     432     (3,846 )   22,186  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income before cumulative effect of new accounting standard         66,031     28,516     (6,630 )   87,917  
Cumulative effect of new accounting standard         (22,800 )   (909 )   (395 )   (24,104 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   $   $ 43,231   $ 27,607   $ (7,025 ) $ 63,813  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-53



CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
AT DECEMBER 31, 2003
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Assurance Guaranty Ltd.
Statement of Cash Flows

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent Co.)

  Assured
Guaranty US
Holdings, Inc.

  Other
Subsidiaries

  Combining
Adjustments

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
Combined

 
Net cash flows provided by operating activities   $   $ 176,821   $ 23,209   $   $ 200,030  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities                                
Fixed maturity securities:                                
  Purchases         (408,660 )   (494,275 )       (902,935 )
  Sales         240,401     379,186         619,587  
  Maturities         3,000     124,532         127,532  
Other         6,273     4,246         10,519  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities         (158,986 )   13,689     0     (145,297 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities                                
Dividends paid         (10,000 )   (25,000 )       (35,000 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in financing activities         (10,000 )   (25,000 )   0     (35,000 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Increase in cash and cash equivalants         7,835     11,898         19,733  
Cash and cash equivalants at beginning of year         3,046     6,399         9,445  
Effect of exchange rate changes         3,187             3,187  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalants at end of year   $   $ 14,068   $ 18,297   $   $ 32,365  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-54



CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
AT DECEMBER 31, 2002
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Assurance Guaranty Ltd.
Statement of Cash Flows

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent Co.)

  Assured
Guaranty US
Holdings, Inc.

  Other
Subsidiaries

  Combining
Adjustments

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
Combined

 
Net cash flows provided by operating activities   $   $ 47,934   $ 229,793   $   $ 277,727  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities                                
Fixed maturity securities:                                
  Purchases         (667,060 )   (814,684 )       (1,481,744 )
  Sales         577,428     388,038         965,466  
  Maturities             284,899         284,899  
Other         22,974     (58,599 )       (35,625 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities         (66,658 )   (200,346 )       (267,004 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities                                
  Dividends paid         (8,000 )           (8,000 )
Other         2,000             2,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net cash used in financing activities         (6,000 )           (6,000 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalants         (24,724 )   29,447         4,723  
  Cash and cash equivalants at beginning of year         371     3,814         4,185  
Effect of exchange rate changes         537             537  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Cash and cash equivalants at end of year         (23,816 )   33,261         9,445  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-55



CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
AT DECEMBER 31, 2001
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Assurance Guaranty Ltd.
Statement of Cash Flows

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent Co.)

  Assured
Guaranty US
Holdings, Inc.

  Other
Subsidiaries

  Combining
Adjustments

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
Combined

 
Net cash flows provided by operating activities   $   $ 38,229   $ 121,764   $   $ 159,993  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities                                  
Fixed maturity securities:                                
  Purchases         (876,701 )   (494,679 )       (1,371,380 )
  Sales         835,421     324,993         1,160,414  
  Maturities         4,500     17,429         21,929  
Other         (25,478 )   57,315         31,837  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 


 

 

(62,258

)

 

(94,942

)

 


 

 

(157,200

)
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities                                
  Dividends paid         (5,500 )           (5,500 )
Other         310             310  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net cash used in financing activities         (5,190 )           (5,190 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalants         (29,219 )   26,822         (2,397 )
  Cash and cash equivalants at beginning of year         2,239     4,401         6,640  
Effect of exchange rate changes         (58 )           (58 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Cash and cash equivalants at end of year   $   $ (27,038 ) $ 31,223   $   $ 4,185  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-56



SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

        As a newly formed company, Assured Guaranty Ltd. has no actual results of operations. In this prospectus, we therefore are presenting pro forma combined financial information with respect to the businesses that ACE transferred to us as described under "Formation Transactions," upon the completion of the IPO. This pro forma combined financial information is intended to illustrate the performance of our business following completion of the IPO and as if we had commenced our operations as of the beginning of the year.

        The pro forma adjustments include (a) the estimated incremental operating costs that we will incur as a stand-alone public company, primarily for a holding company executive management team, board of directors' fees, directors' and officers' liability insurance, independent auditors' fees and the cost of changes in vendors or payment terms related to certain services currently provided by ACE, (b) long-term debt included in the historical combined financial statements that will be excluded from the Formation Transactions, and interest thereon, (c) the estimated effects of debt expected to be issued (and related interest expense at 6% per annum) and related return of capital to ACE as described under "Formation Transactions", (d) the incremental cost of separate executive stock option and restricted stock programs, and (e) related U.S. income taxes at 35%, where applicable.

        The following table summarizes the pro forma effects on historical combined net income for the year ended December 31, 2003 and on historical combined shareholder's equity as of December 31, 2003.

 
   
  Year ended
   
 
 
   
  December 31, 2003
  As of
December 31, 2003

 
 
   
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Historical combined net income   $ 214,522        
Historical combined shareholder's equity         $ 1,437,624  
(a)   Estimated incremental operating costs     (14,000 )    
(b)   Long-term debt retained by ACE           75,000  
    Interest on long-term debt retained by ACE     5,738        
(c)   Interest on long-term debt to be issued     (12,000 )      
    Return of capital to ACE         (200,000 )
(d)   Stock option and restricted stock programs     (1,606 )   (2,830 )
(e)   Related income tax benefit     4,963     1,831  
       
 
 
Pro forma net income   $ 197,617        
       
 
 
Pro forma shareholder's equity         $ 1,311,625  
             
 

F-57



Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of
Operations of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Unaudited)

 
  Year ended December 31, 2003
 
  Historical
  Adjustments
  Pro Forma
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars except per share amounts)

Revenues   $ 512,286       $ 512,286
   
 
 
Expenses                  
  Other expenses     219,345           219,345
  Other operating expenses     41,026  (a) $ 14,000     56,632
         (d)   1,606      
  Interest expense     5,738  (b)   (5,738 )    
         (c)   12,000     12,000
   
 
 
    Total expenses     266,109     21,868     287,977
   
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes     246,177     (21,868 )   224,309
Total provision for income taxes     31,655  (e)   (4,963 )   26,692
   
 
 
Net income   $ 214,522   $ (16,905 ) $ 197,617
   
 
 

Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Basic   $ 2.86   $ (0.23 ) $ 2.63
Diluted   $ 2.86   $ (0.23 ) $ 2.63

See "Notes to Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information (Unaudited)."

F-58



Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet of
Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Unaudited)

 
  As of December 31, 2003
 
 
  Historical
  Adjustments
  Pro Forma
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Assets   $ 2,857,867   (d) $ (2,830 ) $ 2,855,037  
   
 
 
 

Liabilities and shareholder's equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Liabilities                    
Other liabilities   $ 1,345,243   (e) $ (1,831)   $ 1,343,412  
Long-term debt     75,000   (b)   (75,000)        
          (c)   200,000     200,000  
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities     1,420,243     123,169     1,543,412  
   
 
 
 

Shareholder's equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Common stock     16,403   (d)   9     759  
          (f)   (15,653)        
Additional paid-in capital     955,490   (b)   75,000        
          (c)   (200,000)        
          (d)   20,852        
          (f)   396,150     1,247,492  
Unearned stock grant compensation     (5,479 )(d)   (12,332)     (17,811 )
Retained earnings     390,025   (f)   (380,497)      
          (d)   (9,528)        
Accumulated other comprehensive income     81,185         81,185  
   
 
 
 
Total shareholder's equity     1,437,624     (125,999)     1,311,625  
   
 
 
 

Total liabilities and shareholder's equity

 

$

2,857,867

 

$

(2,830)

 

$

2,855,037

 
   
 
 
 

See "Notes to Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information (Unaudited)."

F-59



Notes to Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined
Financial Information (Unaudited)

        The following describe amounts included in the "Adjustments" columns:

F-60




$200,000,000

Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.

% Senior Notes due

Fully and Unconditionally Guaranteed by

Assured Guaranty Ltd.


PROSPECTUS
                        , 2004


Banc of America Securities LLC

JPMorgan





PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

        The following table sets forth the expenses payable in connection with the issuance and distribution of the notes being registered hereby. All of such expenses are being paid by us. All of such expenses are estimates, other than the filing fee payable to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities and Exchange Commission Filing Fee   $ 25,340
Trustee's Fees and Expenses     15,000
Legal Fees and Expenses     75,000
Printing and Engraving Expenses     50,000
Rating Agency Fees     105,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses     25,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses     5,000
Miscellaneous Expenses     49,660
   
Total     350,000
   

ITEM 14.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL") provides, among other things, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, agent or employee of the corporation or is or was serving at the corporation's request as a director, officer, agent, or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgment, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. The power to indemnify applies (a) if such person is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding or (b) if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interest, or not opposed to the best interest, of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The power to indemnify applies to actions brought by or in the right of the corporation as well, but only to the extent of defense expenses (including attorneys' fees but excluding amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred and not to any satisfaction of judgment or settlement of the claim itself, and with the further limitation that in such actions no indemnification shall be made in the event of any adjudication of negligence or misconduct in the performance of duties to the corporation, unless the court believes that in light of all the circumstances indemnification should apply.

        The by-laws of Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. ("Holdings") provide that Holdings must indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and require Holdings to advance litigation expenses upon its receipt of an undertaking by a director or officer to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such director or officer is not entitled to indemnification. The indemnification provisions contained in Holdings' by-laws are not exclusive of any other rights to which a person may be entitled by law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The officers and directors of Holdings are also covered by the indemnification provisions of Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s ("Assured Guaranty") by-laws discussed below.

II-1



        Assured Guaranty has purchased directors and officers liability insurance policies. Such insurance would be available to Holdings' directors and officers in accordance with its terms.

        Reference is made to the form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto for provisions providing that the Underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify the directors, certain officers and the controlling persons of Holdings against certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

        Bye-law 30 of Assured Guaranty's Bye-Laws provides, among other things, that the directors, secretary, other officers (such term to include for purposes of Bye-laws 30 and 31 any person appointed to any committee by the board of directors and any person who is or was serving the request of Assured Guaranty as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and the resident representative for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of Assured Guaranty and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of Assured Guaranty and every one of them, and their heirs, executors and administrators: (i) shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets of Assured Guaranty from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or trusts, and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to Assured Guaranty shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to Assured Guaranty shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, provided that, this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of fraud or dishonesty; (ii) shall not be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director or officer or other person, or for any loss or expense incurred by Assured Guaranty through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by the board of directors for or on behalf of Assured Guaranty, or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the monies of Assured Guaranty is invested, or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person with whom any monies, securities or effects is deposited, or for any loss occasioned by any error of judgment, omission, default or oversight on his or her part, or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in relation to the execution of the duties of his or her office, or in relation thereto, unless the same happens through fraud or dishonesty on his or her part; and (iii) shall be indemnified out of the assets of Assured Guaranty against all liabilities, losses, costs and expenses which he or she or any of his or her heirs, executors or administrators, incur or may incur or sustain, by or by reason of any act, by such person, or other person or a collective of persons (including without limitation the board of directors) or by Assured Guaranty, done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of his, her or their duty, or supposed duty, or in his, her or their respective offices or trusts, in defending or appearing or giving evidence in any proceedings (such term to include, for the purposes of Bye-law 30, threatened proceedings, investigations and enquiries, whether by a regulatory authority, prosecutions authority or otherwise), whether civil or criminal, including where allegations of fraud and dishonesty are made against such director or other person, and Assured Guaranty shall pay to or on behalf of such director or other person any and all funds associated in defending or appearing or giving evidence in such proceedings (including without limitation independent representation and counseling by an attorney or other professional selected by such director or other person concerned) as and when such liabilities, losses, costs and expenses are incurred, provided that in the event of a finding of fraud or dishonesty (such fraud or dishonesty having been established in a final judgment or decree not subject to appeal),

II-2



such director or other person shall reimburse to Assured Guaranty all funds paid by Assured Guaranty in respect of liabilities, losses, costs and expenses of defending such proceedings. The provisions of Bye-law 30 (and Bye-law 31) shall apply to, and for the benefit of, any person acting as (or with the reasonable belief that he or she will be appointed or elected as) a director, secretary, other officer, the resident representative, or liquidator or trustee in the reasonable belief that he or she has been so appointed or elected notwithstanding any defect in such appointment or election and to any person who is no longer, but at one time was, a director, secretary, other officer, resident representative or liquidator or trustee of Assured Guaranty.

        Bye-law 31 of Assured Guaranty's Bye-Laws provides that Assured Guaranty and each shareholder agree to waive any claim or right of action it might have, whether individually or by or in the right of Assured Guaranty, against any director, secretary, other officer, resident representative or liquidator or trustee of Assured Guaranty on account of any action taken by such director or other such person, or the failure of such director or other such person to take any action in the performance of his or her duties with or for Assured Guaranty, provided that such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such director or other such person.

        The Companies Act provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors in respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to them as a result of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which they may be guilty. However, the Companies Act also provides that any provision, whether contained in the company's bye-laws or in a contract or arrangement between the company and the director, indemnifying such director against any liability which would attach to him in respect of his fraud or dishonesty will be void.

        Assured Guaranty has purchased directors and officers liability insurance policies. Such insurance would be available to Assured Guaranty's directors and officers in accordance with its terms. In addition, certain directors may be covered by directors and officers liability insurance policies purchased by their respective employers.

        Reference is made to the form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto for provisions providing that the Underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify the directors, certain officers and the controlling persons of Assured Guaranty against certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

ITEM 15.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.

        Holdings was incorporated as a Delaware corporation in February 2004. Following its incorporation, Holdings issued 1,000 shares of common stock to ACE Financial Services Inc. for U.S.$1,000. As part of the formation transactions described in the prospectus, ACE Financial Services transferred to Assured Guaranty all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Holdings. These issuances did not involve any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering, and Holdings believes that each transaction, if deemed to be a sale of a security, was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof.

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

        Assured Guaranty was incorporated as a Bermuda company in August 2003. Following its incorporation, Assured Guaranty issued 12,000 common shares to ACE Limited for U.S.$12,000. As part of the formation transactions described in the prospectus, ACE caused one or more of its subsidiaries to transfer to Assured Guaranty all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of its subsidiaries conducting ACE's financial guaranty business in exchange for 73,800,000 of our common

II-3



shares and promissory notes in the aggregate of $2 million. These issuances did not involve any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering, and Assured Guaranty believes that each transaction, if deemed to be a sale of a security, was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof.

ITEM 16.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

    (a)
    Exhibits

Exhibit
Number

  Description of Document
1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation and Memorandum of Association of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

3.2

 

Bye-laws of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

3.3

 

Certificate of Incorporation of Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.

3.4

 

Bylaws of Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.

4.1

 

Form of Indenture

4.2

 

Form of Note

5.1

 

Opinion of Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP

5.2

 

Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman

10.1

 

Employment Agreement with Dominic J. Frederico (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.2

 

Employment Agreement with Michael J. Schozer (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.3

 

Employment Agreement with Pierre A. Samson (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.4

 

Employment Agreement with James M. Michener (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.5

 

Employment Agreement with Robert B. Mills (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.6

 

[Reserved]

10.7

 

2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.8

 

Master Separation Agreement (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)
     

II-4



10.9

 

Transition Services Agreement (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.10

 

Registration Rights Agreement (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.11

 

Tax Allocation Agreement (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.12

 

Modification Agreement to Services Agreement with ACE Financial Services Inc. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.13

 

Amended and Restated Services Agreement with ACE American Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.14

 

Employee Leasing Agreement with ACE American Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.15

 

Services Agreement with ACE Asset Management Inc. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.16

 

Management and Accounting Services Agreement with ACE Financial Solutions International, Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.17

 

Services Agreement with ACE Financial Solutions International, Ltd. (Japan Branch) (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.18

 

Investment Advisory Services Agreement between ACE Asset Management Inc. and Assured Guaranty Corp. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.19

 

Investment Advisory Services Agreement between ACE Asset Management Inc. and Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.20

 

Investment Advisory Services Agreement between ACE Asset Management Inc. and Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.21

 

Investment Advisory Services Agreement between ACE Asset Management Inc. and ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.22

 

Credit Agreement with ABN AMRO Bank NV as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.23

 

Credit Agreement with Deutsche Bank AG, as Agent, as amended (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)
     

II-5



10.24

 

Credit Agreement with ABN AMRO Incorporated, as Lead Arranger (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.25

 

[Reserved]

10.26

 

Stock Purchase Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.27

 

Whole Account Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement between Assured Guaranty Corp. and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.28

 

Per Contract Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.29

 

Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE American Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.30

 

Amended and Restated Guaranty by Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. in favor of ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.31

 

Guaranty by Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. in favor of Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.32

 

Guaranty by Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. in favor of Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.33

 

Automobile Residual Value Insurance Policy between ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.34

 

Retrocessional Memorandum between ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.35

 

Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and JCJ Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.36

 

Reinsurance Agreement between Westchester Fire Insurance Company and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.37

 

Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)
     

II-6



10.38

 

Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE American Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.39

 

Termination Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.40

 

Amended and Restated Termination Agreement between ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.41

 

Assignment and Indemnification Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.42

 

Per Policy Excess of Loss Second Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.43

 

Novation and Amendment Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. and ACE European Markets Insurance Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.44

 

Termination Agreement between ACE European Markets Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.45

 

UK Title Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between ACE European Markets Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.46

 

UK Title Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between ACE European Markets Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.47

 

Commutation and Settlement Agreement between ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Corp. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.48

 

Commutation and Settlement Agreement between ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.49

 

Aggregate Loss Portfolio Reinsurance Agreement between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)
     

II-7



10.50

 

Form of Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE American Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.51

 

Form of Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Corp. and ACE American Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.52

 

Form of Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.53

 

Form of Commutation Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and Westchester Fire Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.54

 

Form of Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.55

 

Form of Assignment and Termination Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd., ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.56

 

Form of Assignment Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd., ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company. (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.57

 

Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement among Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd.,
ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. of Amended and
Restated Guaranty by Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. in favor of ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.58

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd. Replacement Award Plan (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

10.59

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd. Supplemental Trust (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

12.1

 

Statement Regarding Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (including Pro Forma Ratio)

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrants (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP*

23.2

 

Consent of Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)

23.3

 

Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman (included as part of Exhibit 5.2)
     

II-8



24.1

 

Powers of Attorney*

25.1

 

Statement of Eligibility of the Trustee on Form T-1

99.1

 

[Reserved]

99.2

 

[Reserved]

99.3

 

[Reserved]

99.4

 

[Reserved]

99.5

 

[Reserved]

99.6

 

[Reserved]

99.7

 

Form F-N*

99.8

 

Audit Committee Charter (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

99.9

 

Compensation Committee Charter (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

99.10

 

Nomination and Governance Committee Charter (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

99.11

 

Finance Committee Charter (Incorporated by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491)

*
Previously filed.

ITEM 17.    UNDERTAKINGS

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrants in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrants will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by them is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake that:

            (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrants pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

            (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-9



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in New York, New York, on the 11th day of May, 2004.

    ASSURED GUARANTY US HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
DOMINIC J. FREDERICO           
        Name:   Dominic J. Frederico
        Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the dates indicated.

Name
  Position
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/   DOMINIC J. FREDERICO       
Domiminc J. Frederico
  President; Director   May 11, 2004

/s/  
ROBERT MILLS       
Robert Mills

 

Chief Financial Officer; Director

 

May 11, 2004

/s/  
JAMES M. MICHENER       
James M. Michener

 

Vice President and Secretary; Director

 

May 11, 2004

II-10



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Hamilton, Bermuda, on the 11th day of May, 2004.

    ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
DOMINIC J. FREDERICO           
        Name:   Dominic J. Frederico
        Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the dates indicated.

Name
  Position
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/   DONALD KRAMER       
Donald Kramer
  Chairman of the Board; Director   May 11, 2004

/s/  
DOMINIC J. FREDERICO       
Dominic J. Frederico

 

President and Chief Executive Officer; Director

 

May 11, 2004

/s/  
ROBERT MILLS       
Robert Mills

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

May 11, 2004

*

Neil Baron

 

Director

 

May 11, 2004

*

G. Lawrence Buhl

 

Director

 

May 11, 2004

*

Stephen A. Cozen

 

Director

 

May 11, 2004

*

John G. Heimann

 

Director

 

May 11, 2004
         

II-11



*

Patrick W. Kenny

 

Director

 

May 11, 2004

*

Walter A. Scott

 

Director

 

May 11, 2004

/s/  
DOMINIC J. FREDERICO       
Dominic J. Frederico

 

Authorized Representative in the United States

 

May 11, 2004

* By:

 

/s/  
ROBERT B. MILLS       
Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

II-12



Report of Independent Auditors on
Financial Statement Schedules

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of AGC Holdings Limited:

        Our audits of the combined financial statements referred to in our report dated February 25, 2003 appearing in the S-1 of Assured Guaranty Ltd. also included an audit of the accompanying financial statement schedules listed in Item 16 of this Form S-1. In our opinion, these financial statement schedules present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related combined financial statements.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, NY
February 25, 2003


Schedule III—Supplementary Insurance Information (in millions of U.S. dollars)

 
   
   
   
  For the Year Ended December 31, 2003
 
  As of December 31, 2003
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  Other
Operating
Expenses

 
   
   
  Loss
reserves

  Premiums
written

  Premiums
earned

  Loss
Expenses

  Net Investment
Income

  Acquisition
Costs

 
  DAC
  UPR
Direct Financial Guaranty   1.2   29.5   29.9   71.2   70.2   16.3   11.8   2.8   21.6
Financial Guaranty Reinsurance   157.3   407.7   72.8   168.7   92.9   25.7   44.1   33.9   7.0
Mortgage   6.4   55.1   24.1   24.4   27.6   (0.7 ) 11.4   5.0   4.6
Other   13.8   133.1   395.7   84.9   120.2   103.4   29.0   23.2   7.9
   
 
  Total   178.7   625.4   522.6   349.2   310.9   144.6   96.3   64.9   41.0
   
 

 

 

As of December 31, 2002


 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2002

Direct Financial Guaranty   0.7   12.7   26.0   47.4   43.9   25.4   7.3   2.4   12.5
Financial Guaranty Reinsurance   135.7   327.6   47.2   84.6   79.3   5.3   45.1   29.0   4.9
Mortgage   6.3   75.6   28.7   47.6   45.3   8.9   19.2   8.0   3.9
Other   14.6   197.4   356.9   237.6   78.9   80.6   25.6   9.0   9.7
   
 
  Total   157.3   613.3   458.8   417.2   247.4   120.3   97.2   48.4   31.0
   
 

 

 

As of December 31, 2001


 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2001

Direct Financial Guaranty   0.4   9.2   8.9   46.0   30.0   3.1   8.9   0.9   9.2
Financial Guaranty Reinsurance   134.1   323.1   65.3   70.4   62.2   5.0   46.5   24.7   6.4
Mortgage   6.0   75.9   31.4   47.4   39.7   6.1   22.6   7.2   2.5
Other   13.7   92.1   295.4   279.0   161.6   163.2   21.5   18.3   11.7
   
 
  Total   154.2   500.3   401.1   442.9   293.5   177.5   99.5   51.1   29.8
   
 

Schedule IV—Reinsurance
Net Earned Premiums (in millions of U.S. dollars):

 
   
   
   
   
  Percentage of
assumed to net

 
Type of Business:
  Direct
  Ceded
  Assumed
  Net
 

 
 
 
For the years Ended December 31, 2003

 
Financial Guaranty   $ 133.8   $ 9.8   $ 100.8   $ 224.8   55.8 %
Mortgage     0.0     0.4     28.0     27.6   101.5 %
Title           0.3     11.0     10.7   103.2 %
Life           4.5     4.4     (0.0 )  
Other     0.1     11.3     59.1     47.9   123.2 %
   
 
    $ 133.9   $ 26.3   $ 203.3   $ 310.9   73.3 %

 


 

For the years Ended December 31, 2002

 
Financial Guaranty   $ 129.6   $ 18.5   $ 96.2   $ 207.3   46.4 %
Mortgage         1.2     46.5     45.3   102.7 %
Title         0.2     7.5     7.3   102.8 %
Life           23.9     (8.3 )   (32.2 ) 25.7 %
Other         12.8     32.6     19.8   164.9 %
   
 
    $ 129.6   $ 56.7   $ 174.6   $ 247.4   70.5 %

 


 

For the years Ended December 31, 2001

 
Financial Guaranty   $ 51.5   $ 6.1   $ 140.6   $ 185.9   75.6 %
Mortgage         3.6     43.3     39.8   108.9 %
Title         0.2     6.6     6.5   102.5 %
Life         1.0     25.6     24.6   104.2 %
Other     0.9     82.7     118.5     36.8   322.3 %
   
 
    $ 52.4   $ 93.6   $ 334.7   $ 293.5   114.0 %

Schedule V—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (in millions)

Valuation and qualifying accounts for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 are as follows:

 
   
  Balance at
beginning of year

  Charged to
expense/Deduction

  Balance at end
of year


 

 

Valuation allowance

 

7.0

 


 

7.0

 

 

Allowance for Uncollectible Reinsurance

 


 

21.1

 

21.1

 

 

 

 



 



 



2003

 

Total

 

7.0

 

21.1

 

28.1

2002

 

Valuation allowance

 

7.0

 


 

7.0

2001

 

Valuation allowance

 

7.0

 


 

7.0


Exhibit Index

Exhibit
Number

  Description

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.3

 

Certificate of Incorporation of Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.

3.4

 

Bylaws of Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.

4.1

 

Form of Indenture

4.2

 

Form of Note

5.1

 

Opinion of Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP

5.2

 

Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman

25.1

 

Statement of Eligibility of the Trustee on Form T-1



QuickLinks

Table of Contents
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
Corporate Structure
The Offering
Recent Developments
Gross Written Premiums by Segment
Net Premiums Earned by Segment
Combined Ratio
Summary Combined Financial Information of Assured Guaranty
RISK FACTORS
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
FORMATION TRANSACTIONS
ASSURED GUARANTY US HOLDINGS INC.
USE OF PROCEEDS
CAPITALIZATION OF ASSURED GUARANTY
SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF ASSURED GUARANTY
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
U.K. Private Finance Initiative Issuance
International Financial Guaranty Insurance
Net Par Outstanding By Product Line
Mortgage Guaranty Risk In Force By Geographic Region
Mortgage Guaranty LTV by Geographic Region
Mortgage Guaranty Insurance and Reinsurance Risk in Force by U.S. Jurisdictions
MANAGEMENT
Summary Compensation Table
2003 Option Grants
Option Values as of December 31, 2003
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON SHARES
RELATIONSHIP WITH ACE
MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
DESCRIPTION OF NOTES AND GUARANTEES
UNDERWRITING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES UNDER UNITED STATES FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS AND OTHER MATTERS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.
Report of Independent Auditors
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Balance Sheet as of August 21, 2003 (Date of Incorporation)
Report of Independent Auditors
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Combined Balance Sheets (in thousands of U.S. dollars except share amounts)
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Combined Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (in thousands of U.S. dollars except share and per share amounts)
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Combined Statements of Shareholder's Equity For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Combined Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Notes to Combined Financial Statements
CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET AT DECEMBER 31, 2003 (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET AT DECEMBER 31, 2002 (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 2003 (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 2002 (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 2001 (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS AT DECEMBER 31, 2003 (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS AT DECEMBER 31, 2002 (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS AT DECEMBER 31, 2001 (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Unaudited)
Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Unaudited)
Notes to Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information (Unaudited)
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES
SIGNATURES
Report of Independent Auditors on Financial Statement Schedules
Exhibit Index

Exhibit 1.1

 

Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

__% Senior Notes due 20__


Underwriting Agreement

May ___ ,2004

Banc of America Securities LLC

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 10019

 

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

270 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10017

 

As representatives of the several Underwriters

named in Schedule I hereto,

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), $200,000,000 principal amount of its ___% Senior Notes due 20__ (the “Securities”), to be issued under an indenture, dated as of May 1, 2004, (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Assured Guaranty Ltd., a Bermuda company (the “Guarantor”) and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

Pursuant to the Indenture, the Guarantor has agreed to fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee (the “Guarantees”), to each holder of the Securities and to the Trustee, (1) the full and punctual payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest and any Additional Amounts (as defined in the Indenture) in respect thereof on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Securities and (2) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Securities.

1.            Each of the Issuer and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(a)          A joint registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115173; together with pre-effective amendments thereto, the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Securities and the Guarantees has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, and, excluding exhibits thereto, to you for each of the other Underwriters, have been declared

 

 



 

effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; and such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”);

(b)          No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Registration Statement as declared effective or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a), at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Issuer and the Guarantor by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein;

(c)          The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided , however , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to (1) that part of the Registration Statement which shall constitute the Statement of Eligibility (Form T-1) of the Trustee under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”), or (2) any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Issuer and the Guarantor by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein;

(d)          Neither the Guarantor nor any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the

 

2



 

Prospectus any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has not been any change in the share capital or capital stock, as the case may be, or long-term debt of the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, shareholders’ equity or results of operations of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Issuer), taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus;

(e)          Neither the Guarantor nor any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) holds legal title to any real property, except for such real property as would not be material to the operations of the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) or the performance of the obligations of the Issuer and Guarantor under this Agreement; all of the leases, subleases and licenses under which the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) holds real properties described in the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and neither the Guarantor nor any subsidiary (including the Issuer) has any notice of any claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Guarantor or any subsidiary (including the Issuer) under any of the leases, subleases or licenses mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Guarantor or such subsidiary to the continued possession of the leased, subleased or licensed premises under any such lease or sublease, except where the failure to have such leases in full force and effect or the failure to have any such notice of any such claim would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, shareholders’ equity, business prospects or results of operations of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”);

(f)           The Guarantor has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as an exempted company in good standing under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, with corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, or is subject to no material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in any such jurisdiction;

(g)          Each subsidiary (including the Issuer) of the Guarantor has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, with corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, or is subject to no material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in any such jurisdiction;

(h)          The Guarantor has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of share capital of the Guarantor have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable; and all of the

 

3



 

issued shares of share capital of each subsidiary of the Guarantor (including the Issuer) have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except for directors’ qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Guarantor, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;

(i)           This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and the Guarantor;

(j)           The Indenture has been duly authorized by the Issuer and the Guarantor, has been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act and, when executed and delivered by the Issuer and the Guarantor and assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of the Indenture by the Trustee, will constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Issuer and the Guarantor, enforceable against the Issuer and the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers), reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(k)          The Securities and the Guarantees have been duly authorized by the Issuer and the Guarantor, respectively, and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantor, respectively, entitled to the benefits of the Indenture, enforceable against the Issuer and the Guarantor, as the case may be, in accordance with their terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers), reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).  The Securities will be in the form contemplated by the Indenture;

(l)           The compliance by the Issuer and the Guarantor with all of the provisions of this Agreement, the Indenture and the Securities and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (i) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) is a party or by which the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) is subject, (ii) the provisions of the Memorandum of Association or the Bye-laws of the Guarantor or the Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Issuer or (iii) any statute or any rule or regulation or order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) or any of their respective properties, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for such violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body (“Governmental Authorizations”) is required for the sale of the Securities or the consummation by the Issuer and the Guarantor of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities and the Guarantees,

 

4



 

except (A) the registration under the Act of the Securities and the Guarantees, (B) the qualification under the Trust Indenture Act, (C) such Governmental Authorizations as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect and copies of which have been furnished to you and (D) such Governmental Authorizations as may be required under state securities laws, Blue Sky laws, insurance securities laws or any laws of jurisdictions outside the United States in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by or for the account of the Underwriters;

(m)         Neither the Guarantor nor any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) is (i) in violation of its Memorandum of Association or Bye-laws or comparable organizational documents or (ii) in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound;

(n)          Each of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) possesses all consents, authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates, or permits issued by any regulatory agencies or bodies (collectively, “Permits”) which are necessary to conduct the business now conducted by it as described in the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess such Permits would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; all of such Permits are valid and in full force and effect, except where the invalidity of such Permits or the failure to be in full force and effect would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  There is no pending, or to the Issuer’s and the Guarantor’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or investigation against or involving the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Issuer), and neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor knows of any reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, that individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to lead to the revocation, modification, termination, suspension or any other material impairment of the rights of the holder of any such Permit, except for such revocation, modification, termination, suspension or other material impairment that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(o)          Except as described in the Prospectus, each of the Guarantor and its insurance subsidiaries is duly registered, licensed or admitted as an insurer or reinsurer or as an insurance holding company, as the case may be, under applicable insurance holding company statutes or other insurance laws (including laws that relate to companies that control insurance companies) and the rules, regulations and interpretations of the insurance regulatory authorities thereunder (collectively, “Insurance Laws”) in each jurisdiction where it is required to be so licensed or admitted to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, except where the failure to be so registered, licensed or admitted would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as described in the Prospectus, each of the Guarantor and its insurance subsidiaries has all other necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, consents, certificates, permits, registrations and qualifications of and from, and has made all declarations and filings with, all insurance regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses as described in the Prospectus, and all of the foregoing are in full force and effect, except where the failure to have such authorizations, approvals, orders, consents, certificates, permits, registrations or qualifications, the failure to make such declarations and filings, or the failure to be in full

 

5



 

force and effect would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as otherwise described in the Prospectus, none of the Guarantor nor any of its insurance subsidiaries has received any notification from any insurance regulatory authority to the effect that any additional authorization, approval, order, consent, certificate, permit, registration or qualification is needed to be obtained by either the Guarantor or any of its insurance subsidiaries to conduct its business as currently conducted, except where the failure to have such additional authorization, approval, order, consent, certificate, permit, registration or qualification would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as otherwise described in the Prospectus, no insurance regulatory authority has issued to the Guarantor or any subsidiary (including the Issuer) any order impairing, restricting or prohibiting (A) the payment of dividends by any of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries (including the Issuer), (B) the making of a distribution on any subsidiary’s (including the Issuer’s) share capital, (C) the repayment to the Guarantor of any loans or advances to any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) from the Guarantor, (D) the repayment to the Issuer of any loans or advances to any of its subsidiaries from the Issuer, or (E) the transfer of any of the Guarantor’s subsidiary’s property or assets to the Guarantor or any other subsidiary of the Guarantor (including the Issuer).  Each of the Guarantor, the Issuer, Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd., Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company, Assured Guaranty Corp. and Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. maintains its books and records in accordance with all applicable Insurance Laws, except where the failure to so maintain its books and records would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(p)          Any tax returns required to be filed by the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) in any jurisdiction have been accurately prepared and timely filed and any taxes, including any withholding taxes, excise taxes, franchise taxes and similar fees, sales taxes, use taxes, penalties and interest, assessments and fees and other charges due or claimed to be due from such entities have been paid, other than any of those being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been provided or any of those currently payable without penalty or interest, except to the extent that the failure to so file or pay would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; no deficiency assessment with respect to a proposed adjustment of the Guarantor’s or any of its subsidiaries’ (including the Issuer’s) taxes is pending or, to the best of the Guarantor’s and the Issuer’s knowledge, threatened; and there is no material tax lien, whether imposed by any federal, state, or other taxing authority, outstanding against the assets, properties or business of the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer);

(q)          Each of the Guarantor, Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. has received from the Bermuda Minister of Finance an assurance under The Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act, 1966 of Bermuda to the effect that, in the event of there being enacted in Bermuda any legislation imposing tax computed on profits or income or computed on any capital asst, gain or appreciation, or any tax of the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to the Guarantor, Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. or Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. or any of the their operations or their shares, debentures or other obligations, until 28 March 2016 (subject to certain provisos expressed in such assurance), and the Guarantor has not received

 

6



 

any notification to the effect (and is not otherwise aware) that such assurances may be revoked or otherwise not honored by the Bermuda government;

(r)           Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings Ltd. (“Assured Guaranty Barbados”) has received from the Barbados Minister of Industry and International Business a guarantee that the benefits and exemptions contained in the International Business Companies Act will apply to Assured Guaranty Barbados for 15 years;

(s)          The Guarantor and the Issuer do not believe that (1) either the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) currently should be, or upon the sale of the Securities herein contemplated should be, (A) treated as a “passive foreign investment company” as defined in Section 1297(a) of the Code, (B) considered a “foreign personal holding company” as defined in Section 552 of the Code, (C) characterized as a “personal holding company” as defined in Section 542 of the Code, (D) except for the Issuer, Assured Guaranty Financial Products Inc., Assured Guaranty Corp., Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc., Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., Assured Guaranty Risk Assurance Company and Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company, considered to be engaged in a trade or business within the United States for purposes of Section 864(b) of the Code or (E) except for Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd. and Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd., characterized as resident, managed or controlled or carrying on a trade through a branch or agency in the United Kingdom or (2) any U.S. person who owns shares of the Guarantor directly or indirectly through foreign entities should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or by attribution pursuant to Section 958(b) of the Code) 10 percent or more of the total voting power of the Guarantor or any of its non-U.S. subsidiaries;

(t)           Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. and Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. intend to operate in a manner that is intended to ensure that the related person insurance income of each such company does not equal or exceed 20% of each such company’s gross insurance income for any taxable year in the foreseeable future;

(u)          The statements set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Notes and Guarantees,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Securities, under the caption “Material Tax Considerations,” and under the caption “Underwriting,” insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are true, accurate and complete in all material respects. The Indenture, the Securities and this Agreement will be in substantially the form filed or incorporated by reference, as the case may be, as an exhibit to the Registration Statement;

(v)          The Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (1) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (2) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (3) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general, or specific authorization; and (4) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences;

 

 

7



 

(w)         Other than as set forth in the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) is a party or of which any property of the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer), would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the best of the Guarantor’s and Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others;

(x)          There are no contracts or other documents of a character required to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which have not been so filed or described as required;

(y)          Neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor is and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities, will be an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

(z)          None of the Underwriters or any subsequent purchasers of the Securities is subject to any stamp duty, transfer, excise or similar tax imposed in Bermuda in connection with the issuance, offering or sale of the Securities to the Underwriters or to any subsequent purchasers;

(aa)         There are no currency exchange control laws or withholding taxes, in each case of Bermuda, that would be applicable to (1) the payment of interest or principal on the Securities by the Issuer or the Guarantor (other than as may apply to residents of Bermuda for Bermuda exchange control purposes) or (2) the payment of dividends, interest or principal by the any of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries (including the Issuer) to such subsidiary’s parent company. The BMA has designated the Guarantor, Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. are collectively referred to as the “Bermuda Subsidiaries”) as non-resident for exchange control purposes.  Each of the Guarantor and the Bermuda Subsidiaries are “exempted companies” under Bermuda law and have not (A) acquired and do not hold any land for its business in Bermuda, other than that held by way of lease or tenancy for terms of not more than 50 years, without the express authorization of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, (B) acquired and do not hold land by way of lease or tenancy which is acquired for its business and held for terms of not more than 21 years in order to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its officers and employees, without the express authorization of the Minister of Finance of Bermuda, (C) taken mortgages on land in Bermuda to secure an amount in excess of $50,000, without the consent of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, (D) acquired any bonds or debentures secured by any land in Bermuda, except bonds or debentures issued by the government of Bermuda or a public authority of Bermuda, or (E) conducted their business in a manner that is prohibited for “exempted companies” under Bermuda law.  None of the Guarantor or any of the Bermuda Subsidiaries has received notification from the Bermuda Monetary Authority or any other Bermuda governmental authority of proceedings relating to the modification or revocation of its designation as non-resident for exchange control purposes, its permission to issue and transfer the Securities, or its status as an “exempted company” under Bermuda law;

 

8



 

(bb)        PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) are independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder; and

(cc)        The financial statements and any supplementary financial information and schedules of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) included in the Prospectus and the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the entities purported to be shown thereby at the dates and for the periods indicated and have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated and conform in all material respects with the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission under the Act; and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly in all materials respects the information required to be stated therein.

2.            Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Issuer agrees to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Issuer, the Securities, in the respective principal amounts set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule I hereto, at a purchase price equal to ____% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if any, from _____, 2004 to the date of payment and delivery (the “Purchase Price”).

3.            (a)  Delivery of and payment for the Securities shall be made at 10:00 AM, New York City time, on _____, 2004, or at such time on such later date not more than five Business Days after the foregoing date as the Representatives shall designate, which date and time may be postponed by agreement between the Representatives and the Issuer or as provided in Section 8 hereof (such date and time of delivery and payment for the Securities being herein called the “Closing Date”).  Certificates for the Securities shall be in global form and registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives may request upon at least forty eight hours’ prior notice to the Issuer.  Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives, of the Purchase Price thereof to or upon the order of the Issuer by wire transfer payable in immediately available funds to an account specified by the Issuer. Delivery of the Securities shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

(b)  The documents to be delivered at the Closing Date by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 6 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Securities and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 6(j) hereof, will be delivered at the offices of LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P., 125 West 55th Street, New York, New York 10019 (the “Closing Location”), and the Securities will be delivered at the office of DTC or its designated custodian, on the Closing Date.  A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding the Closing Date, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto.  For the purposes of this Section 3, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

4.            The Issuer and the Guarantor agree with each of the Underwriters:

 

9



 

 

(a)          to prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or prospectus, of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or prospectus or suspending any such qualification, promptly to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b)          promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Securities, provided that in connection therewith neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor shall be required to qualify as a foreign company or corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified, or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction, or to subject itself to material taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject;

(c)          prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Securities and if at such time any events shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such period to amend or supplement the Prospectusin order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance, and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus in connection with sales of any of the Securities at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to

 

10



 

 

such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d)          to make generally available to its shareholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than eighteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Issuer and the Guarantor, Rule 158);

(e)          during a period of five years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to shareholders generally, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available (unless they are made publicly available through the Commission’s EDGAR filing system), copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Issuer is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Guarantor and the Issuer as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) are consolidated in reports furnished to the Guarantor’s shareholders generally or to the Commission);

(f)           to file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

(g)          if the Issuer elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Issuer shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Issuer shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b) under the Act; and

(h)          The Issuer and the Guarantor will not, without the prior written consent of Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Issuer or any affiliate of the Issuer or any person in privity with the Issuer or any affiliate of the Issuer), directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries, including the Issuer (other than the Securities), which are substantially similar to the Securities, nor publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, on or prior to the Closing Date.

(i)           The Issuer will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds.”

 

11



 

5.            The Issuer and the Guarantor covenant and agree with the several Underwriters that the Issuer and the Guarantor will pay all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantor under this Agreement, including (i) the costs associated with the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and of each amendment thereto, (ii) the costs associated with the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of this Agreement, any agreement among Underwriters, the Indenture and such other documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities, (iii) the costs associated with the preparation, issuance and delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, including any transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the counsel, accountants and other advisors or agents (including transfer agents and registrars) to the Issuer, as well as the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and any Depositary, and their respective counsel, (v) the preparation, printing and filing of, and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each Preliminary Prospectus, and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vi) the fees charged by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations for the rating of the Securities, (vii) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(b) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto (such fees and disbursements not to exceed $10,000), (viii) the cost of making the Securities eligible for clearance and settlement through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company; and (ix) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section.  It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 7 and 11 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, transfer taxes on resale of any of the Securities by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

6.            The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Securities to be delivered at the Closing Date, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Issuer and of the Guarantor herein are, at and as of the Closing Date, true and correct, the condition that the Issuer and the Guarantor shall have performed all of their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a)          The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof; if the Issuer has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;

(b)          LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P., counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated the Closing Date, with respect to the matters covered in paragraphs (viii) with respect to the statements under the captions “Description of Notes and Guarantees” and “Underwriting,” and (xii) of

 

12



 

subsection (c) below as well as such other related matters as you may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

(c)          Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP, U.S. counsel for the Issuer and the Guarantor, or an affiliate thereof, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

(i)           this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer; the compliance by the Issuer and the Guarantor with all of the provisions of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities and the Guarantees and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of (1) any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, (2) the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Issuer, (3) any United States federal or New York State statute, rule or regulation which, in such counsel’s opinion, based on such counsel’s experience, are normally applicable to transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement (“United States Applicable Laws”), except that such counsel need not express any opinion with respect to state securities laws, or (4) any order, judgment or decree known to such counsel following inquiry of the Issuer’s and the Guarantor’s management of any United States federal or New York State court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) or any of their properties, except for such violations that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(ii)          based upon its review of the United States Applicable Laws, no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any United States federal or New York state court or governmental agency or body is required for the sale of the Securities or the consummation by the Issuer and the Guarantor of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities and the Guarantees, except for (1) the registration under the Act of the Securities and the Guarantees and the qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of the Indenture, (2) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters and (3) any consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification that may be applicable as a result of the involvement of any parties (other than the Issuer and the Guarantor) in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Indenture or because of such parties’ legal or regulatory status or because of any other facts specifically pertaining to such parties;
(iii)        each of the U.S. insurance subsidiaries has all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, consents, certificates, permits, registrations and qualifications of and from, and has made all declarations and filings with, all New York and Maryland insurance regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses as described in the Prospectus, and all of the foregoing are in full force and effect, except where the failure to have such authorizations, approvals, orders, consents, certificates, permits, registrations or
 
13


 
 
qualifications, the failure to make such declarations and filings, or their failure to be in full force and effect would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;
(iv)         each of the Issuer, Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company, Assured Guaranty Corp., Assured Guaranty Financial Products, Inc., Assured Guaranty Risk Assurance Company and Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings, Inc. (collectively, the “U.S. Subsidiaries”) is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation; and all of the issued shares of share capital of each such subsidiary (except for directors’ qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Guarantor, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;
(v)          each of Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd. (collectively the “U.K. Subsidiaries”) is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation; and, based solely upon such counsel’s review of the share register or, in the absence of such share register, share certificate(s) and relevant board resolutions of each such subsidiary, all of the issued shares of share capital of each such subsidiary (except for directors’ qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Guarantor, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;
(vi)         all of the issued shares of share capital (except for directors’ qualifying shares) of each of Assured Guaranty Corp., Assured Guaranty Financial Products, Inc., Assured Guaranty Risk Assurance Company, and Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. (with respect to Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd., based solely upon such counsel’s review of the share register or, in the absence of such share register, share certificate(s) and relevant board resolutions of such subsidiary) are owned directly or indirectly by the Issuer, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;
(vii)        the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer, has been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the Guarantor and the Trustee) constitutes a legal, valid and binding instrument enforceable against the Issuer and the Guarantor in accordance with its terms (subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity, including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); the Securities have been duly authorized by the Issuer and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms (subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity, including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law)
 
14


 
and entitled to the benefits of the Indenture; and, assuming the Guarantees have been duly authorized by the Guarantor, the Guarantees, when the Securities have been duly executed in the manner contemplated in the Indenture and issued and delivered to the Underwriters in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with their terms (subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity, including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).  The Securities will be in the form contemplated by, and each registered holder thereof will be entitled to the benefits of, the Indenture;
(viii)       the statements set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Notes and Guarantees,” an d under the caption “Business—Regulation—United States,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the United States legal matters referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair; and the Indenture, the Securities and the Guarantees conform to the descriptions thereof contained in the Prospectus in all material respects;
(ix)         the discussion contained in the Prospectus under the captions “Material Tax Considerations—United States” constitutes, in all material respects, a fair and accurate summary of the U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Securities by U.S. Holders (as defined in the Prospectus) that are not otherwise excepted in the Prospectus and who acquire Securities in the offering described in the Prospectus;
(x)          to the extent that the laws of the State of New York are applicable, the Guarantor (A) has validly submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or Federal court sitting in The City of New York (the “New York Court”) over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Underwriting Agreement, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the offering of the Securities, and (B) has validly waived any objection to the venue of a proceeding in any such New York Court, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Underwriting Agreement by or on behalf of the Underwriters.
(xi)         Neither Company nor the Guarantor is and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof, will be an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act; and
(xii)        the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any further amendments and supplements thereto made by the Issuer prior to the Closing Date (other than the financial statements and related schedules, and other financial data therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion) comply or will comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
 
15


 

               Such counsel shall also state that it has examined various documents and participated in conferences with representatives of the Issuer and its accountants and with representatives of the Underwriters and their counsel at which times the contents of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and related matters were discussed, and, although such counsel is not passing upon and assumes no responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or making any representation that it has independently verified or checked the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such statements, except as set forth above subsections (viii) and (ix) above, no facts have come to the attention of such counsel that cause such counsel to believe that (1) the Registration Statement or any further amendment thereto made by the Issuer prior to the Closing Date (other than financial statements and supporting schedules and other financial data included in or omitted from the Registration Statement), as of the effective date of the Registration Statement or such further amendment thereto, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (2) the Prospectus or any further amendment or supplement thereto made by the Issuer prior to the Closing Date (other than financial statements and supporting schedules and other financial data included in or omitted from the Prospectus), as of the date of the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement thereto or as of the Closing Date, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

               In rendering such opinion, such counsel may state that they express no opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the Federal laws of the United States of America .

(d)          Conyers, Dill & Pearman, special Bermuda counsel for the Guarantor, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

(i)           the Guarantor is duly incorporated and existing under the laws of Bermuda in good standing (meaning solely that it has not failed to make any filing with any Bermuda governmental authority or to pay any Bermuda government fee or tax which would make it liable to be struck off the Register of Companies and thereby cease to exist under the laws of Bermuda);
(ii)          the Guarantor has the necessary corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Indenture and the Guarantees and to conduct its business as a holding company as described in the Prospectus.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Indenture by the Guarantor and the performance by the Guarantor of its obligations hereunder and thereunder will not violate the memorandum of association or bye-laws of the Guarantor nor any applicable law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree in Bermuda ;
(iii)        the Guarantees have been duly authorized by the Guarantor and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantor under
 
16


 
Bermuda law, enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with their terms and be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture;
(iv)         each of the Bermuda Subsidiaries is duly incorporated and existing under the laws of Bermuda in good standing (meaning solely that it has not failed to make any filing with any Bermuda governmental authority or to pay any Bermuda government fee or tax which would make it liable to be struck off the Register of Companies and thereby cease to exist under the laws of Bermuda) and has the necessary corporate power and authority to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus ;
(v)          the Guarantor has taken all corporate action required to authorize its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Indenture and the  Guarantees.  This Agreement and the Indenture have been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Guarantor, and the Agreement, the Indenture and the  Guarantees constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with the terms thereof ;
(vi)         no order, consent, approval, licence, authorization or validation of, filing with or exemption by any government or public body or authority of Bermuda or any subdivision thereof is required to authorize or is required in connection with  the authorization, execution or filing of the Registration Statement, the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Agreement, the Indenture or the Guarantees, except such as have been duly obtained or filed in accordance with Bermuda law;
(vii)        based solely upon a review of copies of the Certificates of Registration issued to each of the Bermuda Subsidiaries by the Bermuda Monetary Authority pursuant to the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda (the “Insurance Act”) and the Certificates of Compliance issued by the Bermuda Monetary Authority and the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda, each of the Bermuda Subsidiaries is registered in Bermuda under the Insurance Act to carry on general business as a Class 3 insurer and to carry on long-term business in accordance with the provisions of the Insurance Act and the conditions attached to their respective registration licenses;
(viii)       each of the Guarantor and the Bermuda Subsidiaries has been designated as non-resident of Bermuda for the purposes of the Exchange Control Act, 1972 and, as such, are free to acquire, hold, transfer and sell foreign currency (including the payment of dividends or other distributions) and securities without restriction;
(ix)         based solely upon a review of the register of members of Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. on a specified date, certified by the Secretary of Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. on as specified date, the issued share capital of the Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. consists of 1,377,587 common shares each having a par value of $1.00 (“Assured Guaranty Re International Shareholding”), each of which is validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (which term when used herein means that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof  in connection with the issue thereof)
 
17


 
and the Guarantor is the registered holder of the Assured Guaranty Re International Shareholding;
(x)          based solely upon a review of the register of members of   Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. on a specified date, certified by the Secretary of Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. on a specified date, the issued share capital of the Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. consists of 1,000,000 common shares each having a par value of $1.00 (“Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Shareholding”), each of which is validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (which term when used herein means that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof  in connection with the issue thereof) and the Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc. is the registered holder of the Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Shareholding;
(xi)         except for the statement dealing with the issue and grant of work permits by the Bermuda government to the Guarantor’s Bermuda-based employees under “Business—Regulation—Bermuda” in the Registration Statement, verification of which is beyond the scope of this opinion, the statements contained in the Prospectus under the captions “Business—Regulation—Bermuda,” an d “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities under United States Federal Securities Laws and Other Matters” and in the Registration Statement under the caption “Item 14 — Indemnification of Directors and Officers,” to the extent they constitute statements of Bermuda law, are accurate in all material respects;
(xii)        the Company has received an assurance from the Minister of Finance in Bermuda under The Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that in the event of there being enacted in Bermuda any legislation imposing tax computed on profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to the Company or any of its operations or its shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company until March 28, 2016 (subject to certain provisos expressed in such assurance);
(xiii)      the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including but not limited to any actions taken pursuant to the indemnification and contribution provisions contained in this Agreement) will not, subject to compliance with Section 39A(2A) of the Companies Act 1981, constitute unlawful financial assistance by the Guarantor under Bermuda law;
(xiv)       it is not necessary or desirable to ensure the enforceability in Bermuda of this Agreement, the Indenture and the Guarantees that they be registered in any register kept by, or filed with, any governmental authority or regulatory body in Bermuda.  However, to the extent that this Agreement, the Indenture or the Guarantees create a charge over assets of the Guarantor, it may be desirable to ensure the priority in Bermuda of the charge that it be registered in the Register of Charges in accordance with Section 55 of the Companies Act 1981.  On registration, to the extent that Bermuda law governs the priority of a charge, such charge will have priority in Bermuda over any unregistered charges created, and over any subsequently registered charges, in respect of the assets
 
18


 
 
which are the subject of the charge.  A registration fee of U.S. $490 will be payable in respect of the registration.
While there is no exhaustive definition of a charge under Bermuda law, a charge normally has the following characteristics:
(1)          it is a proprietary interest granted by way of security which entitles the chargee to resort to the charged property only for the purposes of satisfying some liability due to the chargee (whether from the chargor or a third party); and
(2)          the chargor retains an equity of redemption to have the property restored to him when the liability has been discharged.

               However, as this Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York (“New York Laws”), the question of whether it would possess these particular characteristics would be determined under the New York Laws;

(xv)        this Agreement, the Indenture and the Securities will not be subject to ad valorem stamp duty in Bermuda;
(xvi)       based solely upon a search of the Cause Book of the Supreme Court of Bermuda conducted at a specified time and date (which would not reveal details of proceedings which have been filed but not actually entered in the Cause Book at the time of our search), there are no judgments against the Guarantor or the Bermuda Subsidiaries, or any legal or governmental proceedings pending in Bermuda to which the Guarantor or any of the Bermuda Subsidiaries are subject;
(xvii)      based solely on a search of the public records in respect of the Guarantor and the Bermuda Subsidiaries maintained at the offices of the Registrar of Companies at a specified time and date (which would not reveal details of matters which have not been lodged for registration or have been lodged for registration but not actually registered at the time of our search) and a search of the Cause Book of the Supreme Court of Bermuda conducted at a specified time and date (which would not reveal details of proceedings which have been filed but not actually entered in the Cause Book at the time of our search), no steps have been, or are being, taken in Bermuda for the appointment of a receiver or liquidator to, or for the winding-up, dissolution, reconstruction or reorganization of, the Guarantor or any of the Bermuda Subsidiaries, though it should be noted that the public files maintained by the Registrar of Companies do not reveal whether a winding-up petition or application to the Court for the appointment of a receiver has been presented and entries in the Cause Book may not specify the nature of the relevant proceedings;
(xviii)     the choice of New York Laws as the governing law of this Agreement, the Indenture and the Guarantees is a valid choice of law and would be recognized and given effect to in any action brought before a court of competent jurisdiction in Bermuda, except for those laws (i) which such court considers to be procedural in nature, (ii) which are revenue or penal laws or (iii) the application of which would be inconsistent with public policy, as such term is
 
19


 
interpreted under the laws of Bermuda.  The submission in this Agreement, the Indenture and the Guarantees to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the New York Courts is valid and binding upon the Guarantor; and
(xix)       the courts of Bermuda would recognize as a valid judgment, a final and conclusive judgment in personam obtained in the New York Courts against the Guarantor based upon this Agreement, the Indenture or the Guarantees under which a sum of money is payable (other than a sum of money payable in respect of multiple damages, taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty) and would give a judgment based thereon provided that (a) such courts had proper jurisdiction over the parties subject to such judgment, (b) such courts did not contravene the rules of natural justice of Bermuda, (c) such judgment was not obtained by fraud, (d) the enforcement of the judgment would not be contrary to the public policy of Bermuda, (e) no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of Bermuda and (f) there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of Bermuda.

(e)          James Michener, Esq., general counsel of the Guarantor and the Issuer , shall have furnished to you his written opinion, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

(i)           there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened against or affecting the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) or any of their respective assets or properties, that is required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and is not so described nor is there any contract or other document that is required to be described in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or to be field as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, that is not so described or filed, as required;
(ii)          none of the U.S. Subsidiaries is in violation of its Articles of Incorporation or By-laws or comparable organizational documents;
(iii)        neither the Guarantor nor any of the Bermuda Subsidiaries is in violation of its Memorandum of Association or Bye-laws;
(iv)         the compliance by the Guarantor and the Issuer with all of the provisions of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities and the Guarantees and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein will not conflict with any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound; and
(v)          no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any Maryland state court or governmental agency or body is required for the sale of the Securities or the consummation by the Guarantor and the Issuer of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities and the Guarantees, except for (i) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase
 
20


 
 
and distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters and (ii) any consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification that may be applicable as a result of the involvement of any parties (other than the Issuer and the Guarantor) in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities or the Guarantees or because of such parties’ legal or regulatory status or because of any other facts specifically pertaining to such parties.

It is agreed and acknowledged that the opinion set forth in paragraph (v) above maybe rendered by counsel employed by the Guarantor and working under the supervision of Mr. Michener.

 

(f)           On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at the Closing Date, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect set forth in Annex I hereto;

(g)          (i)  Neither the Guarantor nor any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the share capital or capital stock, as the case may be, or long-term debt of the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, shareholders’ equity or results of operations of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Issuer), otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in the judgment of the Representatives so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Securities being delivered at the Closing Date on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

(h)          At the Closing Date, the Securities shall be rated at least “A1” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and “AA-” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and the Issuer shall have delivered to the Representatives a letter from each such rating organization, or other evidence satisfactory to the Representatives, confirming that the Securities have such ratings.  On or after the date hereof, (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Guarantor’s or the Issuer’s debt securities, if any, or the financial strength, claims paying ability or financial enhancement rating of any of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries (including the Issuer) by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has placed under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Guarantor’s or Company’s debt securities or the financial strength, claims paying ability or financial enhancement rating of any of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries (including the Issuer);

 

21



 

(i)           The Issuer shall have complied with the provisions of Section 4(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement; and

(j)           The Issuer and the Guarantor shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at the Closing Date certificates of officers of the Issuer and of the Guarantor, respectively, satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Issuer and the Guarantor, respectively, herein at and as of the Closing Date, as to the performance by the Issuer and the Guarantor, respectively, of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to the Closing Date, and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request, and the Issuer and the Guarantor shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (g) of this Section.

7.            (a)  The Issuer and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however , that the Issuer and the Guarantor shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuer and the Guarantor by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; and provided, further , that the Issuer shall not be liable to any Underwriter under the indemnity agreement in this subsection (a) with respect to any Preliminary Prospectus to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability of such Underwriter results from the fact that such Underwriter sold Securities to a person as to whom it shall be established that there was not sent or given, at or prior to the written confirmation of such sale, a copy of the Prospectus or of the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented in any case where such delivery is required by the Act if the Issuer has previously furnished copies thereof in sufficient quantity to such Underwriter and sufficiently in advance of the Closing Date to allow for distribution by the Closing Date and the loss, claim, damage or liability of such Underwriter results from an untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in or omitted from the Preliminary Prospectus which was identified in writing at such time to such Underwriter and corrected in the Prospectus or in the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented, and such correction would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage or liability.

(b)          Each Underwriter will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer and the Guarantor against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Issuer or the Guarantor may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement

 

22



 

thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuer and the Guarantor by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Issuer and the Guarantor for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Issuer or the Guarantor in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.

(c)          Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection.  In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof, other than reasonable cost s of investigation .  No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d)          If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities.  If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Issuer and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as

 

23

 



 

the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Issuer and the Guarantor bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus.  The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer or the Guarantor on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The Issuer, the Guarantor and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (d).  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(e)          The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantor under this Section 7 shall be in addition to any liability which the Issuer and the Guarantor may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 7 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Issuer and the Guarantor (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Issuer or the Guarantor) and to each person, if any, who controls the Issuer or the Guarantor within the meaning of the Act.

8.            (a)  If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Securities which it has agreed to purchase hereunder at the Closing Date, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Securities on the terms contained herein.  If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Securities, then the Issuer and the Guarantor shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Securities on such terms.  In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Issuer and the Guarantor that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Securities, or the Issuer and the Guarantor notify you that they have so arranged for the purchase of such Securities, you or the Issuer/the Guarantor shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Issuer and the Guarantor agree to file promptly any amendments to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary.  The term “Underwriter” as used in this

 

24



 

Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Securities.

(b)          If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you, on the one hand, and the Issuer and the Guarantor, on the other hand, as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Securities which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Securities to be purchased at the Closing Date, then the Issuer and the Guarantor shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Securities which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at the Closing Date and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Securities which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Securities of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c)          If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you, on the one hand, and the Issuer and the Guarantor, on the other hand, as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Securities which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all of the Securities to be purchased at the Closing Date, or if the Issuer/the Guarantor shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Securities of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Issuer or the Guarantor, except for the expenses to be borne by the Issuer and the Guarantor or the Underwriters as provided in Section 5 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 7 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

9.            This Agreement shall be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice given to the Issuer and the Guarantor prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities, if at any time prior to such time there shall have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”); (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Guarantor’s securities on the Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Securities being delivered at the Closing Date on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

10.          The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Issuer, the Guarantor and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter,

 

25



 

or the Issuer, or the Guarantor, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Issuer or of the Guarantor and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Securities.

11.          If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 8 hereof, neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor shall then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 5 and 7 hereof; but, if for any other reason any Securities are not delivered by or on behalf of the Issuer/the Guarantor as provided herein, the Issuer and the Guarantor will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including properly documented fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Securities not so delivered, but the Issuer and the Guarantor shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter in respect of the Securities not so delivered except as provided in Sections 5 and 7 hereof.

12.          In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you jointly or by the Representatives on behalf of you.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to you as the Representatives in care of Banc of America Securities LLC, 9 West 57th Street, NY1-301-2M-01 New York, New York 10019, Attention: High Grade Capital Markets Transaction Management, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Attention: High Grade Debt Capital Market - Syndicate Desk; and if to the Issuer or the Guarantor shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to the address of the Issuer or of the Guarantor, as the case may be, set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 7(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Issuer or the Guarantor by you on request.  Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

13.          This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Issuer and the Guarantor and, to the extent provided in Sections 7 and 10 hereof, the officers and directors of the Issuer and each person who controls the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement.  No purchaser of any of the Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

14.          Each of the parties hereto irrevocably (i) agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding against the Issuer or the Guarantor brought by any Underwriter or by any person who controls any Underwriter arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in any New York Court, (ii) waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding and (iii) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.  The Guarantor has appointed the Issuer as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon whom process may be served in any such action arising out of or based on this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby which may be instituted in any New York Court by any Underwriter or by any person who controls any Underwriter,

 

26



 

expressly consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action, and waives any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto.  Such appointment shall be irrevocable.  The Guarantor represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as such agent for service of process and agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid.  Service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of such service to the Guarantor shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Guarantor.

15.          Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.  As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

16.          This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

17.          This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

18.          The Issuer and the Guarantor are authorized, subject to applicable law, to disclose any and all aspects of this potential transaction that are necessary to support any U.S. federal income tax benefits expected to be claimed with respect to such transaction, and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) related to those benefits, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind.

 

27



 

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us, one for the Issuer, one for the Guarantor and one for each of the Representatives plus one for each counsel, counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the Issuer and the Guarantor.  It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Issuer and the Guarantor for examination, upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted as of the date hereof at New York,

 

New York.

 

 

 

 

Banc of America Securities LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

On behalf of each of the Underwriters

 

 

 

 

28



 

 

 

Schedule I

 

 

 

 

 

Principal Amount

of the

Securities

to Be Purchased

 

 

Underwriter

 

 

 

Banc of America Securities LLC

 

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

$

200,000,000

 

 

29

 



 

 

ANNEX I

 

DESCRIPTION OF COMFORT LETTER

FOR REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1

 

Pursuant to Section 6(f) of the Underwriting Agreement, the accountants shall furnish letters to the Underwriters to the effect that:

(i)           They are independent certified public accountants with respect to the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder;

(ii)          In their opinion, the financial statements and any supplementary financial information and schedules (and, if applicable, financial forecasts and/or pro forma financial information) examined by them and included in the Prospectus or the Registration Statement comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations thereunder; and, if applicable, they have made a review in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants of the [unaudited consolidated interim financial statements,] selected financial data, pro forma financial information, financial forecasts and/or condensed financial statements derived from consolidated audited financial statements of the Guarantor for the periods specified in such letter, as indicated in their reports thereon, copies of which have been separately furnished to the representatives of the Underwriters (the “Representatives”);

(iii)        To the extent applicable, they have made a review in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants of the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows included in the Prospectus as indicated in their reports thereon copies of which have been separately furnished to the Representatives and on the basis of specified procedures including inquiries of officials of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters regarding whether the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements referred to in paragraph (vi)(A)(1) below comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations, nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe that the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations;

(iv)         To the extent applicable, t he unaudited selected financial information with respect to the consolidated results of operations and financial position of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) for the five most recent fiscal years included in the Prospectus agrees with the corresponding amounts (after restatements where applicable) in the audited consolidated financial statements [for such five fiscal years] were included in the Registration Statement;

(v)          They have compared the information in the Prospectus under selected captions with the disclosure requirements of Regulation S-K and on the basis of limited procedures specified in such letter nothing came to their attention as a result of the foregoing procedures that caused them to believe that this information does not conform

 

 

Annex I-1



 

in all material respects with the disclosure requirements of Items 301, 302, 402 and 503(d), respectively, of Regulation S-K;

(vi)         On the basis of limited procedures, not constituting an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, consisting of a reading of the unaudited financial statements and other information referred to below, a reading of the latest available interim financial statements of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Issuer), inspection of the minute books of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus, inquiries of officials of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) responsible for financial and accounting matters and such other inquiries and procedures as may be specified in such letter, nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe that:

(A)         to the extent applicable, (1) the unaudited consolidated statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows included in the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations, or (2) any material modifications should be made to the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows included in the Prospectus for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles;

(B)         to the extent applicable, any other unaudited income statement data and balance sheet items included in the Prospectus do not agree with the corresponding items in the unaudited consolidated financial statements from which such data and items were derived, and any such unaudited data and items were not determined on a basis substantially consistent with the basis for the corresponding amounts in the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Prospectus;

(C)         to the extent applicable, the unaudited financial statements which were not included in the Prospectus but from which were derived any unaudited condensed financial statements referred to in clause (A) and any unaudited income statement data and balance sheet items included in the Prospectus and referred to in clause (B) were not determined on a basis substantially consistent with the basis for the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Prospectus;

(D)         any unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed financial statements included in the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the published rules and regulations thereunder or the pro forma adjustments have not been properly applied to the historical amounts in the compilation of those statements;

(E)          as of at March 31, 2004, there was any change in the common stock, increase in long-term debt or decrease in consolidated shareholders’ equity as compared with amounts shown in the December 31, 2003 combined

 

Annex I-2



 

 

balance sheet included in the Registration Statement, and for the period from January 1, 2004 to March 31, 2004, there was any decrease, as compared to the corresponding period in the preceding year, in consolidated total revenues or consolidated net income, except in each case for changes, increases or decreases which the Prospectus discloses have occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter;

(F)          as of specified date not more than five days prior to the date of such letter, there was any change in the common stock, increase in long-term debt or decrease in consolidated shareholders’ equity (excluding the impact of realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments and investments) as compared with amounts shown in the December 31, 2003 combined balance sheet included in the Registration Statement, or for the period from January 1, 2004 to the specified date referred to above, there was any decrease, as compared to the corresponding period in the preceding year, in consolidated total revenues or consolidated net income (excluding the impact of realized or unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments and investments) as compared with the comparable period of the preceding year, except in each case for decreases or increases which the Prospectus discloses have occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter; and

(vii)        In addition to the examination referred to in their report(s) included in the Prospectus and the limited procedures, inspection of minute books, inquiries and other procedures referred to in paragraphs (iii) and (vi) above, they have carried out certain specified procedures, not constituting an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, with respect to certain amounts, percentages and financial information specified by the Representatives, which are derived from the general accounting records of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Issuer), which appear in the Prospectus, or in Part II of, or in exhibits and schedules to, the Registration Statement specified by the Representatives, and have compared certain of such amounts, percentages and financial information with the accounting records of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Issuer) and have found them to be in agreement.

 

Annex I-3





Exhibit 3.3

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
      ASSURED GUARANTY US HOLDINGS INC.     

 

1.              The name of the corporation is:

 

Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.

 

2.              The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

3.              The nature of the business or purpose to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

 

4.              The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share.

 

5.              The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

 

Michael J. Perlowski
190 South LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois  60603

 

6.              The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

7.              In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, adopt, alter, amend or repeal the By-laws of the corporation.

 

8.              Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-laws may provide.  The books of the corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors of the corporation or in the By-laws of the corporation.  Elections of directors of the corporation need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the corporation shall so provide.

 

9.              The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the DGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 



 

10.            (A)  Directors of the corporation shall have no personal liability to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent now or hereafter required by law.

 

(B)  The corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted from time to time by the DGCL or any other applicable laws as presently or hereafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the corporation, in the discretion of the board of directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the corporation or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), against any liability or expense actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect thereof; provided , however , the corporation shall be required to indemnify a director or officer of the corporation in connection with an action, suit or proceeding initiated by such person only if such action, suit or proceeding was authorized by the board of directors of the corporation.  Such indemnification is not exclusive of any other right to indemnification provided by law or otherwise.  The right to indemnification conferred by this paragraph shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each person referred to herein.

 

(C)  No amendment to or repeal of the provisions of this Article 10 shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any person for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such person occurring prior to such amendments.

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the DGCL, do make this Certificate of Incorporation, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly, have hereunto set my hand this 20th day of February, 2004.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael J. Perlowski

 

2



 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

ASSURED GUARANTY US HOLDINGS INC.

 

ARTICLE I.

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.  Registered Office .  The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.  The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE II.

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.  Time and Place of Meetings .  All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors.  In the absence of any such designation by the Board of Directors, each such meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.  Annual Meetings .  An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.  The date of the annual meeting shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.  Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called by the President and shall be called by the Secretary at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

 

Section 4.  Notice of Meetings .  Written notice of each meeting of the stockholders stating the place, date and time of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  The notice of any special meeting of stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

Section 5.  Quorum .  The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law.  If a quorum is not present or represented, the holders of the stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereat shall have power, by the

 



 

affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of such stock, to adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 6.  Voting .  At all meetings of the stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, the shares of voting stock owned by such stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting.  When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

Section 7.  Informal Action By Stockholders .  Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

 

ARTICLE III.

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.  General Powers .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and controlled by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 2.  Number, Qualification and Tenure .  The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) and not more than nine (9) members.  Within the limits above specified, the number of Directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.  The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.  Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 3.  Vacancies .  Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office though less than a quorum, and each Director so chosen shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.  If there are no Directors in office, then an election of Directors may be held in the manner provided by law.

 

2



 

Section 4.  Place of Meetings .  The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

 

Section 5.  Regular Meetings .  The Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting, to be known as the annual meeting, immediately following each annual meeting of the stockholders.  Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.  No notice of regular meetings need be given.

 

Section 6.  Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President.  Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any Director.  No notice of special meetings need be given.

 

Section 7.  Quorum .  At all meetings of the Board a majority of the total number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law.  If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 8.  Organization .  The Chairman of the Board, if elected, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Board of Directors.  If a Chairman of the Board is not elected or, if elected, is not present, the President (if a member of the Board) or, in the absence of the President or, if the President is not a member of the Board, a Vice Chairman (who is also a member of the Board and, if more than one, in the order designated by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such designation, in the order of their election), if any, or if no such Vice Chairman is present, a Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall act as chairman at meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9.  Executive Committee .  The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more Directors to constitute an Executive Committee, to serve as such, unless the resolution designating the Executive Committee is sooner amended or rescinded by the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the Board or until their respective successors are designated.  The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may also designate additional Directors as alternate members of the Executive Committee to serve as members of the Executive Committee in the place and stead of any regular member or members thereof who may be unable to attend a meeting or otherwise unavailable to act as a member of the Executive Committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member and all alternate members who may serve in the place and stead of such member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the

 

3



 

powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation between the meetings of the Board of Directors.  The Executive Committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings, which shall form a part of the records of the Corporation in the custody of the Secretary, and all actions of the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at the next meeting of the Board.

 

Meetings of the Executive Committee may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two of its members.  No notice of meetings need be given.  A majority of the members of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as expressly limited by this section, the act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Executive Committee.  Except as expressly provided in this Section, the Executive Committee shall fix its own rules of procedure.

 

Section 10.  Other Committees .  The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more other committees, each such committee to consist of one or more Directors.  Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, any such committee shall have and may exercise such powers as the Board of Directors may determine and specify in the resolution designating such committee.  The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, also may designate one or more additional Directors as alternate members of any such committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and at any time may change the membership of any committee or amend or rescind the resolution designating the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member or alternate member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member, provided that the Director so appointed meets any qualifications stated in the resolution designating the committee.  Each committee shall keep a record of proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors to such extent and in such form as the Board of Directors may require.  Unless otherwise provided in the resolution designating a committee, a majority of all of the members of any such committee may select its Chairman, fix its rules or procedure, fix the time and place of its meetings and specify what notice of meetings, if any, shall be given.

 

Section 11.  Action without Meeting .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

Section 12.  Attendance by Telephone .  Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

4



 

Section 13.  Compensation .  The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors, which may include their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors.  No member of a committee of the Board of Directors shall receive any separate compensation for serving on, or attendance at, such committee or meetings thereof.

 

ARTICLE IV.

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.  Enumeration .  The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Vice President, a Treasurer and a Secretary.  The Board of Directors may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents as it shall deem appropriate.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

Section 2.  Term of Office .  The officers of the Corporation shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified.  Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation required by this Article shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and any vacancy in any other office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.  President .  The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation and shall have such functions, authority and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.  Vice President .  The Vice President shall act under the direction of the President and in the absence or disability of the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President.  The Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more Vice Presidents or may otherwise specify the order of seniority of the Vice Presidents, and, in that event, the duties and power of the President shall descend to the Vice Presidents in the specified order of seniority.

 

Section 5.  Secretary .  The Secretary shall keep a record of all proceedings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required.  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice, if any, of all meetings of the stockholders and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the President.  The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary any Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.  The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest such affixing of the seal.

 

5



 

Section 6.  Assistant Secretary .  The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary.

 

Section 7.  Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.  The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Vice President.

 

Section 8.  Assistant Treasurer .  The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer.

 

Section 9.  Other Officers .  Any officer who is elected or appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors and whose duties are not specified in these By-Laws shall perform such duties and have such powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

ARTICLE V.

 

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

 

Section 1.  Form .  The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Certificates of stock in the Corporation, if any, shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation.  Where a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, other than the Corporation or an employee of the Corporation, or by a registrar, the signatures of the President or a Vice President and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may be facsimiles.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if

 

6



 

such officer, transfer agent or registrar were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

 

Section 2.  Transfer .  Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction on its books.

 

Section 3.  Replacement .  In case of the loss, destruction or theft of a certificate for any stock of the Corporation, a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation may be issued upon satisfactory proof of such loss, destruction or theft and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe.  The Board of Directors may in its discretion require the owner of the lost, destroyed or stolen certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum and in such form and with such surety or sureties as it may direct, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it with respect to a certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen.

 

ARTICLE VI.

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Section 1.  The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 2.  The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was

 

7



 

a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 3.  To the extent that a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

 

Section 4.  Any indemnification under Sections 1 and 2 of this article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this article.  Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

Section 5.  Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in Section 4 of this article upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this article.

 

Section 6.  The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, (i) arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or regulations promulgated thereunder, or under any other law or regulation of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or law or regulation of any state or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality of either,

 

8



 

or under the common law of any of the foregoing, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a fiduciary, disqualified person or party in interest with respect to an employee benefit plan covering employees of the Corporation or of a subsidiary corporation, or is or was serving in any other capacity with respect to such plan, or has or had any obligations or duties with respect to such plan by reason of such laws or regulations, provided that such person was or is a director or officer of the Corporation (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation), or (ii) in connection with any matter arising under federal, state or local revenue or taxation laws or regulations, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes, amounts paid in settlement and amounts paid as penalties or fines necessary to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations); provided, however, that such person did not act dishonestly or in willful or reckless violation of the provisions of the law or regulation under which such suit or proceeding arises.  Unless the Board of Directors determines that under the circumstances then existing, it is probable that such director, officer, employee, agent or representative will not be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section, expenses incurred in defending such suit or proceeding, including the amount of any penalties or fines necessary to be paid to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section.

 

Section 7.  The indemnification provided by this article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, agent or representative and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 8.  The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his

 

9



 

status as such, whether or not he would be entitled to indemnity against such liability under the provisions of this article.

 

ARTICLE VII.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.  Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.  Corporate Seal .  The corporate seal shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

Section 3.  Waiver of Notice .  Whenever any notice is required to be given under law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

 

ARTICLE VIII.

 

AMENDMENTS

 

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors.  The fact that the power to amend, alter, repeal or adopt the By-Laws has been conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

10




Exhibit 3.4

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

ASSURED GUARANTY US HOLDINGS INC.

 

ARTICLE I.

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.  Registered Office .  The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.  The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE II.

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.  Time and Place of Meetings .  All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors.  In the absence of any such designation by the Board of Directors, each such meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.  Annual Meetings .  An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.  The date of the annual meeting shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.  Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called by the President and shall be called by the Secretary at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

 

Section 4.  Notice of Meetings .  Written notice of each meeting of the stockholders stating the place, date and time of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  The notice of any special meeting of stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

Section 5.  Quorum .  The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law.  If a quorum is not present or represented, the holders of the stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereat shall have power, by the

 



 

affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of such stock, to adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 6.  Voting .  At all meetings of the stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, the shares of voting stock owned by such stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting.  When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

Section 7.  Informal Action By Stockholders .  Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

 

ARTICLE III.

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.  General Powers .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and controlled by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 2.  Number, Qualification and Tenure .  The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) and not more than nine (9) members.  Within the limits above specified, the number of Directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.  The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.  Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 3.  Vacancies .  Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office though less than a quorum, and each Director so chosen shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.  If there are no Directors in office, then an election of Directors may be held in the manner provided by law.

 

2



 

Section 4.  Place of Meetings .  The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

 

Section 5.  Regular Meetings .  The Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting, to be known as the annual meeting, immediately following each annual meeting of the stockholders.  Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.  No notice of regular meetings need be given.

 

Section 6.  Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President.  Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any Director.  No notice of special meetings need be given.

 

Section 7.  Quorum .  At all meetings of the Board a majority of the total number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law.  If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 8.  Organization .  The Chairman of the Board, if elected, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Board of Directors.  If a Chairman of the Board is not elected or, if elected, is not present, the President (if a member of the Board) or, in the absence of the President or, if the President is not a member of the Board, a Vice Chairman (who is also a member of the Board and, if more than one, in the order designated by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such designation, in the order of their election), if any, or if no such Vice Chairman is present, a Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall act as chairman at meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9.  Executive Committee .  The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more Directors to constitute an Executive Committee, to serve as such, unless the resolution designating the Executive Committee is sooner amended or rescinded by the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the Board or until their respective successors are designated.  The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may also designate additional Directors as alternate members of the Executive Committee to serve as members of the Executive Committee in the place and stead of any regular member or members thereof who may be unable to attend a meeting or otherwise unavailable to act as a member of the Executive Committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member and all alternate members who may serve in the place and stead of such member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the

 

3



 

powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation between the meetings of the Board of Directors.  The Executive Committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings, which shall form a part of the records of the Corporation in the custody of the Secretary, and all actions of the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at the next meeting of the Board.

 

Meetings of the Executive Committee may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two of its members.  No notice of meetings need be given.  A majority of the members of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as expressly limited by this section, the act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Executive Committee.  Except as expressly provided in this Section, the Executive Committee shall fix its own rules of procedure.

 

Section 10.  Other Committees .  The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more other committees, each such committee to consist of one or more Directors.  Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, any such committee shall have and may exercise such powers as the Board of Directors may determine and specify in the resolution designating such committee.  The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, also may designate one or more additional Directors as alternate members of any such committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and at any time may change the membership of any committee or amend or rescind the resolution designating the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member or alternate member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member, provided that the Director so appointed meets any qualifications stated in the resolution designating the committee.  Each committee shall keep a record of proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors to such extent and in such form as the Board of Directors may require.  Unless otherwise provided in the resolution designating a committee, a majority of all of the members of any such committee may select its Chairman, fix its rules or procedure, fix the time and place of its meetings and specify what notice of meetings, if any, shall be given.

 

Section 11.  Action without Meeting .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

Section 12.  Attendance by Telephone .  Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

4



 

Section 13.  Compensation .  The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors, which may include their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors.  No member of a committee of the Board of Directors shall receive any separate compensation for serving on, or attendance at, such committee or meetings thereof.

 

ARTICLE IV.

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.  Enumeration .  The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Vice President, a Treasurer and a Secretary.  The Board of Directors may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents as it shall deem appropriate.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

Section 2.  Term of Office .  The officers of the Corporation shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified.  Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation required by this Article shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and any vacancy in any other office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.  President .  The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation and shall have such functions, authority and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.  Vice President .  The Vice President shall act under the direction of the President and in the absence or disability of the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President.  The Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more Vice Presidents or may otherwise specify the order of seniority of the Vice Presidents, and, in that event, the duties and power of the President shall descend to the Vice Presidents in the specified order of seniority.

 

Section 5.  Secretary .  The Secretary shall keep a record of all proceedings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required.  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice, if any, of all meetings of the stockholders and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the President.  The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary any Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.  The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest such affixing of the seal.

 

5



 

Section 6.  Assistant Secretary .  The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary.

 

Section 7.  Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.  The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Vice President.

 

Section 8.  Assistant Treasurer .  The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer.

 

Section 9.  Other Officers .  Any officer who is elected or appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors and whose duties are not specified in these By-Laws shall perform such duties and have such powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

ARTICLE V.

 

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

 

Section 1.  Form .  The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Certificates of stock in the Corporation, if any, shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation.  Where a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, other than the Corporation or an employee of the Corporation, or by a registrar, the signatures of the President or a Vice President and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may be facsimiles.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if

 

6



 

such officer, transfer agent or registrar were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

 

Section 2.  Transfer .  Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction on its books.

 

Section 3.  Replacement .  In case of the loss, destruction or theft of a certificate for any stock of the Corporation, a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation may be issued upon satisfactory proof of such loss, destruction or theft and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe.  The Board of Directors may in its discretion require the owner of the lost, destroyed or stolen certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum and in such form and with such surety or sureties as it may direct, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it with respect to a certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen.

 

ARTICLE VI.

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Section 1.  The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 2.  The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was

 

7



 

a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 3.  To the extent that a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

 

Section 4.  Any indemnification under Sections 1 and 2 of this article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this article.  Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

Section 5.  Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in Section 4 of this article upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this article.

 

Section 6.  The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, (i) arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or regulations promulgated thereunder, or under any other law or regulation of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or law or regulation of any state or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality of either,

 

8



 

or under the common law of any of the foregoing, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a fiduciary, disqualified person or party in interest with respect to an employee benefit plan covering employees of the Corporation or of a subsidiary corporation, or is or was serving in any other capacity with respect to such plan, or has or had any obligations or duties with respect to such plan by reason of such laws or regulations, provided that such person was or is a director or officer of the Corporation (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation), or (ii) in connection with any matter arising under federal, state or local revenue or taxation laws or regulations, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes, amounts paid in settlement and amounts paid as penalties or fines necessary to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations); provided, however, that such person did not act dishonestly or in willful or reckless violation of the provisions of the law or regulation under which such suit or proceeding arises.  Unless the Board of Directors determines that under the circumstances then existing, it is probable that such director, officer, employee, agent or representative will not be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section, expenses incurred in defending such suit or proceeding, including the amount of any penalties or fines necessary to be paid to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section.

 

Section 7.  The indemnification provided by this article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, agent or representative and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 8.  The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his

 

9



 

status as such, whether or not he would be entitled to indemnity against such liability under the provisions of this article.

 

ARTICLE VII.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.  Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.  Corporate Seal .  The corporate seal shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

Section 3.  Waiver of Notice .  Whenever any notice is required to be given under law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

 

ARTICLE VIII.

 

AMENDMENTS

 

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors.  The fact that the power to amend, alter, repeal or adopt the By-Laws has been conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

10




Exhibit 4.1

 

ASSURED GUARANTY US HOLDINGS INC.,

Issuer

 

and

 

ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.,

Guarantor

to

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

Trustee

 

 


 

INDENTURE

 


 

 

Dated as of                 , 2004

 



 

Reconciliation and tie between

Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Trust Indenture Act”)

and Indenture

 

 

Trust Indenture
Act Section

 

Indenture Section

 

 

 

 

 

§§310(a)(1)

 

6.7

 

(a)(2)

 

6.7

 

(b)

 

6.8

 

§§312(a)

 

7.1

 

(b)

 

7.2

 

(c)

 

7.2

 

§§313(a)

 

7.3

 

(b)(2)

 

7.3

 

(c)

 

7.3

 

(d)

 

7.3

 

§§314(a)

 

7.4

 

(c)(1)

 

1.2

 

(c)(2)

 

1.2

 

(e)

 

1.2

 

(f)

 

1.2

 

§§316(a) (last sentence)

 

1.1

 

(a)(1)(A)

 

5.2, 5.12

 

(a)(1)(B)

 

5.13

 

(b)

 

5.8

 

§§317(a)(1)

 

5.3

 

(a)(2)

 

5.4

 

(b)

 

10.3

 

§§318(a)

 

10.8

 

 


Note: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the Indenture.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.1

Definitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.2

Compliance Certificates and Opinions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.3

Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.4

Acts of Holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.5

Notices, etc. to Trustee, Company and Guarantor.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.6

Notice to Holders of Securities; Waiver

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.7

Language of Notices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.8

Conflict with Trust Indenture Act

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.9

Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.10

Successors and Assigns

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.11

Separability Clause

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.12

Benefits of Indenture

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.13

Governing Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.14

Legal Holidays

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.15

Counterparts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.16

Judgment Currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.17

No Security Interest Created

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.18

Limitation on Individual Liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.19

Submission to Jurisdiction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.20

Waiver of Jury Trial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.21

Force Majeure

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

SECURITIES FORMS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.1

Forms Generally

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.2

Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.3

Securities in Global Form

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

THE SECURITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.1

Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.2

Currency; Denominations

 

 

i



 

 

SECTION 3.3

Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.4

Temporary Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.5

Registration, Transfer and Exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.6

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.7

Payment of Interest and Certain Additional Amounts; Rights to Interest and Certain Additional Amounts Preserved

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.8

Persons Deemed Owners

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.9

Cancellation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.10

Computation of Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.11

CUSIP Numbers

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.1

Satisfaction and Discharge

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.2

Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.3

Application of Trust Money

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

REMEDIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.1

Events of Default

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.2

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.3

Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.4

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.5

Trustee May Enforce Claims without Possession of Securities or Coupons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.6

Application of Money Collected

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.7

Limitations on Suits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.8

Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and any Premium, Interest and Additional Amounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.9

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.10

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.11

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.12

Control by Holders of Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.13

Waiver of Past Defaults

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.14

Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws .

 

 

ii



 

 

SECTION 5.15

Undertaking for Costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

THE TRUSTEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.1

Certain Rights of Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.2

Notice of Defaults

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.3

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.4

May Hold Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.5

Money Held in Trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.6

Compensation and Reimbursement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.7

Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.8

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.9

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.10

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.11

Appointment of Authenticating Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

HOLDERS LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE, GUARANTOR AND COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.1

Company and Guarantor to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.2

Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.3

Reports by Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.4

Reports by Company and Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

CONSOLIDATION, AMALGAMATIONS, MERGER AND SALES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.1

Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.2

Successor Person Substituted for Company .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.3

Guarantor May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.4

Successor Person Substituted for Guarantor.

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.1

Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.2

Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.3

Execution of Supplemental Indentures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.4

Effect of Supplemental Indentures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.5

Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

 

 

iii



 

 

SECTION 9.6

Conformity with Trust Indenture Act

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.7

Notice of Supplemental Indenture

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.1

Payment of Principal, any Premium, Interest and Additional Amounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.2

Maintenance of Office or Agency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.3

Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.4

Additional Amounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.5

Limitation on Liens on Stock of Designated Subsidiaries.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.6

Limitation on Disposition of Stock of Designated Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.7

Corporate Existence

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.8

Waiver of Certain Covenants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.9

Company Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Certain Defaults

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.10

Guarantor Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Certain Defaults

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 11.1

Applicability of Article

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 11.2

Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 11.3

Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 11.4

Notice of Redemption

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 11.5

Deposit of Redemption Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 11.6

Securities Payable on Redemption Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 11.7

Securities Redeemed in Part

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12

SINKING FUNDS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 12.1

Applicability of Article

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 12.2

Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 12.3

Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 13

REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 13.1

Applicability of Article

 

 

iv



 

ARTICLE 14

SECURITIES IN FOREIGN CURRENCIES

 

 

 

SECTION 14.1

Applicability of Article

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 15

MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 15.1

Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 15.2

Call, Notice and Place of Meetings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 15.3

Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 15.4

Quorum; Action

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 15.5

Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 15.6

Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings.

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 16

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 16.1

The Guarantee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 16.2

Net Payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 16.3

Guarantee Unconditional, etc

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 16.4

Reinstatement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 16.5

Subrogation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 16.6

Indemnity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 16.7

Payment of Fees

 

 

v



 

INDENTURE, dated as of May        , 2004 (the “Indenture”), among ASSURED GUARANTY US HOLDINGS INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (hereinafter called the “Company”), having its principal executive office located at c/o Assured Guaranty Corp., 1325 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York, 10019, ASSURED GUARANTY LTD., a company duly organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (hereinafter called the “Guarantor”), having its principal executive office at 30 Woodbourne Avenue, Hamilton HM 08, Bermuda, and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation (hereinafter called the “Trustee”), having its Corporate Trust Office located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8 West, New York, New York 10286.

 

RECITALS

 

The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its senior unsecured debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (hereinafter called the “Securities”), unlimited as to principal amount, to bear such rates of interest, to mature at such time or times, to be issued in one or more series and to have such other provisions as shall be fixed as hereinafter provided.

 

The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

 

For value received, the Guarantor has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of the Guarantee and the indemnity provided for herein. All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Guarantor, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

 

This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder that are required to be part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, shall be governed by such provisions.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders (as herein defined) thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of any series thereof and any Coupons (as herein defined) as follows:

 



 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

SECTION 1.1          Definitions.

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in or pursuant to this Indenture or unless the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of this Indenture:

 

(1)            the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular;

 

(2)            all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;

 

(3)            all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the terms “generally accepted accounting principles” or “GAAP” with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United States of America at the date or time of such computation;

 

(4)            the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereto” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and

 

(5)            the word “or” is always used inclusively (for example, the phrase “A or B” means “A or B or both,” not “either A or B but not both”). Certain terms used principally in certain Articles hereof are defined in those Articles.

 

“Act” when used with respect to any Holders, has the meaning specified in Section 1.4.

 

“Additional Amounts” means any additional amounts which are required hereby or by any Security, under circumstances specified herein or therein, to be paid by the Company or the Guarantor in respect of certain taxes, assessments or other governmental charges imposed on Holders specified therein and which are owing to such Holders.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have the meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.11 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of one or more series.

 



 

“Authorized Newspaper” means a newspaper, in an official language of the place of publication or in the English language, customarily published on each day that is a Business Day in the place of publication, whether or not published on days that are Legal Holidays in the place of publication, and of general circulation in each place in connection with which the term is used or in the financial community of each such place. Where successive publications are required to be made in Authorized Newspapers, the successive publications may be made in the same or in different newspapers in the same city meeting the foregoing requirements and in each case on any day that is a Business Day in the place of publication.

 

“Authorized Officer” means, when used with respect to the Company, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company.

 

“Bearer Security” means any Security in the form established pursuant to Section 2.1 which is payable to bearer.

 

“Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company or any committee of that board duly authorized to act generally or in any particular respect for the Company hereunder.

 

“Board Resolution” means a copy of one or more resolutions, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Business Day,” with respect to any Place of Payment or other location, means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.1, any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in such Place of Payment or other location are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

 

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means an obligation under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with such principles.

 

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

 

“Common Stock” in respect of any Corporation means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which has no preference as to the payment of dividends, or as to the

 



 

distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Corporation, and which is not subject to redemption by such Corporation.

 

“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person, and any other obligor upon the Securities.

 

“Company Request” and “Company Order” mean, respectively, a written request or order, as the case may be, signed in the name of the Company by an Authorized Officer, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Consolidated Net Worth” in respect of any Person means the total of the amounts shown on the balance sheet of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter of such Person ending at least 45 days prior to the taking of any action for the purpose of which the determination is being made, as (i) the par or stated value of all outstanding Capital Stock of such Person plus (ii) paid-in capital or capital surplus relating to such Capital Stock plus (iii) any retained earnings or earned surplus, less any accumulated deficit.

 

“Conversion Event” means the cessation of use of (i) a Foreign Currency both by the government of the country or the confederation which issued such Foreign Currency and for the settlement of transactions by a central bank or other public institutions of or within the international banking community or (ii) any currency unit or composite currency for the purposes for which it was established.

 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of original execution of this Indenture is located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8 West, New York, New York 10286.

 

“Corporation” includes corporations and limited liability companies and, except for purposes of Article 8, associations, companies and business trusts.

 

“Coupon” means any interest coupon appertaining to a Bearer Security.

 

“Currency,” with respect to any payment, deposit or other transfer in respect of the principal of or any premium or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to any Security, means Dollars or the Foreign Currency, as the case may be, in which such payment, deposit or other transfer is required to be made by or pursuant to the terms hereof or such Security and, with respect to any other payment, deposit or transfer pursuant to or contemplated by the terms hereof or such Security, means Dollars.

 

“CUSIP number” means the alphanumeric designation assigned to a Security by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, CUSIP Service Bureau.

 

“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 3.7.

 



 

“Designated Subsidiary” means any present or future consolidated Subsidiary of the Guarantor, the Consolidated Net Worth of which constitutes at least 5% of the Consolidated Net Worth of the Guarantor.

 

“Dollars” or “$” means a dollar or other equivalent unit of legal tender for payment of public or private debts in the United States of America.

 

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1.

 

“Foreign Currency” means any currency, currency unit or composite currency, including, without limitation, the euro, issued by the government of one or more countries other than the United States of America or by any recognized confederation or association of such governments.

 

“Government Obligations” means securities which are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America or the other government or governments which issued the Foreign Currency in which the principal of or any premium or interest on such Security or any Additional Amounts in respect thereof shall be payable, in each case where the payment or payments thereunder are supported by the full faith and credit of such government or governments or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America or such other government or governments, in each case where the timely payment or payments thereunder are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America or such other government or governments, and which, in the case of (i) or (ii), are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer or issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of or other amount with respect to any such Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of or other amount with respect to the Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

“Guarantee” means the unconditional guarantee of the payment of the principal of, any premium or interest on, and any Additional Amounts with respect to the Securities by the Guarantor, as more fully set forth in Article 16.

 

“Guarantor” means the Person named as the “Guarantor” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Guarantor” shall mean such successor Person.

 

“Guarantor’s Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Guarantor or any committee of that board duly authorized to act generally or in any particular respect for the Guarantor hereunder.

 



 

“Guarantor’s Board Resolution” means a copy of one or more resolutions, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Guarantor to have been duly adopted by the Guarantor’s Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Guarantor’s Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the General Counsel, any Vice President or the Secretary of the Guarantor, that complies with the requirements of Section 314(e) of the Trustee Indenture Act and is delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Guarantor Request” and “Guarantor Order” mean, respectively, a written request or order, as the case may be, signed in the name of the Guarantor by the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the General Counsel, any Vice President or the Secretary, of the Guarantor, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Holder,” in the case of any Registered Security, means the Person in whose name such Security is registered in the Security Register and, in the case of any Bearer Security, means the bearer thereof and, in the case of any Coupon, means the bearer thereof.

 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, (i) the principal of and any premium and interest on (a) indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed and (b) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable; (ii) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; (iii) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations and all obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business); (iv) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in (i) through (iii) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit); (v) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise; and (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property or assets or the amount of the obligation so secured; and (vii) any amendments, modifications, refundings, renewals or extensions of any indebtedness or obligation described as Indebtedness in clauses (i) through (vi) above.

 

“Indenture” means this instrument as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and, with respect to any Security, by the terms and provisions of such Security

 



 

and any Coupon appertaining thereto established pursuant to Section 3.1 (as such terms and provisions may be amended pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof).

 

“Independent Public Accountants” means accountants or a firm of accountants that, with respect to the Company, the Guarantor and any other obligor under the Securities or the Coupons, are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, who may be the independent public accountants regularly retained by the Company or the Guarantor or who may be other independent public accountants. Such accountants or firm shall be entitled to rely upon any Opinion of Counsel as to the interpretation of any legal matters relating to this Indenture or certificates required to be provided hereunder.

 

“Indexed Security” means a Security the terms of which provide that the principal amount thereof payable at Stated Maturity may be more or less than the principal face amount thereof at original issuance.

 

“Interest,” with respect to any Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity and, when used with respect to a Security which provides for the payment of Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 10.4 or 16.2, includes such Additional Amounts.

 

“Interest Payment Date,” with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

 

“Judgment Currency” has the meaning specified in Section 1.16.

 

“Legal Holidays” has the meaning specified in Section 1.14.

 

“Lien” has the meaning specified in Section 10.5.

 

“Maturity,” with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of redemption or repurchase, notice of option to elect repayment or otherwise, and includes the Redemption Date.

 

“New York Banking Day” has the meaning specified in Section 1.16.

 

“Office” or “Agency,” with respect to any Securities, means an office or agency of the Company and the Guarantor maintained or designated in a Place of Payment for such Securities pursuant to Section 10.2 or any other office or agency of the Company and the Guarantor maintained or designated for such Securities pursuant to Section 10.2 or, to the extent designated or required by Section 10.2 in lieu of such office or agency, the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 



 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer that complies with the requirements of Section 314(e) of the Trust Indenture Act and is delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel for the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, or other counsel who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that, if required by the Trust Indenture Act, complies with the requirements of Section 314(e) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

“Original Issue Discount Security” means a Security issued pursuant to this Indenture which provides for declaration of an amount less than the principal face amount thereof to be due and payable upon acceleration pursuant to Section 5.2.

 

“Outstanding,” when used with respect to any Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all such Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

 

(a)                                   any such Security theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or the Security Registrar or delivered to the Trustee or the Security Registrar for cancellation;

 

(b)                                  any such Security for whose payment at the Maturity thereof money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited pursuant hereto (other than pursuant to Section 4.2) with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company or the Guarantor) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company or the Guarantor (if the Company shall act as its own, or authorize the Guarantor to act as, Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto, provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

 

(c)                                   any such Security with respect to which the Company or the Guarantor has effected defeasance pursuant to the terms hereof, except to the extent provided in Section 4.2;

 

(d)                                  any such Security which has been paid pursuant to Section 3.6 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, unless there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Security is held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Security is a valid obligation of the Company; and

 



 

(e)                                   any such Security converted or exchanged as contemplated by this Indenture into securities of the Company or the Guarantor or another issuer, if the terms of such Security provide for such conversion or exchange pursuant to Section 3.1;

 

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or are present at a meeting of Holders of Securities for quorum purposes, (i) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that may be counted in making such determination and that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purposes shall be equal to the amount of the principal thereof that pursuant to the terms of such Original Issue Discount Security would be declared (or shall have been declared to be) due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration thereof pursuant to Section 5.2 at the time of such determination, and (ii) the principal amount of any Indexed Security that may be counted in making such determination and that shall be deemed Outstanding for such purposes shall be equal to the principal face amount of such Indexed Security at original issuance, unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, and (iii) the principal amount of a Security denominated in a Foreign Currency shall be the Dollar equivalent, determined on the date of original issuance of such Security, of the principal amount (or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, the Dollar equivalent on the date of original issuance of such Security of the amount determined as provided in (i) above) of such Security, and (iv) Securities owned by the Company, the Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company, the Guarantor or such other obligor, shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making any such determination or relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which shall have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee (A) the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and (B) that the pledgee is not the Company, the Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Coupons appertaining thereto or an Affiliate of the Company, the Guarantor or such other obligor.

 

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of, or any premium or interest on, or any Additional Amounts with respect to, any Security or any Coupon on behalf of the Company.

 

“Person” means any individual, Corporation, partnership, joint venture, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

“Place of Payment,” with respect to any Security, means the place or places where the principal of, or any premium or interest on, or any Additional Amounts with respect to such Security are payable as provided in or pursuant to this Indenture or such Security.

 



 

“Predecessor Security” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same Indebtedness as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.6 in exchange for or in lieu of a lost, destroyed, mutilated or stolen Security or any Security to which a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Coupon appertains shall be deemed to evidence the same Indebtedness as the lost, destroyed, mutilated or stolen Security or the Security to which a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Coupon appertains.

 

“Preferred Stock” in respect of any Corporation means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Corporation.

 

“Redemption Date,” with respect to any Security or portion thereof to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture or such Security.

 

“Redemption Price,” with respect to any Security or portion thereof to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed as determined by or pursuant to this Indenture or such Security.

 

“Registered Security” means any Security established pursuant to Section 2.1 which is registered in a Security Register.

 

“Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Registered Security on any Interest Payment Date therefor means the date, if any, specified in or pursuant to this Indenture or such Security as the “Regular Record Date”.

 

“Required Currency” has the meaning specified in Section 1.16.

 

“Responsible Officer” means any vice president, any assistant vice president, any assistant secretary, any assistant treasurer, or any trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

“Security” or “Securities” means any note or notes, bond or bonds, debenture or debentures, or any other evidences of Indebtedness, as the case may be, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture; provided, however, that, if at any time there is more than one Person acting as Trustee under this Indenture, “Securities,” with respect to any such Person, shall mean Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, exclusive, however, of Securities of any series as to which such Person is not Trustee.

 

“Security Register” and “Security Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.5.

 



 

“Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest on any Registered Security means a date fixed by the Company pursuant to Section 3.7.

 

“Stated Maturity,” with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon or any Additional Amounts with respect thereto, means the date established by or pursuant to this Indenture or such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is, or such Additional Amounts are, due and payable.

 

“Subsidiary” means, in respect of any Person, any Corporation, limited or general partnership or other business entity of which at the time of determination more than 50% of the voting power of the shares of its Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person, (ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and any reference herein to the Trust Indenture Act or a particular provision thereof shall mean such Act or provision, as the case may be, as amended or replaced from time to time or as supplemented from time to time by rules or regulations adopted by the Commission under or in furtherance of the purposes of such Act or provision, as the case may be.

 

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such with respect to one or more series of Securities pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder; provided, however, that if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” shall mean each such Person and as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

 

“United States,” except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture or any Security, means the United States of America (including the states thereof and the District of Columbia), its territories and possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

 

“United States Alien,” except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture or any Security, means any Person who, for United States Federal income tax purposes, is a foreign corporation, a non-resident alien individual, a non-resident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust, or a foreign partnership one or more of the members of which is, for United States Federal income tax purposes, a foreign corporation, a non-resident alien individual or a non-resident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust.

 

“U.S. Depository” or “Depository” means, with respect to any Security issuable or issued in the form of one or more global Securities, the Person designated as U.S. Depository or Depository by the Company in or pursuant to this Indenture, which Person must be, to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, a clearing agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, if so provided with respect to any Security, any

 



 

successor to such Person. If at any time there is more than one such Person, “U.S. Depository” or “Depository” shall mean, with respect to any Securities, the qualifying entity which has been appointed with respect to such Securities.

 

“Vice President,” when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”.

 

SECTION 1.2          Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, upon any application or request by the Company or the Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate or a Guarantor’s Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents or any of them is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

 

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1)            a statement that the individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such condition or covenant and the definitions herein relating thereto;

 

(2)            a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)            a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such condition or covenant has been complied with; and

 

(4)            a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

SECTION 1.3          Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

 

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

 



 

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company or the Guarantor may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon an Opinion of Counsel, provided that such officer, after reasonable inquiry, has no reason to believe and does not believe that the Opinion of Counsel with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based is erroneous. Any such Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, provided that such counsel, after reasonable inquiry, has no reason to believe and does not believe that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture or any Security, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

SECTION 1.4          Acts of Holders.

 

(1)            Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by or pursuant to this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. If, but only if, Securities of a series are issuable as Bearer Securities, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in or pursuant to this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders of Securities of such series may, alternatively, be embodied in and evidenced by the record of Holders of Securities of such series voting in favor thereof, either in person or by proxies duly appointed in writing, at any meeting of Holders of Securities of such series duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article 15, or a combination of such instruments and any such record. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company or the Guarantor or both of them. Such instrument or instruments and any such record (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments or so voting at any such meeting. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or of the holding by any Person of a Security, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 315 of the Trust Indenture Act) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Company and the Guarantor and any agent of the Trustee, the Company or the Guarantor, if made in the manner provided in this Section.  The record of any meeting of Holders of Securities shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 15.6.  Without limiting the generality of this Section 1.4, unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, a Holder, including a U.S. Depository that is a Holder of a global Security, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies, duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act provided in or pursuant to this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and a U.S. Depository that is a Holder of a global Security may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such

 



 

global Security through such U.S. Depository’s standing instructions and customary practices.

 

The Company shall fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interest in any permanent global Security held by a U.S. Depository entitled under the procedures of such U.S. Depository to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act provided in or pursuant to this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.  Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Securities of the relevant series in the manner set forth in Section 1.6.

 

The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities of any series entitled to join in the giving or making of (i) any Notice of Default, (ii) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 5.2, (iii) any request to institute proceedings referred to in Section 5.7(2) or (iv) any direction referred to in Section 5.12, in each case with respect to Securities of such series. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date.  Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Company’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders to be given to the Company in writing and to each Holder of Securities of the relevant series in the manner set forth in Section 1.6.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

 

(2)            The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing referred to in this Section 1.4 may be proved in any reasonable manner; and the Trustee may in any instance require further proof with respect to any of the matters referred to in this Section.

 

(3)            The ownership, principal amount and serial numbers of Registered Securities held by any Person, and the date of the commencement and the date of the termination of holding the same, shall be proved by the Security Register.

 

(4)            The ownership, principal amount and serial numbers of Bearer Securities held by any Person, and the date of the commencement and the date of the termination of

 



 

holding the same, may be proved by the production of such Bearer Securities or by a certificate executed, as depository, by any trust company, bank, banker or other depository reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Guarantor, wherever situated, if such certificate shall be deemed by the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee to be satisfactory, showing that at the date therein mentioned such Person had on deposit with such depository, or exhibited to it, the Bearer Securities therein described; or such facts may be proved by the certificate or affidavit of the Person holding such Bearer Securities, if such certificate or affidavit is deemed by the Trustee to be satisfactory. The Trustee, the Company and the Guarantor may assume that such ownership of any Bearer Security continues until (i) another certificate or affidavit bearing a later date issued in respect of the same Bearer Security is produced, or (ii) such Bearer Security is produced to the Trustee by some other Person, or (iii) such Bearer Security is surrendered in exchange for a Registered Security, or (iv) such Bearer Security is no longer Outstanding. The ownership, principal amount and serial numbers of Bearer Securities held by the Person so executing such instrument or writing and the date of the commencement and the date of the termination of holding the same may also be proved in any other manner which the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee deem sufficient.

 

(5)            If the Company or the Guarantor shall solicit from the Holders of any Registered Securities any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, may at its option (but is not obligated to), by Board Resolution or Guarantor’s Board Resolution, as the case may be, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders of Registered Securities entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of Registered Securities of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purpose of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Securities shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders of Registered Securities shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date.

 

(6)            Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act by the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, the Guarantor or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such Act is made upon such Security.

 



 

SECTION 1.5          Notices, etc. to Trustee, Company and Guarantor.

 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

 

(1)            the Trustee by any Holder, the Guarantor or the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or

 

(2)            the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, by the Trustee or any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, addressed to the attention of its Treasurer, with a copy to the attention of its General Counsel, at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 1.6          Notice to Holders of Securities; Waiver.

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of Securities of any event,

 

(1)            such notice shall be sufficiently given to Holders of Registered Securities if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of a Registered Security affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice; and

 

(2)            such notice shall be sufficiently given to Holders of Bearer Securities, if any, if published in an Authorized Newspaper in The City of New York and, if such Securities are then listed on any stock exchange outside the United States, in an Authorized Newspaper in such city as the Company shall advise the Trustee that such stock exchange so requires, on a Business Day at least twice, the first such publication to be not earlier than the earliest date and the second such publication not later than the latest date prescribed for the giving of such notice.  In any case where notice to Holders of Registered Securities is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder of a Registered Security shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders of Registered Securities or the sufficiency of any notice to Holders of Bearer Securities given as provided herein. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given or provided. In the case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.  In case by reason of the suspension of publication of any Authorized Newspaper or Authorized Newspapers or by

 



 

reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to publish any notice to Holders of Bearers Securities as provided above, then such notification to Holders of Bearer Securities as shall be given with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute sufficient notice to such Holders for every purpose hereunder. Neither failure to give notice by publication to Holders of Bearer Securities as provided above, nor any defect in any notice so published, shall affect the sufficiency of any notice mailed to Holders of Registered Securities as provided above.  Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders of Securities shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

 

SECTION 1.7          Language of Notices.

 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election or waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English language, except that, if the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, so elects, any published notice may be in an official language of the country of publication.

 

SECTION 1.8          Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

 

If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with any duties under any required provision of the Trust Indenture Act imposed hereon by Section 318(c) thereof, such required provision shall control.

 

SECTION 1.9          Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

 

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

SECTION 1.10        Successors and Assigns.

 

All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Guarantor shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

 

SECTION 1.11        Separability Clause.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture, any Security or any Coupon shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

SECTION 1.12        Benefits of Indenture.

 

Nothing in this Indenture, any Security or any Coupon, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any

 



 

Authenticating Agent and their successors hereunder and the Holders of Securities or Coupons, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 1.13        Governing Law.

 

This Indenture, the Securities and any Coupons shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made or instruments entered into and, in each case, performed in said state (without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof).

 

SECTION 1.14        Legal Holidays.

 

Unless otherwise specified in or pursuant to this Indenture or any Securities, in any case where any Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity or Maturity of any Security, or the last date on which a Holder has the right to convert or exchange Securities of a series that are convertible or exchangeable, shall be a Legal Holiday at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, any Security or any Coupon other than a provision in any Security or Coupon that specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu hereof) payment need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, and such Securities need not be converted or exchanged on such date but such payment may be made, and such Securities may be converted or exchanged, on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or at the Stated Maturity or Maturity or on such last day for conversion or exchange, and no interest shall accrue on the amount payable on such date or at such time for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity, Maturity or last day for conversion or exchange, as the case may be, to such next succeeding Business Day.

 

SECTION 1.15        Counterparts.

 

This Indenture may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 1.16        Judgment Currency.

 

The Company and the Guarantor each agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert the sum due in respect of the principal of, or premium or interest, if any, or Additional Amounts on the Securities of any series (the “Required Currency”) into a currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the “Judgment Currency”), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the requisite amount of the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the New York Banking Day preceding the day on which a final unappealable judgment is given and (b) its obligations under this Indenture to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender, or any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether or not entered in accordance with clause (a)), in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the actual

 



 

receipt, by the payee, of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments, (ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable and (iii) shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under this Indenture. For purposes of the foregoing, “New York Banking Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in The City of New York or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to be closed.

 

SECTION 1.17        No Security Interest Created.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 10.5, nothing in this Indenture or in any Securities, express or implied, shall be construed to constitute a security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar legislation, as now or hereafter enacted and in effect in any jurisdiction where property of the Company, the Guarantor or their respective Subsidiaries is or may be located.

 

SECTION 1.18        Limitation on Individual Liability.

 

No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in any Security, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, shall be had against any incorporator, shareholder (except in a shareholder’s corporate capacity as Guarantor), officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, either directly or through the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that this Indenture and the obligations issued hereunder are solely corporate obligations, and that no such personal liability whatever shall attach to, or is or shall be incurred by, the incorporators, shareholders, officers or directors, as such, of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, or any of them, because of the creation of the indebtedness hereby authorized, or under or by reason of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any Security or implied therefrom; and that any and all such personal liability of every name and nature, either at common law or in equity or by constitution or statute, of, and any and all such rights and claims against, every such incorporator, shareholder, officer or director, as such, because of the creation of the indebtedness hereby authorized, or under or by reason of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any Security or implied therefrom, are hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issuance of such Security.

 

SECTION 1.19        Submission to Jurisdiction.

 

The Company and the Guarantor each agrees that any judicial proceedings instituted in relation to any matter arising under this Indenture, the Securities or any Coupons appertaining thereto may be brought in any United States Federal or New York State court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York to the extent that such court has

 



 

subject matter jurisdiction over the controversy, and, by execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company and the Guarantor each hereby irrevocably accepts, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts, acknowledges their competence and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgement rendered in such proceeding. The Company and the Guarantor each also irrevocably and unconditionally waives for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and Coupons any immunity from jurisdiction and any immunity from legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgement, attachment in the aid of execution, execution or otherwise) in respect of this Indenture. The Company and the Guarantor each hereby irrevocably designates and appoints for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and Coupons for the term of this Indenture Assured Guaranty Corp., 1325 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, as its agent to receive on its behalf service of all process (with a copy of all such service of process to be delivered to James M. Michener, General Counsel and Secretary, Assured Guaranty Ltd., 30 Woodbourne Avenue, Hamilton, HM 08, Bermuda) brought against it with respect to any such proceeding in any such court in The City of New York, such service being hereby acknowledged by each of the Company and the Guarantor to be effective and binding service on it in every respect whether or not the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall then be doing or shall have at any time done business in New York. Such appointment shall be irrevocable so long as any of the Securities or Coupons or the respective obligations of the Company and the Guarantor hereunder remain outstanding, or until the appointment of a successor by the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, and such successor’s acceptance of such appointment. Upon such acceptance, the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of such successor. The Company and the Guarantor each further agrees for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and the Coupons to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of said Assured Guaranty Corp. in full force and effect so long as any of the Securities or Coupons or the respective obligations of the Company and the Guarantor hereunder shall be outstanding. The Trustee shall not be obligated and shall have no responsibility with respect to any failure by the Company or the Guarantor to take any such action. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by any law or limit the right of the Trustee or any Holder to institute proceedings against the Company or the Guarantor in the courts of any other jurisdiction or jurisdictions.

 

SECTION 1.20        Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTOR AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

SECTION 1.21        Force Majeure.

 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or

 



 

terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

ARTICLE 2

SECURITIES FORMS

 

SECTION 2.1          Forms Generally.

 

Each Registered Security, Bearer Security, Coupon and temporary or permanent global Security issued pursuant to this Indenture shall be in the form established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in one or more indentures supplemental hereto in accordance with Section 3.1, shall have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by or pursuant to this Indenture or any indenture supplemental hereto and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Security or Coupon as evidenced by their execution of such Security or Coupon.

 

Unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture or any Securities, the Securities shall be issuable in registered form without Coupons and shall not be issuable upon the exercise of warrants.

 

Definitive Securities and definitive Coupons shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods on a steel engraved border or steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers of the Company executing such Securities or Coupons, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities or Coupons.

 

SECTION 2.2          Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.

 

Subject to Section 6.11, the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

 

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

 

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 



 

SECTION 2.3          Securities in Global Form.

 

If the Company shall establish pursuant to Section 3.1 that Securities of a series shall be issuable in global form, any such Security may provide that it or any number of such Securities shall represent the aggregate amount of all Outstanding Securities of such series (or such lesser amount as is permitted by the terms thereof) from time to time endorsed thereon and may also provide that the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities represented thereby may from time to time be increased or reduced to reflect exchanges. Any endorsement of any Security in global form to reflect the amount, or any increase or decrease in the amount, or changes in the rights of Holders, of Outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made in such manner and by such Person or Persons as shall be specified therein or in the Company Order to be delivered pursuant to Section 3.3 or 3.4 with respect thereto. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.3 and, if applicable, Section 3.4, the Trustee shall deliver and redeliver, in each case at the Company’s expense, any Security in permanent global form in the manner and upon instructions given by the Person or Persons specified therein or in the applicable Company Order. If a Company Order pursuant to Section 3.3 or 3.4 has been, or simultaneously is, delivered, any instructions by the Company with respect to a Security in global form shall be in writing but need not be accompanied by or contained in an Officer’s Certificate and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.7, unless otherwise specified in or pursuant to this Indenture or any Securities, payment of principal of, any premium and interest on, and any Additional Amounts in respect of, any Security in temporary or permanent global form shall be made to the Person or Persons specified therein.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.8 and except as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee and any agent of the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee shall treat as the Holder of such principal amount of Outstanding Securities represented by a global Security (i) in the case of a global Security in registered form, the Holder of such global Security in registered form, or (ii) in the case of a global Security in bearer form, the Person or Persons specified pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

ARTICLE 3

THE SECURITIES

 

SECTION 3.1          Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series.

 

The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Securities may be issued in one or more series.

 

With respect to any Securities to be authenticated and delivered hereunder, there shall be established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto,

 



 

(1)            the title of such Securities and the series in which such Securities shall be included;

 

(2)            any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such title or the Securities of such series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of such series pursuant to Section 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 9.5 or 11.7, upon repayment in part of any Registered Security of such series pursuant to Article 13, upon surrender in part of any Registered Security for conversion into other securities of the Company or exchange for securities of the Guarantor or another issuer pursuant to its terms, or pursuant to or as contemplated by the terms of such Securities);

 

(3)            if such Securities are to be issuable as Registered Securities, as Bearer Securities or alternatively as Bearer Securities and Registered Securities, and whether the Bearer Securities are to be issuable with Coupons, without Coupons or both, and any restrictions applicable to the offer, sale or delivery of the Bearer Securities and the terms, if any, upon which Bearer Securities may be exchanged for Registered Securities and vice versa;

 

(4)            whether and when any of such Securities are to be issuable in global form and (i) whether such Securities are to be issued in temporary or permanent global form or both, (ii) whether beneficial owners of interests in any such global Security may exchange such interests for Securities of the same series and of like tenor and of any authorized form and denomination, and the circumstances under which any such exchanges may occur, if other than in the manner specified in Section 3.5, and (iii) the name of the Depository or the U.S. Depository, as the case may be, with respect to any such global Security;

 

(5)            if any of such Securities are to be issuable as Bearer Securities or in global form, the date as of which any such Bearer Security or global Security shall be dated (if other than the date of original issuance of the first of such Securities to be issued);

 

(6)            if any of such Securities are to be issuable as Bearer Securities, whether interest in respect of any portion of a temporary Bearer Security in global form payable in respect of an Interest Payment Date therefor prior to the exchange, if any, of such temporary Bearer Security for definitive Securities shall be paid to any clearing organization with respect to the portion of such temporary Bearer Security held for its account and, in such event, the terms and conditions (including any certification requirements) upon which any such interest payment received by a clearing organization will be credited to the Persons entitled to interest payable on such Interest Payment Date;

 

(7)            the date or dates, or the method or methods, if any, by which such date or dates shall be determined, on which the principal and premium (if any) of such Securities are payable;

 



 

(8)            the rate or rates at which such Securities shall bear interest, if any, or the method or methods, if any, by which such rate or rates are to be determined, the date or dates, if any, from which such interest shall accrue or the method or methods, if any, by which such date or dates are to be determined, the Interest Payment Dates, if any, on which such interest shall be payable and the Regular Record Date, if any, for the interest payable on Registered Securities on any Interest Payment Date, whether and under what circumstances Additional Amounts on such Securities or any of them shall be payable, the notice, if any, to Holders regarding the determination of interest on a floating rate Security and the manner of giving such notice, and the basis upon which interest shall be calculated if other than that of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months;

 

(9)            if in addition to or other than the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, the place or places where the principal of, any premium and interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to such Securities shall be payable, any of such Securities that are Registered Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, any of such Securities may be surrendered for conversion or exchange and notices or demands to or upon the Company or the Guarantor in respect of such Securities and this Indenture may be served, the extent to which, or the manner in which, any interest payment or Additional Amounts on a global Security on an Interest Payment Date, will be paid and the manner in which any principal of or premium, if any, on any global Security will be paid;

 

(10)          whether any of such Securities are to be redeemable at the option of the Company and, if so, the date or dates on which, the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the other terms and conditions upon which such Securities may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company;

 

(11)          whether the Company is obligated to redeem or purchase any of such Securities pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provision or at the option of any Holder thereof and, if so, the date or dates on which, the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the other terms and conditions upon which such Securities shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation, and any provisions for the remarketing of such Securities so redeemed or purchased;

 

(12)          if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which any of such Securities that are Registered Securities shall be issuable;

 

(13)          any of such Securities that are Bearer Securities shall be issuable if other than the denomination of $5,000;

 

(14)          whether the Securities of the series will be convertible into other securities of the Company and/or exchangeable for securities of the Guarantor or another issuer, and if so, the terms and conditions upon which such Securities will be so convertible or exchangeable, and any deletions from or modifications or additions to this Indenture to

 



 

permit or to facilitate the issuance of such convertible or exchangeable Securities or the administration thereof;

 

(15)          if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of any of such Securities that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.2 or the method by which such portion is to be determined;

 

(16)          if other than Dollars, the Foreign Currency in which payment of the principal of, any premium or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to any of such Securities shall be payable;

 

(17)          if the principal of, any premium or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to any of such Securities are to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof or otherwise, in Dollars or in a Foreign Currency other than that in which such Securities are stated to be payable, the date or dates on which, the period or periods within which, and the other terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made, and the time and manner of determining the exchange rate between the Currency in which such Securities are stated to be payable and the Currency in which such Securities or any of them are to be paid pursuant to such election, and any deletions from or modifications of or additions to the terms of this Indenture to provide for or to facilitate the issuance of Securities denominated or payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof or otherwise, in a Foreign Currency;

 

(18)          whether the amount of payments of principal of, any premium or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to such Securities may be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method or methods (which index, formula or method or methods may be based, without limitation, on one or more Currencies, commodities, equity securities, equity indices or other indices), and, if so, the terms and conditions upon which and the manner in which such amounts shall be determined and paid or payable;

 

(19)          any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or covenants of the Company or the Guarantor with respect to any of such Securities, whether or not such Events of Default or covenants are consistent with the Events of Default or covenants set forth herein;

 

(20)          whether either or both of Section 4.2(2) relating to defeasance or Section 4.2(3) relating to covenant defeasance shall not be applicable to the Securities of such series, or any covenants in addition to those specified in Section 4.2(3) relating to the Securities of such series which shall be subject to covenant defeasance, and any deletions from, or modifications or additions to, the provisions of Article 4 in respect of the Securities of such series;

 



 

(21)          whether any of such Securities are to be issuable upon the exercise of warrants, and the time, manner and place for such Securities to be authenticated and delivered;

 

(22)          if any of such Securities are to be issuable in global form and are to be issuable in definitive form (whether upon original issue or upon exchange of a temporary Security) only upon receipt of certain certificates or other documents or satisfaction of other conditions, then the form and terms of such certificates, documents or conditions;

 

(23)          if there is more than one Trustee, the identity of the Trustee and, if not the Trustee, the identity of each Security Registrar, Paying Agent or Authenticating Agent with respect to such Securities;

 

(24)          any terms applicable to Original Issue Discount (as that term is defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder), if any, including the rate or rates at which such Original Issue Discount, if any, shall accrue;

 

(25)          any proposed listing on any national or foreign securities exchange of the Securities of the series; and

 

(26)          any other terms of such Securities and any other deletions from or modifications or additions to this Indenture in respect of such Securities.  All Securities of any one series and all Coupons, if any, appertaining to Bearer Securities of such series shall be substantially identical except as to Currency of payments due thereunder, denomination and the rate of interest thereon, or method of determining the rate of interest, if any, Maturity, and the date from which interest, if any, shall accrue and except as may otherwise be provided by the Company in or pursuant to the Board Resolution and set forth in the Officer’s Certificate or in any indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pertaining to such series of Securities. The terms of the Securities of any series may provide, without limitation, that the Securities shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee on original issue from time to time upon written order of persons designated in the Officer’s Certificate or supplemental indenture and that such persons are authorized to determine, consistent with such Officer’s Certificate or any applicable supplemental indenture, such terms and conditions of the Securities of such series as are specified in such Officer’s Certificate or supplemental indenture. All Securities of any one series need not be issued at the same time and, unless otherwise so provided, a series may be reopened for issuances of additional Securities of such series or to establish additional terms of such series of Securities.

 

All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to the Board Resolution referred to above and (subject to Section 3.3) set forth in the Officer’s Certificate or in any such indenture supplemental hereto.

 



 

If any of the terms of the Securities of any series shall be established by action taken by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, the Board Resolution shall be delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate setting forth the terms of such series.

 

SECTION 3.2          Currency; Denominations.

 

Unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, the principal of, any premium and interest on and any Additional Amounts with respect to the Securities shall be payable in Dollars. Unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, Registered Securities denominated in Dollars shall be issuable in registered form without Coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, and the Bearer Securities denominated in Dollars shall be issuable in the denomination of $5,000. Securities not denominated in Dollars shall be issuable in such denominations as are established with respect to such Securities in or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

SECTION 3.3          Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

 

Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman, its President, its Treasurer or a Vice President under its corporate seal reproduced thereon and attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. Coupons shall be executed on behalf of the Company by the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of the Company. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities or any Coupons appertaining thereto may be manual or facsimile.

 

Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company and the Guarantor, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities and Coupons or did not hold such offices at the date of original issuance of such Securities or Coupons.

 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities, together with any Coupons appertaining thereto, executed by the Company, to the Trustee for authentication and, provided that the Board Resolution and Officer’s Certificate or supplemental indenture or indentures with respect to such Securities referred to in Section 3.1 and a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities have been delivered to the Trustee, the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order and subject to the provisions hereof and of such Securities shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. In authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Sections 315(a) through 315(d) of the Trust Indenture Act) shall be fully protected in relying upon,

 

(1)            an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that:

 



 

(a)            the form or forms and terms of such Securities and Coupons, if any, have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(b)            all conditions precedent to the authentication and delivery of such Securities and Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto, have been complied with and that such Securities and Coupons, when completed by appropriate insertions, executed under the Company’s corporate seal and attested by duly authorized officers of the Company, delivered by duly authorized officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication pursuant to this Indenture, and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute legally valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as enforcement thereof may be subject to or limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, arrangement, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer or other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and will entitle the Holders thereof to the benefits of this Indenture, including the Guarantee; such Opinion of Counsel need express no opinion as to the availability of equitable remedies;

 

(c) all laws and requirements in respect of the execution and delivery by the Company of such Securities and Coupons, if any, have been complied with; and

 

(d) this Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act; and

 

(2)            an Officer’s Certificate and a Guarantor’s Officer’s Certificate, in each case stating that, to the best knowledge of the Persons executing such certificate, all conditions precedent to the execution, authentication and delivery of such Securities and Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto, have been complied with, and no event which is, or after notice or lapse of time would become, an Event of Default with respect to any of the Securities shall have occurred and be continuing.  If all the Securities of any series are not to be issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate and Guarantor’s Officer’s Certificate at the time of issuance of each Security, but such opinion and certificates, with appropriate modifications, shall be delivered at or before the time of issuance of the first Security of such series. After any such first delivery, any separate written request by an Authorized Officer of the Company or any person designated in writing by an Authorized Officer that the Trustee authenticate and deliver Securities of such series for original issue will be deemed to be a certification by the Company and the Guarantor that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to authentication and delivery of such Securities continue to have been complied with and that no Event of Default with respect to any of the Securities has occurred or is continuing.

 



 

The Trustee shall not be required to authenticate or to cause an Authenticating Agent to authenticate any Securities if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner which is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee or if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken.

 

Each Registered Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. Each Bearer Security and any Bearer Security in global form shall be dated as of the date specified in or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

No Security or Coupon appertaining thereto shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for in Section 2.2 or 6.11 executed by or on behalf of the Trustee or by the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers. Such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Except as permitted by Section 3.6 or 3.7, the Trustee shall not authenticate and deliver any Bearer Security unless all Coupons appertaining thereto then matured have been detached and cancelled.

 

SECTION 3.4          Temporary Securities.

 

Pending the preparation of definitive Securities, the Company may execute and deliver to the Trustee and, upon Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the manner provided in Section 3.3, temporary Securities in lieu thereof which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued, in registered form or, if authorized in or pursuant to this Indenture, in bearer form with one or more Coupons or without Coupons and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers of the Company executing such Securities may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Securities. Such temporary Securities may be in global form.

 

Except in the case of temporary Securities in global form, which shall be exchanged in accordance with the provisions thereof, if temporary Securities are issued, the Company shall cause definitive Securities to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities of the same series and containing terms and provisions that are identical to those of any temporary Securities, such temporary Securities shall be exchangeable for such definitive Securities upon surrender of such temporary Securities at an Office or Agency for such Securities, without charge to any Holder thereof. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities (accompanied by any unmatured Coupons appertaining thereto), the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Securities of authorized denominations of the same series and containing identical terms and provisions; provided, however, that no definitive Bearer Security, except as provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, shall be delivered in exchange for a temporary Registered Security; and provided, further, that a definitive Bearer Security shall be

 



 

delivered in exchange for a temporary Bearer Security only in compliance with the conditions set forth in or pursuant to this Indenture. Unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture with respect to a temporary global Security, until so exchanged the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.

 

SECTION 3.5          Registration, Transfer and Exchange.

 

With respect to the Registered Securities of each series, if any, the Company shall cause to be kept a register (each such register being herein sometimes referred to as the “Security Register”) at an Office or Agency for such series in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of the Registered Securities of such series and of transfers of the Registered Securities of such series. Such Office or Agency shall be the “Security Registrar” for that series of Securities. Unless otherwise specified in or pursuant to this Indenture or the Securities, the Trustee shall be the initial Security Registrar for each series of Securities. The Company shall have the right to remove and replace from time to time the Security Registrar for any series of Securities; provided that no such removal or replacement shall be effective until a successor Security Registrar with respect to such series of Securities shall have been appointed by the Company and shall have accepted such appointment by the Company. In the event that the Trustee shall not be or shall cease to be Security Registrar with respect to a series of Securities, it shall have the right to examine the Security Register for such series at all reasonable times. There shall be only one Security Register for each series of Securities.

 

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Registered Security of any series at any Office or Agency for such series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Registered Securities of the same series denominated as authorized in or pursuant to this Indenture, of a like aggregate principal amount bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding and containing identical terms and provisions.

 

At the option of the Holder, Registered Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Registered Securities of the same series containing identical terms and provisions, in any authorized denominations, and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at any Office or Agency for such series. Whenever any Registered Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Registered Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

If provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, with respect to Securities of any series, at the option of the Holder, Bearer Securities of such series may be exchanged for Registered Securities of such series containing identical terms, denominated as authorized in or pursuant to this Indenture and in the same aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Bearer Securities to be exchanged at any Office or Agency for such series, with all unmatured Coupons and all matured Coupons in default thereto appertaining. If the Holder of a Bearer Security is unable to produce any such unmatured Coupon or Coupons or matured Coupon or Coupons in default,

 



 

such exchange may be effected if the Bearer Securities are accompanied by payment in funds acceptable to the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee in an amount equal to the face amount of such missing Coupon or Coupons, or the surrender of such missing Coupon or Coupons may be waived by the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee if there is furnished to them such security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless. If thereafter the Holder of such Bearer Security shall surrender to any Paying Agent any such missing Coupon in respect of which such a payment shall have been made, such Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such payment; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.2, interest represented by Coupons shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of those Coupons at an Office or Agency for such series located outside the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case a Bearer Security of any series is surrendered at any such Office or Agency for such series in exchange for a Registered Security of such series and like tenor after the close of business at such Office or Agency on (i) any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business at such Office or Agency on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such Office or Agency on the related date for payment of Defaulted Interest, such Bearer Security shall be surrendered without the Coupon relating to such Interest Payment Date or proposed date of payment, as the case may be (or, if such Coupon is so surrendered with such Bearer Security, such Coupon shall be returned to the Person so surrendering the Bearer Security), and interest or Defaulted Interest, as the case may be, shall not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of the Registered Security issued in exchange for such Bearer Security, but shall be payable only to the Holder of such Coupon when due in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

If provided in or pursuant to this Indenture with respect to Securities of any series, at the option of the Holder, Registered Securities of such series may be exchanged for Bearer Securities upon such terms and conditions as may be provided in or pursuant to this Indenture with respect to such series.

 

Whenever any Securities are surrendered for exchange as contemplated by the immediately preceding two paragraphs, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, any global Security shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities only if (i) the Depository is at any time unwilling, unable or ineligible to continue as depository and a successor depository is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of the date the Company is so informed in writing, (ii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order to the effect that such global Security shall be so exchangeable, or (iii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Securities. If the beneficial owners of interests in a global Security are entitled to exchange such interests for definitive Securities as the result of an event described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of the preceding sentence, then without unnecessary delay but in any event not later than the earliest date on which such interests may be so exchanged, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee definitive Securities in such form and denominations as are required by or pursuant to this Indenture, and of the same series, containing

 



 

identical terms and in aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such global Security, executed by the Company. On or after the earliest date on which such interests may be so exchanged, such global Security shall be surrendered from time to time by the U.S. Depository or such other Depository as shall be specified in the Company Order with respect thereto, and in accordance with instructions given to the Trustee and the U.S. Depository or such other Depository, as the case may be (which instructions shall be in writing but need not be contained in or accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate or be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel), as shall be specified in the Company Order with respect thereto to the Trustee, as the Company’s agent for such purpose, to be exchanged, in whole or in part, for definitive Securities as described above without charge. The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for each portion of such surrendered global Security, a like aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations and of like tenor as the portion of such global Security to be exchanged, which (unless such Securities are not issuable both as Bearer Securities and as Registered Securities, in which case the definitive Securities exchanged for the global Security shall be issuable only in the form in which the Securities are issuable, as provided in or pursuant to this Indenture) shall be in the form of Bearer Securities or Registered Securities, or any combination thereof, as shall be specified by the beneficial owner thereof, but subject to the satisfaction of any certification or other requirements to the issuance of Bearer Securities; provided, however, that no such exchanges may occur during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection of Securities of the same series to be redeemed and ending on the relevant Redemption Date; and provided, further, that (unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture) no Bearer Security delivered in exchange for a portion of a global Security shall be mailed or otherwise delivered to any location in the United States. Promptly following any such exchange in part, such global Security shall be returned by the Trustee to such Depository or the U.S. Depository, as the case may be, or such other Depository or U.S. Depository referred to above in accordance with the instructions of the Company referred to above. If a Registered Security is issued in exchange for any portion of a global Security after the close of business at the Office or Agency for such Security where such exchange occurs on or after (i) any Regular Record Date for such Security and before the opening of business at such Office or Agency on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record Date for such Security and before the opening of business at such Office or Agency on the related proposed date for payment of interest or Defaulted Interest, as the case may be, interest shall not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of such Registered Security, but shall be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, only to the Person to whom interest in respect of such portion of such global Security shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company and the Guarantor, respectively, evidencing the same debt and entitling the Holders thereof to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

Every Registered Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange or redemption shall (if so required by the Company or the Security Registrar for such Security) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form

 



 

satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar for such Security duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, or redemption of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge and any other expenses (including fees and expenses of the Trustee) that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 3.4, 9.5 or 11.7 not involving any transfer.

 

Except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, the Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of like tenor and the same series under Section 11.3 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Registered Security selected for redemption in whole or in part, except in the case of any Security to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed, or (iii) to exchange any Bearer Security selected for redemption except, to the extent provided with respect to such Bearer Security, that such Bearer Security may be exchanged for a Registered Security of like tenor and the same series, provided that such Registered Security shall be immediately surrendered for redemption with written instruction for payment consistent with the provisions of this Indenture or (iv) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security which, in accordance with its terms, has been surrendered for repayment at the option of the Holder, except the portion, if any, of such Security not to be so repaid.

 

SECTION 3.6          Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

 

If any mutilated Security or a Security with a mutilated Coupon appertaining to it is surrendered to the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 3.6, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same series containing identical terms and of like principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, with Coupons appertaining thereto corresponding to the Coupons, if any, appertaining to the surrendered Security.

 

If there be delivered to the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security or Coupon, and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee that such Security or Coupon has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and, upon the Company’s request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or in exchange for the Security to which a destroyed, lost or stolen Coupon appertains with all appurtenant Coupons not destroyed, lost or stolen, a new Security of the same series containing identical terms and of like principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, with Coupons appertaining thereto corresponding to the Coupons, if any, appertaining to such destroyed, lost or stolen Security or to the Security to which such destroyed, lost or stolen Coupon appertains.

 



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.6, in case any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or Coupon has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security or Coupon; provided, however, that payment of principal of, any premium or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to any Bearer Securities shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.2, be payable only at an Office or Agency for such Securities located outside the United States and, unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, any interest on Bearer Securities and any Additional Amounts with respect to such interest shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the Coupons appertaining thereto.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section 3.6, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

 

Every new Security, with any Coupons appertaining thereto issued pursuant to this Section 3.6 in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security, or in exchange for a Security to which a destroyed, lost or stolen Coupon appertains shall constitute a separate obligation of the Company and the Guarantor, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security and Coupons appertaining thereto or the destroyed, lost or stolen Coupon shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of such series and any Coupons, if any, duly issued hereunder.

 

The provisions of this Section 3.6, as amended or supplemented pursuant to this Indenture with respect to particular Securities or generally, shall be exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities or Coupons.

 

SECTION 3.7          Payment of Interest and Certain Additional Amounts; Rights to Interest and Certain Additional Amounts Preserved.

 

Unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, any interest on and any Additional Amounts with respect to any Registered Security which shall be payable, and are punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered as of the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.

 

Unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, any interest on and any Additional Amounts with respect to any Registered Security which shall be payable, but shall not be punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for such Registered Security (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder thereof on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder; and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company or the Guarantor, at its election in each case, as provided in Clause (1) or (2) below:

 



 

(1)            The Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Person in whose name such Registered Security (or a Predecessor Security thereof) shall be registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed by the Company in the following manner. The Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on such Registered Security, the Special Record Date therefor and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when so deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Person entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Clause provided. The Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after notification to the Trustee of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall, in the name and at the expense of the Company or the Guarantor, cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Holder of such Registered Security (or a Predecessor Security thereof) at his address as it appears in the Security Register not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date.  The Trustee may, in its discretion, in the name and at the expense of the Company or the Guarantor, cause a similar notice to be published at least once in an Authorized Newspaper of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, but such publication shall not be a condition precedent to the establishment of such Special Record Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Registered Security (or a Predecessor Security thereof) shall be registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

 

(2)            The Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Security may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Clause, such payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.  Unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture or the Securities of any particular series pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, at the option of the Company or the Guarantor, interest on Registered Securities that bear interest may be paid by mailing a check to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register or by transfer to an account maintained by the payee with a bank located in the United States.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 3.5, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu

 



 

of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

 

In the case of any Registered Security of any series that is convertible into other securities of the Company or exchangeable for securities of the Guarantor or another issuer, which Registered Security is converted or exchanged after any Regular Record Date and on or prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (other than any Registered Security with respect to which the Stated Maturity is prior to such Interest Payment Date), interest with respect to which the Stated Maturity is on such Interest Payment Date shall be payable on such Interest Payment Date notwithstanding such conversion or exchange, and such interest (whether or not punctually paid or duly provided for) shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Registered Security (or one or more predecessor Registered Securities) is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the immediately preceding sentence, in the case of any Registered Security which is converted or exchanged, interest with respect to which the Stated Maturity is after the date of conversion or exchange of such Registered Security shall not be payable.

 

SECTION 3.8          Persons Deemed Owners.

 

Prior to due presentment of a Registered Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Guarantor or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Registered Security is registered in the Security Register as the owner of such Registered Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, any premium and (subject to Sections 3.5 and 3.7) interest on and any Additional Amounts with respect to such Registered Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not any payment with respect to such Registered Security shall be overdue, and none of the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee or any agent of the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

The Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee and any agent of the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee may treat the bearer of any Bearer Security or the bearer of any Coupon as the absolute owner of such Security or Coupon for the purpose of receiving payment thereof or on account thereof and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not any payment with respect to such Security or Coupon shall be overdue, and none of the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee or any agent of the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

No Holder of any beneficial interest in any global Security held on its behalf by a Depository shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to such global Security, and such Depository may be treated by the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee, and any agent of the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee as the owner of such global Security for all purposes whatsoever. None of the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

 



 

SECTION 3.9          Cancellation.

 

All Securities and Coupons surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer, exchange or conversion or for credit against any sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee, and any such Securities and Coupons, as well as Securities and Coupons surrendered directly to the Trustee for any such purpose, shall be cancelled promptly by the Trustee. The Company or the Guarantor may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company or the Guarantor may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Securities so delivered shall be cancelled promptly by the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by or pursuant to this Indenture. All cancelled Securities and Coupons held by the Trustee shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures.

 

SECTION 3.10        Computation of Interest.

 

Except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture or in any Security, interest on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

SECTION 3.11        CUSIP Numbers.

 

The Company in issuing the Securities may use a “CUSIP”, “CINS”, or “ISIN” number (if then generally in use), and the Company and the Trustee shall use such “CUSIP” “CINS”, or “ISIN” number in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice shall state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such “CUSIP” “CINS”, or “ISIN” number either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities; and provided, further, that failure to use “CUSIP” “CINS”, or “ISIN” numbers in any notice of redemption or exchange shall not affect the validity or sufficiency of such notice. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in “CUSIP” “CINS”, or “ISIN” number for the Securities.

 

ARTICLE 4

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

SECTION 4.1          Satisfaction and Discharge.

 

Upon the direction of the Company by a Company Order or of the Guarantor by a Guarantor Order, this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to any series of Securities specified in such Company Order or Guarantor Order and any Coupons appertaining thereto, and the Trustee, on receipt of a Company Order or a Guarantor Order, at the expense of the Company and the Guarantor, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series, when

 

(1)            either

 



 

(a)                                   all Securities of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered and all Coupons appertaining thereto (other than (i) Coupons appertaining to Bearer Securities of such series surrendered in exchange for Registered Securities of such series and maturing after such exchange whose surrender is not required or has been waived as provided in Section 3.5, (ii) Securities and Coupons of such series which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.6, (iii) Coupons appertaining to Securities of such series called for redemption and maturing after the relevant Redemption Date whose surrender has been waived as provided in Section 11.7, and (iv) Securities and Coupons of such series for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company or the Guarantor and thereafter repaid to the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 10.3) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(b)                                  all Securities of such series and, in the case of (i) or (ii) below, any Coupons appertaining thereto not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, or (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or (iii) if redeemable at the option of the Company, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company and the Guarantor, and the Company or the Guarantor, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose, money in the Currency in which such Securities are payable in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including the principal of, any premium and interest on, and any Additional Amounts with respect to such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto, to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Maturity thereof, as the case may be;

 

(2)            the Company or the Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company and the Guarantor with respect to the Outstanding Securities of such series and any Coupons appertaining thereto; and

 



 

(3)            the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and the Guarantor has delivered to the Trustee a Guarantor’s Officer’s Certificate, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series have been complied with.

 

In the event there are Securities of two or more series hereunder, the Trustee shall be required to execute an instrument acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture only if requested to do so with respect to Securities of such series as to which it is Trustee and if the other conditions thereto are met.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to any series of Securities, the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor to the Trustee under Section 6.6 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series under Sections 3.5, 3.6, 4.3, 10.2 and 10.3, with respect to the payment of Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to such Securities as contemplated by Sections 10.4 and 16.2 (but only to the extent that the Additional Amounts payable with respect to such Securities exceed the amount deposited in respect of such Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 4.1(1)(b)), and with respect to any rights to convert or exchange such Securities into securities of the Company or the Guarantor or another issuer shall survive.

 

SECTION 4.2          Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.

 

(1)            Unless pursuant to Section 3.1, either or both of (i) defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under clause (2) of this Section 4.2 shall not be applicable with respect to the Securities of such series or (ii) covenant defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under clause (3) of this Section 4.2 shall not be applicable with respect to the Securities of such series, then such provisions, together with the other provisions of this Section 4.2 (with such modifications thereto as may be specified pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to any Securities), shall be applicable to such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto, and the Company may at its option by Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto, elect to have Section 4.2(2) or Section 4.2(3) be applied to such Outstanding Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Section 4.2.

 

(2)            Upon the Company’s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section 4.2(2) with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company and the Guarantor shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to such Outstanding Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto and under the Guarantee in respect thereof, respectively, on the date the conditions set forth in clause (4) of this Section 4.2 are satisfied (hereinafter, “defeasance”). For this purpose, such defeasance means that the Company or the Guarantor shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by such Outstanding Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto, and under the Guarantee in respect thereof, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of clause (5) of this

 



 

Section 4.2 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto, and under the Guarantee in respect thereof, and this Indenture insofar as such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto, and the Guarantee in respect thereof, are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company and the Guarantor, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (i) the rights of Holders of such Outstanding Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto to receive, solely from the trust fund described in clause (4) of this Section 4.2 and as more fully set forth in such clause, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on, and Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to, such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto when such payments are due, and any rights of such Holder to convert such Securities into other securities of the Company or exchange such Securities for securities of the Guarantor or another issuer, (ii) the obligations of the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee with respect to such Securities under Sections 3.5, 3.6, 10.2 and 10.3 and with respect to the payment of Additional Amounts, if any, on such Securities as contemplated by Sections 10.4 and 16.2 (but only to the extent that the Additional Amounts payable with respect to such Securities exceed the amount deposited in respect of such Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 4.2(4)(a) below), and with respect to any rights to convert such Securities into other securities of the Company or exchange such Securities for securities of the Guarantor or another issuer, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (iv) this Section 4.2. The Company may exercise its option under this Section 4.2(2) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under clause (3) of this Section 4.2 with respect to such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto.

 

(3)            Upon the Company’s exercise of the option to have this Section 4.2(3) apply with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company and the Guarantor shall be released from their obligations under Sections 10.5 and 10.6, and, to the extent specified pursuant to Section 3.1(19), any other covenant applicable to such Securities, with respect to such Outstanding Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto, and the Guarantee in respect thereof, on and after the date the conditions set forth in clause (4) of this Section 4.2 are satisfied (hereinafter, “covenant defeasance”), and such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto shall thereafter be deemed to be not “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with any such covenant, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to such Outstanding Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto, the Company and the Guarantor may omit to comply with, and shall have no liability in respect of, any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section or such other covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or such other covenant or by reason of reference in any such Section or such other covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a default or an Event of Default under Section 5.1(5) or 5.1(10) or otherwise, as the case may be, but,

 



 

except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities and Coupons appertaining thereto and the Guarantee in respect thereof shall be unaffected thereby.

 

(4)            The following shall be the conditions to application of clause (2) or (3) of this Section 4.2 to any Outstanding Securities of or within a series and any Coupons appertaining thereto and the Guarantee in respect thereof:

 

(a)                                   The Company or the Guarantor shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 6.7 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Section 4.2 applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto, (1) an amount in Dollars or in such Foreign Currency in which such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity, or (2) Government Obligations applicable to such Securities and Coupons appertaining thereto (determined on the basis of the Currency in which such Securities and Coupons appertaining thereto are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity) which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto, money in an amount, or (3) a combination thereof, in any case, in an amount, sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of such principal and interest, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, (y) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Outstanding Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto at the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or premium or interest and (z) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to such Outstanding Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto on the days on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto.

 



 

(b)                                  Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or the Guarantor is a party or by which either of them is bound.

 

(c)                                   No Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default with respect to such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit and, with respect to defeasance only, at any time during the period ending on the 123rd day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period).

 

(d)                                  In the case of an election under clause (2) of this Section 4.2, the Company or the Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the company or the Guarantor has received from the Internal Revenue Service a letter ruling, or there has been published by the Internal Revenue Service a Revenue Ruling, or (ii) since the date of execution of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Outstanding Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred.

 

(e)                                   In the case of an election under clause (3) of this Section 4.2, the Company or the Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such Outstanding Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred.

 

(f)                                     The Company or the Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, after the

 



 

123rd day after the date of deposit, all money and Government Obligations (or other property as may be provided pursuant to Section 3.1) (including the proceeds thereof) deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) pursuant to this clause (4) to be held in trust will not be subject to any case or proceeding (whether voluntary or involuntary) in respect of the Company or the Guarantor under any Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or any decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or the Guarantor issued in connection therewith.

 

(g)                                  The Company and the Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and a Guarantor’s Officer’s Certificate and the Company or the Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance or covenant defeasance under clause (2) or (3) of this Section 4.2 (as the case may be) have been complied with.

 

(h)                                  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4.2(4), such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall be effected in compliance with any additional or substitute terms, conditions or limitations which may be imposed on the Company or the Guarantor in connection therewith pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

(5)            Unless otherwise specified in or pursuant to this Indenture or any Security, if, after a deposit referred to in Section 4.2(4)(a) has been made, (a) the Holder of a Security in respect of which such deposit was made is entitled to, and does, elect pursuant to Section 3.1 or the terms of such Security to receive payment in a Currency other than that in which the deposit pursuant to Section 4.2(4)(a) has been made in respect of such Security, or (b) a Conversion Event occurs in respect of the Foreign Currency in which the deposit pursuant to Section 4.2(4)(a) has been made, the indebtedness represented by such Security and any Coupons appertaining thereto shall be deemed to have been, and will be, fully discharged and satisfied through the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any), and interest, if any, on, and Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to, such Security as the same becomes due out of the proceeds yielded by converting (from time to time as specified below in the case of any such election) the amount or other property deposited in respect of such Security into the Currency in which such Security becomes payable as a result of such election or Conversion Event based on (x) in the case of payments made pursuant to clause (a) above, the applicable market exchange rate for such Currency in effect on the second Business Day prior to each payment date, or (y) with respect to a Conversion Event, the applicable market exchange rate for such Foreign Currency in effect (as nearly as feasible) at the time of the Conversion Event.

 



 

The Company and the Guarantor (without duplication) shall pay and indemnify the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 4.2(5) and Section 4.3, the “Trustee”) against any tax, fee or other charge, imposed on or assessed against the Government Obligations deposited pursuant to this Section 4.2 or the principal or interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of such Outstanding Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto.

 

Anything in this Section 4.2 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request, or the Guarantor upon Guarantor Request, as the case may be, any money or Government Obligations (or other property and any proceeds therefrom) held by it as provided in clause (4) of this Section 4.2 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect a defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, in accordance with this Section 4.2.

 

SECTION 4.3          Application of Trust Money.

 

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.3, all money and Government Obligations (or other property as may be provided pursuant to Section 3.1) (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2 in respect of any Outstanding Securities of any series and any Coupons appertaining thereto shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent or the Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest and Additional Amounts, if any; but such money and Government Obligations need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

ARTICLE 5

REMEDIES

 

SECTION 5.1          Events of Default.

 

“Event of Default,” wherever used herein with respect to Securities of any series, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), unless such event is specifically deleted or modified in or pursuant to the supplemental indenture, Board Resolution or Officer’s Certificate establishing the terms of such Series pursuant to this Indenture:

 



 

(1)            default in the payment of any interest on any Security of such series, or any Additional Amounts payable with respect thereto, when such interest becomes or such Additional Amounts become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

 

(2)            default in the payment of the principal of or any premium on any Security of such series, or any Additional Amounts payable with respect thereto, when such principal or premium becomes or such Additional Amounts become due and payable at their Maturity; or

 

(3)           default by the Guarantor in the performance or breach of the covenant contained in Section 8.1 or 10.7 and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company and the Guarantor by the Trustee or to the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder;

 

(4)            default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment when and as due by the terms of a Security of such series; or

 

(5)            default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company or the Guarantor in this Indenture or the Securities (other than a covenant or warranty a default in the performance or the breach of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with or which has been expressly included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of a series of Securities other than such series), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company and the Guarantor by the Trustee or to the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

 

(6)            if any event of default as defined in any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any Indebtedness of the Company or the Guarantor (including, in each case, an Event of Default under any other series of Securities), whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created or incurred, shall happen and shall consist of default in the payment of more than $50,000,000 in principal amount of such Indebtedness at the maturity thereof (after giving effect to any applicable grace period) or shall result in such Indebtedness in principal amount in excess of $50,000,000 becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise become due and payable, and such default shall not be cured or such acceleration shall not be rescinded or annulled within a period of 30 days after there shall have been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company and the Guarantor by the Trustee or to the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, a written notice specifying such event of default and requiring the Company or the Guarantor to cause such acceleration to be rescinded or annulled or to cause such Indebtedness to be discharged and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

 

(7)            the Company or the Guarantor shall fail within 60 days to pay, bond or otherwise discharge any uninsured judgment or court order for the payment of money in

 



 

excess of $50,000,000, which is not stayed on appeal or is not otherwise being appropriately contested in good faith; or

 

(8)            the entry by a court having competent jurisdiction of:

 

(a)                                   a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or the Guarantor in an involuntary proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization (other than a reorganization under a foreign law that does not relate to insolvency) or other similar law and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(b)                                  a decree or order adjudging the Company or the Guarantor to be insolvent, or approving a petition seeking reorganization (other than a reorganization under a foreign law that does not relate to insolvency), arrangement, adjustment or composition of the Company or the Guarantor and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(c)                                   a final and non-appealable order appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or other similar official of the Company or the Guarantor of any substantial part of the property of the Company or the Guarantor or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company or the Guarantor; or

 

(d)                                  the commencement by the Company or the Guarantor of a voluntary proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization (other than a reorganization under a foreign law that does not relate to insolvency) or other similar law or of a voluntary proceeding seeking to be adjudicated insolvent or the consent by the Company or the Guarantor to the entry of a decree or order for relief in an involuntary proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by the Company or the Guarantor of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of the Company or relief under any applicable law, or the consent by the Company or the Guarantor to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or similar official of the Company or the Guarantor or any substantial part of the

 



 

property of the Company or the Guarantor or the making by the Company or the Guarantor of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the taking of corporate action by the Company or the Guarantor in furtherance of any such action;

 

(9)            any Guarantee shall for any reason cease to be, or be asserted in writing by the Guarantor or the Company not to be, in full force and effect, enforceable in accordance with its terms; or

 

(10)          any other Event of Default provided in or pursuant to this Indenture with respect to Securities of such series.

 

SECTION 5.2          Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

 

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (8) of Section 5.1) occurs and is continuing, then the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series may declare the principal of all the Securities of such series, or such lesser amount as may be provided for in the Securities of such series, to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company and the Guarantor (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal or such lesser amount shall become immediately due and payable.

 

If an Event of Default specified in clause (8) of Section 5.1 occurs, all unpaid principal of and accrued interest on the Outstanding Securities of that series (or such lesser amount as may be provided for in the Securities of such series) shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of any Security of that series.

 

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, by written notice to the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if

 

(1)            the Company or the Guarantor has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum of money sufficient to pay

 

(a)                                   all overdue installments of any interest on and Additional Amounts with respect to all Securities of such series and any Coupon appertaining thereto,

 

(b)                                  the principal of and any premium on any Securities of such series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon and any

 



 

Additional Amounts with respect thereto at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities,

 

(c)                                   to the extent that payment of such interest or Additional Amounts is lawful, interest upon overdue installments of any interest and Additional Amounts at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities, and

 

(d)                                  all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.6; and

 

(2)            all Events of Default with respect to Securities of such series, other than the non-payment of the principal of, any premium and interest on, and any Additional Amounts with respect to Securities of such series which shall have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, shall have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13.  No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

SECTION 5.3          Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

 

The Company and the Guarantor each covenants, in each case, that if

 

(1)            default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to any Security or any Coupon appertaining thereto when such interest or Additional Amounts shall have become due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

 

(2)            default is made in the payment of the principal of or any premium on any Security or any Additional Amounts with respect thereto at their Maturity, or,

 

(3)            default is made in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation when the same becomes due by the terms of the Securities of any series;

 

(4)            the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto, the whole amount of money then due and payable with respect to such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto, with interest upon the overdue principal, any premium and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon any overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities, and, in addition thereto, such further amount of money as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6.

 



 

If the Company or the Guarantor fails to pay the money it is required to pay the Trustee pursuant to the preceding paragraph forthwith upon the demand of the Trustee, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the money so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or the Guarantor or any other obligor upon such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto and collect the monies adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or the Guarantor or any other obligor upon such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto, wherever situated.

 

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series and any Coupons appertaining thereto by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or such Securities or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein or therein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

 

SECTION 5.4          Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company, the Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Securities of any series or the property of the Company, the Guarantor or such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company or the Guarantor for the payment of any overdue principal, premium, interest or Additional Amounts) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,

 

(1)            to file and prove a claim for the whole amount, or such lesser amount as may be provided for in the Securities of any applicable series, of the principal and any premium, interest and Additional Amounts owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents or counsel) and of the Holders of Securities or any Coupons appertaining thereto allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

 

(2)            to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder of Securities or any Coupons to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders of Securities or any Coupons, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances

 



 

of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.6.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder of a Security or any Coupon any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or Coupons or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder of a Security or any Coupon in any such proceeding.

 

SECTION 5.5          Trustee May Enforce Claims without Possession of Securities or Coupons.

 

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or any of the Securities or Coupons may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or Coupons or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery or judgment, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, shall be for the ratable benefit of each and every Holder of the Securities or Coupons in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

SECTION 5.6          Application of Money Collected.

 

Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal, or any premium, interest or Additional Amounts, upon presentation of the Securities or Coupons, or both, as the case may be, and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

 

FIRST:  To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.6;

 

SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Securities and any Coupons for principal and any premium, interest and Additional Amounts in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Securities and Coupons for principal and any premium, interest and Additional Amounts, respectively;

 

THIRD: The balance, if any, to the Person or Persons entitled thereto.

 

SECTION 5.7          Limitations on Suits.

 

No Holder of any Security of any series or any Coupons appertaining thereto shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless

 



 

(1)            such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series;

 

(2)            the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

 

(3)            such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee such indemnity as is reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

(4)            the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

 

(5)            no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series;

 

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture or any Security to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other such Holders or Holders of Securities of any other series, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders (it being further understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to any such Holder).

 

SECTION 5.8          Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and any Premium, Interest and Additional Amounts.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security or Coupon shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of, any premium and (subject to Sections 3.5 and 3.7) interest on, and any Additional Amounts with respect to such Security or payment of such Coupon, as the case may be, on the respective Stated Maturity or Maturities therefor specified in such Security or Coupon (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date or, in the case of repayment at the option of such Holder if provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, on the date such repayment is due) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

 

SECTION 5.9          Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

 

If the Trustee or any Holder of a Security or a Coupon has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee and each such Holder shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their

 



 

former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and each such Holder shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

SECTION 5.10        Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities or Coupons in the last paragraph of Section 3.6, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to each and every Holder of a Security or a Coupon is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy, to the extent permitted by law, shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not, to the extent permitted by law, prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

SECTION 5.11        Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security or Coupon to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to any Holder of a Security or a Coupon may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by such Holder, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 5.12        Control by Holders of Securities.

 

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and any Coupons appertaining thereto, provided that (subject to Section 6.1 below)

 

(1)            such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture or with the Securities of such series,

 

(2)            the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, and

 

(3)            such direction is not unduly prejudicial to the rights of the other Holders of Securities of such series not joining in such action.

 

SECTION 5.13        Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series and any Coupons appertaining thereto may waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default

 



 

(1)            in the payment of the principal of, any premium or interest on, or any Additional Amounts with respect to, any Security of such series or any Coupons appertaining thereto, or

 

(2)            in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article 9 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected.

 

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

SECTION 5.14        Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws .

 

The Company and the Guarantor each covenants that (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and the Guarantor each expressly waives (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

SECTION 5.15        Undertaking for Costs.

 

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of any undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 5.15 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of Outstanding Securities of any series, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on or Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to any Security on or after the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date, and, in the case of repayment, on or after the date for repayment) or for the enforcement of the right, if any, to convert or exchange any Security into other securities in accordance with its terms.

 



 

ARTICLE 6

THE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 6.1          Certain Rights of Trustee.

 

Subject to Sections 315(a) through 315(d) of the Trust Indenture Act:

 

(1)            the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

(2)            any request or direction of the Company or of the Guarantor mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or a Company Order or by a Guarantor Request or Guarantor Order, as the case may be (in each case, other than delivery of any Security, together with any Coupons appertaining thereto, to the Trustee for authentication and delivery pursuant to Section 3.3 which shall be sufficiently evidenced as provided therein) and any resolution of the Board of Directors or of the Guarantor’s Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution or by a Guarantor’s Board Resolution, as the case may be;

 

(3)            whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence shall be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate or, if such matter pertains to the Guarantor, a Guarantor’s Officer’s Certificate;

 

(4)            the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

 

(5)            the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by or pursuant to this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of Securities of any series or any Coupons appertaining thereto pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee such security or indemnity as is reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

 

(6)            the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may, but shall not be obligated to make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine, during business hours and upon reasonable notice, the books, records and premises of the Company and the Guarantor, personally or by agent or attorney;

 



 

(7)            the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

 

(8)            the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent, acted in bad faith or engaged in willful misconduct;

 

(9)            the Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, and Security Registrar shall have the same protections as the Trustee set forth hereunder;

 

(10)          the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with an Act of the Holders hereunder, and, to the extent not so provided herein, with respect to any act requiring the Trustee to exercise its own discretion, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture or any Securities, unless it shall be proved that, in connection with any such action taken, suffered or omitted or any such act, the Trustee was negligent, acted in bad faith or engaged in willful misconduct;

 

(11)          in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action;

 

(12)          the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; and

 

(13)          the Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded

 

SECTION 6.2          Notice of Defaults.

 

Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder with respect to the Securities of any series, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders of Securities of such series entitled to receive reports pursuant to Section 7.3(3), notice of such default hereunder actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any), or interest, if any, on, or Additional Amounts or any sinking fund or

 



 

purchase fund installment with respect to, any Security of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the best interest of the Holders of Securities and Coupons of such series; and provided, further, that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 5.1(6) with respect to Securities of such series, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term “default” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series.

 

SECTION 6.3          Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

 

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, and in any Coupons shall be taken as the statements of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities or the Coupons, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Securities and perform its obligations hereunder and that the statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 supplied to the Company are true and accurate, subject to the qualifications set forth therein. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Securities or the proceeds thereof.

 

SECTION 6.4          May Hold Securities.

 

The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Security Registrar or any other Person that may be an agent of the Trustee or the Guarantor or the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities or Coupons and, subject to Sections 310(b) and 311 of the Trust Indenture Act, may otherwise deal with the Company or the Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other Person.

 

SECTION 6.5          Money Held in Trust.

 

Except as provided in Section 4.3 and Section 10.3, money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law and shall be held uninvested. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed to in writing with the Company or the Guarantor.

 

SECTION 6.6          Compensation and Reimbursement.

 

The Company and the Guarantor (without duplication) each agree:

 

(1)            to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee for all services rendered by the Trustee hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

 



 

(2)            except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture or arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence or bad faith; and

 

(3)            to indemnify the Trustee and its agents, officers, directors and employees for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantor, a Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of their powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent that any such loss, liability or expense was due to the Trustee’s negligence or bad faith.

 

As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor under this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities of any series upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of, and premium or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to Securities or any Coupons appertaining thereto.

 

To the extent permitted by law, any compensation or expense incurred by the Trustee after a default specified in or pursuant to Section 5.1 is intended to constitute an expense of administration under any then applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law. “Trustee” for purposes of this Section 6.6 shall include any predecessor Trustee but the negligence or bad faith of any Trustee shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee under this Section 6.6.

 

The provisions of this Section 6.6 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee and shall apply with equal force and effect to the Trustee in its capacity as Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent or Security Registrar.

 

SECTION 6.7          Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, that is eligible under Section 310(a)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act to act as trustee under an indenture qualified under the Trust Indenture Act and that has a combined capital and surplus (computed in accordance with Section 310(a)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act) of at least $50,000,000, and that is subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

 



 

SECTION 6.8          Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

 

(1)            No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee pursuant to Section 6.9.

 

(2)            The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company and the Guarantor. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 6.9 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to such series.

 

(3)            The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, delivered to the Trustee, the Company and the Guarantor.  If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 6.9 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition at the expense of Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to such series.

 

(4)            If at any time:

 

(a)                                   the Trustee shall fail to comply with the obligations imposed upon it under Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to Securities of any series after written request therefor by the Company, the Guarantor or any Holder of a Security of such series who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months, or

 

(b)                                  the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.7 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company, the Guarantor or any such Holder, or

 

(c)                                   the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then, in any such case, (i) the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the Guarantor, by or pursuant to a Guarantor’s Board Resolution, may remove the Trustee with respect to all Securities or the Securities of such series, or (ii) subject to Section 315(e) of the Trust Indenture Act, any Holder of a

 



 

Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities of such series and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

 

(5)            If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Guarantor, by or pursuant to a Guarantor’s Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of such series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series) and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.9. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapacity, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company, the Guarantor and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 6.9, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company and the Guarantor. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company and the Guarantor or the Holders of Securities and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 6.9, any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

 

(6)            The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series by mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders of Registered Securities, if any, of such series as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register and, if Securities of such series are issued as Bearer Securities, by publishing notice of such event once in an Authorized Newspaper in each Place of Payment located outside the United States. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

 

(7)            In no event shall any retiring Trustee be liable for the acts or omissions of any successor Trustee hereunder.

 



 

SECTION 6.9          Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

 

(1)            Upon the appointment hereunder of any successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company, the Guarantor and the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties hereunder of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company, the Guarantor or such successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee, upon payment of its charges, shall execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and, subject to Section 10.3, shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder, subject nevertheless to its claim, if any, provided for in Section 6.6.

 

(2)            Upon the appointment hereunder of any successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the Guarantor, the retiring Trustee and such successor Trustee shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, such successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (2) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust, that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee and that no Trustee shall be responsible for any notice given to, or received by, or any act or failure to act on the part of any other Trustee hereunder, and, upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein, such retiring Trustee shall have no further responsibility for the exercise of rights and powers or for the performance of the duties and obligations vested in the Trustee under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates other than as hereinafter expressly set forth, and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company, the Guarantor or such successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee, upon payment of its charges with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates and subject to Section 10.3 shall duly

 



 

assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee, to the extent contemplated by such supplemental indenture, the property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, subject to its claim, if any, provided for in Section 6.6.

 

(3)            Upon request of any Person appointed hereunder as a successor Trustee, the Company and the Guarantor shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (1) or (2) of this Section, as the case may be.

 

(4)            No Person shall accept its appointment hereunder as a successor Trustee unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Person shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

 

SECTION 6.10        Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

 

Any Corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party or any Corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.

 

SECTION 6.11        Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

 

The Trustee may appoint one or more Authenticating Agents acceptable to the Company with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of that or those series issued upon original issue, exchange, registration of transfer, partial redemption or partial repayment or pursuant to Section 3.6, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent.

 

Each Authenticating Agent must be acceptable to the Company and the Guarantor and, except as provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, shall at all times be a corporation that would be permitted by the Trust Indenture Act to act as trustee under an indenture qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, is authorized under applicable law and by its charter to act as an Authenticating Agent and has a combined capital and surplus (computed in accordance with Section 310(a)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act) of at least $50,000,000. If at any time an

 



 

Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

 

Any Corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any Corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor of such Authenticating Agent hereunder, provided such Corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

 

An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee, the Company and the Guarantor. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent, the Company and the Guarantor. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and the Guarantor and shall (i) mail written notice of such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Registered Securities, if any, of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent shall serve, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, and (ii) if Securities of the series are issued as Bearer Securities, publish notice of such appointment at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in the place where such successor Authenticating Agent has its principal office if such office is located outside the United States. Any successor Authenticating Agent, upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder, shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

 

The Company and the Guarantor (without duplication) each agree to pay each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section. If the Trustee makes such payments, it shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such payments, subject to the provisions of Section 6.6.

 

The provisions of Sections 3.8, 6.3 and 6.4 shall be applicable to each Authenticating Agent.  If an Authenticating Agent is appointed with respect to one or more series of Securities pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to or in lieu of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in substantially the following form:

 

This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 



 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

as Authenticating Agent

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

If all of the Securities of any series may not be originally issued at one time, and if the Trustee does not have an office capable of authenticating Securities upon original issuance located in a Place of Payment where the Company wishes to have Securities of such series authenticated upon original issuance, the Trustee, if so requested in writing (which writing need not be accompanied by or contained in an Officer’s Certificate by the Company), shall appoint in accordance with this Section an Authenticating Agent having an office in a Place of Payment designated by the Company with respect to such series of Securities.

 

ARTICLE 7

HOLDERS LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE, GUARANTOR AND COMPANY

 

SECTION 7.1          Company and Guarantor to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.

 

In accordance with Section 312(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Company and the Guarantor shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee

 

(1)            semi-annually with respect to Securities of each series not later than May 1 and November 1 of the year or upon such other dates as are set forth in or pursuant to the Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto authorizing such series, a list, in each case in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of Holders as of the applicable date, and

 

(2)            at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company or the Guarantor of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished, provided, however, that so long as the Trustee is the Security Registrar no such list shall be required to be furnished.

 

SECTION 7.2          Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders .

 

The Trustee shall comply with the obligations imposed upon it pursuant to Section 312 of the Trust Indenture Act.  Every Holder of Securities or Coupons, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee that none of the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or any Security Registrar shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of

 



 

Securities in accordance with Section 312(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

SECTION 7.3          Reports by Trustee .

 

(1)            Within 60 days after September 15 of each year commencing with the first September 15 following the first issuance of Securities pursuant to Section 3.1, if required by Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall transmit, pursuant to Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, a brief report dated as of such September 15 with respect to any of the events specified in said Section 313(a) which may have occurred since the later of the immediately preceding September 15 and the date of this Indenture.

 

(2)            The Trustee shall transmit the reports required by Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act at the times specified therein.

 

(3)            Reports pursuant to this Section shall be transmitted in the manner and to the Persons required by Sections 313(c) and 313(d) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

SECTION 7.4          Reports by Company and Guarantor .

 

The Company and the Guarantor, pursuant to Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, shall each:

 

(1)            (1) file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; or, if the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of said Sections, then it shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;

 

(2)            file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and

 



 

(3)            transmit within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Trustee, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Section as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

 

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

ARTICLE 8

CONSOLIDATION, AMALGAMATIONS, MERGER AND SALES

 

SECTION 8.1          Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

 

The Company shall not consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company), or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company), and the Company shall not permit any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company) to consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into the Company or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company; unless:

 

(1)            in case the Company shall consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into another Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any Person, the Person formed by such consolidation or amalgamation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer, or which leases, the properties and assets of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety shall be a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture (or indentures, if at such time there is more than one Trustee) supplemental hereto, executed by the successor Person and the Guarantor and delivered to the Trustee the due and punctual payment of the principal of, any premium and interest on and any Additional Amounts with respect to all the Securities and the performance of every obligation in this Indenture and the Outstanding Securities on the part of the Company to be performed or observed and shall provide for conversion or exchange rights in accordance with the provisions of the Securities of any series that are convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock or other securities;

 

(2)            immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Company or a Subsidiary as a result of

 



 

such transaction as having been incurred by the Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction, no Event of Default or event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

(3)            either the Company or the successor Person shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture are authorized and comply with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

SECTION 8.2          Successor Person Substituted for Company .

 

Upon any consolidation or amalgamation by the Company with or merger of the Company into any other Person or any conveyance, transfer or lease of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety to any Person in accordance with Section 8.1, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or amalgamation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture, the Securities and the Coupons.

 

SECTION 8.3          Guarantor May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

 

The Guarantor shall not consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Guarantor), or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Guarantor), and the Guarantor shall not permit any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Guarantor) to consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into the Guarantor or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Guarantor; unless:

 

(1)            in case the Guarantor shall consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into another Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any Person, the Person formed by such consolidation or amalgamation or into which the Guarantor is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer, or which leases, the properties and assets of the Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety shall be a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, Bermuda, or any other country which is on the date of this Indenture a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and shall expressly assume, by an indenture (or indentures, if at such time there is more than one Trustee) supplemental hereto, executed by the successor Person and the Company and delivered to the Trustee the due and punctual payment of the principal of, any premium and interest on and any Additional Amounts with respect to all the Securities and the performance of

 



 

every obligation in this Indenture and the Outstanding Securities on the part of the Guarantor to be performed or observed and shall provide for conversion or exchange rights in accordance with the provisions of the Securities of any series that are convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock or other securities;

 

(2)            immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Guarantor or a Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by the Guarantor or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction, no Event of Default or event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

(3)            either the Guarantor or the successor Person shall have delivered to the Trustee a Guarantor’s Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture are authorized and comply with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

SECTION 8.4          Successor Person Substituted for Guarantor.

 

Upon any consolidation or amalgamation by the Guarantor with or merger of the Guarantor into any other Person or any conveyance, transfer or lease of the properties and assets of the Guarantor substantially as an entirety to any Person in accordance with Section 8.3, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or amalgamation or into which the Guarantor is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Guarantor under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Guarantor herein; and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture, the Securities and the Coupons.

 

ARTICLE 9

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

SECTION 9.1          Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders .

 

Without the consent of any Holders of Securities or Coupons, the Company (when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution), the Guarantor (when authorized by or pursuant to a Guarantor’s Board Resolution) and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, for any of the following purposes:

 

(1)            to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company or the Guarantor, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, contained herein and in the Securities, in each case in compliance with the Indenture; or

 



 

(2)            to add to the covenants of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (as shall be specified in such supplemental indenture or indentures) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be; or

 

(3)            to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to provide that Bearer Securities may be registrable as to principal, to change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal of, any premium or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to Securities, to permit Bearer Securities to be issued in exchange for Registered Securities, to permit Bearer Securities to be exchanged for Bearer Securities of other authorized denominations or to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in uncertificated form, provided any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Outstanding Securities of any series or any Coupons appertaining thereto in any material respect; or

 

(4)            to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series and any Coupons appertaining thereto as permitted by Sections 2.1 and 3.1; or

 

(5)            to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.9; or

 

(6)            to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture which shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series then Outstanding or any Coupons appertaining thereto in any material respect; or

 

(7)            to add to, delete from or revise the conditions, limitations and restrictions on the authorized amount, terms or purposes of issue, authentication and delivery of Securities, as herein set forth; or

 

(8)            to add any additional Events of Default with respect to all or any series of Securities (as shall be specified in such supplemental indenture); or

 

(9)            to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of any series of Securities pursuant to Article 4, provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of any Holder of an Outstanding Security of such series and any Coupons appertaining thereto or any other Outstanding Security or Coupon in any material respect; or

 

(10)          to secure the Securities pursuant to Section 10.5 or otherwise; or

 



 

(11)          to make provisions with respect to conversion or exchange rights of Holders of Securities of any series; or

 

(12)          to amend or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture, provided that no such amendment or supplement shall materially adversely affect the interests of the Holders of any Securities then Outstanding.

 

SECTION 9.2          Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders .

 

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of each series affected by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee, the Company (when authorized by or pursuant to a Company’s Board Resolution), the Guarantor (when authorized by or pursuant to a Guarantor’s Board Resolution) and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series under this Indenture or of the Securities of such series; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby, shall

 

(1)            change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any premium or installment of interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to, any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof (or modify the calculation of such principal amount) or the rate (or modify the calculation of such rate) of interest thereon or any Additional Amounts with respect thereto, or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof or otherwise, or change the obligation of the Company and the Guarantor to pay Additional Amounts pursuant to the terms hereof (except as contemplated by Section 8.1(1) and permitted by Section 9.1(1)), or reduce the amount of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.2 or the amount thereof provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 5.4, change the redemption provisions or adversely affect the right of repayment at the option of any Holder as contemplated by Article 13, or change the Place of Payment, Currency in which the principal of, any premium or interest on, or any Additional Amounts with respect to any Security is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date or, in the case of repayment at the option of the Holder, on or after the date for repayment), or

 

(2)            reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or reduce the requirements of Section 15.4 for quorum or voting, or

 



 

(3)            modify or effect in any manner adverse to the Holders the terms and conditions of the obligations of the Guarantor in respect of the due and punctual payments of principal of, or any premium or interest on, or any sinking fund requirements or Additional Amounts with respect to, the Securities or remove the guarantee obligations of the Guarantor, or

 

(4)            modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 5.13 or Section 10.8, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby, or

 

(5)            make any change that adversely affects the right to convert or exchange any Security into or for securities of the Company or the Guarantor or other securities, (whether or not issued by the Company or the Guarantor) cash or property in accordance with its terms.

 

A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which shall have been included expressly and solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

 

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders of Securities under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

 

SECTION 9.3          Execution of Supplemental Indentures .

 

As a condition to executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trust created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 315 of the Trust Indenture Act) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and an Officer’s Certificate and Guarantor’s Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent to the execution of such supplemental indenture have been fulfilled. Upon receipt of such opinion and certificates, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantor in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture.

 

SECTION 9.4          Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

 

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, but only with regard to the Securities of each series affected by such supplemental indenture, and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company, the Guarantor and the

 



 

Holders of any Securities of such series affected thereby shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of a Security theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder and of any Coupon appertaining thereto shall be bound thereby.

 

SECTION 9.5          Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

 

Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series.

 

SECTION 9.6          Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.

 

Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

SECTION 9.7          Notice of Supplemental Indenture.

 

Promptly after the execution by the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 9.2, the Company shall transmit to the Holders of Outstanding Securities of any series affected thereby a notice setting forth the substance of such supplemental indenture.  Any failure of the Company to mail such notice or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

 

ARTICLE 10

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 10.1        Payment of Principal, any Premium, Interest and Additional Amounts.

 

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of each series that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of, any premium and interest on and any Additional Amounts with respect to the Securities of such series in accordance with the terms thereof, any Coupons appertaining thereto and this Indenture. Any interest due on any Bearer Security on or before the Maturity thereof, and any Additional Amounts payable with respect to such interest, shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the Coupons appertaining thereto for such interest as they severally mature.

 

SECTION 10.2        Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

The Company and the Guarantor shall maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an Office or Agency where Securities of such series (but not Bearer Securities, except

 



 

as otherwise provided below, unless such Place of Payment is located outside the United States) may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities of such series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where Securities of such series that are convertible or exchangeable may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, and where notices and demands to or upon the Company or the Guarantor in respect of the Securities of such series relating thereto and this Indenture may be served. If Securities of a series are issuable as Bearer Securities, the Company and the Guarantor shall maintain, subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, an Office or Agency in a Place of Payment for such series which is located outside the United States where Securities of such series and any Coupons appertaining thereto may be presented and surrendered for payment; provided, however, that if the Securities of such series are listed on The Stock Exchange of the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland or the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange located outside the United States and such stock exchange shall so require, the Company and the Guarantor shall maintain a Paying Agent in London, Luxembourg or any other required city located outside the United States, as the case may be, so long as the Securities of such series are listed on such exchange. The Company and the Guarantor will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such Office or Agency. If at any time the Company or the Guarantor shall fail to maintain any such required Office or Agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, except that Bearer Securities of such series and any Coupons appertaining thereto may be presented and surrendered for payment at the place specified for the purpose with respect to such Securities as provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, and the Company and the Guarantor hereby appoint the Trustee as their agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

Except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, no payment of principal, premium, interest or Additional Amounts with respect to Bearer Securities shall be made at any Office or Agency in the United States or by check mailed to any address in the United States or by transfer to an account maintained with a bank located in the United States; provided, however, if amounts owing with respect to any Bearer Securities shall be payable in Dollars, payment of principal of, any premium or interest on and any Additional Amounts with respect to any such Security may be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or any Office or Agency designated by the Company and the Guarantor in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, if (but only if) payment of the full amount of such principal, premium, interest or Additional Amounts at all offices outside the United States maintained for such purpose by the Company and the Guarantor in accordance with this Indenture is illegal or effectively precluded by exchange controls or other similar restrictions.

 

The Company and the Guarantor may also from time to time designate one or more other Offices or Agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company or the Guarantor of its obligation to maintain an Office or Agency in each Place of Payment for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company and the Guarantor shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other Office or Agency. Unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this

 



 

Indenture, the Company and the Guarantor hereby designate as the Place of Payment for each series of Securities the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and initially appoint the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as the Office or Agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such purpose. The Company and the Guarantor may subsequently appoint a different Office or Agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for the Securities of any series.

 

Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.1, if and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a Foreign Currency or (ii) may be payable in a Foreign Currency, or so long as it is required under any other provision of this Indenture, then the Company will maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, at least one exchange rate agent.

 

SECTION 10.3        Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust.

 

If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, or if the Guarantor shall act as Paying Agent, with respect to any series of Securities, it shall, on or before each due date of the principal of, any premium or interest on or Additional Amounts with respect to any of the Securities of such series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum in the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for the Securities of such series) sufficient to pay the principal or any premium, interest or Additional Amounts so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

 

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it shall, on or prior to each due date of the principal of, any premium or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to any Securities of such series, deposit with any Paying Agent a sum (in the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies described in the preceding paragraph) sufficient to pay the principal or any premium, interest or Additional Amounts so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

 

The Company shall cause each Paying Agent for any series of Securities other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent shall:

 

(1)            hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of, any premium or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to Securities of such series in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as provided in or pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(2)            give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company or the Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Securities of such series) in the making of any payment of

 



 

principal, any premium or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to the Securities of such series; and

 

(3)            at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent. The Company or the Guarantor may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order or Guarantor Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company, the Guarantor or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same terms as those upon which such sums were held by the Company, the Guarantor or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein or pursuant hereto, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company or the Guarantor, in trust for the payment of the principal of, any premium or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to any Security of any series or any Coupon appertaining thereto and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal or any such premium or interest or any such Additional Amounts shall have become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request (or if deposited by the Guarantor, paid to the Guarantor on Guarantor Request), or (if then held by the Company or the Guarantor) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security or any Coupon appertaining thereto shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company and the Guarantor for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company and the Guarantor cause to be published once, in an Authorized Newspaper in each Place of Payment for such series or to be mailed to Holders of Registered Securities of such series, or both, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing nor shall it be later than two years after such principal and any premium or interest or Additional Amounts shall have become due and payable, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 10.4        Additional Amounts.

 

If any Securities of a series provide for the payment of Additional Amounts, the Company agrees to pay to the Holder of any such Security or any Coupon appertaining thereto Additional Amounts as provided in or pursuant to this Indenture or such Securities. Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on, or in respect of, any Security of any series or any Coupon or the net proceeds received on the sale or exchange of any Security of any series, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided by the terms of such series established hereby or pursuant hereto to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to such terms, and express mention of the

 



 

payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provision hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

Except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture or the Securities of the applicable series, if the Securities of a series provide for the payment of Additional Amounts, at least 10 days prior to the first Interest Payment Date with respect to such series of Securities (or if the Securities of such series shall not bear interest prior to Maturity, the first day on which a payment of principal is made), and at least 10 days prior to each date of payment of principal or interest if there has been any change with respect to the matters set forth in the below-mentioned Officer’s Certificate, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee and the principal Paying Agent or Paying Agents, if other than the Trustee, an Officer’s Certificate instructing the Trustee and such Paying Agent or Paying Agents whether such payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Securities of such series shall be made to Holders of Securities of such series or the Coupons appertaining thereto who are United States Aliens without withholding for or on account of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge described in the Securities of such series. If any such withholding shall be required, then such Officer’s Certificate shall specify by country the amount, if any, required to be withheld on such payments to such Holders of Securities or Coupons, and the Company agrees to pay to the Trustee or such Paying Agent the Additional Amounts required by the terms of such Securities. The Company covenants to indemnify the Trustee and any Paying Agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense reasonably incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by any of them in reliance on any Officer’s Certificate furnished pursuant to this Section 10.4.

 

SECTION 10.5        Limitation on Liens on Stock of Designated Subsidiaries.

 

So long as any Securities are Outstanding, neither the Company nor the Guarantor will, nor will it permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur, guarantee or otherwise permit to exist any Indebtedness secured by any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance (a “Lien”) upon any shares of Capital Stock of any Designated Subsidiary (whether such shares of stock are now owned or hereafter acquired) without effectively providing concurrently that the Securities (and, if the Company and the Guarantor so elect, any other Indebtedness of the Company that is not subordinate to the Securities and with respect to which the governing instruments require, or pursuant to which the Company is otherwise obligated, to provide such security) shall be secured equally and ratably with such Indebtedness for at least the time period such other Indebtedness is so secured.

 

SECTION 10.6        Limitation on Disposition of Stock of Designated Subsidiaries.

 

So long as any Securities are outstanding and except in a transaction otherwise governed by this Indenture, neither the Company nor the Guarantor will issue, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of, securities convertible into, or warrants, rights or options to subscribe for or purchase shares of, Capital Stock (other than Preferred Stock having no voting rights of any kind) of any Designated Subsidiary, and will not permit any Designated Subsidiary  to issue (other than to the Company or the Guarantor) any shares (other than the director’s

 



 

qualifying shares) of, or securities convertible into, or warrants, rights or options to subscribe for or purchase shares of, Capital Stock (other than Preferred Stock having no voting rights of any kind) of any Designated Subsidiary, if, after giving effect to any such transaction and the issuance of the maximum number of shares issuable upon the conversion or exercise of all such convertible securities, warrants, rights or options, the Guarantor would own, directly or indirectly, less than 80% of the shares of Capital Stock of such Designated Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock having no voting rights of any kind); provided, however, that (i) any issuance, sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition permitted by the Company or the Guarantor may only be made for at least a fair market value consideration as determined by the Board of Directors or the Guarantor’s Board of Directors, as the case may be, pursuant to a Board Resolution or Guarantor’s Board Resolution, as the case may be, adopted in good faith and (ii) the foregoing shall not prohibit any such issuance or disposition of securities if required by any law or any regulation or order of any governmental or insurance regulatory authority. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, may merge or consolidate any Designated Subsidiary into or with another direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Guarantor, the shares of Capital Stock of which the Guarantor owns at least 80%, and (ii) the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, may, subject to the provisions of Article 8, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of the entire Capital Stock of any Designated Subsidiary at one time for at least a fair market value consideration as determined by the Board of Directors or Guarantor’s Board of Directors, as the case may be, pursuant to a Board Resolution or Guarantor’s Board Resolution, as the case may be, adopted in good faith.

 

SECTION 10.7        Corporate Existence.

 

Subject to Article 8, the Company and the Guarantor shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect their respective corporate existences and that of each of their respective Subsidiaries and their respective rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not obligate the Company or the Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries to preserve any such right or franchise if the Company, the Guarantor or any such Subsidiary shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of such Subsidiary and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to any Holder.

 

SECTION 10.8        Waiver of Certain Covenants.

 

The Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, may omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Section 10.5, 10.6 or 10.7 with respect to the Securities of any series if before the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, by Act of such Holders, either shall waive such compliance in such instance or generally shall have waived compliance with such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

 



 

SECTION 10.9        Company Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Certain Defaults.

 

(1)            The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a written statement (which need not be contained in or accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate) signed by the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, stating that (a) a review of the activities of the Company during such year and of its performance under this Indenture has been made under his or her supervision, and (b) to the best of his or her knowledge, based on such review, (a) the Company has complied with all the conditions and covenants imposed on it under this Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such condition or covenant, specifying each such default known to him or her and the nature and status thereof, and (b) no event has occurred and is continuing which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default, or, if such an event has occurred and is continuing, specifying each such event known to him and the nature and status thereof.

 

(2)            The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within five days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any Event of Default or any event which after notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default pursuant to clause (3) or (5) of Section 5.1.

 

(3)            The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the Company’s compliance with the covenants contained in this Article 10 other than as specifically set forth in this Section 10.9.

 

(4)            For the purpose of this Section 10.9, compliance shall be determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice provided pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 10.10      Guarantor Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Certain Defaults.

 

(1)            The Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a written statement (which need not be contained in or accompanied by a Guarantor’s Officer’s Certificate) signed by the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Guarantor, stating that (a) a review of the activities of the Guarantor during such year and of performance under this Indenture has been made under his or her supervision, and (b) to the best of his or her knowledge, based on such review, (a) the Guarantor has complied with conditions and covenants imposed  on it under this Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such condition or covenant, specifying each such default known to him or her and the nature and status thereof, and (b) no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes, or which after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default, or, if such an event has occurred and is continuing, specifying each such event known to him and the nature and status thereof.

 



 

(2)            The Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within five days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which after notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default pursuant to clause (4) of Section 5.1.

 

(3)            The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the Guarantor’s compliance with the covenants contained in this Article 10 other than as specifically set forth in this Section 10.10.

 

(4)            For the purpose of this Section 10.10, compliance shall be determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice provided pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE 11

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

 

SECTION 11.1        Applicability of Article.

 

Redemption of Securities of any series at the option of the Company as permitted or required by the terms of such Securities shall be made in accordance with the terms of such Securities and (except as otherwise provided herein or pursuant hereto) this Article.

 

SECTION 11.2        Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

 

The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of (a) less than all of the Securities of any series or (b) all of the Securities of any series, with the same issue date, interest rate or formula, Stated Maturity and other terms, the Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 11.3        Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed.

 

If less than all of the Securities of any series with the same issue date, interest rate or formula, Stated Maturity and other terms are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the Outstanding Securities of such series not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal amount of Registered Securities of such series; provided, however, that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Registered Security of such series not redeemed to less than the minimum denomination for a Security of such series established herein or pursuant hereto.

 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the Security Registrar (if other than itself) in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

 



 

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Securities redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal of such Securities which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

Unless otherwise specified in or pursuant to this Indenture or the Securities of any series, if any Security selected for partial redemption is converted into other securities of the Company or exchanged for securities of the Guarantor or another issuer in part before termination of the conversion or exchange right with respect to the portion of the Security so selected, the converted portion of such Security shall be deemed (so far as may be) to be the portion selected for redemption. Securities which have been converted or exchanged during a selection of Securities to be redeemed shall be treated by the Trustee as Outstanding for the purpose of such selection.

 

SECTION 11.4        Notice of Redemption.

 

Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided in Section 1.6, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, unless a shorter period is specified in the Securities to be redeemed, to the Holders of Securities to be redeemed. Failure to give notice by mailing in the manner herein provided to the Holder of any Registered Securities designated for redemption as a whole or in part, or any defect in the notice to any such Holder, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Securities or portion thereof.

 

Any notice that is mailed to the Holder of any Registered Securities in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not such Holder receives the notice.

 

All notices of redemption shall state:

 

(1)            the Redemption Date,

 

(2)            the Redemption Price,

 

(3)            if less than all Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amount) of the particular Security or Securities to be redeemed,

 

(4)            in case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Security shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Security, the Holder of such Security will receive, without charge, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

 

(5)            that, on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price shall become due and payable upon each such Security or portion thereof to be redeemed, and, if applicable, that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and after said date,

 



 

(6)            the place or places where such Securities, together (in the case of Bearer Securities) with all Coupons appertaining thereto, if any, maturing after the Redemption Date, are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued interest and Additional Amounts pertaining thereto,

 

(7)            that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case,

 

(8)            that, unless otherwise specified in such notice, Bearer Securities of any series, if any, surrendered for redemption must be accompanied by all Coupons maturing subsequent to the date fixed for redemption or the amount of any such missing Coupon or Coupons will be deducted from the Redemption Price, unless security or indemnity satisfactory to the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee and any Paying Agent is furnished,

 

(9)            if Bearer Securities of any series are to be redeemed and no Registered Securities of such series are to be redeemed, and if such Bearer Securities may be exchanged for Registered Securities not subject to redemption on the Redemption Date pursuant to Section 3.5 or otherwise, the last date, as determined by the Company, on which such exchanges may be made,

 

(10)          in the case of Securities of any series that are convertible into Common Stock of the Company or exchangeable for other securities, the conversion or exchange price or rate, the date or dates on which the right to convert or exchange the principal of the Securities of such series to be redeemed will commence or terminate and the place or places where such Securities may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, and

 

(11)          the CUSIP number or the Euroclear or the Cedel reference numbers of such Securities, if any (or any other numbers used by a Depository to identify such Securities).

 

A notice of redemption published as contemplated by Section 1.6 need not identify particular Registered Securities to be redeemed.

 

Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

 

SECTION 11.5        Deposit of Redemption Price.

 

On or prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, any Redemption Date, the Company or the Guarantor shall deposit, with respect to the Securities of any series called for redemption pursuant to Section 11.4, with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent or the Guarantor is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.3) an amount of money in the applicable Currency sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1 or in the Securities of such series) any accrued

 



 

interest on and Additional Amounts with respect thereto, all such Securities or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date.

 

SECTION 11.6        Securities Payable on Redemption Date.

 

Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless the Company and the Guarantor shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Securities shall cease to bear interest and the Coupons for such interest appertaining to any Bearer Securities so to be redeemed, except to the extent provided below, shall be void. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, together with all Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto maturing after the Redemption Date, such Security shall be paid by the Company or the guarantor at the Redemption Price, together with any accrued interest and Additional Amounts to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture or the Bearer Securities of such series, installments of interest on Bearer Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of Coupons for such interest (at an Office or Agency located outside the United States except as otherwise provided in Section 10.2), and provided, further, that, except as otherwise specified in or pursuant to this Indenture or the Registered Securities of such series, installments of interest on Registered Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the Regular Record Dates therefor according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.7.

 

If any Bearer Security surrendered for redemption shall not be accompanied by all appurtenant Coupons maturing after the Redemption Date, such Security may be paid after deducting from the Redemption Price an amount equal to the face amount of all such missing Coupons, or the surrender of such missing Coupon or Coupons may be waived by the Company and the Trustee if there be furnished to them such security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless. If thereafter the Holder of such Security shall surrender to the Trustee or any Paying Agent any such missing Coupon in respect of which a deduction shall have been made from the Redemption Price, such Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount so deducted; provided, however, that any interest or Additional Amounts represented by Coupons shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of those Coupons at an Office or Agency for such Security located outside of the United States except as otherwise provided in Section 10.2.

 

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal and any premium, until paid, shall bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security.

 

SECTION 11.7        Securities Redeemed in Part.

 

Any Registered Security which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at any Office or Agency for such Security (with, if the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee so

 



 

requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, the guarantor and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge, a new Registered Security or Securities of the same series, containing identical terms and provisions, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered. If a Security in global form is so surrendered, the Company and the guarantor shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the U.S. Depository or other Depository for such Security in global form as shall be specified in the Company Order with respect thereto to the Trustee, without service charge, a new Security in global form in a denomination equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security in global form so surrendered.

 

ARTICLE 12

SINKING FUNDS

 

SECTION 12.1        Applicability of Article.

 

The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series, except as otherwise permitted or required in or pursuant to this Indenture or any Security of such series issued pursuant to this Indenture.

 

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment,” and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Securities of such series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment”. If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 12.2. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series and this Indenture.

 

SECTION 12.2        Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.

 

The Company or the Guarantor may, in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of any series to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities (1) deliver Outstanding Securities of such series (other than any of such Securities previously called for redemption or any of such Securities in respect of which cash shall have been released to the Company), together in the case of any Bearer Securities of such series with all unmatured Coupons appertaining thereto, and (2) apply as a credit Securities of such series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such series of Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, provided that such series of Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of

 



 

the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly. If, as a result of the delivery or credit of Securities of any series in lieu of cash payments pursuant to this Section 12.2, the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed in order to satisfy the remaining sinking fund payment shall be less than $100,000, the Trustee need not call Securities of such series for redemption, except upon Company Request or Guarantor Request, and such cash payment shall be held by the Trustee or a Paying Agent and applied to the next succeeding sinking fund payment, provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent shall at the request of the Company or the Guarantor from time to time pay over and deliver to the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, any cash payment so being held by the Trustee or such Paying Agent upon delivery by the Company or the Guarantor to the Trustee of Securities of that series purchased by the Company or the Guarantor having an unpaid principal amount equal to the cash payment requested to be released to the Company or the Guarantor.

 

SECTION 12.3        Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.

 

Not less than 75 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any series of Securities, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting of Securities of that series pursuant to Section 12.2, and the optional amount, if any, to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, and will also deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so credited and not theretofore delivered. If such Officer’s Certificate shall specify an optional amount to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, the Company shall thereupon be obligated to pay the amount therein specified. Not less than 60 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 11.3 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 11.4. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 11.6 and 11.7.

 

ARTICLE 13

REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS

 

SECTION 13.1        Applicability of Article.

 

Securities of any series which are repayable at the option of the Holders thereof before their Stated Maturity shall be repaid in accordance with the terms of the Securities of such series. The repayment of any principal amount of Securities pursuant to such option of the Holder to require repayment of Securities before their Stated Maturity, for purposes of Section 3.9, shall not operate as a payment, redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Securities unless and until the Company, at its option, shall deliver or surrender the same to the Trustee with a directive that such Securities be cancelled. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 13.1, in connection with any repayment of Securities, the Company may arrange for the purchase of any Securities by an agreement with one or more

 



 

investment bankers or other purchasers to purchase such Securities by paying to the Holders of such Securities on or before the close of business on the repayment date an amount not less than the repayment price payable by the Company on repayment of such Securities, and the obligation of the Company to pay the repayment price of such Securities shall be satisfied and discharged to the extent such payment is so paid by such purchasers.

 

ARTICLE 14

SECURITIES IN FOREIGN CURRENCIES

 

SECTION 14.1        Applicability of Article.

 

Whenever this Indenture provides for (i) any action by, or the determination of any of the rights of, Holders of Securities of any series in which not all of such Securities are denominated in the same Currency, or (ii) any distribution to Holders of Securities, in the absence of any provision to the contrary in the form of Security of any particular series or pursuant to this Indenture or the Securities, any amount in respect of any Security denominated in a Currency other than Dollars shall be treated for any such action or distribution as that amount of Dollars that could be obtained for such amount on such reasonable basis of exchange and as of the record date with respect to Registered Securities of such series (if any) for such action, determination of rights or distribution (or, if there shall be no applicable record date, such other date reasonably proximate to the date of such action, determination of rights or distribution) as the Company or the Guarantor may specify in a written notice to the Trustee.

 

ARTICLE 15

MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

 

SECTION 15.1        Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called.

 

A meeting of Holders of Securities of any series may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act provided by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Securities of such series.

 

SECTION 15.2        Call, Notice and Place of Meetings.

 

(1)            The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series for any purpose specified in Section 15.1, to be held at such time and at such place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or, if Securities of such series have been issued in whole or in part as Bearer Securities, in London or in such place outside the United States as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given, in the manner provided in Section 1.6, not less than 21 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

 



 

(2)            In case at any time the Company (by or pursuant to a Board Resolution), the Guarantor (by or pursuant to a Guarantor’s Board Resolution) or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of the Holders of Securities of such series for any purpose specified in Section 15.1, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have mailed notice of or made the first publication of the notice of such meeting within 21 days after receipt of such request (whichever shall be required pursuant to Section 1.6) or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Company, the Guarantor or the Holders of Securities of such series in the amount above specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or, if Securities of such series are to be issued as Bearer Securities, in London for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in clause (1) of this Section.

 

SECTION 15.3        Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings.

 

To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, a Person shall be (1) a Holder of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series, or (2) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series by such Holder or Holders. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel, any representatives of the Guarantor and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

 

SECTION 15.4        Quorum; Action.

 

The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series shall constitute a quorum for any meeting of Holders of Securities of such series. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes after the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Securities of such series, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any reconvened meeting, such reconvened meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such reconvened meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 15.2(1), except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series which shall constitute a quorum.

 

Except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.2, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted only by the affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding

 



 

Securities of that series; provided, however, that, except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.2, any resolution with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act which this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid by the affirmative vote of the Holders of such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series.

 

Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Holders of Securities of such series and the Coupons appertaining thereto, whether or not such Holders were present or represented at the meeting.

 

SECTION 15.5        Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings.

 

(1)            Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Securities of such series in regard to proof of the holding of Securities of such series and of the appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate. Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of Securities shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.4 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.4 or by having the signature of the person executing the proxy witnessed or guaranteed by any trust company, bank or banker authorized by Section 1.4 to certify to the holding of Bearer Securities. Such regulations may provide that written instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in Section 1.4 or other proof.

 

(2)            The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders of Securities as provided in Section 15.2(2), in which case the Company, the Guarantor or the Holders of Securities of the series calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting.

 

(3)            At any meeting, each Holder of a Security of such series or proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Securities of such series held or represented by him; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Security challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a Security of such series or proxy.

 



 

(4)            Any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly called pursuant to Section 15.2 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting; and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

 

SECTION 15.6        Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings.

 

The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Securities of such series or of their representatives by proxy and the principal amounts and serial numbers of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in triplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record, at least in triplicate, of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided in Section 15.2 and, if applicable, Section 15.4. Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Company and the Guarantor, and another to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

 

ARTICLE 16

 

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

SECTION 16.1        The Guarantee.

 

The Guarantor hereby unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Security authenticated and delivered by the Trustee (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, any premium and interest on, and any Additional Amounts with respect to such Security and the due and punctual payment of the sinking fund payments (if any) provided for pursuant to the terms of such Security, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption, repayment or otherwise, (ii) the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on each such Security, if any, to the extent lawful, and (iii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations (including obligations to the Trustee) of the Company under this Indenture and the Securities in accordance with the terms of such Security and of this Indenture. In case of the failure of the Company punctually to pay any such principal, premium, interest, Additional Amounts or sinking fund payment, the Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment to be made punctually when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon

 



 

acceleration, redemption, repayment or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the Company.

 

SECTION 16.2        Net Payments.

 

All payments of principal of and premium, if any, interest and any other amounts on, or in respect of, the Securities of any series or any Coupon appertaining thereto shall be made by the Guarantor without withholding or deduction at source for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, fees, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of Bermuda (each, a “taxing jurisdiction”) or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, unless such taxes, fees, duties, assessments or governmental charges are required to be withheld or deducted by (i) the laws (or any regulations or ruling promulgated thereunder) of a taxing jurisdiction or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or (ii) an official position regarding the application, administration, interpretation or enforcement of any such laws, regulations or rulings (including, without limitation, a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a taxing authority in a taxing jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof). If a withholding or deduction at source is required, the Guarantor shall, subject to certain limitations and exceptions set forth below, pay to the Holder of any such Security or any Coupon appertaining thereto such Additional Amounts as may be necessary so that every net payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or any other amount made to such Holder, after such withholding or deduction, shall not be less than the amount provided for in such Security, any Coupons appertaining thereto and this Indenture to be then due and payable; provided, however, that the Guarantor shall not be required to make payment of such Additional Amounts for or on account of:

 

(1)            any tax, fee, duty, assessment or governmental charge of whatever nature which would not have been imposed but for the fact that such Holder: (A) was a resident, domiciliary or national of, or engaged in business or maintained a permanent establishment or was physically present in, the relevant taxing jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or otherwise had some connection with the relevant taxing jurisdiction other than by reason of the mere ownership of, or receipt of payment under, such Security; (B) presented such Security for payment in the relevant taxing jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof, unless such Security could not have been presented for payment elsewhere; or (C) presented such Security more than thirty (30) days after the date on which the payment in respect of such Security first became due and payable or provided for, whichever is later, except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts if it had presented such Security for payment on any day within such period of thirty (30) days;

 

(2)            any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

 

(3)            any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld by reason of the failure by the Holder or the beneficial owner of such Security to comply with any reasonable request by the Guarantor addressed to the Holder within 90 days of such request (A) to provide information concerning the nationality, residence or

 



 

identity of the Holder or such beneficial owner or (B) to make any declaration or other similar claim or satisfy any information or reporting requirement, which, in the case of (A) or (B), is required or imposed by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the relevant taxing jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such tax, assessment or other governmental charge; or

 

(4)            any combination of items (1), (2) and (3);

 

nor shall Additional Amounts be paid with respect to any payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, interest or any other amounts on, any such Security to any Holder who is a fiduciary or partnership or other than the sole beneficial owner of such Security to the extent such payment would be required by the laws of the relevant taxing jurisdiction (or any political subdivision or relevant taxing authority thereof or therein) to be included in the income for tax purposes of a beneficiary or partner or settlor with respect to such fiduciary or a member of such partnership or a beneficial owner who would not have been entitled to such Additional Amounts had it been the Holder of the Security.

 

Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of the principal of or any premium, interest or any other amounts on, or in respect of, any Security of any series or any Coupon or the net proceeds received on the sale or exchange of any Security of any series, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided by the terms of such series established hereby or pursuant hereto to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to such terms, and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provision hereof shall not be construed as excluding the payment of Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

Except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture or the Securities of the applicable series, at least 10 days prior to the first Interest Payment Date with respect to a series of Securities (or if the Securities of such series shall not bear interest prior to Maturity, the first day on which a payment of principal is made), and at least 10 days prior to each date of payment of principal or interest if there has been any change with respect to the matters set forth in the below-mentioned Guarantor’s Officer’s Certificate, the Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee and the principal Paying Agent or Paying Agents, if other than the Trustee, a Guarantor’s Officer’s Certificate instructing the Trustee and such Paying Agent or Paying Agents whether such payment of principal of and premium, if any, interest or any other amounts on the Securities of such series shall be made to Holders of Securities of such series or the Coupons appertaining thereto without withholding for or on account of any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge described in this Section 16.2. If any such withholding shall be required, then such Guarantor’s Officer’s Certificate shall specify by taxing jurisdiction the amount, if any, required to be withheld on such payments to such Holders of Securities or Coupons, and the Guarantor agrees to pay to the Trustee or such Paying Agent the Additional Amounts required by this Section 16.2. The Guarantor covenants to indemnify the Trustee and any Paying Agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense reasonably incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted

 



 

by any of them in reliance on any Guarantor’s Officer’s Certificate furnished pursuant to this Section 16.2.

 

SECTION 16.3        Guarantee Unconditional, etc.

 

The Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be as principal and not merely as surety, and shall be absolute, full, irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of any Security or this Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of any Security or this Indenture, or any waiver, modification, consent or indulgence granted with respect thereto by the Holder of such Security or the Trustee, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any action to enforce the same, or any other circumstances which may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor.  The Guarantor further agrees that the Guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance and not merely of collection.  The Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest or notice with respect to any such Security or the Indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment in full of the principal of, any premium and interest on, and any Additional Amounts and sinking fund payments required with respect to, the Securities and the complete performance of all other obligations contained in the Securities. The Guarantor further agrees, to the fullest extent that it lawfully may do so, that, as between the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, the Maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Section 5.2 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or prohibition extant under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law of any jurisdiction preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby.

 

SECTION 16.4        Reinstatement.

 

This Guarantee shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment on any Security, in whole or in part, is rescinded or must otherwise be restored to the Company or the Guarantor upon the bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.  If any Holder of any Security of the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or the Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator, receiver, sequestrator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or the Guarantor any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder in respect of a Security, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 16.5        Subrogation.

 

The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of any Security against the Company in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Guarantee; provided, however, that the Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon, such right of subrogation until

 



 

the principal of, any premium and interest on, and any Additional Amounts and sinking fund payments required with respect to, all Securities shall have been paid in full.

 

SECTION 16.6        Indemnity.

 

As a separate and alternative stipulation, the Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that any sum expressed to be payable by the Company under this Indenture, the Securities or the Coupons but which is for any reason (whether or not now known or becoming known to the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee or any Holder of any Security or Coupon) not recoverable from the Guarantor on the basis of a guarantee will nevertheless be recoverable from it as if it were the sole principal debtor and will be paid by it to the Trustee on demand. This indemnity constitutes a separate and independent obligation from the other obligations in this Indenture, gives rise to a separate and independent cause of action and will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by the Trustee or any Holder of any Security or Coupon.

 

SECTION 16.7        Payment of Fees.   The Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder of Securities in enforcing any of their respective rights under the Guarantee.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

ASSURED GUARANTY US HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 




 

Exhibit 4.2

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE) OR A NOMINEE THEREOF.  THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY, OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY, OR BY THE DEPOSITORY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY.

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY (AS DEFINED BELOW) OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

REGISTERED

 

REGISTERED

 

 

 

No. R—

 

$[        ]

 

 

 

CUSIP No.

 

 

 

ASSURED GUARANTY US HOLDINGS INC.

[      ]% Senior Notes due

Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to below), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [PRINCIPAL AMOUNT] Dollars ($[PRINCIPAL AMOUNT]) on [MATURITY DATE] and to pay interest thereon from May •, 2004 or from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, payable semiannually on [INTEREST PAYMENT DATE] and [INTEREST PAYMENT DATE] in each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing [FIRST INTEREST PAYMENT DATE], 2004, at the rate of [COUPON]% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or duly made available for payment.  Interest on this Note shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.  If any Interest Payment Date or the maturity date falls on a day that is not a

 

 

1



 

 

Business Day, the required payment shall be made on the next Business Day as if it were made on the date such payment was due and no interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date or the maturity date, as the case may be, to such next Business Day.  The interest so payable and punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest, which shall be [RECORD DATE] or [RECORD DATE] (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.  Any such interest which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder hereof on the relevant regular record date by virtue of having been such Holder, and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on a subsequent special record date (which shall be at least 10 days before the payment date) for the payment of such defaulted interest to be fixed by the Company, notice whereof shall be given to the Holders of Notes of this series not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in such Indenture.

 

Payment of the principal of, any premium, and the interest and any Additional Amounts on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company and the Guarantor (as defined below) maintained for that purpose in The Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that, at the option of the Company or the Guarantor, interest may be paid by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register; provided, further, that payment to DTC or any successor Depository may be made by wire transfer to the account designated by DTC or such successor depository in writing.

 

REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF, WHICH FURTHER PROVISIONS SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS IF SET FORTH AT THIS PLACE.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

[Signatures appear on next page]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

 

ATTEST:

ASSURED GUARANTY US HOLDINGS INC.   

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Title:

 

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:  May •, 2004

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

3



 

REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE

Section 1.  Indenture; Ranking

 

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (herein called the “Notes”), fully and unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guarantee”) as to payment of principal, premium, if any, interest and any Additional Amounts (as defined in Section 3 hereof) by Assured Guaranty Ltd., a Bermuda company (the “Guarantor”), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2004 (herein called, together with all indentures supplemental thereto, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantor and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee and the Holders, and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

 

The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company initially limited to $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes may be increased in the future, without the consent of the Holders, on the same terms and with the same CUSIP numbers as the Notes.  This Note is one of a series designated as •% Senior Notes due • of the Company.  The Notes will rank equally with all other unsecured senior indebtedness of the Company from time to time outstanding.  The Notes will be structurally subordinated to all obligations of the Company’s subsidiaries from time to time outstanding, including claims with respect to trade payables

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, any premium, interest and any Additional Amounts on this Note, at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

Section 2.  Optional Redemption

The Notes may be redeemed in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the Company’s option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of:

 

(1) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and

 

(2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (excluding interest accrued to the redemption date) on the Notes to be redeemed discounted to the date of redemption on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the applicable Treasury Rate plus •  basis points,

 

plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to the redemption date.

 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most

 

 

4



 

 

recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after the Remaining Life, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue will be determined and the Treasury Rate will be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month) or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield-to-maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The Treasury Rate will be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date.

 

“Business Day” means any calendar day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in New York, New York and on which commercial banks are open for business in New York, New York.

 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an

Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term  “Remaining Life”) of the Notes to be redeemed.

 

“Comparable Treasury Price” means (1) the average of five Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Independent Investment Banker obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

 

“Independent Investment Banker” means either Banc of America Securities LLC or J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., and their respective successors, or, if both firms are unwilling or unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means (1) each of Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., or their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), the issuer will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer and (2) any three other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Independent Investment Banker after consultation with the Company.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Independent Investment Banker at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

 

 

5



 

Holders of Notes to be redeemed will be sent notice thereof by first-class mail at least 30 and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. If fewer than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select, not more than 60 days and not less than 30 days before the redemption date, the particular Notes or portions thereof for redemption from the outstanding Notes not previously called by such method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate. Unless the Company defaults in payment of the redemption price, on and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes called for redemption.

 

Section 3.               Additional Amounts .

 

The Company and the Guarantor will make all payments under or with respect to the Notes and the Guarantee free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (hereinafter “Taxes”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of the United States of America or Bermuda, or any political subdivision or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax (a “Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless the Company or the Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof.  As used in this Note, the term ‘‘Taxes’’ shall not include (i) any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment, or governmental charge; (ii) any Tax payable otherwise than by withholding from payments in respect of the Notes or the guarantees; and (iii) any Tax imposed by reason of payments on the Notes being treated as ‘‘contingent interest’’ within the meaning of Section 871(h)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)

 

If the Company or the Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes imposed by a Taxing Jurisdiction from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee, the Company or the Guarantor shall pay such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by Holders of the Notes after such withholding or deduction (including any withholding or deduction attributable to Additional Amounts payable hereunder) will not be less than the amount such Holders would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that the foregoing obligation to pay Additional Amounts does not apply to any Taxes to the extent such Taxes would not have been so imposed:

 

(1)           but for the relevant Holder (or the beneficial owner of such Notes) (i) having any present or former connection with the Taxing Jurisdiction, including, without limitation, being or having been a citizen or resident thereof, or having been present, having been incorporated in, having engaged in a trade or business or having (or having had) a permanent establishment or principal office therein, (ii) being a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code related within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code to the Company or the Guarantor, (iii) being an actual or constructive owner of 10 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or the Guarantor entitled to vote, (iv) being a bank for United States federal income tax purposes whose receipt of interest on the Note is described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code or (v) being subject to backup withholding as of the date of the purchase by the Holder of the Note;

 

 

6



 

 

(2)           but for the failure of the relevant Holder (or the beneficial owner of such Notes) to use its reasonable best efforts, to the extent such Holder (or beneficial owner) is legally entitled to do so, to comply upon written notice by the Company or the Guarantor delivered 60 days prior to any payment date with a request to satisfy any certification, identification or other reporting requirements, which shall include any applicable forms or instructions, whether imposed by statute, treaty, regulation, or administrative practice, concerning the nationality or residence of such Holder or the connection of such Holder with the Taxing Jurisdiction;

 

(3)           but for an election by the Holder of such Notes, the effect of which is to make one or more payments in respect of such Notes subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax provisions;

 

(4)           if the payment could have been made without such deduction or withholding if the relevant Holder had presented such Note for payment within 30 days after the date on which such payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had such Note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period),

 

(5)           with respect to any payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on such Note to any Holder who is a fiduciary or partnership or any person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment, to the extent that a beneficiary with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such a partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, member or beneficial owner been the actual Holder of such Note (but only if there is no material cost or expense associated with transferring such Notes to such beneficiary, partner or beneficial owner and no restriction on such transfer that is outside the control of such beneficiary, partner or beneficial owner); and

 

(6)           any combination of items (1), (2, (3), (4) or (5) above.

 

                Section 4.               Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes .

 

The Company will be entitled to redeem the Notes, at its option, at any time as a whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in the event that the Company or the Guarantor has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, any Additional Amounts or indemnification payments as a result of:

 

•               a change in or an amendment to the laws (including any regulations promulgated thereunder) of a Taxing Jurisdiction, which change or amendment is announced after May •, 2004; or

 

 

7



 

 

•               any change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application or interpretation of such laws or regulations, which change or amendment is announced after May •, 2004,

 

and, in each case, the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, cannot avoid such obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it.

 

Before the Company publishes or mails notice of redemption of the Notes as described above, it will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that it cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional Amounts by taking reasonable measures available to it and an opinion of independent legal counsel of recognized standing stating that the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a change in tax laws or regulations or the application or interpretation of such laws or regulations.

 

Section 5.  Sinking Fund

The Notes are not subject to any sinking fund.

Section 6.  Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Notes are issuable in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000.  A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.  Upon any transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days prior to the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed.

 

A global Note deposited with the Depository or the Trustee shall be transferred  to the beneficial owner thereof in the form of certificated Notes only if (i) the depositary for the global Note notifies the Company that it is unwilling, unable or ineligible to continue as depositary for the global Note and the Company does not appoint a successor depositary within 90 days after the Company receives that notice of unwillingness or ineligibility; (2)  the Company notifies the Trustee in writing that the Company elects to cause the issuance of the  Notes in certificated form; or (3) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Notes.  Upon surrender by the depositary of the global Note, certificated Notes will be issued to each Person that the depositary identifies as the beneficial owner of the Notes represented by the global Note.  Upon any such issuance, the Trustee is required to register the certificated Notes in the name of the Person or Persons or the nominee of any of these Persons and cause the same to be delivered to these Persons.  None of the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee shall be liable for any delay by the depositary or any participant or indirect participant in identifying the owners of beneficial interests in the global Notes and each of them may conclusively rely on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from the depositary for all purposes, including with respect to the registration and delivery, and the respective principal amounts, of the certificated Notes to be issued.

 

Section 7.  Events of Default .

 

8



 

 

If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

 

Section 8.  Modification and Waiver .

 

                The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the Indenture and the Notes at any time by the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain covenants of the Indenture. In addition, the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, may waive certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

 

Section 9.  Persons Deemed Owners .

 

The registered Holder may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

Section 9.  Unclaimed Money .

 

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person.  After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

 

Section 11  Discharge and Defeasance .

 

Subject to certain conditions, the Company and the Guarantor at any time may terminate some of or all of their obligations under the Notes, the Guarantee and the Indenture if the Company or the Guarantor deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

Section 12  Trustee Dealings with the Company .

 

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

 

9



 

 

Section 13  No Recourse Against Others .

 

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or the Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, under the Notes, the Guarantee or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.  By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

Section 14  Authentication .

 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 

Section 15  Governing Law .

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

Section 16  CUSIP Numbers .

 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security  Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

Section 17  Defined Terms .

 

All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture.

 

 

10



 

 

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this instrument, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

 

TEN COM

as tenants in common

 

 

 

 

 

 

TEN ENT

as tenants by the entireties

 

 

 

 

 

 

JT TEN

as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

 

 

 

 

 

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Minor)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

(Cust)

 

 

 

 

Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

 

 

 

(State)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

 

11



 

 

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned registered Holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

 

 

 

 

 

 

[PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS OF ASSIGNEE]

 

 

 

 

 

 

the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing to                                                                                                                    transfer said Note on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:                        

 

Signature:                                             

 

 

 

 

 

Notice:

The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Guaranty:

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Trustee, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Trustee in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

 

12





Exhibit 5.1

 

Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP

190 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois  60603

Telephone: (312) 782-0600

Facsimile: (312) 701-7711

 

May 6, 2004

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

30 Woodbourne Avenue

Hamilton, HM 08, Bermuda

 

Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.

1325 Avenue of the Americas - 18 th Floor

New York, New York  10019

 

Re:          Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.

Registration Statement on Form S-1

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have represented Assured Guaranty Ltd., a Bermuda company (“Assured Guaranty”), and Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), in connection with the preparation and filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) relating to senior notes (the “Notes”) of Holdings which are fully and unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guarantee”) by Assured Guaranty.

 

The Notes are to be issued under an indenture (the “Indenture”) among Holdings, Assured Guaranty and The Bank of New York, as trustee,  to be entered into prior to the issuance of the Notes, with certain terms of the Notes to be established by or pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors of Assured Guaranty and Holdings as part of the corporate action taken and to be taken relating to the issuance of the Notes.

 

In rendering the opinions expressed herein, we have examined and are familiar with (i) the Registration Statements as an exhibit to which this opinion will be filed, (ii) the form of Indenture filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, (iii) the form of Note filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.  We have also examined such other documents and instruments and have made such further investigations as we have deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with this opinion.

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and having regard for legal considerations which we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:

 



 

(i)            Holdings is a corporation duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(ii)           the Indenture (which contains the Guarantee of Assured Guaranty), assuming the due authorization thereof by Assured Guaranty, when duly executed and delivered, will constitute a valid and binding obligation of Holdings enforceable against Holdings and Assured Guaranty in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and to court decisions with respect thereto and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

(iii)          the Notes, when duly executed and delivered by Holdings and authenticated in accordance with the Indenture and when payment therefor is received, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of Holdings entitled to the benefits provided by the Indenture and will be enforceable against Holdings and Assured Guaranty in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and to court decisions with respect thereto and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

We are admitted to practice in the States of Illinois and New York and our opinions expressed herein are limited solely to the Federal laws of the United States of America and the laws of the States of Illinois and New York, and we express no opinion herein concerning the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

The opinions and statements expressed herein are as of the date hereof.  We assume no obligation to update or supplement this opinion letter to reflect any facts or circumstances that may hereafter come to our attention or any changes in applicable law which may hereafter occur.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to all references to this firm in such Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP

 




Exhibit 5.2

 

 

11 May 2004

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

 

DIRECT LINE:

(441) 298-7859

30 Woodbourne Avenue

 

E-MAIL:

bmblugerman@cdp.bm

Hamilton, HM 08, Bermuda

 

OUR REF:

BMB/Corpdocs:110556

 

 

YOUR REF:

 

Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.

1325 Avenue of the Americas – 18 th Floor

New York, New York  10019

 

Re:

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

 

 

Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.

 

 

Registration Statement on Form S-1

 

Dear Sirs,

 

We have acted as special legal counsel in Bermuda to Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”) in connection with the preparation and filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of a Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto (the “Registration Statement”, which term does not include any other document, instrument or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto) relating to senior notes (the “Notes”) of Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. (“Holdings”) to be issued under an indenture (the “Indenture”) among Holdings, the Company and The Bank of New York, as trustee, to be entered into prior to the issuance of the Notes, which are guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) by the Company in the Indenture.

 

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined the following documents:

 

(i)                                      a draft of the Registration Statement;

 

(ii)                                   a form of the Indenture as proposed to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement; and

 

(iii)                                the form of Note as proposed to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

The documents listed in items (i) through (iii) above are herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Documents ” (which term does not include any other instrument or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto).

 



 

We have also reviewed the memorandum of association and the bye–laws of the Company, each certified by the Assistant Secretary of the Company on 6 May 2004, resolutions of the board of directors of the Company passed at a meeting of the board on 22 April, 2004 and certified by the Secretary of the Company on 11 May 2004 (the “Resolutions”), and such other documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinion set forth below.

 

We have assumed (a) the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures and the conformity to the originals of all copies (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken; (b) that where a document has been examined by us in draft form, it will be or has been executed in the form of that draft, and where a number of drafts of a document have been examined by us all changes thereto have been marked or otherwise drawn to our attention; (c) that Holdings is a wholly-owned (whether directly or indirectly) subsidiary of the Company; (d) that the Resolutions remain in full force and effect and have not been rescinded or amended; (e) the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the Documents and other documents reviewed by us; (f) that the Company is entering into the Documents pursuant to its business as a holding  company or otherwise pursuant to its objects stated in its memorandum of association; (g) that there is no provision of the law of any jurisdiction, other than Bermuda, which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein; (h) that none of the parties to the Documents has carried on or will carry on activities, other than the performance of its obligations under the Documents, which would constitute the carrying on of investment business in or from Bermuda and that none of the parties to the Documents, other than the Company, will perform its obligations under the Documents in or from Bermuda; (i) that on the date of entering into the Documents the Company is and after entering into the Documents will be able to pay its liabilities as they become due; and (j) that the Company is not entering into the Documents, and is not, and will not be, acting as agent of Holdings in connection with the issuance or offering of the Notes or any other activity of Holdings contemplated by the Documents.

 

We express no opinion as to the enforceability of the Documents or with respect to any provision of the Documents that purports to fetter the statutory powers of the Company.  We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than Bermuda.  This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in Bermuda.  This opinion is issued solely for your benefit and is not to be relied upon by any other person, firm or entity or in respect of any other matter.

 

On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

 

1.                                        The Company is duly incorporated and existing under the laws of Bermuda in good standing (meaning solely that it has not failed to make any filing with any Bermuda governmental authority, or to pay any Bermuda government fee or tax, which would make it liable to be struck off the Register of Companies and thereby cease to exist under the laws of Bermuda).

 

2



 

2.                                        The Company has taken all corporate action required to authorise its execution, delivery and performance of the Indenture.

 

3.                                        The Company has taken all corporate action required to authorise its execution, delivery and performance of the Guarantees.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm under the captions “Risk Factors”, “ Certain Other Bermuda Law Considerations”, “Legal Matters” and “Enforceability Of Civil Liabilities Under United States Federal Securities Laws And Other Matters” in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement.  In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

 

 

Yours faithfully,

 

 

Conyers Dill & Pearman

 

3




Exhibit 25.1

 

 

FORM T-1

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE

ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO

SECTION 305(b)(2)             o

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

New York

 

13-5160382

(State of incorporation
if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)

 

 

 

One Wall Street, New York, N.Y.

 

10286

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip code)

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Bermuda

 

Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)

 

 

 

30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM08 Bermuda

 

 

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip code)

 

Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware

 

Applied For

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)

 

 

 

1325 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York

 

10019

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip code)

 


 

Senior Notes
(Title of the indenture securities)

 

 



 

1.                                                 General information.  Furnish the following information as to the Trustee:

 

(a)           Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Name

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

Superintendent of Banks of the State of

 

2 Rector Street, New York,

 

New York

 

N.Y.  10006, and Albany, N.Y. 12203

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Reserve Bank of New York

 

33 Liberty Plaza, New York,

 

 

 

N.Y.  10045

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

 

Washington, D.C.  20429

 

 

 

 

 

New York Clearing House Association

 

New York, New York 10005

 

 

(b)           Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Yes.

 

2.                                       Affiliations with Obligor.

 

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affilia­tion.

 

None.

 

16.          List of Exhibits.

 

Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).

 

1.                                        A copy of the Organization Certificate of The Bank of New York (formerly Irving Trust Company) as now in effect, which contains the authority to com­mence business and a grant of powers to exercise corporate trust powers.  (Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-6215, Exhibits 1a and 1b to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-21672 and Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-29637.)

 

4.                                        A copy of the existing By-laws of the Trustee.  (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-31019.)

 

6.                                        The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.  (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-44051.)

 

7.                                        A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

 

2



 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the Trustee, The Bank of New York, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on the 4th day of May, 2004.

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/  VAN K. BROWN

 

 

Name:

VAN K. BROWN

 

Title:

VICE PRESIDENT

 



EXHIBIT 7

 

Consolidated Report of Condition of

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

 

of One Wall Street, New York, N.Y. 10286
And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

a member of the Federal Reserve System, at the close of business December 31, 2003, published in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of this District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act.

 

 

 

Dollar Amounts
In Thousands

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

 

$

3,752,987

 

Interest-bearing balances

 

7,153,561

 

Securities:

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity securities

 

260,388

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

21,587,862

 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

 

 

Federal funds sold in domestic offices

 

165,000

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

2,804,315

 

Loans and lease financing receivables:

 

 

 

Loans and leases held for sale

 

557,358

 

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

 

36,255,119

 

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

664,233

 

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

 

35,590,886

 

Trading Assets

 

4,892,480

 

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

 

926,789

 

Other real estate owned

 

409

 

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

 

277,788

 

Customers’ liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding

 

144,025

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

2,635,322

 

Other intangible assets

 

781,009

 

Other assets

 

7,727,722

 

Total assets

 

$

89,257,901

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

In domestic offices

 

$

33,763,250

 

Noninterest-bearing

 

14,511,050

 

Interest-bearing

 

19,252,200

 

In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs

 

22,980,400

 

Noninterest-bearing

 

341,376

 

Interest-bearing

 

22,639,024

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased in domestic offices

 

545,681

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

695,658

 

Trading liabilities

 

2,338,897

 

Other borrowed money: (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)

 

11,078,363

 

Bank’s liability on acceptances executed and outstanding

 

145,615

 

Subordinated notes and debentures

 

2,408,665

 

Other liabilities

 

6,441,088

 

Total liabilities

 

$

80,397,617

 

Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries

 

640,126

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY CAPITAL

 

 

 

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

 

0

 

Common stock

 

1,135,284

 

Surplus

 

2,077,255

 

Retained earnings

 

4,955,319

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

52,300

 

Other equity capital components

 

0

 

Total equity capital

 

8,220,158

 

Total liabilities minority interest and equity capital

 

$

89,257,901

 

 



 

I, Thomas J. Mastro, Senior Vice President and Comptroller of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.

 

Thomas J. Mastro,
Senior Vice President and Comptroller

 

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this statement of resources and liabilities. We declare that it has been examined by us, and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions and is true and correct.

 

Thomas A. Renyi

Directors

 

Gerald L. Hassell

Alan R. Griffith